Catalogo Automatizacion Rockwell PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 388

Essential Components Catalog

Get the right components, at the right price, right when you need them.

Power

Logic

Operator
Interface

Connectivity

Safety

Sensors

Why Choose Rockwell Automation?


Get the right components, at the right price, right when you need them.

Rockwell Automation offers quality Allen-Bradley


industrial components with 110 years of time-tested
quality and durability. This catalog is your initial
guide to selecting the best components to meet your
specific application requirements. Throughout the
book we have included resources to help you learn
more and contact our local experts.

With Allen-Bradley components, you will find the


highest quality at a fair price, an intuitive product
selection, quick turnaround time and fast delivery.
Additionally, you will get components that perform
to your specifications, with the services and support
you demand.

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most essential components. For a complete product
selection, visit our online product directory at http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

Choose Innovation and Excellence


Rely on Award-Winning Products
Order and install with confidence. Dont just take our word for it.
Year after year, Allen-Bradley industrial component products are
ranked best in category by your peers.
Our 23 first-place categories include:
Controller, Motion

Input/Output, Machine-Mount

Software, HMI

Controller, PAC

Motor Starter

Safety Network Components

Controller, PLC

Operator Interface

Software, Motion Control

Industrial Electric Motor Drive

Motor, Servo

Safety Relay

Industrial Network Components,


Wired

Presence Sensing

Software, PC-Based
Machine Control

Industrial-Grade Computer
Machine Safety Components

Software, Integrated
Development Platform

Input/Output Systems

Relay

Programmable Safety Controller

Worlds Most Ethical Companies List


For the sixth time, the Ethisphere Institute has
named Rockwell Automation as one of the
Worlds Most Ethical (WME) Companies, a recognition
that honors organizations that continue to raise the bar on ethical leadership
and corporate behavior.
The Ethisphere Institute is an independent center of research promoting
best practices in corporate ethics and governance. Worlds Most Ethical
Company honorees understand the correlation between ethics,
reputation and daily interactions.

Taking a Global Approach to Meet Your Needs


In keeping with our mission of environmental stewardship,
Rockwell Automation complies fully with regional, national and
local regulations restricting the use of certain hazardous substances
in electrical and electronic equipment. And to support your compliance
programs, we strive to provide easy access to the documentation you
and your customers require.

Software, PLC Programming


Stack Light Tower

Services and Support


At Rockwell Automation we help our customers to minimize
risks and maximize productivity in a sustainable environment
around the globe.

Services Expertise

Support Services

Responsive, knowledgeable network of


local professionals, available globally in
more than 80 countries

We provide the right mix of services to help increase


productivity, optimize plant assets and improve
financial performance across your enterprise.

Local field service professionals to make


installation and integration easier

Maintenance and Repair

Post-sale support to keep operation and


maintenance optimal

Migration Solutions

On-site Services
Online and Phone Support

Technical Support Center


As your manufacturing lifecycle changes, so
does your need for technical support.
Rockwell Automation gives you the flexibility to
choose the level of electronic and phone support
you need, when you need it helping you become
more productive.

Sales Offices and Distributors


We offer you exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support your
automation investment.
To find an office near you, please visit:
www.rockwellautomation.com/sales-partners/
overview.page

Support
Visit the Rockwell Automation support website
for more information on all our offerings.
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/
support/overview.page

Online Resources
Rockwell Automation offers a wide range
of online tools to assist you in selecting and
configuring your application.

Broad Selection of Quality Products

Save Time and Reduce Costs

Optimize machine performance with the


right product

Increase quality, productivity and flexibility,


while reducing costs

Compliant with international standards

Competitive prices and local service and support


keep your project within budget and on schedule

Quality components designed for your


critical applications

Select, Design and Configure


Browse our diverse collection of tools designed to
help you choose the right products, and plan and
configure a system to support your business needs.

Extensive selection for single-source convenience


and supply chain efficiencies

Drivers, Software and Downloads


Get access to all the latest resources to support
your application.

Accelerator Toolkits

Drivers

Product Drawings

Firmware Updates

Product Selection

Network Resources

System Configuration

Software Downloads

Product Certifications

Software Activations and Transfers

Flexible, Hassle-Free Ordering


Product Selection Toolbox allows you to select and
configure the products you need with confidence.

Product Catalog iPad App

Looking for More?

The Rockwell Automation Product


Catalog iPad app allows you the
convenience to browse or search
our comprehensive product offering
from your iPad.

This catalog highlights only our


most essential components. For a
complete product selection, visit
our online product directory at
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

For more details and to download the


free app, visit the iTunes app store.

Table of Contents

Power 1-1

Circuit Breakers.....................................................................................1-3
Disconnect Switches...................................................................... 1-14
Control & Load Switches.............................................................. 1-20
Contactors............................................................................................ 1-24
Starters....................................................................................................1-36
Motor Protection............................................................................. 1-48
Solid-state Motor Control............................................................1-54
Drives.......................................................................................................1-62
Additional Power Products....................................................... 1-68

Logic 2-1

Relays & Timers.....................................................................................2-2


Programmable Controllers.........................................................2-20
Control Circuit & Load Protection.......................................... 2-24
Power Supplies..................................................................................2-36
Power & Energy Management................................................ 2-44
Surge & Filter...................................................................................... 2-46
Additional Logic Products..........................................................2-50

Operator Interface

3-1

Push Buttons..........................................................................................3-2
Signaling................................................................................................3-22
Graphic Terminals............................................................................3-32
Additional Operator Interface Products.............................3-34

Connectivity 4-1

Terminal Blocks.................................................................................... 4-2


Wiring Systems..................................................................................4-22
Signal Interface..................................................................................4-24
Connection Systems......................................................................4-28
Safety Connection Systems.......................................................4-38
Network Media................................................................................. 4-42
Additional Connectivity Products..........................................4-50

Safety 5-1

Presence Sensing Safety Devices..............................................5-2


Interlock Switches............................................................................ 5-18
Access Control...................................................................................5-34
Safety Relays.......................................................................................5-36
Emergency Stop Devices........................................................... 5-42
Enabling Switches...........................................................................5-44
Safety Limit Switches.................................................................... 5-46
Additional Safety Products........................................................ 5-48

Sensors 6-1

IO-Link...................................................................................................... 6-2
Photoelectric Sensors......................................................................6-4
Proximity Sensors............................................................................6-46
Ultrasonic Sensors...........................................................................6-76
Limit Switches................................................................................... 6-80
Encoders............................................................................................... 6-94
Condition Sensing........................................................................6-100
RFID....................................................................................................... 6-108
Additional Sensor Products.....................................................6-110

Circuit Breakers
Motor Circuit Protectors.................................................................................................. 1-3
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers.................................................................................... 1-3
Molded Case Circuit Breakers.......................................................................................... 1-3

Disconnect Switches
Rotary Disconnect Switches.......................................................................................... 1-14

Table of Contents

Power

Visible Blade Disconnect Switches ................................................................................ 1-16

Control & Load Switches


Control & Load Switches............................................................................................... 1-20
Load Switches .............................................................................................................. 1-22

Contactors
IEC Contactors............................................................................................................... 1-24
Safety Contactors.......................................................................................................... 1-32
Definite Purpose Contactors.......................................................................................... 1-34

Starters
Manual Motor Starters.................................................................................................. 1-36
Open Starters, IEC......................................................................................................... 1-38
Enclosed Starters, IEC.................................................................................................... 1-40
Combination Starters, IEC............................................................................................. 1-42
Open Starters, NEMA..................................................................................................... 1-44
Combination Starters, NEMA......................................................................................... 1-46

Motor Protection
Bimetallic Overload Relays............................................................................................ 1-48
Electronic Overload Relays............................................................................................ 1-50

Solid-state Motor Control


Solid-State Contactors.................................................................................................. 1-54
SMC Smart Motor Controllers..................................................................................... 1-56

Drives
PowerFlex Drives......................................................................................................... 1-62

Additional Power Products......................................................... 1-68

1-1

Circuit Breakers
Power

Applying Circuit Protection


MCCB
Bulletin 140G
Molded case circuit breaker with
thermal magnetic protection

MCP
Bulletin 140MG
Motor circuit protection
devices with magnetic-only
trip unit

contactor

MPCB
Bulletin 140M

MCP
Bulletin 140M

Motor protection
circuit breaker with magnetic
trip and overload protection

Motor circuit
protection devices
with magnetic-only
trip unit

contactor

overload relay

contactor
overload relay

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB) are designed to protect an electrical circuit from damage caused by overload
or short circuit. Their basic function is to detect a fault condition and interrupt current flow. An MCCB can be reset
(either manually or automatically) to resume normal operation.
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are designed to provide short circuit (magnetic) protection and disconnect for a
motor circuit. They are designed to be used with a contactor (to start/stop the motor) and an overload relay
(to protect against overcurrent).
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) are designed to provide short circuit (magnetic) protection, a disconnect
for motor circuit, and overload protection for the motor, all in one device.

Circuit
Breakers
Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-2

1-21-13

Power

Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)


Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
140M
Available with and without motor overload protection
UL Listed for motor loads
0.190 A (motor overload protection included)
0.1645 A (motor overload protection
provided separately)
Visible trip indication
High current limiting
* Product Selection starts on page 1-4.

Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)


Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
140MG
Available with and without motor overload protection
UL Listed for motor loads
High current limiting and high switching capacity
10150 A (motor overload protection included)
31200 A (motor overload protection provided separately)
* Product Selection starts on page 1-6.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB)


140G
Thermal-magnetic protection
Eight frame sizes with a range of 153000 A
Interrupting capacities from 25150 kA
support many applications
Electronic trip unit available from 253000 A
Wide range of operating mechanisms to fit
with a variety of panel configurations
3- and 4-pole configurations
* Product Selection starts on page 1-8.

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-3

Circuit Breakers
Power

Product Selection
140M Motor Circuit Protectors
Ultimate
Interrupting
Current [kA]
Rated
Operational
Current (Ie) [A]

Max. 3-phase Hp Ratings *

Max. kW, 3-Phase AC-3 *

Magnetic Trip
Current [A]

400V
(Icu )

480V
(group
motor)

200V

230V

460V

575V

230V

400/415V

500V

690V

Cat. No.

0.16

2.1

100

65

0.02

0.06

0.06

140M-C2N-A16

0.25

3.3

100

65

0.04

0.09

0.09

140M-C2N-A25

0.4

5.2

100

65

0.25

0.06

0.09

0.12

0.18

140M-C2N-A40

0.63

8.2

100

65

0.25

0.33

0.09

0.18

0.18

0.25

140M-C2N-A63

13

100

65

0.5

0.75

0.18

0.25

0.37

0.55

140M-C2N-B10

1.6

21

100

65

0.25

0.33

0.25

0.55

0.75

1.1

140M-C2N-B16

2.5

33

100

65

0.5

0.75

1.5

0.37

0.75

1.1

1.8

140M-C2N-B25

2.5

33

100

65

0.5

0.75

1.5

0.37

0.75

1.1

1.8

140M-D8N-B25

52

100

65

0.75

1.5

2.2

140M-D8N-B40

6.3

82

100

65

1.5

1.5

2.2

140M-D8N-B63

10

130

100

65

7.5

10

2.2

6.3

7.5

140M-D8N-C10

16

208

100

65

10

15

7.5

10

13

140M-D8N-C16

25

325

65

30

7.5

7.5

20

20

5.5

11

15

22

140M-D8N-C25

32

448

50

30

7.5

10

25

30

7.5

15

20

25

140M-D8N-C32

25

325

100

65

7.5

10

20

25

6.3

11

15

22

140M-F8N-C25

32

416

65

65

7.5

10

25

30

7.5

15

20

30

140M-F8N-C32

45

585

65

65

10

15

30

40

13

22

30

40

140M-F8N-C45

C-Frame

D-Frame

F-Frame

* Horsepower/kW ratings shown in the tables above are for reference. The final selection of the manual starter depends on the actual motor full load current.

Global Short Circuit Current


Ratings Selection Tool
Try out the Global SCCR Selection Tool,
providing coordinated high fault branch circuit
solutions for motor starters, soft starters and
component drives.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/global-sccr.page

Circuit
Breakers
Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-4

1-21-13

Power

Product Selection
140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Max. Short Circuit
Current [kA]
Rated
Operational
Current (Ie) [A]

Motor Current
Adjustment
Range [A]

0.16
0.25

Max. kW, 3-Phase AC-3 *

400V (Icu )

480V
(group
motor)

690V

Standard
Magnetic Trip
Cat. No.

High
Magnetic Trip
Cat. No.

200V

575V

230V

0.100.16

100

65

0.160.25

100

65

0.02

140M-C2E-A16

140M-C2T-A16

0.04

140M-C2E-A25

140M-C2T-A25

C-Frame

0.4

0.250.40

100

65

0.06

0.09

140M-C2E-A40

140M-C2T-A40

0.63

0.400.63

100

65

0.25

0.09

0.18

140M-C2E-A63

140M-C2T-A63

0.631.0

100

65

0.5

0.18

0.25

140M-C2E-B10

140M-C2T-B10

1.6

1.01.6

100

65

0.33

0.25

0.55

140M-C2E-B16

140M-C2T-B16

2.5

1.62.5

100

65

0.75

1.5

0.37

0.75

140M-C2E-B25

140M-C2T-B25

2.54.0

100

65

0.75

1.5

140M-C2E-B40

140M-C2T-B40

6.3

4.06.3

100

65

1.5

2.2

140M-C2E-B63

140M-C2T-B63

10

6.310

100

65

7.5

2.2

140M-C2E-C10

140M-C2T-C10

16

1016

65

30

10

7.5

140M-C2E-C16

140M-C2T-C16

20

14.520

50

30

7.5

15

5.5

10

140M-C2E-C20

25

1825

15

25

7.5

20

5.5

11

140M-C2E-C25

29

2429

15

25

10

20

7.5

13

140M-C2E-C29

32

2732

15

25

10

25

7.5

15

140M-C2E-C32

D-Frame
2.5

1.62.5

100

65

0.75

1.5

0.37

0.75

140M-D8E-B25

2.54.0

100

65

0.75

1.5

140M-D8E-B40

6.3

4.06.3

100

65

1.5

2.2

140M-D8E-B63

10

6.310

100

65

7.5

2.2

140M-D8E-C10

16

1016

100

65

10

7.5

140M-D8E-C16

140M-D8T-C16

20

14.520

100

65

7.5

15

5.5

10

140M-D8E-C20

140M-D8T-C20

25

1825

65

30

7.5

20

5.5

11

140M-D8E-C25

29

2429

50

30

10

20

7.5

13

140M-D8E-C29

32

2732

50

30

10

25

7.5

15

140M-D8E-C32

10

6.310

100

65

7.5

2.2

140M-F8E-C10

16

1016

100

65

10

7.5

140M-F8E-C16

20

14.520

100

65

7.5

15

5.5

10

140M-F8E-C20

25

1825

100

65

10

20

6.3

11

140M-F8E-C25

140M-F8T-C25

32

2332

65

65

10

25

7.5

15

140M-F8E-C32

140M-F8T-C32

45

3245

65

65

15

30

13

22

140M-F8E-C45

F-Frame

* Horsepower/kW ratings shown in the tables above are for reference. The final selection of the manual starter depends on the actual motor full load current.

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-5

Circuit Breakers
Power

Product Selection
140MG Motor Circuit Protectors
Rated Operational
Current (Ie) [A]

Magnetic Trip Current [A]

Ultimate Interrupting
Current [kA]

CAM Setting Range

415V Icu

Max. 3-phase
Hp Ratings*

Max. kW,
3-Phase AC-3*

230V

460V

230V

400/415V

Cat. No.

G-Frame
3

933

0.5

1.5

0.6

0.75

140MG-G8P-B30

2177

1.1

2.2

140MG-G8P-B70

30

90330

70

10

20

5.5

11

140MG-H8P-C30

50

150550

70

15

30

11

22

140MG-H8P-C50

H-Frame

I-Frame
100

6001200

50

30

75

22

37

140MG-I8P-D10

110

6601320

50

40

75

22

45

140MG-I8P-D11

J-Frame
175

8751750

70

60

125

37

55

140MG-J8P-D17

200

10002000

70

75

150

45

75

140MG-J8P-D20

* Horsepower/kW ratings shown in the tables above are for reference. The final selection of the manual starter depends on the actual motor full load current.

140MG Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


3-phase kW
Ratings (50 Hz)

400/415V

3-phase Hp Ratings
(60Hz)

460V

575V

Max. Short-Circuit
Current [kA]

480V

600V

L
Motor
Current
Adjustment
Range I1 [A]

Trip Class

50% of I1

In = Instantaneous

ON or OFF

Adjustable from
613 x In

Cat. No.

H-Frame
11

15

20

65

25

1025

32

40

50

65

25

2460

55

75

100

65

25

40100

3E, 5E, 10E,


20E (approx.
220 s)

140MG-H8E-C25
140MG-H8E-C60
140MG-H8E-D10

J-Frame
22

30

40

65

25

1640

32

40

50

65

25

2460

55

75

100

65

25

40100

80

100

150

65

25

60150

140MG-J8E-C40
3E, 5E, 10E,
20E (approx.
220 s)

ON or OFF

Adjustable from
613 x In

140MG-J8E-C60
140MG-J8E-D10
140MG-J8E-D15

Circuit
Breakers
Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-6

1-21-13

Voltage Trip Units

Auxiliary Contacts
Description

Front-mounted

Right
Side-mounted

Auxiliary Contacts
N.O.
N.C.
1
0
0
1
1
1
2
0
0
2
2
0
0
2
1
1

For Use With

140M-C, D, F

140M-C, D, F

Cat. No.
140M-C-AFA10
140M-C-AFA01
140M-C-AFA11
140M-C-AFA20
140M-C-AFA02
140M-C-ASA20
140M-C-ASA02
140M-C-ASA11

Handles
Description

For Use With

Lockable twist

Black

Lockable

Red/Yellow

Power

Accessories for 140M Motor Circuit Protectors and


140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

140M-C, D, F

Description

Shunt trip

Undervoltage
trip

Trip Rating
110V, 50 Hz/
120V, 60 Hz
230V, 50 Hz

For Use With

240260V, 60 Hz
24V DC
110V, 50 Hz/
120V, 60 Hz
230V, 50 Hz
240260V, 60 Hz
480V, 60 Hz/
415V, 50 Hz

Cat. No.
140M-C-SND

140M-C, D, F

140M-C-SNF
140M-C-SNA
140M-C-SNZJ
140M-C-UXD

140M-C, D, F

140M-C-UXF
140M-C-UXA
140M-C-UXB

Cat. No.
140M-C-KN1
140M-C-KRY1

Accessories for 140MG Motor Circuit Protectors and


140MG Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Operating Mechanisms
Description
Rotary, variable
depth operator kits

For Use With

Voltage Trip Units


Shaft Length

Cat. No.

140MG-G, I
Frames

12 in (30.48 mm) 140G-G-RVM12B

140MG-H, J
Frames

12 in (30.48 mm) 140G-H-RVM12B

Description

110127V AC/
110125V DC

21 in (53.34 mm) 140G-G-RVM21B


21 in (53.34 mm) 140G-H-RVM21B

Trip Rating

Shunt trip

220240V AC/
220250V DC

For Use
With

140G-G-SND
140MGH, J

2430V AC/DC
Description
Flex cable operator
kits

For Use With

Cable Length

Cat. No.

140MG-G
Frame

4 ft (1.3 m)

140G-G-FCX04

6 ft (1.9 m)

140G-G-FCX06

140MG-H,
Frame

4 ft (1.3 m)

140G-H-FCX04

6 ft (1.9 m)

140G-H-FCX06

Undervoltage
trip

110127V AC/
110125V DC
220240V AC/
220250V DC

Cat. No.

140G-G-SNA
140G-G-SNJ

140MGH, J

2430V AC/DC

140G-G-UVD
140G-G-UVA
140G-G-UVJ

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-7

Circuit Breakers
Power

Product Selection
140G Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers
G Frame, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed
Rated
Current
In [A]
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
45
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
160 (1)

Thermal Trip [A] Magnetic


Ir = In
Trip [A] Im
15
500
16
500
20
500
25
500
30
500
32
500
35
500
40
500
45
500
50
500
60
600
63
600
70
700
80
800
90
900
100
1000
110
1100
125
1250
112160
1600

Interrupting Code G2*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-G2C3-C15
140G-G2C4-C15
140G-G2C3-C16
140G-G2C4-C16
140G-G2C3-C20
140G-G2C4-C20
140G-G2C3-C25
140G-G2C4-C25
140G-G2C3-C30
140G-G2C4-C30
140G-G2C3-C32
140G-G2C4-C32
140G-G2C3-C35
140G-G2C4-C35
140G-G2C3-C40
140G-G2C4-C40
140G-G2C3-C45
140G-G2C4-C45
140G-G2C3-C50
140G-G2C4-C50
140G-G2C3-C60
140G-G2C4-C60
140G-G2C3-C63
140G-G2C4-C63
140G-G2C3-C70
140G-G2C4-C70
140G-G2C3-C80
140G-G2C4-C80
140G-G2C3-C90
140G-G2C4-C90
140G-G2C3-D10
140G-G2C4-D10
140G-G2C3-D11
140G-G2C4-D11
140G-G2C3-D12
140G-G2C4-D12
140G-G2E3-D16
140G-G2E4-D16

Interrupting Code G3*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-G3C3-C15
140G-G3C4-C15
140G-G3C3-C16
140G-G3C4-C16
140G-G3C3-C20
140G-G3C4-C20
140G-G3C3-C25
140G-G3C4-C25
140G-G3C3-C30
140G-G3C4-C30
140G-G3C3-C32
140G-G3C4-C32
140G-G3C3-C35
140G-G3C4-C35
140G-G3C3-C40
140G-G3C4-C40
140G-G3C3-C45
140G-G3C4-C45
140G-G3C3-C50
140G-G3C4-C50
140G-G3C3-C60
140G-G3C4-C60
140G-G3C3-C63
140G-G3C4-C63
140G-G3C3-C70
140G-G3C4-C70
140G-G3C3-C80
140G-G3C4-C80
140G-G3C3-C90
140G-G3C4-C90
140G-G3C3-D10
140G-G3C4-D10
140G-G3C3-D11
140G-G3C4-D11
140G-G3C3-D12
140G-G3C4-D12
140G-G3E3-D16
140G-G3E4-D16

Interrupting Code G6*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-G6C3-C15
140G-G6C4-C15
140G-G6C3-C16
140G-G6C4-C16
140G-G6C3-C20
140G-G6C4-C20
140G-G6C3-C25
140G-G6C4-C25
140G-G6C3-C30
140G-G6C4-C30
140G-G6C3-C32
140G-G6C4-C32
140G-G6C3-C35
140G-G6C4-C35
140G-G6C3-C40
140G-G6C4-C40
140G-G6C3-C45
140G-G6C4-C45
140G-G6C3-C50
140G-G6C4-C50
140G-G6C3-C60
140G-G6C4-C60
140G-G6C3-C63
140G-G6C4-C63
140G-G6C3-C70
140G-G6C4-C70
140G-G6C3-C80
140G-G6C4-C80
140G-G6C3-C90
140G-G6C4-C90
140G-G6C3-D10
140G-G6C4-D10
140G-G6C3-D11
140G-G6C4-D11
140G-G6C3-D12
140G-G6C4-D12
140G-G6E3-D16
140G-G6E4-D16

Interrupting Code H3*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H3C3-C15
140G-H3C4-C15
140G-H3C3-C16
140G-H3C4-C16
140G-H3C3-C20
140G-H3C4-C20
140G-H3C3-C25
140G-H3C4-C25
140G-H3C3-C30
140G-H3C4-C30
140G-H3C3-C32
140G-H3C4-C32
140G-H3C3-C35
140G-H3C4-C35
140G-H3C3-C40
140G-H3C4-C40
140G-H3C3-C45
140G-H3C4-C45
140G-H3C3-C50
140G-H3C4-C50
140G-H3C3-C60
140G-H3C4-C60
140G-H3C3-C63
140G-H3C4-C63
140G-H3C3-C70
140G-H3C4-C70
140G-H3F3-C80
140G-H3F4-C80
140G-H3F3-C90
140G-H3F4-C90
140G-H3F3-D10
140G-H3F4-D10
140G-H3F3-D11
140G-H3F4-D11
140G-H3F3-D12
140G-H3F4-D12
140G-H3F3-D16
140G-H3F4-D16

Interrupting Code H6*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H6C3-C15
140G-H6C4-C15
140G-H6C3-C16
140G-H6C4-C16
140G-H6C3-C20
140G-H6C4-C20
140G-H6C3-C25
140G-H6C4-C25
140G-H6C3-C30
140G-H6C4-C30
140G-H6C3-C32
140G-H6C4-C32
140G-H6C3-C35
140G-H6C4-C35
140G-H6C3-C40
140G-H6C4-C40
140G-H6C3-C45
140G-H6C4-C45
140G-H6C3-C50
140G-H6C4-C50
140G-H6C3-C60
140G-H6C4-C60
140G-H6C3-C63
140G-H6C4-C63
140G-H6C3-C70
140G-H6C4-C70
140G-H6F3-C80
140G-H6F4-C80
140G-H6F3-C90
140G-H6F4-C90
140G-H6F3-D10
140G-H6F4-D10
140G-H6F3-D11
140G-H6F4-D11
140G-H6F3-D12
140G-H6F4-D12
140G-H6F3-D16
140G-H6F4-D16

H Frame, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed and Adjustable


Rated
Current
In [A]
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
45
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
160 (1)

Thermal Trip [A]


Ir = In
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
45
50
60
63
70
5680
6390
70100
77110
87125
112160

Magnetic
Trip [A] Im
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
500
500
600
600
700
400800
450900
5001000
5501100
6251250
8001600

Interrupting Code H2*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H2C3-C15
140G-H2C4-C15
140G-H2C3-C16
140G-H2C4-C16
140G-H2C3-C20
140G-H2C4-C20
140G-H2C3-C25
140G-H2C4-C25
140G-H2C3-C30
140G-H2C4-C30
140G-H2C3-C32
140G-H2C4-C32
140G-H2C3-C35
140G-H2C4-C35
140G-H2C3-C40
140G-H2C4-C40
140G-H2C3-C45
140G-H2C4-C45
140G-H2C3-C50
140G-H2C4-C50
140G-H2C3-C60
140G-H2C4-C60
140G-H2C3-C63
140G-H2C4-C63
140G-H2C3-C70
140G-H2C4-C70
140G-H2F3-C80
140G-H2F4-C80
140G-H2F3-C90
140G-H2F4-C90
140G-H2F3-D10
140G-H2F4-D10
140G-H2F3-D11
140G-H2F4-D11
140G-H2F3-D12
140G-H2F4-D12
140G-H2F3-D16
140G-H2F4-D16

* See pages 1-10 and 1-11 for the interrupting rating/breaking capacity specifications.
(1) IEC only.

Circuit
Breakers
Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-8

1-21-13

140G Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers


I Frame, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed and Adjustable
Rated
Current
In [A]
90
100
125
150
175
200
225

Thermal Trip
[A] Ir = In
90
100
125
150
175
200
225

Magnetic
Trip [A] Im
900
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250

Interrupting Code I2*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-I2C3-C90
140G-I2C4-C90
140G-I2C3-D10
140G-I2C4-D10
140G-I2C3-D12
140G-I2C4-D12
140G-I2C3-D15
140G-I2C4-D15
140G-I2C3-D17
140G-I2C4-D17
140G-I2C3-D20
140G-I2C4-D20
140G-I2C3-D22
140G-I2C4-D22

Interrupting Code I3*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-I3C3-C90
140G-I3C4-C90
140G-I3C3-D10
140G-I3C4-D10
140G-I3C3-D12
140G-I3C4-D12
140G-I3C3-D15
140G-I3C4-D15
140G-I3C3-D17
140G-I3C4-D17
140G-I3C3-D20
140G-I3C4-D20
140G-I3C3-D22
140G-I3C4-D22

Power

Product Selection

J Frame, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed and Adjustable


Rated
Current
In [A]

Thermal Trip
[A] Ir = In

Magnetic
Trip [A] Im

80
90
100
110
125
150
160
175
200
225
250

5680
6390
70100
77110
87125
105160
112150
122.5175
140200
157.5225
175250

400800
450900
5001000
5501100
6251250
7501500
8001600
8751750
10002000
11252250
12502500

Interrupting Code J2*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J2F3-C80
140G-J2F3-C90
140G-J2F3-D10
140G-J2F3-D11
140G-J2F3-D12
140G-J2F3-D15
140G-J2F3-D16
140G-J2F3-D17
140G-J2F3-D20
140G-J2F3-D22
140G-J2F3-D25

140G-J2F4-C80
140G-J2F4-C90
140G-J2F4-D10
140G-J2F4-D11
140G-J2F4-D12
140G-J2F4-D15
140G-J2F4-D16
140G-J2F4-D17
140G-J2F4-D20
140G-J2F4-D22
140G-J2F4-D25

Interrupting Code J3*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J3F3-C80
140G-J3F3-C90
140G-J3F3-D10
140G-J3F3-D11
140G-J3F3-D12
140G-J3F3-D15
140G-J3F3-D16
140G-J3F3-D17
140G-J3F3-D20
140G-J3F3-D22
140G-J3F3-D25

140G-J3F4-C80
140G-J3F4-C90
140G-J3F4-D10
140G-J3F4-D11
140G-J3F4-D12
140G-J3F4-D15
140G-J3F4-D16
140G-J3F4-D17
140G-J3F4-D20
140G-J3F4-D22
140G-J3F4-D25

Interrupting Code J6*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J6F3-C80
140G-J6F3-C90
140G-J6F3-D10
140G-J6F3-D11
140G-J6F3-D12
140G-J6F3-D15
140G-J6F3-D16
140G-J6F3-D17
140G-J6F3-D20
140G-J6F3-D22
140G-J6F3-D25

140G-J6F4-C80
140G-J6F4-C90
140G-J6F4-D10
140G-J6F4-D11
140G-J6F4-D12
140G-J6F4-D15
140G-J6F4-D16
140G-J6F4-D17
140G-J6F4-D20
140G-J6F4-D22
140G-J6F4-D25

K Frame, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed and Adjustable


Rated
Current
In [A]
300
400

Thermal Trip
[A] Ir = In
210300
280400

Magnetic
Trip [A] Im
15003000
20004000

Interrupting Code K3*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-K3F3-D30
140G-K3F4-D30
140G-K3F3-D40
140G-K3F4-D40

Interrupting Code K6*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-K6F3-D30
140G-K6F4-D30
140G-K6F3-D40
140G-K6F4-D40

Interrupting Code K0*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-K0F3-D30
140G-K0F4-D30
140G-K0F3-D40
140G-K0F4-D40

Interrupting Code M6*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-M6F3-D60 140G-M6F4-D60
140G-M6F3-D63 140G-M6F4-D63
140G-M6F3-D80 140G-M6F4-D80

Interrupting Code M0*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-M0F3-D60 140G-M0F4-D60
140G-M0F3-D63 140G-M0F4-D63
140G-M0F3-D80 140G-M0F4-D80

M Frame, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed and Adjustable


Rated
Current
In [A]
600
630(1)
800

Thermal Trip
[A] Ir = In
420600
441630
560800

Magnetic
Trip [A] Im
30006000
31506300
40008000

Interrupting Code M5*


Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-M5F3-D60 140G-M5F4-D60
140G-M5F3-D63 140G-M5F4-D63
140G-M5F3-D80 140G-M5F4-D80

* See pages 1-10 and 1-11 for the interrupting rating/breaking capacity specifications.
(1) IEC only.

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-9

Circuit Breakers
Power

Product Selection
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz),
UL 489/CSA C22.2-5, No. 5-02 [kA]
240V

480V

600Y/
347V

50
65
100

25
35
65

10
14
25

240V

480V

600V

65
100
150
200
200

25
35
65
100
150

14
18
25
35

240V

480V

600Y/
347V

50
65

25
35

10
10

240V

480V

600V

100
150
200

35
65
100

18
25
35

240V

480V

600V

100
150
200

35
65
100

25
35
65

240V

480V

600V

100
200
200

50
65
100

25
35
42

Ics
[%Icu]
75
75
75

Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2


Icu [kA]/ Ics%
415V
440V
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
[kA]
[%Icu]
[kA]
[%Icu]
36
100
36
50
50
75
50
50
70
50
65
50

Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
100

Icu
[kA]
36
50
70
120
150

Ics
[%Icu]
75
50

Icu
[kA]
36
50

220V
Icu
[kA]
65
85
100
220V
Icu
[kA]
65
85
100
150
200

415V

220V
Icu
[kA]
50
85

Icu
[kA]
50
70
120

220V
Icu
[kA]
85
100
200

Ics
[%Icu]
75
50

Icu
[kA]
25
40

415V
Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100

Icu
[kA]
50
70
120

Icu
[kA]
10
12
15
18
20

Ics
[%Icu]
75
50

Icu
[kA]
5
6

Icu
[kA]
40
65
100

Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100

Icu
[kA]
50
70
100

Interrupting
Code
H2
H3
H6
H0
H15

Ics
[%Icu]
50
50

Interrupting
Code
I2
I3

Icu
[kA]
12
15
20

Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100

Interrupting
Code
J3
J6
J0

Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100

Interrupting
Code
K3
K6
K0

690V
Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100

415V
Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
75

Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100
75
75

690V

440V
Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100

Interrupting
Code
G2
G3
G6

690V

440V
Icu
[kA]
50
65
100

Ics
[%Icu]
75
50
50
690V

Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
100
440V

Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100

220V
Icu
[kA]
85
100
200

Icu
[kA]
36
50
65
100
150

415V
Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100

Icu
[kA]
85
100
150

440V
Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
100

415V

220V

690V
Icu
[kA]
6
8
10

Icu
[kA]
25
40
70
690V

Ics
[%Icu]
100
100
75

Icu
[kA]
22
25
30

Ics
[%Icu]
75
75
75

Interrupting Code
M5
M6
M0

Circuit
Breakers
Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-10

1-21-13

Terminal Lugs
Description

Frame Size

Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 3)

Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 4)

140G-G-TLC13

140G-G-TLC14

140G-G-TLC13A

Multiple cable Cu wire (6) 142 AWG or 2.535 mm

140G-G-MTL63

140G-G-MTL64

Cu wire only (1) 141/0 AWG or 2.595 mm2

140G-G-TLC13

140G-G-TLC14

140G-G-MTL63

140G-G-MTL64

Cu wire, MCCB only (1) 141/0 AWG or 2.570 mm

Cu wire, MCCB only (1) 141/0 AWG or 1.570 mm2


2

Multiple cable Cu wire (6) 142 AWG or 2.535 mm2

Al or Cu wire (1) 141/0 AWG or 2.550 mm2

140G-J-TLA13

140G-J-TLA14

Al or Cu wire (1) 4300 MCM or 25150 mm2

140G-J-TLA1A3

140G-J-TLA1A4

Cu wire only (1) 10250 MCM or 6185 mm2


Multiple cable Cu wire (6) 122 AWG or 2.535 mm2

140G-J-TLC13

140G-J-TLC14

140G-J-MTL63

140G-J-MTL64

Power

Accessories for 140G Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Terminal Covers
Frame Size

Height

3-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 2)

4-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 2)

2 in. (50 mm)

140G-G-TC3H

140G-G-TC4H

2 in. (50 mm)

140G-H-TC3H

140G-H-TC4H

2.36 in. (60 mm)

140G-I-TC3H

140G-I-TC4H

2.36 in. (60 mm)

140G-J-TC3H

140G-J-TC4H

2.36 in. (60 mm)

140G-K-TC3H

140G-K-TC4H

2.36 in. (60 mm)

140G-M-TC3H

140G-M-TC4H

Global Short Circuit Current


Ratings Selection Tool
Try out the Global SCCR Selection Tool,
providing coordinated high fault branch circuit
solutions for motor starters, soft starters and
component drives.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/global-sccr.page

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-11

Circuit Breakers
Power

Accessories for 140G Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Operating Mechanisms
Description

Frame Size

Handle Color
Black
Red/Yellow

G, I

Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow

H, J

Black
Red/Yellow

Rotary, variable depth operator kits

Black
Red/Yellow

Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow

Black
Red/Yellow

Description

Frame Size

Handle Type
Non-metallic Handle, Type
1/3/12/4/4X

Stainless Steel Handle, Type 4/4X

Painted Metal Handle, Type 1/12


Flex cable operator kits
Non-metallic Handle, Type
1/3/12/4/4X

Stainless Steel Handle, Type 4/4X

Painted Metal Handle, Type 1/12

Shaft Length
12 in (305 mm)
21 in (533 mm)
12 in (305 mm)
21 in (533 mm)
12 in (305 mm)
22 in (559 mm)
12 in (305 mm)
22 in (559 mm)
Shaft Length
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)

Cat. No.
140G-G-RVM12B
140G-G-RVM12R
140G-G-RVM21B
140G-G-RVM21R
140G-H-RVM12B
140G-H-RVM12R
140G-H-RVM21B
140G-H-RVM21R
140G-K-RVM12B
140G-K-RVM12R
140G-K-RVM21B
140G-K-RVM21R
140G-M-RVM12B
140G-M-RVM12R
140G-M-RVM21B
140G-M-RVM21R
Cat. No.
140G-G-FCX04
140G-G-FCX06
140G-G-FCX10
140G-G-FCS04
140G-G-FCS06
140G-G-FCS10
140G-G-FMX04
140G-G-FMX06
140G-G-FMX10
140G-H-FCX04
140G-H-FCX06
140G-H-FCX10
140G-H-FCS04
140G-H-FCS06
140G-H-FCS10
140G-H-FMX04
140G-H-FMX06
140G-H-FMX10

Circuit
Breakers
Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-12

1-21-13

Shunt Trips

Auxiliary Contacts
For Use
Description
Designation With
(1) Auxiliary contact, 250V
AX2
(1) Auxiliary, (1) alarm contact, 250V
AX2/AL1
140G-G,
H, I, J
(1) Auxiliary contact, 24V
1
(1) Auxiliary, (1) alarm contact, 24V
2

Cat. No.
140G-G-EA1A
140G-G-EA1R1A
140G-G-EA1J*
140G-G-EA1R1J

* This contact is supplied with unmarked wires. Contact can function as either
an auxiliary or alarm contact, depending on connection method.

Frame Size

140G-G-SNJ

4860V AC/DC

140G-G-SNKY

110127V AC/110125V DC

G, H, I, J

Frame Size

140G-G-SND

220240V AC/220250V DC

140G-G-SNA

2430V AC/DC

140G-G-SNJ

4860V AC/DC

K, M

220240V AC/220250V DC

2430V AC/DC

Cat. No.

2430V AC/DC

110127V AC/110125V DC

Undervoltage Release
Description

Description

Power

Accessories for 140G Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers

140G-G-SNKY
140G-G-SND
140G-G-SNA

Cat. No.
140G-G-UVJ

48V AC/DC

140G-G-UVR

60V AC/DC

140G-G-UVKY

110127V AC/110125V DC

G, H, I, J

140G-G-UVD

220240V AC/220250V DC

140G-G-UVA

380440V AC

UVB

480525V AC

140G-G-UVC

2430V AC/DC

140G-K-UVR

48V AC/DC

140G-K-UVJ

60V AC/DC

140G-K-UVKY

110127V AC/110125V DC

K, M

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

140G-K-UVD

220240V AC/220250V DC

140G-K-UVA

380440V AC

140G-K-UVB

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-13

Disconnect Switches
Power

Rotary Disconnect Switch, Fused


194R
Expands up to 1250 A for IEC, and 800 A for UL
Touch-safe, compact design
Padlocking available
Double-break switching for full fuse line and load side
isolation when switch is OFF
Side operation

Rotary Disconnect Switch, Non-fused


194R
Expands up to 1250 A for IEC, and 1200 A for UL
Compact footprint for both UL and IEC switch bodies
Suitable for severe utilization categories (AC-22 & AC-23)

Rotary Disconnect Switch, Enclosed


194R
Lock-out tag-out functionality
Use as at-motor isolation
Enclosure options:
-- Thermoplastic, NEMA 4/4X
-- Painted Metal, NEMA 3/4/12
-- Stainless Steel, NEMA 4/4X

Disconnect
Switches
Circuit
Breakers

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-14

1-21-13

1-141-19

194R Rotary Disconnect Switches, UL/CSA


Rated Current [A]
30
60
100
200
400
600
800
1200

Maximum Hp Ratings, 3-Phase (60 Hz)


600V
240V
480V
Fused
Non-Fused
7.5
15
20
20
15
30
50
40
30
60
75
100
60
125
150
200
125
250
350
350
200
500
500
350
200
500
500
500
200
500

500

Fused
Fuse Type
30 A Class J, HRCI-J
60 A Class J, HRCI-J
100 A Class J, HRCI-J
200 A Class J, HRCI-J
400 A Class J, HRCI-J
600 A Class J, HRCI-J
800 A Class L, HRCI-L

Cat. No. *
194R-J30-1753
194R-J60-1753
194R-J100-1753
194R-J200-1753
194R-J400-1753
194R-J600-1753
194R-L800-1753

Non-Fused
Cat. No.
194R-N30-1753
194R-N60-1753
194R-NU100-1753
194R-NU200-1753
194R-NU400-1753
194R-NU600-1753
194R-NU800-1753
194R-NU1200-1753

Fuse Type

Cat. No.

Non-Fused
Cat. No. *

NH000
NH000
NH00
NH00
NH1
NH2
NH3
NH3
NH4a

194R-D32-1753
194R-D63-1753
194R-D125-1753
194R-D160-1753
194R-D250-1753
194R-D400-1753
194R-D630-1753
194R-D800-1753
194R-D1250-1753

194R-NE125-1753
194R-NE160-1753
194R-NE250-1753
194R-NE400-1753
194R-NE630-1753
194R-NE800-1753
194R-NE1250-1753

Power

Product Selection

* Time delay fuses may be required to utilize the disconnect switch at its maximum horsepower rating.
Blown fuse indicator available by adding S to the end of the catalog number.
Non-fused disconnect switches must use separately installed fuses for upstream short circuit protection.

194R Rotary Disconnect Switches, IEC


Maximum kW Ratings
Load Rating [A]
32
63
125
160
250
400
630
800
1250

200/220/230V 380/400/415V
9
18.5

18.5
30
63
80
132
220
355
450
560

Fused
30
55
90
110
220
220
295
400
400

660/690V
Non-Fused

55
55
90
150
150
185
415

Fused

* Non-fused disconnect switches must use separately installed fuses for upstream short circuit protection.

Operating Handles
Range
Padlockable handle,
test mode (3060 A)

Padlockable handle,
standard (3060 A)

up to 60 A
up to 60 A
100400 A
6001250A

Handle Operating Shaft *


Cat. No. 12 in
Cat. No. 21 in
(304.8 mm)
(533.4 mm)
194R-S1
194R-S2
194R-S1
194R-S2
194R-R7
194R-R8
194R-R9
194R-R10
6001250 A
194R-HM4-L

Padlockable Handle
Cat. No. Red/
Cat. No. Black
Yellow
194R-PB
194R-PY
194R-PBT
194R-PYT
194R-HM4
194R-HM4E
194R-HM4-L
194R-HM4E-L

* For more lengths, please visit the web.

Padlockable handle
(100400 A)

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-15

Disconnect Switches
Power

Visible Blade Disconnect Switch


1494U Universal Mechanism
30100A, 3-pole, 600 V AC/DC ratings
Universal mechanism allows for rod or cable operation
Fusible or non-fusible versions
Lockable handle
Visible blade construction for safety

Visible Blade Construction


Lug Connectors

Reliable visible blade indication

Included aluminum lugs will


accept copper or aluminum wire

Blades visible switch is de-energized


Blades hidden switch is energized

Universal Mechanism
Provides flexibility of
installation for either rod or
cable operated applications

Fuse Blocks
Common base across 30/60/100 A
Integrated Phase Barriers
J and R fuse clips are available
for the fusible styles

Lug Connectors
Disconnect
Switch Size [A]
1494U Rod Operated System

1494U Cable Operated System

Disconnect
Switches
Circuit
Breakers

Description

Wire Size

Cat. No.

3060

Aluminum,
1 port

(1) #142 AWG, copper-aluminum


(2) #1410 AWG, copper
(2) #1210 AWG, aluminum

1494U-LA36

100

Aluminum,
1 port

(2) #124 AWG, copper-aluminum


(1) #141/0 AWG, copper
(1) #121/0 AWG, aluminum

1494U-LA100

30100

Aluminum,
6 port

(1) #144 AWG, copper


(1) #124 AWG, aluminum
(2) #10 AWG, copper-aluminum

1494U-LM31

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-16

1-21-13

1-141-19

Power

Product Selection
1494U Disconnect Switches1
Continuous
Current
Rating [A]
600V AC,
600V DC

1
2

Maximum kW IEC Applications


(Category AC 23)

Maximum Hp UL and CSA Applications

1-Phase, AC

3-Phase, 60 Hz

3-Phase, 50 Hz

DC2

115V

600V 220240V

460V

575V

230V

3-Phase, 50 Hz
380440V

500600V

Switch with
Right-Hand
Mechanism
Cat. No.

115V

200208V

230V

30

7.5

7.5

15

20

15

5.5

11

15

1494U-D30

60

7.5

15

15

30

50

10

30

11

22

37

1494U-D60

100

25

30

60

75

50

22

45

55

1494U-D100

Aluminum lug/line kits are provided with each disconnect switch.


Ratings based on using two poles in series to break one line of the DC supply voltage and the remaining pole breaking the second DC supply line.

Connecting Rods

Fuse Clip Kits

Enclosure Working Depth [in. (mm)] 3

Disconnect
Switch Size [A]
30, 60, 100, 200

Fuse Clip Rating [A]

Minimum

Maximum

Cat. No.

6-3/4 (172)

19 (483)

1494U-R1

Enclosure working depth is measured from the top of the flange to the
disconnect switch mounting surface. Dimensions are approximate.
NOTE: For enclosure depths greater than 19 in. but less than 23 in.,
select catalog number 1494V-RA4.

Fuse Class

H/J

Operating Handles

Handle Type

Description

Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

Nonmetallic

Type 1, 3R, 4, 12

Painted Metal

Type 4, 4X

Stainless Steel

Mounting
Right or
Left Flange

Disconnect
Switch Size
[A]

R
Cat. No.

30, 60, 100

600V

Cat. No.

30

1494U-FC302J

60

30

1494U-FC30J

60

1494U-FC60J

100

100

1494U-FC100J

30

1494U-FC302R

60

30

1494U-FC30R

60

1494U-FC60R

100

100

1494U-FC100R

1494U-HP1
30, 60, 100

1494U-HM1
1494U-HS1

Cable Mechanism
Disconnect Switch
Size [A]

250V

Trailer Fuse Block Kits


Disconnect Switch Size [A]
30

Cat. No.
1494U-F30

Cable Length [ft (m)]

Right-Hand Cable
Mechanism Cat. No.

3 (0.91)

1494U-C313

4 (1.22)

1494U-C314

5 (1.52)

1494U-C315

Product Selection Tools

6 (1.83)

1494U-C316

Available online or for download, our tools help


you access info while in the office or on the go.

60

1494U-F60

100

1494U-F100

www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-17

Disconnect Switches
Power

Visible Blade Disconnect Switches


1494V Variable Depth
200600 A, 3-pole, 600V AC ratings
Rod-operated, flange-mounted handle
Fusible or non-fusible versions
Lockable handle
Visible blade construction for safety

Visible Blade Disconnect Switches


1494C Cable Operated
200600 A, 3-pole, 600V AC ratings
Cable operation allows flexible mounting
within the panel
Fusible or non-fusible versions
Lockable handle
Visible blade construction for safety

Application Spotlight
Bulletin 1494 disconnect switches are time proven, robust
design with visible blade construction that is the product
of choice in automotive manufacturing applications.

Disconnect
Switches
Circuit
Breakers

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-18

1-21-13

1-141-19

Power

Product Selection
1494V Visible Blade Disconnect Switch Components
NEMA, UL, CSA
Maximum Rating Hp

IEC Utilization Category AC-23


Maximum Rating kW

Rod Operated
Switch with Right-Hand
Mechanism

Switch with Left-Hand


Mechanism

Continuous Current
Rating [A]
600V AC, 250V DC

200208V

460V

220240V

380440V

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

200

5060

125

48

90

1494V-DS200

1494V-DSX200

400

75

250

90

185

1494V-DS400

600

150

400

150

295

3-Phase, 60 Hz

3-Phase, 50 Hz

1494V-DSX400
1494V-DS600

1494C Visible Blade Disconnect Switch Components


NEMA, UL, CSA
Maximum Rating Hp
Continuous Current
Rating [A]
600V AC, 250V DC
200
400
600

3-Phase, 60 Hz
200208V
460V
5060
125
75
250
150
400

IEC Utilization Category AC-23


Maximum Rating kW
3-Phase, 50 Hz
220240V
380440V
48
90
90
185
150
295

Cable Operated
Switch with Right-Hand
Switch with Left-Hand
Mechanism
Mechanism
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
1494F-D200
1494F-DX200
1494F-D400
1494F-DX400
1494V-DS600 1

Switch can be converted in the field for left-hand operation.

Cable Mechanisms for 1494C Disconnect Switch


Disconnect
Cable Length
Switch Size [A]
[ft]
4
5
200
6
10
4
5
400
6
10
4
5
600
6
10

Right-Hand Cable
Mechanisms
Cat. No.
1494C-CM5
1494C-CM6
1494C-CM7
1494C-CM8
1494C-CM9
1494C-CM10
1494C-CM11
1494C-CM12
1494C-CM13
1494C-CM14
1494C-CM15
1494C-CM16

Left-Hand Cable
Mechanisms
Cat. No.
1494C-CMX5
1494C-CMX6
1494C-CMX7
1494C-CMX8
1494C-CMX9
1494C-CMX10
1494C-CMX11
1494C-CMX12
1494C-CMX13
1494C-CMX14
1494C-CMX15
1494C-CMX16

Trailer Fuse Block Kits for 1494V & 1494C


Disconnect Switch Size [A]
200
400
600

Fuse Clip Kits for 1494V & 1494C


Fuse Class
J

200
400, 600

Enclosure Depth [in. (mm)]


Minimum
Maximum
6-3/4 (172)
9-1/8 (232)
6-3/4 (172)
21-5/8 (549)
9-1/2 (241)
10 (254)
9-1/2 (241)
23 (584)

Cat. No. 4
1401-N45
1401-N46
5

Includes six clips and mounting hardware.


Fuse clips not required: fuse bolts directly to terminal.

Operating Handles for 1494V & 1494C


Handle Type 6
Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

Cat. No.
1494V-RA3
1494V-RA4
1494V-RB3 3
1494V-RB4 3

Enclosure depth is measured from the top of the flange to the disconnect switch
mounting surface.
3
Kit includes two connecting rods.
2

Fuse Clip Rating [A]


250V
600V
200
200
400
400
600
600

Connecting Rods for 1494V Disconnect Switches


Disconnect
Switch Size [A]

Cat. No.
1494V-FS200
1494V-FS400
1494V-FS600

Type 1, 3R, 4, 12
Type 4, 4X

Disconnect Switch
Size [A]
200
200
Painted Metal
400, 600
200
Stainless Steel
400, 600
Description
Nonmetallic

Cat. No.
1494F-P1
1494F-M1
1494F-M2
1494F-S1
1494F-S2

Right or left flange mounting available.

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-19

Control & Load Switches


Power

Control & Load Switches


194L
Available in ON-OFF, changeover, star-delta
(wye-delta), reversing, ammeter, voltmeter and step
switch configurations
Front door, Base/DIN Rail mounting configurations
1-6-pole versions
Optional enclosures
Padlockable handles available (up to 3 padlocks)

Bulletin 194L Control & Load Switches are


designed for use as manual motor controllers and
at motor disconnects.

Switch Body

Shaft

Handle

IP66 enclosure, shaft and handle


are orderable as components.

Handles (Includes OFF-ON legend plate


and control knob)

G Style
N Style

I Style

A Style

Control &
Load Switches
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

1-21-13

1-141-19

With Legend Plate


0-I, 48 x 48 mm

With Legend Plate


0-I, 67 x 67 mm

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

A Standard switch

194L-HE4A-175

194L-HE6A-175

G Disconnect switch

194E-HE4G-175

194L-HE6G-175

I Emergency stop

194L-HE4I-175

194L-HE6I-175

N Disconnect switch/
emergency stop

194E-HE4N-175

194L-HE6N-175

Type
(for front or base mounting)

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-20

1-201-23

194L Switch Bodies, ON-OFF


Function

I AC-21A [A]
12

16

20

25

Front/Door Mounting

Base/DIN Rail Mounting

Poles

Cat. No. 1

Cat. No. 1

194L-E12-1751

194L-A12-1751

194L-E12-1752

194L-A12-1752

194L-E12-1753

194L-A12-1753

194L-E16-1751

194L-A16-1751

194L-E16-1752

194L-A16-1752

194L-E16-1753

194L-A16-1753

194L-E20-1751

194L-A20-1751

194L-E20-1752

194L-A20-1752

194L-E20-1753

194L-A20-1753

194L-E25-1751

194L-A25-1751

194L-E25-1752

194L-A25-1752

194L-E25-1753

194L-A25-1753

Power

Product Selection

To change number of poles, change final number to 1, 2, 3 or 4.

194L Switch Bodies, Changeover Switches


I AC-21A
[A]

Function

12

16
20

45

25

194L Switch Bodies, Changeover Switches*

Front/Door Mounting
Poles
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4

Cat. No.

Function

194L-E12-3503
194L-E12-3504
194L-E16-3503
194L-E16-3504
194L-E20-3503
194L-E20-3504
194L-E25-3503
194L-E25-3504

I AC-21A
[A]
12
16
20
25

Front/Door Mounting
Poles

Cat. No.

194L-E12-2503
194L-E16-2503
194L-E20-2504
194L-E25-2503

* With both 0-1 and OFF/ON inscriptions.

Enclosed Control & Load Switches


For Use With
194L-A12/16

194L-A20/25

IP66 Enclosure, ABS Material

Required Shaft for ABS

IP66 Enclosure, Noryl Material

Required Shaft for Noryl

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

12

194L-G3572

194L-G3195

194L-G3576

194L-G3195

34

194L-G3572

194L-G2830

194L-G3576

194L-G2830

56

194L-G3573

194L-G3195

194L-G3577

194L-G3195

12

194L-G3572

194L-G3194

194L-G3576

194L-G3194

34

194L-G3572

194L-G2830

194L-G3576

194L-G2830

56

194L-G3573

194L-G3194

194L-G3577

194L-G3194

Number of
Contacts

Drives

For more information on our complete family of control and load switch products, please
visit: http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/Control-and-Load-Switches

1-621-67

1-21

Control & Load Switches


Power

Load Switches
194E
Base/DIN Rail, or front-door mounting configurations
Available in OFF-ON and changeover configurations
3- and 6-pole switches
Optional enclosures
Padlockable handles available (up to 3 padlocks)

Bulletin 194E load switches are suitable as motor disconnect or other load switch applications.

Handle Options

Enclosed Load Switches

Available as front
mounting/DIN
mounting

IP66, UL Type 3/3R/12

Non-metallic
194E
16100 A

Stainless steel
G Style

N Style

I Style

Thermoplastic

A Style

Control &
Load Switches
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

1-21-13

1-141-19

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-22

1-201-23

OFF-ON 3-Pole Switch (includes operating shaft)

Rated Operational
Current [A]

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

16

194E-CA16 1

194E-E16-1753

194E-A16-1753

25

194E-CA20 1

25

194E-E25-1753

194E-A25-1753

32

194E-CA32 1

32

194E-E32-1753

194E-A32-1753

40

194E-CA40 1

40

194E-E40-1753

194E-A40-1753

63

194E-CA63 1

63

194E-E63-1753

194E-A63-1753

80

194E-E80-1753

194E-A80-1753

80

194E-CA80 1

100

194E-E100-1753

194E-A100-1753

100

194E-CA00 1

16

194E-KA16 1

25

194E-KA20 1

32

194E-KA32 1

40

194E-KA40 1

63

194E-KA63 1

80

194E-KA80 1

100

194E-KA00 1

16

194E-Y16-1753-4N 2

25

194E-Y25-1753-6N 2

32

194E-Y32-1753-6N 2

40

194E-Y40-1753-6N 2

Front/Door
Mounting

Base/DIN Rail
Mounting

Cat. No.

16

I AC-21A
[A]

Function

I
O

Enclosed Load Switches, 3-Pole


Description

Stainless steel enclosure,


IP66 , UL Type 4/4X

OFF-ON 6-Pole Switch (includes operating shaft)


Front/Door
Mounting

Base/DIN Rail
Mounting

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

16

194E-E16-1756

194E-A16-1756

25

194E-E25-1756

194E-A25-1756

32

194E-E32-1756

194E-A32-1756

40

194E-E40-1756

194E-A40-1756

63

194E-E63-1756

194E-A63-1756

80

194E-E80-1756

194E-A80-1756

100

194E-E100-1756

194E-A100-1756

I AC-21A
[A]

Function

I
O

Non-metallic enclosure,
IP66 , UL Type 4/4X

Thermoplastic enclosure,
IP66

Power

Product Selection

Catalog number shown is for black handle. To order a red/yellow handle,


add an E to the end of the catalog number
Catalog number shown is for red/yellow handle.

Handles (Includes OFF-ON legend plate and control knob)


Up to 16 A

25...100A

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

A Standard switch

194L-HE4A-175

194E-HE6A-175

G Disconnect switch

194E-HE4G-175

194E-HE6G-175

I Emergency Stop

194L-HE4I-175

194E-HE6I-175

N Disconnect switch/emergency stop

194E-HE4N-175

194E-HE6N-175

Type
(for front or base mounting)

Drives

For more information on our complete family of control and load switch products, please
visit: http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/Control-and-Load-Switches

1-621-67

1-23

Contactors
Power

Miniature IEC Contactors


100-K/104-K
Designed for commercial and light
industrial applications
512 A
Compact size with fewer panel depth and
height requirements
Full-voltage non-reversing and reversing contactors
Same dimensions for AC and DC

Miniature IEC contactors can be used on the compact bus bar mounting
system as shown below.*

Accessories

140M Motor Protection


Circuit Breaker
Auxiliary contact block

Reversing wiring kit

Mechanical interlock

Connecting module
Surge suppressor
modules

104-K Reversing
Miniature Contactor

100-K Miniature Contactor

* additional details on the Busbar Mounting System can be found on page 1-73.

Contactors
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-24

1-241-35

Power

Product Selection
AC- and DC-Control Miniature Contactors*
Ratings for Switching AC Motors
Rated Operational
Current [A]
AC-3

AC-1

3-Phase kW
400/415V

Direct on Line

3-Phase Hp
200/230V

Power Poles

460/575V

N.O.

Aux. Contacts

N.C.

Screw
Terminal

Spring Clamp

N.O.

N.C.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

100-K0510

100-KR0510

100-K0501

100-KR0501

100-K0910

100-KR0910

100-K0901

100-KR0901

100-K1210

100-K1201

3-pole
5

20

2.2

1-1/2

20

12

20

5.5

7-1/2

4-pole
5

20

2.2

1-1/2

20

12

20

5.5

7-1/2

100-K05400

100-K05200

100-K09400

100-K09200

100-K12400

100-K12200

The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below.
* See page 1-28 for accessories.

Coil Voltage Codes


for AC and DC Control
Code
KJ
D
KF
KA

AC Control
Description
24V, 50/60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz/120V, 60 Hz
230V, 50/60 Hz
240V, 50/60 Hz

Code
DJ
ZJ

DC Control
Description
24V, Integrated diode
24V, Standard

Product Certifications
Global certifications available online:
www.rockwellautomation.com/
global/certification/overview.page

Drives

For more information on our complete family of IEC contactor products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/IEC-Contactors

1-621-67

1-25

Contactors
Power

IEC Contactors
100-C/104-C
Full line of electromechanical motor control
997 A
Environmentally friendly materials
Low-consumption AC or DC coils
Reversible coil terminals
Common accessories for all contactor sizes

140M Motor
Circuit Protector

100-C Contactor

140M Motor Protection


Circuit Breaker

E300 Electronic
Overload Relay
100-C Contactor

100-C Contactor

Multiple mounting
methods available:

E1 Plus Overload Relay

Panel mount
DIN Rail
Bus bar

Contactors
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-26

1-241-35

Power

Product Selection
AC- and DC-Operated Contactors*
Rated Operational
Current [A]
AC-3

AC-1

Ratings for Switching AC Motors AC-2, AC-3


3-Phase kW
400/415V

3-Phase Hp
200/230V

Direct on Line

Reversing

Auxiliary Contacts

460/575V
N.O.
3-pole, Screw Terminals

Auxiliary Contacts

N.C.

Cat. No.

N.O.

N.C.

Cat. No.

32

7-1/2

100-C0910

104-C0920

12

32

5.5

7-1/2

10

100-C1210

104-C1220

16

32

7.5

10

15

100-C1610

104-C1620

23

32

11

15

15

100-C2310

104-C2320

30

65

15

20

25

100-C3000

104-C3020

37

65

18.5/20

25

30

100-C3700

104-C3722

43

85

22

30

30

100-C4300

104-C4322

55

85

30

40

40

100-C5500

104-C5522

60

100

32

40

50

100-C6000

104-C6022

72

100

40

50

60

100-C7200

104-C7222

85

100

45

60

60

100-C8500

104-C8522

97

130

55

75

75

100-C9700

104-C9722

3-pole, Spring Clamp


9

25

7-1/2

100-CR0910

12

25

5.5

7-1/2

10

100-CR1210

16

25

7.5

10

15

100-CR1610

To add an N.O. auxiliary contact, the catalog number can be changed from 100C-C3000 to 100C-C3010.
The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below.
* See page 1-29 for accessories.

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control


Code
KJ
D
KF
KA

AC Control
Description
24V, 50/60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz/120V, 60 Hz
230V, 50/60 Hz
240V, 50/60 Hz

DC Control with
Integrated Surge Suppression
Code
Description
DJ
24V (60...97 A only)
EJ 24V, Electronic (955 A only)
ED 110V, Electronic (9...55 A only)

Global Short Circuit Current


Ratings Selection Tool
Try out the Global SCCR Selection Tool,
providing coordinated high fault branch circuit
solutions for motor starters, soft starters and
component drives.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/global-sccr.page

Drives

For more information on our complete family of IEC contactor products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/IEC-Contactors

1-621-67

1-27

Contactors
Power

Accessories
100-K Miniature Contactors
Auxiliary Contacts
Description

Front-mounted
auxiliary contacts

N.O.

N.C.

Screw Terminals
Cat. No.

Spring Clamp
Cat. No.

100-KRFC02

100-KFC02

100-KRFC11

100-KFC11

100-KRFC20

100-KFC20

100-KRFC22

100-KFC22

100-KRFC31

100-KFC31

100-KRFC40

100-KFC40

Description

Cat. No.
2448V AC

100-KFSC50

110280V AC

100-KFSC280

380480V AC

100-KFSC480

1255V AC, 1277V DC

100-KFSV55

RC suppressor

MOV surge suppressor

56136V AC, 78180V DC

100-KFSV136

137277V AC, 181250V DC

100-KFSV277

12250V DC

100-KFSD250

Diode surge suppressor


Mechanical interlock

100-KMCH

Power wiring kit- for reversing and start/delta combinations

100-KPR

ECO connecting module - 12 A

140M-C-PEK12

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and
distributors offers exceptional knowledge
and service to help you design, implement
and support your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

Contactors
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-28

1-241-35

Power

Accessories
100-C Contactors with Screw Terminals
Auxiliary Contacts
Description

Front-mounted
auxiliary contacts

Side-mounted
auxiliary contacts

N.O.

N.C.

Screw Terminals
Cat. No.

Spring Clamp
Cat. No.

100-FA02

100-CRFA02

100-FA11

100-CRFA11

100-FA20

100-CRFA20

100-FA22

100-CRFA22

100-FA31

100-CRFA31

100-FA40

100-CRFA40

100-SB01

100-SB10

100-SB11

100-SB20

Surge Suppressors

Cat. No.
2448V AC, 50/60 Hz

RC Module

MOV Surge Suppressor

Mechanical Interlock
Mechanical only,
without aux contacts
Mechanical/electrical,
with 2 N.C. aux contacts
Reversing Power Wiring Kit
For reversing connection
with a solid-state or thermal
overload relay

100-FSC48

110280V AC,
50/60 Hz

100-FSC280

380480V AC,
50/60 Hz

100-FSC480

1255V AC,
1277V DC

100-FSV55

56136V AC,
78180V DC

100-FSV136

137277V AC,
181250V DC

100-FSV277

For Use With


100-C
(except 100C-40C90)

Cat. No.
100-MCA00

Timing Modules
Pneumatic Timing
Modules:
Contacts switch after the
delay time, main control
relay contacts continue to
operate without delay

For Use With


On-Delay
0.330 s Range
On-Delay
2180 s Range
On-Delay
0.13 s Range

Electronic Timing
Modules:
Delay of the contactor or
control relay solenoid,
contactor or control relay
is energized at the end of
the delay time

On-Delay
130 s Range
On-Delay
10180 s Range
On-Delay
0.13 s Range
On-Delay
130 s Range

100-C w/ AC
Coils or DC
Electronic Coils

100-C w/
110240V,
50/60 Hz or
110250V
conventional
DC coils
100-C w/
2448V
conventional
DC coils

Cat. No.
100-FPTA30
100-FPTA180
100-ETA3
100-ETA30
100-ETA180
100-ETAZJ3
100-ETAZJ30

100-MCA02

For Use With

Cat. No.

100-C09C23

105-PW23

100-C30.C37

105-PW37

100-C43C55

105-PW55

100-C60C97

105-PW85

Drives

For more information on our complete family of IEC contactor products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/IEC-Contactors

1-621-67

1-29

Contactors
Power

IEC Contactors
100-D/104-D
115860 A
Low power hold-in
Optional electronic coils for reduced
energy consumption
Complete range of accessories
Environmentally friendly
Compact dimensions

The Bulletin 100-D/104-D contactor family


offers optional electronic coils for reduced
energy consumption and a compact design.

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control


AC Control
Conventional Coils,
100-D115D180

140MG-J Circuit Breaker

Code

Description

24V, 60 Hz

110V, 50 Hz/120V, 60 Hz

DC Control with Integrated


Surge Suppression
Code
Description
EZJ

24V, Electronic coils

ZJ

24V, Conventional coils

230V, 50 Hz/240V, 60 Hz
Electronic Coils,
100-D115D860

100-D IEC Contactor

EJ

24V, 50/60 Hz

ED

110130V, 50/60 Hz

EA

208277V, 50/60 Hz

Integrated PLC EI Interface


Separate hold-in auxiliary contact not required
Programmable via jumper outside of contactor
Standard on all electronic coils

Optional IP2X Lugs (shown)


Finger-safe protection
2 clamping mechanisms per pole
For contactors up to 180 A

Contactors
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-30

1-241-35

Power

Product Selection
AC- and DC-Operated Contactors
Rated Operational
Current [A]

Ratings for Switching AC Motors


AC-2, AC-3
3-Phase kW
(50 Hz)
3-Phase Hp (60 Hz)
400V
460V
575V

AC Contactors
Auxiliary Contacts
N.O.
N.C.

DC Contactors

60 C
AC-3

40 C
AC-1

115

250

63

75

100

100-D11511

140

250

78

100

125

100-D14011

Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contacts
N.O.
N.C.
1
1

Cat. No.
100-D11511

1/1L

100-D11522

100-D14011

1/1L

100-D14022

100-D18011

180

250

101

150

150

100-D18011

1/1L

210

350

118

150

200

100-D21011

100-D21011

250

350

140

200

250

100-D25011

100-D25011

300

450

170

250

300

100-D30011

100-D30011

420

540

238

350

400

100-D42011

100-D42011

630

800

355

500

600

100-D63011

100-D63011

860

1000

500

600

700

100-D86011

100-D86011

100-D18022

The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below.
* For more auxiliary contact configurations, please reference our online product selection.
1/1L = late break contact & conventional coil, all others electronic.

Suppressor Module for Bul. 100-D Contactors

Side-Mounted Auxiliary Contacts


Description

Standard contacts 17V/10 mA


Left or right inside mounting
Bifurcated contacts also available

Electronic-compatible
auxiliary contacts
Contact ratings:
-- AC-12, 250V, 0.1 A
-- AC-15, DC-13, 3...125V,
1...100 mA

N.O.

N.C.

Cat. No.

100-DS1-11

100-DS2-11

1L

100-DS1-L11

100-DS1-20

100-DS2-20

For Use With


100-D115
100-D180

100-DS1-B11

For Use With


100-D115100-D860

Cat. No.
100-DMD02
100-DMD00

Cat. No.
100-DFSC48
100-DFSC110
100-DFSC240
100-DFSC550

Terminal Accessories
Description

Interlock
Description
Dual electrical/mechanical
Mechanical only

Suppressor Rating
RC Module (AC control) for
Contactors with Conventional Coil
2148V, 50 Hz: 2455V, 60 Hz
95110V, 50 Hz: 110127V, 60 Hz
180277V, 50 Hz: 208277V, 60 Hz
380550V, 50 Hz: 440600V, 60 Hz

For Use With


100-D115, 100-D140, 100-D180,
Terminal Lugs 100-D115ED180E, 193-EC_F, 193-EE_F
(set of two)
100-D210100-D420, 193-EC_G, 193EF2C, 193-EE_G
100-D115100-D180, 193-EC_F, 193-EE_F
Terminal Covers 100-D210100-D420, 193-EC_G, 193-EE_G
100-D630100-D860, 193-EC_H, 193-EE_H
100-D115100-D180, 193-FE
Terminal Shields
(set of two)
100-D210100-D420, 193-FE

Cat. No.
100-DTB180
100-DTB420
100-DTC180
100-DTC420
100-DTC860
100-DTS180
100-DTS420

Drives

For more information on our complete family of IEC contactor products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/IEC-Contactors

1-621-67

1-31

Contactors
Power

Safety Contactors
100S-C/104S-C, 100S-D
997 A (100S-C)
115860 A (100S-D)
SUVA third party certification
AC and DC operating coils
Mechanically linked or mirror contact performance
Three or four main contacts

100S-C/104S-C safety contactors provide mechanically linked, or mirror, contact performance, which is required in
feedback circuits for modern safety applications.
100S-D safety contactors are designed to address the needs of modern safety applications requiring feedback and
monitoring of the energy isolating switchgear used in hazardous motion loads.

Red contact housing for


easy identification

Gold plated, bifurcated


contacts

Certifications (100S-C)
CE Marked
cULus Listed (File No. E3125;
Guide NLDX, NLDX7)
CCC

Certifications (100S-D)
100S-C Safety Contactor

CE Marked

Protective cover prevents


manual operation

cULus Listed (File No. E41850;


Guide NLDX, NLDX7)
SUVA Certified
CCC (115180 conventional coil;
115420 electronic coil)

Contactors

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-32

1-241-35

100S-C Safety Contactors


Rated Operational
Current [A]
AC-3
AC-1
9
32
12
32
16
32
23
32
30
65
37
65
43
85
55
85
60
100
72
100
85
100
97
130

Ratings for switching AC motors


3-Phase kW (50 Hz)
3-Phase Hp (60 Hz)
400/415V
460V
575V
4
5
7 1/2
5.5
7-1/2
10
7.5
10
15
11
15
15
15
20
25
18.5/20
25
30
22
30
30
30
40
40
32
40
50
40
50
60
45
60
60
55
75
75

Auxiliary Contacts
N.O.
N.C.
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4

AC Coil Control
Cat. No.*
100S-C0914C
100S-C1214C
100S-C1614C
100S-C2314C
100S-C3014C
100S-C3714C
100S-C4314C
100S-C5514C
100S- C6014C
100S- C7214C
100S- C8514C
100S- C97 14C

No. of Poles
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Power

Product Selection

The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below.
* For more contact configurations, please reference online product selection. BC = bifurcated and C = standard.

100S-D Safety Contactors


Rated Operational
Current [A]
AC-3
AC-1
250
115
250
140
250
180
350
210
350
250
450
300
420
540
800
630
1000
860

Ratings for switching AC motors


3-Phase kW (50 Hz)
400V
63
78
101
118
140
170
238
355
500

3-Phase Hp (60 Hz)


460V
575V
75
100
100
125
150
150
150
200
200
250
250
300
350
400
500
600
600
700

Coil Type

Auxiliary Contacts
N.O.
N.C.

Conventional

Electronic

No. of
Poles
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

AC Coil Control
Cat. No.
100S-D11522BC
100S-D14022BC
100S-D18022BC
100S-D21022BC
100S-D25022BC
100S-D30022BC
100S-D42022BC
100S-D63022BC
100S-D86022BC

The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below.

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control


AC Control, 100S-C
Code
Description
KJ
24V, 50/60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz/
D
120V, 60 Hz
KF
230V, 50/60 Hz
KA
240V, 50/60 Hz

DC Control, 100S-C
Code
Description
24V, Electronic coils
EJ
(955 A only)
DJ

24V, integrated diode


(6097 A only)

AC Control
Conventional Coils,
100S-D115D180
Code
Description
J
24V, 60 Hz
D
110V, 50 Hz/120V, 60 Hz
A
220230V, 50 Hz/240V, 60 Hz
Electronic Coils,100S-D115D860
EJ
24V, 50/60 Hz
ED
110130V, 50/60 Hz
EA
208277V, 50/60 Hz

DC Control with Integrated


Surge Suppression
Code
Description
EZJ

24V, Electronic coils

ZJ

24V, Conventional coils

Drives

For more information on our complete family of IEC contactor products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/IEC-Contactors

1-621-67

1-33

Contactors
Power

Definite-Purpose Contactors
400
Compact size allows for space savings
Feed-through wiring
Double-break contacts
Snap-on auxiliary contacts
Rated for inductive lighting and resistive loads
14 pole options, 25120 A resistive loads

Stationary Terminal
One piece terminal design with integral dual 0.250 quick connects.
Meets NEMA Standard for spacing without insulated terminals.

Exclusive Terminal Screw


Hex, Slotted, Phillips, screw, #10-32 SEMs.
Box lugs standard on 40 FLA models and larger.

Base Assembly
High arc-resistant polyester hold
stationary terminals, positions
actuator, and magnet/coil assembly.

Applications
Air conditioners
Compressors
Welding equipment
Business machines
Power supplies
Refrigeration equipment
Resistive heating
Food service equipment

Contactors
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-34

1-241-35

Power

Product Selection
400 Definite-Purpose Contactors
Max. Continuous Ampere
Rating [A]
Ballast
Tungsten
Locked
Lighting
Full Load
Lamp
Line
Rotor
Amps [A] No. of Poles
Loads 1
Load
Voltage [V] Current [A]
240/277
150
2
25
480
125
600
100
20/25
240/277
150
3
25
480
125
600
100
240/277
150
2
30
480
125
600
100
30
240/277
180
3
30
480
150
600
150
240/277
240
40
2
40
480
200
600
120

40

240/277
480
600

240
200
120

Max. [Hp]
Resistive
Current
Rating [A]
35

Control
Voltage [V]
120

35

240

35
35
35
40

110/120
240/277
480
120

40

240

40
40
40
50
50
50

110/120
240/277
480
120
240
240
110/120
200/208
240/277
480
600

50
50
50

1-Phase
2
3
3
2
5

2
3
3
2
5

3-Phase

5
10
15

5
10
15

Cat. No.
400-DP25N2

400-DP25N
400-DP30N2

400-DP30N3
400-DP40N2

400-DP40N3

Max. 480V line, 277V load.


The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select coil voltage code from the table.
1

AC Coil Voltage Codes

Factory-installed Modifications
Description

Suffix Code

Auxiliary contact 1 N.O./1 N.C. with QC for 3-pole


20/25 and 30 A only

-AB5

Auxiliary contact SPDT with QC for 3-pole 20/25 and 30 A only

-A5

Auxiliary contact 2 SPDT with QC for 3-pole 20/25 and 30 A only

-AA5

Accessories
Description

Cat. No.

Arc covers for 20/25 and 30 A 2-pole

400-C2

Mechanical interlock kit

20/2540 A, 3-pole

400-MK1

DIN Rail adapter

20/2540 A, 1-4-pole

400-DRA

1 N.O./1 N.C. w/QCs

400-AB1

SPDT w/QCs

400-A1

2-SPDT w/QCs

400-B2

Auxiliary contact

Code

Description

24V

D
A
F
B

120V
208/240V
277V
480V

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and distributors
offers exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support
your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

Drives

For more information on our complete family of NEMA starter products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/NEMA-Starters

1-621-67

1-35

Starters
Power

Manual Motor Low Voltage Starters


600, 609, 609U, 609TU
Compact design
Undervoltage protection
Manual operation with overload protection
Ideal for low HP applications, up to 10 HP three phase

Manual motor starters are specifically designed for full voltage motor starting applications where remote push
button control is not necessary. They are ideally suited for starting and protecting smaller motors frequently used
for fans and blowers.

600 Manual Starting Switches

609 Manual Starting Switches


Single and three phase

Single phase

Contact position indicator

Starting and overload


protection of small
AC/DC motors up to
1 Hp

Locking feature
Reversing and 2-speed
Wide range of
enclosures, including
hazardous location

609U & 609TU Manual Starting Switches


Undervoltage protection
Single and three phase
Contact position indicator
Locking feature
Wide range of enclosures
Push button or toggle switch

Starters
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-36

1-361-47

600 Manual Motor Starters

Type

Open Type
Without Enclosure Includes
Legend Plate

No. of Poles

Type 1
General Purpose Enclosure
Surface Mount

Type 1
General Purpose Enclosure
Flush Mount
Includes Flush Plate Only

600-TAX4

600-TQX4

Power

Product Selection

Switch Only
1

Toggle

600-TOX4

600-TOX5

600-TAX5

600-TQX5

Key

600-TOX49

600-TAX49

600-TQX49

Lever

600-TOX149

600-TAX149

600-TOX216

600-TAX216

600-TQX216

600-TOX109

600-TAX109

600-TQX109

Key

600-TOX110

600-TAX110

600-TQX110

Toggle

Switch with Neon Pilot Light (115 or 230V)


Toggle

Switch and Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch (for use on AC only)

600-TAX9

600-TQX9

Switch with Neon Pilot Light and Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch (115 or 230V, AC only)
Toggle

600-TAX142

600-TQX142

Key

600-TAX145

609 Manual Motor Starters


Max. Hp Rating
Type

Phase
1

Push Button
3

1
Toggle Lever
3

Size
0
1
1P
0
1
0
1
1P
0
1

115V
1
2
3

1
2
3

Motor Voltage, 60 Hz
230V
200V

3
7-1/2

3
7-1/2

2
3
5
3
7-1/2
2
3
5
3
7-1/2

Open Type
without Enclosure

Type 1 General Purpose


Enclosure Surface Mount

Cat. No.
609-AOX
609-BOX
609-XOX
609-AOW
609-BOW
609T-AOX
609T-BOX
609T-XOX
609T-AOW
609T-BOW

Cat. No.
609-AAX
609-BAX
609-XAX
609-AAW
609-BAW
609T-AAX
609T-BAX
609T-XAX
609T-AAW
609T-BAW

460575V

5
10

5
10

Heater Elements All single-phase starters require one heater element and three-phase starters require three
heater elements.
Product selection for 609U & 609TU is available at
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/NEMA-Manual-Motor-Starter

Drives

For more information on our complete family of NEMA starter products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/NEMA-Starters

1-621-67

1-37

Starters
Power

IEC Eco Starters


190E/191E
Meets UL/CSA IEC standards
523 A
Type 1 and 2 coordination
AC or DC coils available
Shares common accessories with 100-C/100-K
contactors and 140M motor protection circuit breakers

The 190E/191E motor controllers can be used in a variety of applications. These starters can be used in a group motor
application or as a stand-alone product without any additional short-circuit protection in the motor branch circuits.
Rated Type F combination motor controllers (UL/CSA).

140M Motor Protection


Circuit Breaker

Options for Field Assembly


190/191-E starters can be field
assembled. Simply select
the following:
Eco Connecting Module

100-K/104-K miniature contactor


(page 1-28 or 100-C/104-C
contactor (page 1-29)
140M motor protection circuit
breaker (page 1-3)

100-C Contactor

Eco connecting module


(catalog number 140M-C-PEK12,
140M-C-PEC23)

Reversing

104-K Reversing Miniature


Contactor
Direct on Line

Starters
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-38

1-361-47

IEC Eco Starters with AC and DC-Operated Contactors

3-Phase kW
(50 Hz)

3-Phase Hp
(60 Hz)

Max. ShortCircuit Current


Type 1
Coordination
[kA]

400/415V

460V

480Y/277V

Direct on Line
Cat. No.

Reversing
Cat. No.

Direct on Line
Cat. No.

Reversing
Cat. No.

0.100.16

0.02

65

190E-KMN2-CA16X

191E-KMN1-CA16X

190E-AN2-CA16X

191E-AN3-CA16X

0.160.25

0.06

65

190E-KMN2-CA25X

191E-KMN1-CA25X

190E-AN2-CA25X

191E-AN3-CA25X

0.250.40

0.09

65

190E-KMN2-CA40X

191E-KMN1-CA40X

190E-AN2-CA40X

191E-AN3-CA40X

0.400.63

0.120.18

65

190E-KMN2-CA63X

191E-KMN1-CA63X

190E-AN2-CA63X

191E-AN3-CA63X

0.631.00

0.25

0.5

65

190E-KMN2-CB10X

191E-KMN1-CB10X

190E-AN2-CB10X

191E-AN3-CB10X

1.001.60

0.370.55

0.51

65

190E-KMN2-CB16X

191E-KMN1-CB16X

190E-AN2-CB16X

191E-AN3-CB16X

1.602.50

0.75

0.751.5

65

190E-KMN2-CB25X

191E-KMN1-CB25X

190E-AN2-CB25X

191E-AN3-CB25X

2.504.00

1.11.5

1.53

65

190E-KMN2-CB40X

191E-KMN1-CB40X

190E-AN2-CB40X

191E-AN3-CB40X

4.006.30

2.2

35

65

190E-KNN2-CB63X

191E-KNN1-CB63X

190E-AN2-CB63X

191E-AN3-CB63X

6.3010.0

3.04.0

57.5

65

190E-KPN2-CC10X

191E-KPN1-CC10X

190E-BN2-CC10X

191E-BN3-CC10X

10.011.0

5.5

7.5

30

190E-KPN2-CC16X

191E-KPN1-CC16X

10.012.0

4.05.5

7.5

30

190E-BN2-CC16X

191E-BN3-CC16X

10.016.0

5.56.3

7.510.0

30

190E-CN2-CC16X

191E-CN3-CC16X

Motor
Current
Adjustment
Range [A]

With 100-K IEC Miniature Contactors

With 100-C IEC Contactors

Power

Product Selection

The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below.

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control


Code
KJ
D
KF
KA

AC Control
Description
24V, 50/60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz/120V, 60 Hz
230V, 50/60 Hz
240V, 50/60 Hz

Code
ZJ
DJ
EJ

24V DC Control
Description
Standard (190E/191E-K)
Integrated diode
(190E/191E-K)
Electronic with
integrated diode
(190/191E-A...D)

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

Drives

For more information on our complete family of IEC starter products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/Low-Voltage-Starters

1-621-67

1-39

Starters
Power

Enclosed Starters, IEC


109-C/105-C
109-C Direct On-line, Non-combination Starters
-- 100-C Contactor
-- Electronic motor protection
-- Disconnecting means to be provided separately
-- Factory modifications available
105-C Reversing, Non-combination Starters
-- 104-C reversing contactor
-- Electronic motor protection
-- Disconnecting means provided separately
-- Factory modifications available

Compact Installation

Wiring Made Easy

Plastic enclosures provide a compact, cost


effective solution to help reduce machine
space and expand product flexibility.

Metal enclosures now feature component wiring color-coded


by function. The wiring sleeve-cover corresponds to a colored
label on the terminal block, reducing wiring errors and
allowing for quicker installation times.

100-C Contactor

Auxiliary Sensor

Control Power

Pluggable
terminal block

Command

E1 Plus Electronic
Overload Relay
Indication
Color-coded
sleeves

Starters
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-40

1-361-47

Power

Product Selection
IEC Enclosed Starters
Type

Direct on Line Starter 109-C


E1 Plus
Ratings AC-3
Overload Relay IP66, Large Molded Plastic
IP42, Type 1 Metal
With START/STOP
Standard Motors Motor Current Multifunction Push Button
With QC Wiring
Max Ie
AC-3, 3
Setting Range
(2 Functions) and Reset
Technology
[A]
[kW]
[A]
Cat. No.
Cat. No.

Reversing 105-C
IP66, Large Molded Plastic
With FORWARD/OFF/REVERSE
Multifunction Push Button
(3 Functions) and Reset
Cat. No.

IP42, Type 1 Metal


With QC Wiring
Technology
Cat. No.

1.05.0

109-C09L(X)E1C-1M-7

109-C09AD-XXX

105-C09L(X)E1C-1M-7

105-C09AD-XXX

3.216.0

109-C09L(X)E1D-1M-7

109-C09AD-XXX

105-C09L(X)E1D-1M-7

105-C09AD-XXX

12

5.5

3.216.0

109-C12L(X)E1D-1M-7

109-C12AD-XXX

105-C12L(X)E1D-1M-7

105-C12AD-XXX

16

7.5

3.216.0

109-C16L(X)E1D-1M-7

109-C16AD-XXX

105-C16L(X)E1D-1M-7

105-C16AD-XXX

23

11

5.427.0

109-C23L(X)E1E-1M-7

109-C23AD-XXX

105-C23L(X)E1E-1M-7

105-C23AD-XXX

30

15

9.045.0

109-C30L(X)E1F-1M-7

109-C30AD-XXX

105-C30AD-XXX

37

18.5

9.045.0

109-C37L(X)E1F-1M-7

109-C37AD-XXX

105-C37AD-XXX

43

22

9.045.0

109-C43L(X)E1F-1M-7

109-C43AD-XXX

105-C43AD-XXX

Accessories
Description
E1 Plus DeviceNet and protection module
E1 Plus EtherNet/IP and protection module
E1 Plus jam protection module
E1 Plus ground fault module
E1 Plus ground fault/jam module
E1 Plus PTC module
E1 Plus remote reset module

Cat. No.
193-EDN
193-ETN
193-EJM
193-EGF
193-EGJ
193-EPT
193-ERR

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation Support Center
is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control


Code
KJ
D
KF
KA

AC Control
Description
24V, 50/60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz/120V, 60 Hz
230V, 50/60 Hz
240V, 50/60 Hz

DC Control with
Integrated Surge Suppression
Code
Description
DJ

24V (60...97 A only)

EJ

24V, Electronic (955 A only)

ED

110V, Electronic (9...55 A only)

Drives

For more information on our complete family of IEC starter products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/Low-Voltage-Starters

1-621-67

1-41

Starters
Power

Combination Starters, IEC


112/113
112 with fusible and non-fusible disconnect switches
113 with circuit breakers
Non-reversing and reversing
IP42 (Type 1) and IP66 (Type 3/4/12) enclosures
Padlockable handle for up to three padlocks

These full-voltage combination starters are designed to provide the disconnecting means, short-circuit protection
(with suitable fuses), control and overload protection for three-phase squirrel-cage motors. All starters include a
normally open auxiliary contact as standard.
Circuit Breaker

Contactor

Overload Relay

Enclosures
IP42 (Type 1) general purpose sheet
metal (hinged cover)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12) watertight,
dusttight sheet metal (hinged cover)

Starters
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-42

1-361-47

IEC Combination Starters, Non-Reversing


IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Sheet Metal Enclosure (Hinged
Cover)

Ratings (AC3, AC4)


Hp
Max. Ie

3-Phase

[A]

230V

Fusible Disconnect Type 1


Fuse Clip Rating/
UL Class
Cat. No.

460V

Circuit Breaker
Type
Cat. No.

IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Watertight, Dusttight


Sheet Metal Enclosure (Hinged Cover)

Power

Product Selection

Circuit Breaker
Type

Fusible Disconnect Type 1


Fuse Clip Rating/
UL Class
Cat. No.

Cat. No.

30 A/Class J

112-C09AJ

30 A/Class J

112-C09FJ

12
23

3
7.5

7.5
15

30 A/Class J
30 A/Class J

112-C12AJ
112-C23AJ

30 A/Class J
30 A/Class J

112-C12FJ
112-C23FJ

30
43

10
15

20
30

60 A/Class J
60 A/Class J

112-C30AJ
112-C43AJ

113-C30AJ-o
113-C43AJ-o

60 A/Class J
60 A/Class J

112-C30FJ
112-C43FJ

113-C30FJ-o
113-C43FJ-o

60

20

40

100 A/Class J

112-C60AJ

113-C60AJ-o

100 A/Class J

112-C60FJ

113-C60FJ-o

72

25

50

100 A/Class J

112-C72AJ

113-C72AJ-o

100 A/Class J

112-C72FJ

113-C72FJ-o

The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code, circuit breaker code, and overload relay code from the tables below.
Non-fusible versions also available.

o Circuit Breaker Code


Code
33
35
36
38

Max.
Hp
0.5
1
1.5
3

Code
39
40
41
42

J Overload Relay Code


Max.
Hp
5
7.5
10
15

Code
43
44
45
48

Max.
Hp
20
25
30
60

Code
50
51
52
54

Max.
Hp
100
125
150
200

Full Load Current


Range [A]
0.10.5
0.21.0
1.05.0
3.216
5.427
9.045
1890

3-Phase Overload
Relay Code
E1A
E1B
E1C
E1D
E1E
E1F
E1G

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control


Code
KJ
D
KF
KA

AC Control
Description
24V, 50/60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz/120V, 60 Hz
230V, 50/60 Hz
240V, 50/60 Hz

DC Control with
Integrated Surge Suppression
Code
DJ
EJ

Description
24V (60...97 A only)
24V, Electronic (955 A only)

ED

110V, Electronic (9...55 A only)

Modifications
Description
START-STOP push
button
Hand-Off-Auto
selector switch
Red pilot light

Suffix Code
1
3
4R

Drives

For more information on our complete family of IEC starter products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/Low-Voltage-Starters

1-621-67

1-43

Starters
Power

NEMA Full-Voltage Starters


509 Heavy Duty Industrial
NEMA sizes 009
Available as a modular kit for faster delivery
Includes a 120V AC coil and (1) N.O. auxiliary
contact as standard
Solid-state overload relays: Class 10, 15, 20, and 30

The 509 NEMA Starters are designed for full-voltage starting of polyphase squirrel-cage motors. These starters are
available for constant horsepower, constant torque or variable torque, three-phase motors.

Also Available as Components

Feed-through construction

Eutectic Alloy
Overload Relay
(optional)

Can be wired for single- or


three-phase applications
Solid State
Overload Relay

Base Contactor

Starters
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-44

1-361-47

Power

Product Selection
NEMA Sizes 04 by Components
Base Contactor
Open Type
Without Enclosure

Type 1 General
Purpose Enclosure

Type 3R/4/12 Rainproof,


Dusttight, Industrial
Use Enclosure

NEMA Size

Continuous
Ampere Rating [A]

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

18

500F-AOD930

509-AAD

509-AJD

27

500F-BOD930

509-BAD

509-BJD

45

500F-COD930

509-CAD

509-CJD

90

500F-DOD930

509-DAD

509-DJD

132

500F-EOD930

509-EAD

509-EJD

Coils
NEMA Size
01

Description

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

24V DC

599-B24DC

599-C24DC

599-D24DC

110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz

599-CB236

599-CC236

599-CD236

599-CE236

220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz

599-CB254

599-CC254

599-CD254

599-CE254

440V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz

599-CB273

599-CC273

599-CD273

599-CE273

Auxiliary Contacts

E1 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays, 3-Phase

Description

NEMA Size

Cat. No.

1 N.O.

05

595-A

2 N.O.

05

595-AA

1 N.C.

05

595-B

2 N.C.

05

595-BB

1 N.O. and N.C.

05

595-AB

NEMA Size

Current Range [A]

Cat. No.

0, 1

1.0...5.0

592-EECC

02

5.4...27

592-EEEC

9...45

592-EEFD

18...90

592-EEGD

30...150

592-EEHE

Drives

For more information on our complete family of NEMA starter products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/NEMA-Starters

1-621-67

1-45

Starters
Power

Combination Starters, NEMA


512/513
512 with fusible and non-fusible disconnect switches
513 with circuit breakers
Field-installed accessories
Starter sizes 07
Overload relays: eutectic supplied as standard, solid-state
available as an option
Reversing and non-reversing available
NEMA Type 1, 4/12/3R, 4/4X, 3R/7-9
UL listed and CSA certified
The robust NEMA combination starters are versatile in designs and flexible in configurations, allowing various
command and indication options, enclosure sizes and environmental type ratings.
Screw fasteners provide quick entry and proper
sealing of enclosure

Color coded handle for visual status of starter

Foam-in-place gasket for dust

Door vault handle


provision for
additional safety

Provisions for various controls; relays,


power monitors, terminal blocks, fuse blocks

Enclosure flange accommodates


up to five pilot devices

Rolled lip construction channels water


away from enclosure openings.

Starters

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-46

1-361-47

512 NEMA Non-Reversing Combination Starters


Cont.
Ampere
Size Rating [A]
1

27

Max. Hp Rating 2
Motor Voltage, 60 Hz
230V
7-1/2

Fuse Clip
Rating
460575V
[A] 1
10
30

Type 1 General
Purpose

Type 3R/4/12 Rainproof,


Waterproof, Dustproof

Cat. No.
512-BA--24R

Cat. No.
512-BF--24R

10

60

512-BA--25R

512-BF--25R

Code

Description

25

30

512-CA--24R

512-CF--24R

208V, 60 Hz

15

25

60

512-CA--25R

512-CF--25R

A
B
C

230240V, 60 Hz
460 480V, 60 Hz
575 600V, 60 Hz

45

90

30

50

200

512-DA--27J

512-DF--27J

100

100

512-EA--26R

512-EF--26R

135

50

100

200

512-EA--27R

512-EF--27R

50

100

400

512-EA--28J

512-EF--28J

270

75

200

400

512-FA--28R

512-FF--28R

540

200

400

600*

512-GF--29R

513 NEMA Non-Reversing Combination Starters

27

45

90

135

270

540

Max. Hp Rating 2
Motor Voltage, 60 Hz
230V
460V
575V
1/21
01
01

Type 1 General
Purpose
Cat. No.
513-BA--35

Type 3R/4/12 Rainproof,


Waterproof, Dustproof
Cat. No.
513-BF--35

1-1/23

1-1/23

1-1/23

513-BA--38

513-BF--38

57-1/2

57-1/2

57-1/2

513-BA--40

513-BF--40

10

513-CA--41

513-CF--41
513-CF--42

15

15

15

513-CA--42

2025

2025

513-CA--44

513-CF--44

30

30

513-DA--45

513-DF--45

3050

4050

513-DA--47

513-DF--47

Separate 120V Control


(without transformer)
Code

Description

AD

208V, 60 Hz

AD
CD
CD

230240V, 60 Hz
460 480V, 60 Hz
575 600V, 60 Hz

Overload Relay Code


NEMA
Size

0, 1

FLC
Adjustment
Range [A]

Overload
Relay
Code

0.21.0

A2C

1.05.0

A2E
A2F

60

513-EA--48

513-EF--48

3.216

6075

513-EA--49

513-EF--49

5.427

A2G

945

A2J

5.427

A2G

945

A2J

945

A2J

100

75100

513-EA--50

513-EF--50

100

513-FA--50

513-FF--50

125

513-FA--51

513-FF--51

125150

513-FA--52

513-FF--52

150

513-GF--52T

200

513-GF--54T

250

250

513-GF--56T

Fuses not included. Select per NEC.


2
Full load current must not exceed continuous ampere rating.
The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select coil voltage and overload relay codes from the tables.
* For 230V and 460V Hp ratings, limit the maximum fuse sizing to 125% of motor full load current
1

Common Control

7-1/2

Cont.
Ampere
Size Rating [A]

AC Coil Voltage Codes

Power

Product Selection

1
2
3

1890

A2L

30150

A2M

60300

A2N

120600

A2R

Drives

For more information on our complete family of NEMA starter products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/NEMA-Starters

1-621-67

1-47

Motor Protection
Power

Bimetallic Overload Relays


193-K/193-T1
Overload protection trip class 10
Phase loss sensitivity
Rated for DC and variable frequency drives
applications up to 400 Hz
1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Visible trip indicator
Remote reset capable

193-K bimetallic overload relays are designed for use with 100-K miniature contactors and 104-K miniature
reversing contactors.
193-T1 bimetallic overload relays are designed for use with 100-C contactors and 104-C Reversing Contactors.

100-K Contactor

Applications
Conveyors

Pumps

Fans

VFD-controlled motors

Remote Reset Solenoid


For remote reset of 193-K and
193-T1 overload relays
193-K Bimetallic
Overload Relay

Motor
Protection
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-48

1-481-53

1-541-61

Mounts to Contactor

100-C09100-C23

100-C30100-C37

100-C43...100-C55

100-C60100-C97

Adjustment Range [A]


0.901.3
1.82.5
2.94.0
4.56.3
5.57.5
7.210
9.012.5
11.316
2125
1520
2125
2936
3338
1725
3547
4560
3547
45...60
58...75
7290
7797

Cat. No.
193-T1AB13
193-T1AB25
193-T1AB40
193-T1AB60
193-T1AB75
193-T1AC10
193-T1AC12
193-T1AC16
193-T1AC25
193-T1BC20
193-T1BC25
193-T1BC36
193-T1BC38
193-T1CC25
193-T1CC47
193-T1CC60
193-T1DC47
193-T1DC60*
193-T1DC75*
193-T1DC90*
193-T1DC97*

Mounts to Contactor

100-K05K12

100-K09...K12
100-K12

* Panel mount version available.

Adjustment Range [A]


0.160.25

Cat. No.
193-KA25

0.250.40

193-KA40

0.350.50

193-KA50

0.450.63

193-KA63

0.550.80

193-KA80

0.751.0

193-KB10

0.91.3

193-KB13

1.11.6

193-KB16

1.42.0

193-KB20

1.82.5

193-KB25

2.33.2

193-KB32

2.94.0

193-KB40

3.54.8

193-KB48

4.56.3

193-KB63

5.57.5

193-KB75

7.210.0

193-KC10

9.012.5

193-KC12

Power

Product Selection

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

Accessories
Description

For Use With

Cat. No.

DIN Rail/Panel
Mounting Adapter

For separate mounting of overload relays. Snaps on to 35 mm top hat rail

193-T1AA, 193-T1AB, 193-T1AC,


193-T1BC

193-T1APM

Screw Adapter

For screw fixing of the 193-T1APM panel adapter. (2 required per adapter)

193-T1APM

140M-C-N45

Remote Reset Solenoid

24V AC, 50/60 Hz

193-T1RKJ

110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz

193-T1RD

220/240V AC, 50/60 Hz


24V DC

193-K, 193-T1

193-T1RKF
193-T1RZJ

48V DC

193-T1RZY

115V DC

193-T1RZD

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-49

Motor Protection
Power

Electronic Overload Relays


E1 Plus
Adjustable trip class
Self powered
IEC and NEMA configurations
Low energy consumption
Allows wide current adjustment
Three- and single-phase protection
Pass-thru style available

The solid-state design of the E1 Plus Electronic


Overload Relay, offered in two models, provides
ambient temperature compensation, thermal and
phase loss protection and a wide 5:1 adjustment range.
The ED model provides fixed protection while the EE
model provides selectable and expandable protection.

Communication
Modules*
EtherNet/IP
DeviceNet
ProfiBus

Motor Circuit
Protector

Protection Modules*
Ground fault
Jam protection
Ground fault/
jam protection
PTC module
Contactor

Reset Modules*
Remote reset
Remote indicator
Overload Relay

* Side mount modules only available for EE model.

Communication
Module

Motor
Protection

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-50

1-481-53

1-541-61

193-EE IEC Overload Relays


Mounts to IEC Contactor
100-C09C23

100-C30C43

100-C60C97
100-C55
100-D115D180
100-D210D420
100-D630D860
Pass-thru wiring,
DIN Rail mount

193-ED IEC Overload Relays

Adjustment
Range [A]
1.05.0

Cat. No. *
193-EECB

5.427

193-EEEB

1.05.0

193-EECD

5.427

193-EEED

945

193-EEFD

5.427

193-EEEE

60120

193-EEVE

1155

193-EEQD

60120

193-EEVF

40200

193-EEJF

40200

193-EEJG

Mounts to IEC Contactor

Adjustment Range [A]

Cat. No. *

0.10.5

193-ED1AB

0.21.0

193-ED1BB

100-C09100-C23

100-C30100-C-43
Integrated panel/DIN Rail
mount and pass-thru wiring

1.05.0

193-ED1CB

3.216
5.427
5.427

193-ED1DB
193-ED1EB
193-ED1ED

945

193-ED1FD

1.05.0

193-ED1CP

3.216

193-ED1DP

5.427

193-ED1EP

Power

Product Selection

* Manual reset, fixed trip class 10.

100500

193-EELG

120600

193-EEMH

160800

193-EENH

Looking for More?

1.05.0

193-EECP

3.216

193-EEDP

5.427

193-EEEP

This catalog highlights only our most


essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

* Selectable trip class 10, 15, 20 or 30. Selectable manual/automatic reset.

Accessories
Description
DIN Rail/panel adapter

For separate mounting can be mounted to top-hat rail EN 50 022-35

E1 Plus EtherNet/IP and


protection module

Communicates motor diagnostic data via a network, includes


additional I/O and provides enhanced motor protection options.

E1 Plus DeviceNet and


protection module

Cat. No.

193-EE_B

193-EPB

193-EE_D

193-EPD

193-EE_E

193-EPE

193-EE (all),
592-EE (all)

193-ETN

193-EE (all),
592-EE (all)

193-EDN

24V AC, 50/60 Hz

193-EMRJ

110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz

193-EMRD

220/240V AC, 50/60 Hz

Remote reset solenoid

For Use With

24V DC

E1 Plus (Series C and later)

193-EMRA
193-EMRZ24

48V DC

193-EMRZ48

115V DC

193-EMRZ01

Only one module may be added.

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-51

Motor Protection
Power

Electronic Overload Relay


E300
Modular design for application customization
Sensing, control, and communication modules
Diagnostic information to monitor motor performance
Logix integration with add-on profiles, add-on
instructions, and faceplates
Dual port EtherNet/IP
Simplified wiring between E300 Electronic Overload
Relay and 100-C contactor

Modular Design

The E300 Electronic Overload Relay provides a


flexible design and advanced intelligence.
With real-time motor diagnostic information to
proactively indicate when a motor is having a
problem allowing you to efficiently troubleshoot.

Communication
Module

Mounting Options

Control Module

Multiple mounting options allow you to


install the E300 Electronic Overload Relay
into your existing system.
Sensing Module

DeviceLogix
Faster local I/O processing
DIN Rail Mount Motor Starter

Helps improve control system performance


Increase system reliability
Increase system/machine modularity
BAND
Boolean And

Input 1

In 1

Out

Output A

In 2
Input 2

IEC Motor
Starter w/E300
NEMA Motor
Starter w/E300

DIN Rail Mount


Motor Starter Pass
Thru Model

Motor
Protection

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-52

1-481-53

1-541-61

Sensing Modules
Mounting Options

Current Range [A]

For Use With


100-C09C23
100-C30C55
100-C30C55
100-C60100-C97
All contactors and external current transformers

0.530
IEC Contactors

660
10100
0.530
660
10100
0.530
660
10100
0.530
660
10100
0.530
660
10100

DIN Rail / Panel Mount


Power Terminals
DIN Rail / Panel Mount
Power Terminals. Directly
replaces 193-ECPM_
DIN Rail / Panel Mount
Pass-thru
NEMA Contactors

All contactors
All contactors and external current transformers
All contactors
All contactors and external current transformers
All contactors
NEMA Size 02
NEMA Size 3

Cat. No.
193-ESM--30A-C23
193-ESM--30A-C55
193-ESM--60A-C55
193-ESM--100A-C97
193-ESM--30A-T
193-ESM--60A-T
193-ESM--100A-T
193-ESM--30A-E3T
193-ESM--60A-E3T
193-ESM--100A-E3T
193-ESM--30A-P
193-ESM--60A-P
193-ESM--100A-P
592-ESM--30A-S2
592-ESM--60A-S2
592-ESM--100A-S3

Power

Product Selection

The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Use an I (Current), IG (Current/Ground Fault) or VIG (Voltage/Current/Ground Fault) to complete the catalog number.

Control Modules
Description

No. of Inputs/Outputs
6 in/3 out
4 in/3 out
4 in/3 out
4 in/2 out
2 in/2 out
2 in/2 out

I/O Module

I/O and Protection Module. Thermistor (PTC) and


External Ground Fault Current*

Rated Control Voltage [V]


24V DC
110120V AC, 50/60 Hz
220240V AC, 50/60 Hz
24V DC
110120V AC, 50/60 Hz
220240V AC, 50/60 Hz

Cat. No.
193-EIO-63-24D
193-EIO-43-120
193-EIO-43-240
193-EIOGP-42-24D
193-EIOGP-22-120
193-EIOGP-22-240

Rated Control Voltage [V]


24V DC
110120V AC, 50/60 Hz
220240V AC, 50/60 Hz

24V DC
110240V AC, 50/60 Hz

Cat. No.
193-EXP-DIO-42-24D
193-EXP-DIO-42-120
193-EXP-DIO-42-240
193-EXP-AIO-31*
193-EXP-PS-DC
193-EXP-PS-AC
193-EOS-SCS
193-EOS-SDS*

* Requires core balanced ground fault sensor catalog number 193-CBCT_.

Communication Modules
Description
EtherNet/IP

Cat. No.
193-ECM-ETR

Expansion Modules
Description
Digital Expansion Module, 24V DC
Digital Expansion Module, 120V AC
Digital Expansion Module, 240V AC
Analog Expansion Module: mA, V, RTD, and Resistance

No. of Inputs/Outputs
4 in/2 out
4 in/2 out
4 in/2 out
3 universal in/1 out

Expansion Power Supply

Starter Control Station with 3-Meter Cable


Starter Diagnostic Station with 3-Meter Cable

* Module requires control module firmware v3.000 or higher.

Drives

For more information on our complete family of circuit protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

1-621-67

1-53

Solid-State Motor Control


Power

Solid-State Contactors
156
Ideal for high duty cycle applications
Operational current rating 2090 A
Available in single-phase, dual-phase, or three-phase
AC, DC, and analog control options
Zero-cross switching

The 156 solid-state contactors are ideal replacements for electromechanical contactors where fast and demanding
switching of loads such as heaters, solenoids, transformers, and motors is required.

Integrated varistor for


surge protection
Panel or DIN Rail mounting
for flexible installation

Compact modular design


complete with heatsink

LED Status Indicators

Solid-State
Motor Control
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-54

1-541-61

Single-Phase Power Contactors


Rated Hp @ 40 C (104 F)
Rated Current [A]
20
30
45
50
70
75
90
1

Control Voltage
24275V AC/DC, 2448V DC
524V DC
24275V AC/DC, 2448V DC
524V DC
24275V AC/DC, 2448V DC
524V DC
24275V AC/DC, 2448V DC
524V DC
24275V AC/DC, 2448V DC
524V DC
24275V AC/DC, 2448V DC
524V DC
24275V AC/DC, 2448V DC
524V DC

Cat. No.

115V

230V

480V 1

600V 1

1/6

1/2

1/2

11/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

1-1/2

10

1-1/2

10

1-1/2

10

Nominal Voltage
24230V AC
156-B20AA1
156-B20AB1
156-B30AA1
156-B30AB1
156-B45AA1
156-B45AB1
156-B50AA1
156-B50AB1
156-B70AA1
156-B70AB1
156-B75AA1
156-B75AB1
156-B90AA1
156-B90AB1

Nominal Voltage
42600V AC
156-B20CA1
156-B20CB1
156-B30CA1
156-B30CB1
156-B45CA1
156-B45CB1
156-B50CA1
156-B50CB1
156-B70CA1
156-B70CB1
156-B75CA1
156-B75CB1
156-B90CA1
156-B90CB1

Power

Product Selection

These Hp ratings only apply to units with operational voltage ranges of 48660V AC.

Dual-Phase Power Contactors


Rated Hp @ 40 C (104 F)
Rated Current [A]
25
32
2

Control Voltage
24275V AC/DC, 24190V DC
524V DC
24275V AC/DC, 24190V DC
524V DC

Cat. No.

115V

230V

480V 2 600V 2

7-1/2

7-1/2

10

Nominal Voltage
24230V AC
156-B25AA2
156-B25AB2
156-B32AA2
156-B32AB2

Nominal Voltage
48600V AC
156-B25CA2
156-B25CB2
156-B32CA2
156-B32CB2

These Hp ratings only apply to units with operational voltage ranges of 48660V AC.

Three-Phase Power Contactors


Rated Hp @ 40 C (104 F)
Rated Current [A]
20
25
32
3

Control Voltage
24275V AC/DC, 24190V DC
524V DC
24275V AC/DC, 24190V DC
524V DC
24275V AC/DC, 24190V DC
524V DC

Cat. No.

115V

230V

480V 3

600V 3

7-1/2

7-1/2

10

7-1/2

10

Nominal Voltage
24230V AC
156-B20AA3
156-B20AB3
156-B25AA3
156-B25AB3
156-B32AA3
156-B32AB3

Nominal Voltage
48600V AC
156-B20CA3
156-B20CB3
156-B25CA3
156-B25CB3
156-B32CA3
156-B32CB3

These Hp ratings only apply to units with operational voltage ranges of 48660V AC.

Drives

For more information on our complete family of solid-state contactors, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/Contactors

1-621-67

1-55

Solid-State Motor Control


Power

Smart Motor Controller


150 SMC-3
Solid-state soft-start motor controller with internal bypass
Current ratings of 1480 A in global voltage classes
from 200600V
Compact footprint
Internal bypass
Five Start/Stop modes
Built-in machine overload protection
3-phase monitoring

Internal Bypass

Easy and Secure Setup

The bypass automatically closes when


the motor reaches its nominal speed,
minimizing heat generation.

DIP switches allow setting of the


START/STOP profile, built-in overload,
connection type, trip class, and
auxiliary contact characteristics.

Reduced enclosure size


Reduced total cost

Process optimization
Setup efficiency

Hold to Test/Push to Reset Button

Simplified Motor FLA Setup

Used to simulate fault


conditions or reset the unit.

Rotary switch allows quick and easy


setup of motor FLA.

Reduces downtime
Assists during setup

Setup efficiency
Protects motor assets

Ultra-Compact Size
137 A units are only 45 mm wide.
Reduced panel space
Higher-density installations
LED Display
Status information provided including
RUN, Fault type and OFF.
Instant status display
Assists during troubleshooting

Solid-State
Motor Control

45 mm

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-56

1-541-61

Line-Connected Controllers
Starting Duty
Rated Voltage
[V AC]

Open Type

Current Rating
[A]
13
39

kW

Hp, 60 Hz

100240V AC 50/60 Hz Control

24V AC/DC Control

IP65 (Type 4/12) Enclosed


Non- Combination Controllers

350%
1.1
4

350%
0.51.5
1.55

Cat. No.
150-C3NBD
150-C9NBD

Cat. No.
150-C3NBR
150-C9NBR

Cat. No. 1
150-C3FBD
150-C9FBD

5.316

7.5

510

150-C16NBD

150-C16NBR

150-C16FBD

6.319

7.5

510

150-C19NBD

150-C19NBR

150-C19FBD

9.225

11

7.515

150-C25NBD

150-C25NBR

150-C25FBD

380/400/
415/460

1030

15

7.520

150-C30NBD

150-C30NBR

150-C30FBD

12.337

18.5

1025

150-C37NBD

150-C37NBR

150-C37NBD

14.343

22

1030

150-C43NBD

150-C43NBR

150-C43FBD

2060

30

1540

150-C60NBD

150-C60NBR

150-C60FBD

28.385

45

2560

150-C85NBD

150-C85NBR

150-C85FBD

27108

55

5075

150-C108NBD

150-C108NBR 1

150-C108FBD

34135

75

60100

150-C135NBD

150-C135NBR

150-C135FBD

67201

95110

75150

150-C201NBD

150-C201NBR 1

150-C201FBD

150-C251FBD

84251

95132

100200

150-C251NBD

150-C251NBR

106317

95160

125250

150-C317NBD

150-C317NBR 1

150-C317FBD

120361

110200

250300

150-C361NBD

150-C361NBR

150-C361FBD

160480

160250

300400

150-C480NBD

150-C480NBR 1

150-C480FBD

Power

Product Selection

Separate 120V or 240V is required for operation.

Accessories
Protective Modules
Description
480V Protective
Module

Looking for More?


For Use With

Cat. No.

150-C337NB

150-C84

150-C4385NB (line and/or load)

150-C84P

150-C108480NB (line and/or load)

150-F84L

This catalog highlights only our most


essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

Terminal Lug Kits (108...480 A)


Current Rating
[A] 2
108135

201251
3

317480 3

Wire Size
#6250 MCM AWG
16120 mm2
#4500 MCM AWG
25240 mm2

Total No. of Line Controller Terminal Lugs


Per Line Side
Per Load Side
Pkg. Qty.
3

Cat. No.
199-LF1

3
199-LG1

585 A units have box lugs standard. No additional lugs are required.
When a multi-conductor lug is required, refer to the Instruction Sheet for appropriate lug catalog number.

2
3

Drives

For more information on our complete family of soft starter products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/Soft-Starters

1-621-67

1-57

Solid-State Motor Control


Power

Smart Motor Controller


150 SMC Flex
Solid state soft-start motor controller with internal bypass
Current ratings of 11250 A in global voltage classes
from 200690V
Integrated bypass
Modular for installation and maintenance
Built-in LCD and keypad
Nine Start/Stop modes & up to three slow-speed modes
Full metering and diagnostics

Integral Bypass
The bypass automatically closes when
the motor reaches its nominal speed,
minimizing heat generation.
Reduced enclosure size
Reduced total cost

Advanced Monitoring and


Diagnostics

Feed-through Wiring

Built-in current and voltage protection


provide enhanced power monitoring
and diagnostic capabilities.
Power Pole

No additional monitoring
equipment required
PTC input
Ground fault detection

Communications
Optional communication modules allow the
SMC-Flex to be connected to multiple networks.

Simplified Application Setup

Common DPI modules reduce inventory


EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, ControlNet
and other networks available

Built-in multilingual, backlit LCD


display for programming and
monitoring.
Setup efficiency
Process optimization

Solid-State
Motor Control
Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-58

1-541-61

Line-Connected Controllers

Rated Voltage
[V AC]

400/415/460

Motor Current
[A]
15
5...25
8.643
12...60
1785
27108
34135
67201
84251
106317
120361
160480
208625
260780
323970
4161250

Open Type
100240V AC 50/60 Hz
Control 1
24V AC/DC Control 2
kW
2.2
11
22
30
45
55
75
110
132
160
200
250
355
450
560
710

Hp, 60 Hz
3
15
30
40
60
75
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
800
1000

Cat. No.
150-F5NBD
150-F25NBD
150-F43NBD
150-F60NBD
150-F85NBD
150-F108NBD
150-F135NBD
150-F201NBD
150-F251NBD
150-F317NBD
150-F361NBD
150-F480NBD
150-F625NBE
150-F780NBE
150-F970NBE
150-F1250NBE

IP65 (Type 4/12) Enclosed


Non-Combination
Controllers 3, 4

Cat. No.
150-F5NBR
150-F25NBR
150-F43NBR
150-F60NBR
150-F85NBR
150-F108NBR
150-F135NBR
150-F201NBR
150-F251NBR
150-F317NBR
150-F361NBR
150-F480NBR

Power

Product Selection

Cat. No.
150-F5FBD
150-F25FBD
150-F43FBD
150-F60FBD
150-85FBD
150-108FBD
150-F135FBD
150-F201FBD
150-F251FBD
150-F317FBD
150-F361FBD
150-F480FBD
150-F625JBE 1
150-F780JBE 1

6251250 A devices listed are only available for 110/120V control. For 230/240V control, change the E in the catalog number to an A.
Example: Catalog number 150-F625NBE becomes 150-F625NBA.
2
Separate 120V or 240V single-phase power supply is required for fan operation.
3
Line and load termination are provided as standard.
4
These controllers require a separate 100240V, 50/60 Hz single-phase control source. To add a control circuit transformer to the enclosure, add the appropriate
option code to the catalog number.
1

Accessories
Terminal Lug Kits (108...1250 A)

Communication Modules
Total No. of Line Controller
Terminal Lugs

Current Rating [A] 5


108135 6
201251 6
317480 6
625780
970
1250 7

Wire Size
#6250 MCM AWG
16120 mm2
#4500 MCM AWG
25240 mm2
2/0500 MCM AWG
4/0500 MCM AWG
2/0500 MCM AWG
4/0500 MCM AWG

Per Line Side

Per Load Side

Cat. No.

3
6

3
6

199-LF1

6
6
3
3
3

6
6
3
3
3

199-LG1
100-DL630
100-DL860
100-DL630
100-DL860

Network

Cat. No.

PROFIBUS DP

20-COMM-P

ControlNet (Coax)

20-COMM-C

DeviceNet

20-COMM-D

EtherNet/IP

20-COMM-E

5...85 A units have box lugs standard. No additional lugs are required.
When a multi-conductor lug is required, see the SMC-Flex user manual for recommended lugs.
7
The 1250 A device requires (1) catalog number 100-DL630 and (1) catalog number 100-DL860 per connection.
5
6

Drives

For more information on our complete family of soft starter products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/Soft-Starters

1-621-67

1-59

Solid-State Motor Control


Power

Smart Motor Controller


150 SMC-50
Solid state soft-start motor controller
Current ratings of 90520 A in global voltage classes
from 200690V
Application scalability
-- Normal and heavy-duty ratings
-- Expandable I/O and sensor capability
-- Network integration capabilities
Switch, LCD, or PC software setup
17 Start/Stop modes and three slow-speed modes
Simplified, Scalable
Application Setup
Optional parameter configuration
module, human interface module, or
PC-based software for programming
and monitoring simplifies setup.

Solid-State Power Structure


State-of-the-art solid-state SCR
power structure.

Setup efficiency
Process optimization

Ideal for harsh environments


Higher operations per hour
Scalable thermal ratings
Higher SCCR ratings

Hold to Test/Push to Reset Button


Used to quickly test for fault
conditions or reset the unit.

LED Display
Multi-colored LED provides both
diagnostics and controller status
information.

Reduces downtime
Assist during setup

Instant status display


Assists during troubleshooting

Communications
Optional communication modules
allow the SMC-50 to be connected to
multiple networks.

Hardware Expansion Ports

Common DPI modules reduce inventory


EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, ControlNet and
other networks available

Three hardware expansion ports accept


optional digital and analog I/O expansion
modules as well as a protection module
(PTC, Ground Fault, Current Feedback).

Common Control Module


All features/functions are included in
standard control module including
linear acceleration/deceleration,
torque control, pump control, Smart
Motor Braking (SMB), and Energy
Saver mode.

Process scalability & optimization


Application flexibility (simple to complex)

SMC-50 Virtual Demonstration

Reduced inventory
Increased efficiency

For more information about the SMC-50 Solid-State Soft Starters,


please visit: www.marketing.rockwellautomation.com/smc50/

Solid-State
Motor Control

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-60

1-541-61

Line-Connected Controllers
Open Type
Rated Voltage
[V AC]

Motor Current
[A]

400/415 (kW) 460


(Hp)

kW, 50 Hz

100240V AC, 50/60 Hz

24V DC

IP65 (Type 4/12) Enclosed


Non-Combination Controllers 1

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Hp, 60 Hz

3090

1750

2560

150-SB1NBD

150-SB1NBR

150-SB1FBD

37110

2055

3075

150-SB2NBD

150-SB2NBR

150-SB2FBD

47140

3075

40100

150-SB3NBD

150-SB3NBR

150-SB3FBD

60180

3790

50150

150-SB4NBD

150-SB4NBR

150-SB4FBD

70210

40110

60150

150-SC1NBD

150-SC1NBR

150-SC1FBD

87260

50132

75200

150-SC2NBD

150-SC2NBR

150-SC2FBD

107320

63160

100250

150-SC3NBD

150-SC3NBR

150-SC3FBD

120361

75200

100300

150-SD1NBD

150-SD1NBR

150-SD1FBD

140420

80220

125300

150-SD2NBD

150-SD2NBR

150-SD2FBD

174520

100300

150450

150-SD3NBD

150-SD3NBR

150-SD3FBD

Power

Product Selection

Requires a bypass contactor. Add -BP or -NB to the end of the catalog number to denote an IEC or NEMA bypass contactor, respectively.
Example: For an IEC bypass contactor, catalog number 150-SB1NBD becomes catalog number 150-SB1NBD-BP.

Accessories
Option Cards

Bypass Kits
Description

Cat. No.

Description

Cat. No.

PTC, ground fault & current feedback

150-SM2

Analog I/O: 2 Inputs, 2 outputs

150-SM3

C-Frame Bypass
Kit (210320 A)

150-SCBK

Digital I/O : 4 100240V AC inputs, 3 relay outputs

150-SM4

Parameter configuration

150-SM6

D-Frame Bypass
Kit (361520 A)

150-SDBK

Terminal Lug Kits (90...520 A)

Communication Modules

Total No. of Line Controller


Terminal Lugs

Current
Rating [A]

Wire Size

Per Line Side Per Load Side

Pkg.
Qty.

No Bypass

With Bypass

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

90180

#6250 MCM AWG,


16120 mm2

199-LF1

1494R-N14

210320

#6250 MCM AWG,


16120 mm2

63

199-LF1

199-LF1

#4500 MCM AWG,


25240 mm2

63

361520

199-LG1

Network

Cat. No.

PROFIBUS DP

20-COMM-P

ControlNet (Coax)

20-COMM-C

DeviceNet

20-COMM-D

EtherNet/IP

20-COMM-E

Dual-port
EtherNet/IP

20-COMM-ER

199-LG1

Wire size range changes to (2) #6...250 MCM AWG, 16...120 mm2.
Six additional line side terminal lugs needed for bypass kit.

2
3

Drives

For more information on our complete family of soft starter products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control/Soft-Starters

1-621-67

1-61

Drives
Power

AC Drives
PowerFlex 4M
Power ratings of 0.2...11 kW / 0.25...15 Hp at 120V, 240V,
and 480V to meet a wide range of applications
Volts per hertz and slip compensation to meet
application demands
Flexible, time-saving installation using DIN Rail
mounting with A and B frame drives
Feed-through wiring for simple retrofitting into
applications requiring variable speed motor control
Side-by-side mounting in ambient temperatures up to
40 C (104 F), saving valuable panel space
Providing powerful motor speed control in a compact, space saving design, the Allen-Bradley PowerFlex 4M AC drive
is the smallest and most cost effective member of the PowerFlex family of drives
Integral human interface
module (HIM) with a 4-digit display for
simple configuration

Drives operate up to
50 C (122 F) with
minimal spacing

Supports a wide range of communication


option cards, including EtherNet/IP
and DeviceNet

An integral RS485/DSI port supports low-cost


multi-drive networking

5 digital inputs (24V DC, 2 programmable)


1 analog input (unipolar voltage or current)
1 relay (form C)

Feed-through wiring for simple retrofitting


A compact footprint requires a 120 mm
(4.7 in.) air-flow gap at the top and bottom of
the drive, helping save space inside a panel

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-62

Single-Phase, 50/60 Hz, No Brake, IP20, NEMA/UL Type Open


Drive Ratings
kW
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2

Hp
0.25
0.5
1
1.5
2
3

100120V AC
Output Current [A]
1.6
2.5
4.5
6

200240V AC

Frame Size
A
A
B
B

Cat. No.
22F-V1P6N103
22F-V2P5N103
22F-V4P5N103
22F-V6P0N103

Output Current [A]


1.6
2.5
4.2

8
11

Frame Size
A
A
A

B
B

Cat. No.
22F-A1P6N103
22F-A2P5N103
22F-A4P2N103

22F-A8P0N103
22F-A011N103

Cat. No. with


EMC Filter
22F-A1P6N113
22F-A2P5N113
22F-A4P2N113

22F-A8P0N113
22F-A011N113

Power

Product Selection

Three-Phase, 50/60 Hz, No Brake, IP20, NEMA/UL Type Open


Drive Ratings

200240V AC

380480V AC

kW
0.2

Hp
0.25

Output Current
[A]
1.6

0.4

0.5

2.5

22F-B2P5N103

1.5

22F-D1P5N103

22F-D1P5N113

0.75

4.2

22F-B4P2N103

2.5

22F-D2P5N103

22F-D2P5N113

1.5
2.2
3.7

2
3
5

8
12
17.5

A
B
B

4.2
6
8.7

A
B
B

22F-D4P2N103
22F-D6P0N103
22F-D8P7N103

22F-B8P0N103
22F-D6P0N113
22F-D8P7N113

5.5

7.5

25

22F-B8P0N103
22F-B012N103
22F-B017N103
with brake
C
22F-B025N104

13

22F-D013N104

22F-D013N114

7.5
11

10
15

33

18
24

C
C

22F-D018N104
22F-D024N104

22F-D018N114
22F-D024N114

Frame Size
A

Cat. No.
22F-B1P6N103

Output Current
[A]

Frame Size

Cat. No.

Cat. No. with


EMC Filter

22F-B033N104

Specifications
Power Ratings

100120V: 0.2...1.1 kW / 0.25...1.5 Hp


200240V: 0.2...7.5 kW / 0.25...10 Hp

Motor Control

Volts per hertz

Slip compensation

Application

Open loop speed regulation

Control I/O

5 digital inputs (24V DC, 2 programmable)

1 analog input (unipolar voltage or current)

1 relay (form C)

Communications

Integral RS485 with Modbus RTU/DSI

Control Features

Flying start
V/F ratio

380 480V: 0.4...11 kW / 0.5...15 Hp

Optional: DeviceNet, LonWorks, Bluetooth, EtherNet/IP, PROFIBUS DP, ControlNet, BACnet


(Optional networks for use only with external DSI communications kit)
Bus regulator
Process PID

4 preset speeds Multi-drive connectivity


(requires communication option card)

Drives

For more information on our complete family of compact drives, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Drives/Compact

1-621-67

1-63

Drives
Power

AC Drives
PowerFlex 523
Power ratings of 0.2...22 kW / 0.25...30 Hp in global
voltage classes from 100600V to meet a wide range
of applications
Modular design features a removable control module
that allows simultaneous wiring installation and
software configuration to help increase productivity
AppView application parameter groups and
CustomView configuration help speed
machine commissioning
Volts per hertz and sensorless vector control provide
flexible motor control options
Allen-Bradley PowerFlex 523 AC drives are designed to help reduce installation and configuration time while offering
the control you need for your application. These drives offer convenient programming features and installation
flexibility in a cost-effective solution.

Supports a wide range of communication


option cards, including dual port
EtherNet/IP and DeviceNet

An integral LCD human interface module


(HIM) eases configuration with multi-language
support and QuickView scrolling text to help
explain parameters and codes

An integral RS485/DSI port supports


low-cost multi-drive networking
Drives operate in ambient temperatures from
-20 +50 C (-4+122 F). With current derating
and a control module fan kit, up to 70 C (158 F)

5 digital inputs (24V DC, 4 programmable)


1 analog input (unipolar voltage or current)
1 relay (form C)

A compact footprint requires a 50 mm


(1.96 in.) mounting clearance for air
flow at the top and bottom of the drive,
helping save space inside a panel

Explore the PowerFlex 523 AC drive


in our virtual brochure: www.ab.com/
go/powerflex520series

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-64

Power

Product Selection
Single-Phase
Drive Ratings,
Normal & Heavy Duty
kW
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2

100120V AC, 50/60 Hz


Output
Current [A]
Frame Size
Cat. No.
1.6
A
25A-V1P6N104
2.5
A
25A-V2P5N104
4.8
B
25A-V4P8N104
6
B
25A-V6P0N104

Hp
0.25
0.5
1
1.5
2
3

200240V AC, 50/60 Hz


Output
Current [A]
1.6
2.5
4.8

8
11

Frame Size
A
A
A

B
B

Cat. No. with EMC


Filter
25A-A1P6N114
25A-A2P5N114
25A-A4P8N114

25A-A8P0N114
25A-A011N114

Cat. No.
25A-A1P6N104
25A-A2P5N104
25A-A4P8N104

25A-A8P0N104
25A-A011N104

Three-Phase
Drive Ratings
Normal
Heavy
Duty
Duty
kW Hp kW Hp
0.2 0.25 0.2 0.25
0.4 0.5 0.4 0.5
0.75 1 0.75 1
1.5
2
1.5 2
2.2
3
2.2 3
4
5
4
5
5.5 7.5 5.5 7.5
7.5 10 7.5 10
11
15 11 15
15
20 11 15
18.5 25 15 20
22
30 18.5 25

200240V AC, 50/60 Hz


380480V AC, 50/60 Hz
525600V AC, 50/60 Hz
Output Frame
Output Frame
Cat. No.
Output
Frame
Current [A] Size
Cat. No.
Current [A] Size
Cat. No.
with EMC Filter Current [A]
Size
Cat. No.
1.6
A
25A-B1P6N104

2.5
A
25A-B2P5N104
1.4
A
25A-D1P4N104 25A-D1P4N114
0.9
A
25A-E0P9N104
4.8
A
25A-B5P0N104
2.3
A
25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114
1.7
A
25A-E1P7N104
8
A
25A-B8P0N104
4
A
25A-D4P0N104 25A-D4P0N114
3
A
25A-E3P0N104
11
A
25A-B011N104
6
A
25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114
4.2
A
25A-E4P2N104
17.5
B
25A-B017N104
10.5
B
25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114
6.6
B
25A-E6P6N104
24
C
25A-B024N104
13
C
25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114
9.9
C
25A-E9P9N104
32.3
D
25A-B032N104
17
C
25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114
12
C
25A-E012N104
48.3
E
25A-B048N104
24
D
25A-D024N104 25A-D024N114
19
D
25A-E019N104
62.1
E
25A-B062N104
30
D
25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114
22
D
25A-E022N104

37
E

25A-D037N114
27
E
25A-E027N104

43
E

25A-D043N114
32
E
25A-E032N104

Specifications
Power Ratings

100120V: 0.2...1.1 kW / 0.25...1.5 Hp


380480V: 0.4...22 kW / 0.5...30 Hp

200240V: 0.2...15 kW / 0.25...20 Hp


525600V: 0.4...22 kW / 0.5...30 Hp

Motor Control

Volts per hertz

Sensorless vector control

Sensorless vector control with Economizer

Application

Open loop speed regulation

Control I/O

5 digital inputs (24V DC, 4 programmable)

1 relay (form c)

1 analog input (unipolar voltage or current)

Communications

Integral RS485 with Modbus RTU/DSI


PROFIBUS DP option card

DeviceNet option card

Dual port EtherNet/IP option card

Control Features

Flying start
V/F ratio
Bus regulator
Process PID

Common DC bus
Fiber application specific features
PTC input compatible
1/2 DC bus operation

8 datalinks (4 in and 4 out, requires comm. option card)


Multi-drive connectivity (requires comm. option card)
8 preset speeds

Drives

For more information on our complete family of compact drives, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Drives/Compact

1-621-67

1-65

Drives
Power

AC Drives
PowerFlex 525
Power ratings of 0.4...22 kW / 0.5...30 Hp in global
voltage classes from 100600V to meet a wide range
of applications
Standard built-in single port for EtherNet/IP and Safe
Torque-off
AppView application parameter groups and
CustomView configuration help speed
machine commissioning

Allen-Bradley PowerFlex 525 AC drives are designed to support fast and easy installation and configuration and
provide a variety of motor control and flexible mounting options. Available with standard built in EtherNet/IP
communications and safe torque-off.
Modular design features a removable control
module that allows simultaneous wiring
installation and software configuration to help
increase productivity

An embedded port for EtherNet/IP supports


seamless integration into the Logix
environment and EtherNet/IP networks

Volts per hertz, sensorless vector control,


closed loop velocity vector control and
permanent magnet motor control to meet a
wide range of applications *

7 digital inputs (24V DC, 6 programmable)


2 analog inputs (1 bipolar voltage, 1 current)
2 digital outputs
1 analog output (1 unipolar voltage
or current)
2 relays (1 form A relay & 1 form B relay;
24V DC, 120V AC, 240V AC)

A built in DSI port supports multi-drive


networking, connecting up to five PowerFlex AC
drives on one node

Embedded Safe Torque-Off can


help to protect personnel

* Permanent magnet motor control is


scheduled for a future firmware release

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-66

Power

Product Selection
Single-Phase
Drive Ratings,
Normal & Heavy Duty
kW
0.4
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2

100120V AC, 50/60 Hz


Output
Current [A]
Frame Size
Cat. No.
2.5
A
25B-V2P5N104
4.8
B
25B-V4P8N104
6
B
25B-V6P0N104

Hp
0.5
1
1.5
2
3

200240V AC, 50/60 Hz


Output
Current [A]
2.5
4.8

8
11

Frame Size
A
A

B
B

Cat. No.
25B-A2P5N104
25B-A4P8N104

25B-A8P0N104
25B-A011N104

Cat. No. with EMC


Filter
25B-A2P5N114
25B-A4P8N114

25B-A8P0N114
25B-A011N114

Three-Phase
Drive Ratings
Normal
Heavy
Duty
Duty
kW
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22

Hp
0.5
1
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30

kW Hp
0.4 0.5
0.75 1
1.5 2
2.2 3
4
5
5.5 7.5
7.5 10
11 15
11 15
15 20
18.5 25

200240V AC, 50/60 Hz


380480V AC, 50/60 Hz
525600V AC, 50/60 Hz
Output Frame
Output Frame
Cat. No.
Output
Frame
Current [A] Size
Cat. No.
Current [A] Size
Cat. No.
with EMC Filter Current [A]
Size
Cat. No.
2.5
A
25B-B2P5N104
1.4
A
25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114
0.9
A
25B-E0P9N104
4.8
A
25B-B5P0N104
2.3
A
25B-D2P3N104 25B-D2P3N114
1.7
A
25B-E1P7N104
8
A
25B-B8P0N104
4
A
25B-D4P0N104 25B-D4P0N114
3
A
25B-E3P0N104
11
A
25B-B011N104
6
A
25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114
4.2
A
25B-E4P2N104
17.5
B
25B-B017N104
10.5
B
25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114
6.6
B
25B-E6P6N104
24
C
25B-B024N104
13
C
25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114
9.9
C
25B-E9P9N104
32.3
D
25B-B032N104
17
C
25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114
12
C
25B-E012N104
48.3
E
25B-B048N104
24
D
25B-D024N104 25B-D024N114
19
D
25B-E019N104
62.1
E
25B-B062N104
30
D
25B-D030N104 25B-D030N114
22
D
25B-E022N104

37
E

25B-D037N114
27
E
25B-E027N104

43
E

25B-D043N114
32
E
25B-E032N104

Specifications
Power Ratings

100120V: 0.2...1.1 kW / 0.25...1.5 Hp


380480V: 0.4...22 kW / 0.5...30 Hp

Motor Control

Volts per hertz

Application

Open loop speed regulation

Control I/O
Communications

Control Features

200240V: 0.2...15 kW / 0.25...20 Hp


525600V: 0.4...22 kW / 0.5...30 Hp
Sensorless vector control

Sensorless vector control with Economizer

5 digital inputs (24V DC, 4 programmable)

1 relay (form c)

1 analog input (unipolar voltage or current)

Integral RS485 with Modbus RTU/DSI


PROFIBUS DP option card

DeviceNet option card

Dual port EtherNet/IP option card

Flying start, Fiber application specific features, 8 datalinks (4 in and 4 out), V/F ratio, Common DC bus, Position control, Bus regulator, 1/2 DC bus operation,
StepLogic Function (Relay & Timers), Process PID, Regulation with encoder feedback or analog input, 16 preset speeds, PTC input compatible,
Multi-drive connectivity (requires communication option card)

Drives

For more information on our complete family of compact drives, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Drives/Compact

1-621-67

1-67

Additional Power Products Available


Power

ArmorStart LT Distributed
Motor Controllers
290, 291 and 294






Compact On-Machine motor control


Ideal for material-handling industry
EtherNet/IP with Device Level Ring (DLR)
DeviceNet
DeviceLogix embedded
Multiple programmable I/O
Full-voltage and reverse starting or variable frequency
control (VFD)
Quick disconnect wiring
ArmorStart LT 290/291/294 distributed motor controllers are economical, compact in size, and have a lightweight
design. They are ideally suited for On-Machine conveyor and material handling applications.
ArmorStart LT product line includes both full-voltage and reversing starters and an AC drive version.

Products
290E ArmorStart LT full voltage motor controller with EtherNet/IP communications
291E ArmorStart LT full voltage reversing motor controller with EtherNet/IP communications
294E ArmorStart LT variable frequency drive motor controller with EtherNet/IP communications
Hand-Off-Auto (option)

At-motor disconnect

Status, diagnostics,
and reset
Wiring access door
Address switches

Network connection
294E

Power, control, and


motor connection

Six user-configurable I/O points

Learn more about the On-Machine Solution from


the Armor Start virtual demo: http://www.ab.com/
armorstart/virtual-demo/index.html

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-68

Power

ArmorStart Distributed
Motor Controllers
280, 281 and 284
On-Machine motor control
Ideal for heavy industry
Ethernet/IP with Device Level Ring (DLR)
DeviceNet
DeviceLogix embedded
Full-voltage and reverse starting or
variable frequency control (VFD)
Quick disconnect wiring
ArmorStart 280/281/284 distributed motor controllers offer a simple, cost-effective method of integrating combination
starters, AC drives, I/O, and network capabilities in your On-Machine architecture.

Products
280 ArmorStart full voltage motor controller
281 ArmorStart full voltage reversing motor controller
284 ArmorStart variable frequency drive motor controller
Status, diagnostics,
and reset

At-motor disconnect

Hand-Off-Auto
(option)

2 Outputs
4 Inputs

Address switches
Network connection
284E

Source brake connection


(option)

Wiring access door


Motor connection with
supplied motor cable assembly

Dynamic brake connection


(option)

Learn more about the On-Machine Solution from


the Armor Start virtual demo: http://www.ab.com/
armorstart/virtual-demo/index.html

Drives

For more information on our complete family of motor control products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control

1-621-67

1-69

Additional Power Products Available


Power

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


140U-D molded case circuit breakers are current limiting
and provide fixed short circuit and overcurrent protection.
They offer high interrupting ratings.
Meets UL 489
0.5...30 A
Provides 100% rating up to 15 A
Suitable for back feeding at 240V and 480Y/277V
2- or 3-pole
Field installable accessories

NEMA Vacuum Contactors


1102C/1104C NEMA vacuum contactors provide motor
control system reliability in harsh, dirty environments.
1500V AC maximum
Current ratings: 200, 400, and 600 A
Visual ON/OFF indicator
Line and load terminals up front for ease of wiring
Snap-on side mount auxiliary contacts

NEMA AC Contactors
The 300 modular line of NEMA-rated AC contactors,
combined with electronic overload relays, auxiliary
contacts, interlocks, suppressors, and DIN Rail mounting,
provides a compact and flexible NEMA starter
component system.
NEMA sizes 05
Space-saving design
Guarded terminals
Electronic and conventional coils

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-70

Power

Lighting Contactors
The 500LG compact, modular-designed lighting contactors
deliver simplicity and versatility in product configuration,
to meet a wide range of applications including full-bus and
split-bus lighting panelboards.
Contacts switch ballast (fluorescent or HID), tungsten, and
general use loads
Available in 30 A rating, with up to 12 field-convertible
poles (maximum of 8 N.C.)
Finger and back-of-hand safe power terminals
Electronically and mechanically held versions

Low-Voltage AC Drives
The PowerFlex compact-class AC drives deliver a simple
and cost-effective solution for standalone machine
level control applications or simple system integration.
Designed for ease of use, this general-purpose class of
drives provides a compact package to optimize panel
space and application versatility.

System Selection and Configuration Tools


We offer a powerful range of product selection tools to help
you choose and apply our products. Available online or for
download, our tools help you access information while in the
office or on the go.

Product
Selection Toolbox

www.rockwellautomation.com/support/selection.page
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/configuration.page

Drives

For more information on our complete family of motor control products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control

1-621-67

1-71

Additional Power Products Available


Power

MachineAlert Dedicated Function


Motor Protection Relays
809S/813S/814S/817S
Programmable latching or inhibit at set level
Adjustable time delay settings
Three-phase devices are powered by the
measuring circuit
LED indication for relay, alarm, and power supply
Global application with CE and UL approvals

Product Selection
Motor Protection Relay Type

Description

Cat. No.

110 A AC/DC (1-phase); 24/48 V AC/DC control power

809S-C1-10A-48

110 A AC/DC (1-phase); 115/230 V AC control power

809S-C1-10A-230

Single-phase voltage monitoring relay, 2500 V AC/DC; 24/48 V AC/DC control power

813S-V1-500V-48

Single-phase voltage monitoring relay, 2500 V AC/DC; 115/230 V AC control power

813S-V1-500V-230

Three-phase voltage monitoring relay, 110115 V AC

813S-V3-110V

Three-phase voltage monitoring relay, 208240 V AC

813S-V3-230V

Three-phase voltage monitoring relay, 380415 V AC

813S-V3-400V

Three-phase voltage monitoring relay, 440480 V AC

813S-V3-480V

Three-phase voltage monitoring relay, 600690 V AC

813S-V3-690V

Three-phase power (kW) monitoring relay, 380480 V AC & 110 A AC

814S-W3-480V-10A

Three-phase power (kW) monitoring relay, 600690 V AC & 110 A AC

814S-W3-690V-10A

Three-phase power factor monitoring relay, 380480 V AC & 110 A AC

814S-PF3-480V-10A

Three-phase power factor monitoring relay, 600690 V AC & 110 A AC

814S-PF3-690V-10A

Thermistor monitoring relay, 24/48 V AC/DC control power

817S-PTC-48

Thermistor monitoring relay, 115 V AC control power

817S-PTC-115

Thermistor monitoring relay, 230 V AC control power

817S-PTC-230

Bulletin 809S
Current Monitoring
Relays

Bulletin 813S
Voltage Monitoring
Relays

Bulletin 814S Power


Monitoring Relays

Bulletin 817S
Thermistor
Monitoring Relay

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-72

Power

Busbar Mounting System


The 141A mounting system offers flexible, modular
solutions for your power outputs. The mechanically and
electrically coordinated components provide savings in
planning, assembly, mounting, and operation.
Reduced wiring and assembly time for cost savings
Efficiently designed with decreased panel space
High-fault short-circuit system ratings
Three mounting methods
MCS Star configuration software

140M Circuit Breaker

140U Circuit Breaker

100-K Miniature Contactor

104-K Miniature
Contactor, Reversing

MCS Star Configuration Software


MCS Star provides the correct catalog number, wiring diagram, and drawing for the starters you choose. Configure
mounting system assemblies, select and place busbar rack components, and lay out your system with the easy
graphical interface.

Download the MCS Star Software!


http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/
support/configuration.page

Drives

For more information on our complete family of motor control products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control

1-621-67

1-73

Additional Power Products Available


Power

Enclosed At-motor Disconnecting Means


Suitable as at-motor disconnecting means (UL508),
available in metal enclosures.
140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
194R Rotary Disconnect Switches

Safety Disconnect Switches


Designed to meet industrial requirements for
dependable, manually operated disconnecting means,
the 1494 line of safety disconnect switches are available
in both fixed- and variable-depth styles with flange- or
door-mounting.
1494G hazardous location safety disconnect switches
1494G heavy industrial safety disconnect switches
1494H industrial safety disconnect switches
1494HL general duty safety disconnect switches

IEC Enclosures for Low Voltage Starters


198E starter enclosures are designed for a multitude of
IEC starter configurations. They are available in metal
or plastic, and are suitable for either indoor or outdoor
environments. The enclosures are rated UL Type 1, 3, 4,
4X, 12, 12K (IP42 to IP66).

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-74

Power

Combination Starter, IEC


103H/107H
Type E and Type F combination motor controllers (UL/CSA)
0.145 A
140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
100-C / 104-C Contactor
Factory installed options available

Pump Control Panels


The 1232 and 1233 pump control panels have a motor
circuit protector and can be customized with a variety of
starter types for specific applications and accessories for
control and diagnostic feedback.
NEMA starter sizes 1...3
Fusible disconnect switch
Type 3R painted metal enclosure

Hazardous Locations Solutions


Copper-free cast aluminum alloy
Compact designs for inside and outside applications
Flexible configuration options
Gasket inside cover to guard against moisture and
corrosive elements

Certifications and Ratings


UL listed/CSA certified

Class II Division 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G

UL classified enclosures

10,000 A short circuit rating

Class I Division 1 & 2, Groups C, D

NEMA type 3R, 7-9 rated

Drives

For more information on our complete family of motor control products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motor-Control

1-621-67

1-75

Additional Power Products Available


Power

Modified Industrial Controls


Instead of waiting weeks to get industrial control products modified to your needs, our availability strategy allows our
products to be designed, developed & delivered in industry leading lead time.

Features
From quote to delivery, single point of contact
Single source supplier for standard and modified industrial control products
Customer specific product flexibility
Small scale projects for repeatable customer requirements
Consistent performance through quality & delivery

Request a Quote
Directly on the Web

Request a Quote
Through ProposalWorks

www.rockwellautomation.com/go/lit/icp-modified

Find Your Panel

Quick Quote pricing for common Modified options

Request a quote

Quote Request via email button in ProposalWorks

Product Selection Toolbox


Find a local sales office

Circuit
Breakers

Disconnect
Switches

Control &
Load Switches

1-21-13

1-141-19

1-201-23

Contactors

Starters

Motor
Protection

Solid-State
Motor Control

Drives

1-241-35

1-361-47

1-481-53

1-541-61

1-621-67

1-76

Relays & Timers


Tube Base Relays............................................................................................................. 2-2
Miniature Ice Cube Relays............................................................................................... 2-4
Terminal Block Relays..................................................................................................... 2-6
Slim Line Relays.............................................................................................................. 2-8
Dial Timing Relay.......................................................................................................... 2-10
Economy Timing Relays................................................................................................. 2-12

Table of Contents

Logic

High Performance Timing Relays.................................................................................. 2-12


NEMA Heavy-Duty Relays............................................................................................. 2-14
Industrial Control Relays............................................................................................... 2-16
Safety Control Relays.................................................................................................... 2-18

Programmable Controllers
Micro Controllers........................................................................................................... 2-20
Connected Components Workbench Software............................................................ 2-21

Control Circuit & Load Protection


Miniature Circuit Breakers............................................................................................. 2-24
Regional Circuit Breakers.............................................................................................. 2-28
Residual Current Devices............................................................................................... 2-30
Fuse Holders................................................................................................................. 2-32
Electronic Circuit Protector............................................................................................ 2-34

Power Supplies
Switched Mode............................................................................................................. 2-36
Switched Mode Modules............................................................................................... 2-41
UPS............................................................................................................................... 2-42

Power & Energy Management


PowerMonitor 1000................................................................................................... 2-44
PowerMonitor 5000...................................................................................................... 2-44

Surge & Filter


DIN Rail AC Power Surge Protector................................................................................ 2-46
Filter Protective Devices................................................................................................ 2-48

Additional Logic Products............................................................ 2-50

2-1

Relays & Timers


Logic

Tube Base Relays


700-HA
10 A contact rating
DPDT or 3PDT
Pin-style (8- or 11-pin)
ON/OFF flag indicator
Standard, or bifurcated with gold-plated contacts
LED, push-to-test with manual override options

Tube-style bases are popular in general-purpose


relay applications and meet a wide range of needs
with 2-pole (8-pin) and 3-pole (11-pin) options. Socket
bases are available in North American (open) and IEC
(guarded) styles.

Manual Override and


Push-to-Test Option

Improved 10 A
contacts

Indication
flag

Tab color indicates voltage


type: Blue = DC, Orange = AC

Ideal Applications
Switching currents or voltage too high for PLC
outputs to handle
Interfacing two or more system voltages for
example, 24V to 120V

Larger,
brighter LED

Relays &
Timers
Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-2

2-22-19

Logic

Product Selection
Tube Base Relays
Cat. No. 1, 2, 3, 4
Description

Contact Rating

General purpose relay


single AgNi contact


2

3

4

1

Coil Voltage

2-pole (DPDT)
8-pin, 2 Form C

3-pole (3PDT)
11-pin, 3 Form C

12V AC

700-HA32A12

700-HA33A12

24V AC

700-HA32A24

700-HA33A24

120V AC

700-HA32A1

700-HA33A1

230V AC

700-HA32A03

700-HA33A03

240V AC

700-HA32A2

700-HA33A2

12V DC

700-HA32Z12

700-HA33Z12

24V DC

700-HA32Z24

700-HA33Z24

110V DC

700-HA32Z1

700-HA33Z1

125V DC

700-HA32Z01

700-HA33Z01

10 A
B300

LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected 700-HA Relay Catalog number; for the 240V AC units, add (-4L).
Push-to-test, Manual Override, and LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected 700-HA Relay Catalog number; for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L).
Push-to-test and Manual Override option: Add suffix (-3) to the selected 700-HA relay.
Gold-plated bifurcated contacts also available.

Accessories

700-HN100

Description

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

2-pole (DPDT) 8-pin

10

700-HN100

3-pole (3PDT) 11-pin

10

700-HN101

2-pole (DPDT) 8-pin

10

700-HN125

3-pole (3PDT) 11-pin

10

700-HN126

2-pole (DPDT) 8-pin

10

700-HN204

3-pole (3PDT) 11-pin

10

700-HN205

Diode with LED surge suppressor

10

700-ADL1R

Diode surge suppressor

10

700-ADR

RC surge suppressor

10

700-AR2

Timing module

700-AT3

Varistor with LED surge suppressor

10

700-AV3R

Multi-function multi-range time module 5, 6

700-HT3

Screw terminal tube base socket guarded terminal style


Screw terminal tube base socket
panel or DIN Rail mounting open style construction
Screw terminal tube base socket
For use with or without timing/surge suppression module
guarded terminal style

5
6

700-HN205

Suppressors and timer modules easily plug into sockets (catalog numbers 700-HN204 and 700-HN205). For use with 700-HA relays.
Catalog number 700-HT3 is wired with signal S connected to A1. See wiring diagram marked on the timer module.

For more information on our complete family of general-purpose relay products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Relays-and-Timers/General-Purpose-Relays

2-3

Relays & Timers


Logic

Miniature Ice Cube Relays


700-HC
7 or 10 A contact ratings
2PDT or 4PDT
Blade-style
ON/OFF flag indicator
Standard or gold-plated AgNi contacts
LED, push-to-test with manual override options

700-HC Miniature Square Base Relays are 2-pole or 4-pole


plug-in relays for your low-energy switching applications.
The same sockets can be used for DPDT or 4PDT versions,
which improves flexibility and reduces inventory.

Manual Override and


Push-to-Test Option

Improved 7 A
contacts

Ideal Applications
Indication
flag

Reduced PLC outputs to meet energy


consumption goals

Tab color indicates


voltage type: Blue = DC,
Orange = AC

Provides longer life for PLC, saving money and


increasing efficiency
Switching currents or voltage too high for PLC
outputs to handle

Larger,
brighter LED

Interfacing two or more system voltages for


example, 24V to 120V
Reduced PLC outputs by using relays to turn
many devices on and off simultaneously
Provides isolation from solid-state output
leakage current

Relays &
Timers
Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-4

2-22-19

Miniature Ice Cube Relays


Description

Contact Rating

Coil Voltage

DPDT
2-pole
2 form C contacts:
10 A = AgNi contacts

10 A
C300
R300
Low energy rating; (10V, 10 mA)

24V DC

4PDT
4-pole
4 form C contacts:
7 A = AgNi contacts

7A
C300
R300
Low energy rating;
(10V, 10 mA)

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No. 1,2, 3, 4

Logic

Product Selection

700-HC22Z24
1

120V AC

700-HC22A1

24V AC

700-HC24A24

120V AC

700-HC24A1

240V AC

700-HC24A2
1

12V DC

700-HC24Z12

24V DC

700-HC24Z24

48V DC

700-HC24Z48

LED option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected 700-HC relay catalog number; for the 240V AC units, add (-4L).
Push-to-test and LED option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected 700-HC relay catalog number; for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L).
3
Push-to-test and Manual Override option: Add suffix (-3) to the selected 700-HC relay.
4
Gold-plated bifurcated contacts also available.
1

700-HN103

Accessories

700-HN104

Description

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Screw terminal socket guarded terminal style

10

700-HN103

Screw terminal socket for use with or without timing/surge suppression module guarded terminal style

10

700-HN104

Screw terminal base socket Open-style construction

10

700-HN128

Diode with LED surge suppressor

10

700-ADL1R

Diode surge suppressor

10

700-ADR

RC surge suppressor

10

700-AR2

Timing module

700-AT3

10

700-AV3R

700-HT3

Varistor with LED surge suppressor


Multi-function multi-range time module

4, 5

Suppressors and Time Modules easily plug into socket (catalog number 700-HN104). For use with 700-HC relays.
Catalog number 700-HT3 is wired with signal S connected to A1. See wiring diagram marked on the timer module.

For more information on our complete family of general-purpose relay products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Relays-and-Timers/General-Purpose-Relays

2-5

Relays & Timers


Logic

Terminal Block Relays


700-HL
Terminal Block Style (1-pole: 6.2 mm wide)
6 A (1-pole) or 10 A (2-pole) contact rating
SPDT or DPDT
Screw or spring-clamp terminals
Silver or gold contacts
LED, reverse polarity and surge protection
Replaceable relay modules

700-HL Terminal Block Relays work in a variety of high-density isolation and interposing applications.
The thin per-pole interface (6.2 mm wide) and quick connections help reduce installation costs.
Optional leakage current suppression circuit design addresses nuisance coil turn-on or contact non-drop-out
concerns for TRIAC controller outputs. The spring-clamp terminal base option is ideal for applications that are
subject to vibration.
Electro-mechanical or
solid-state relay

No-tool relay
replacements

6.2 mm wide
per pole

Standard LED
Screw or springclamp terminals

Built-in reverse
DC polarity
protection

Optional 20-way
jumpers

Built-in coil surge


protection

Relays &
Timers
Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-6

2-22-19

Logic

Product Selection
Terminal Block Relay 1-pole
Solid-State

Assembled Devices Input


Voltage

Screw Terminals
Output Type

Spring-Clamp
Terminals

Screw Terminals
(DC Output)

Pkg. Qty.

Spring Clamp
Terminals
(DC Output)

Screw Terminals
(AC Output)

Cat. No. 1

24V DC 3

700-HLT1Z24

700-HLT2Z24

700-HLS1Z24*

700-HLS2Z24

700-HLS11Z24

24V AC/DC

700-HLT1U24

700-HLT2U24

110/125V AC/DC

700-HLT1U1

700-HLT2U1

700-HLS1U13

700-HLS2U1

700-HLS11U1

700-HLT1U2

700-HLT2U2

700-HLS1U23

700-HLS2U2

700-HLS11U2

120V AC and
125V DC

700-HLT1L13

700-HLS1L13

700-HLS11L1

240V AC

700-HLT1L23

700-HLS1L23

700-HLS11L2

220240V AC/DC
Built-in LCSC
(leakage
current
suppression
circuit) 2, 3

SPDT
(1 C/O); Ith = 6 A

10

Terminal Block Relay 2-pole


Assembled
Devices Input
Voltage

Output
Type

Pkg.
Qty.

12V DC
24V DC
24V AC/DC
110/125V AC/DC
220240V AC/DC

DPDT
(2 C/O);
Ith =
10 A

10

Accessories 1-pole
AC Output
Spring-Clamp
Terminals

DC Output
Screw
Terminals

Cat. No. 1
700-HLT12Z12

700-HLT22Z12

700-HLT12Z24

700-HLT22Z24

700-HLT12U24

700-HLT22U24

700-HLT12U1

700-HLT22U1

700-HLT12U2

700-HLT22U2

For gold-plated contacts, add the letter X at the end of the catalog number.
For example: if catalog number 700-TBR24 is required with gold plating, it
becomes catalog number 700-TBR24X. Gold-plated contacts are not available in
the two-pole 12 and 48V DC relays.
2
Leakage current suppression up to 2.2 mA off state current.
3
Electromechanical relay to solid-state relay interchangeability is possible.

Description

Color

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

20-way
jumper 4
for 1-pole relay

Red

700-TBJ20R

Grey

700-TBJ20G

Blue

700-TBJ20B

Black

10

700-HN177

Color

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

End barrier

Accessories 2-pole
Description

8-way
jumper 4
for 2-pole relay

Red

700-TBJ08R

Grey

700-TBJ08G

Blue

700-TBJ08B

End barrier

Black

10

700-HN177

Replacement
relays, 24V AC/DC

20

700-TBR24

Cut to appropriate length.


Note: Terminal block relay bases are NOT sold separately.

For more information on our complete family of general-purpose relay products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Relays-and-Timers/General-Purpose-Relays

2-7

Relays & Timers


Logic

Slim Line Relays


700-HK
8 A (2-pole) or 16 A (1-pole) contact ratings
DPDT or SPDT
Blade-style
ON/OFF flag indicator
LED, push-to-test and manual override options
Standard or gold plated AgNi contacts
Maximum duty version available
Screw or spring-clamp socket terminals

The 700-HK relays are designed for a variety of


high-density isolation and interposing applications.
Installation is easy and cost effective through the use
of the 8-way jumper wiring system that requires only
one wire connection to a coil, common or contact
power distribution terminal.
Optional gold contacts switch low-energy loads
reliably as low as 5V, 10 mA, 50 mW.
Improved
contacts
Color coded cases,
yellow = AC, blue = DC

Ideal Applications
Reduced PLC outputs to meet energy
consumption goals
Provides longer life for PLC, saving money and
increasing efficiency
Switching currents or voltage too high for PLC
outputs to handle
Interfacing two or more system voltages for
example, 24V to 120V

Manual Override and


Push-to-Test Option

Reduced PLC outputs by using relays to turn


many devices on and off simultaneously
Provides isolation from solid-state
output leakage current

Relays &
Timers
Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-8

2-22-19

Slim Line Relay


Description

Contact Rating

SPDT
1-pole
1 form C
AgNi contacts

16 A

DPDT
2-pole
2 form C
AgNi contacts

8A

Coil Voltage

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No. 1, 2, 3

24V AC

700-HK36A24

120V AC

700-HK36A1

240V AC
12V DC

700-HK36A2
700-HK36Z12

24V DC

700-HK36Z24

110V DC

700-HK36Z1

24V AC

700-HK32A24

120V AC

700-HK32A1

240V AC
12V DC

Logic

Product Selection

700-HK32A2
700-HK32Z12

24V DC

700-HK32Z24

110V DC

700-HK32Z1

LED option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected 700-HK relay catalog number; for the 240V AC units, add -4L).
Push-to-test and LED option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected 700-HK relay catalog number; for 240V AC units, add suffix (-3-4L).
3
For AgNi contact with gold plating: Replace 3 with X in catalog number For example, catalog number 700-HK36A1 becomes catalog number 700-HKX6A1.
1
2

Accessories
Pkg.
Qty.

Description
Screw terminal socket
guarded terminal
style, accepts forked
lug conductors. Socket
includes retainer clip.
Spring clamp
terminal socket

2-pole, 8-blade, 5 A
1-pole, 5-blade

Screw terminal socket for


use with or without
timing/surge suppression
module guarded
terminal style 4
Spring clamp
terminal socket
8-way jumper
(can be cut to length)
4

1-pole, 5-blade, 10 A

700-HN121
10

10

1-pole, 5-blade, 16 A
2-pole, 8-blade, 8 A

Cat. No.

700-HN122
700-HN223
700-HN221

10

700-HN221

700-HN222

2-pole, 8-blade

10

700-HN224

Red

700-HN180R

Grey

700-HN180G

Blue

700-HN180B

700-HN222

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and distributors
offers exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support
your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

Suppressors and time modules easily plug into socket


(catalog number 700-HN221). For use with 700-HK relays.

For more information on our complete family of general-purpose relay products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Relays-and-Timers/General-Purpose-Relays

2-9

Relays & Timers


Logic

Dial Timing Relay


700-HR
Timing range from 0.05 s300 hr
5 A contact ratings or transistor outputs
Socket- or panel-mount
Single- or multi-function
Multi-voltage inputs
Up to 8 timing functions

700-HR Dial Timing Relays are plug-in, socket-mounted


timing relays. They are easy to set, and can be panel- or
DIN Rail-mounted.
Power
indicator

Operating mode
display window

Output
indicator

Scale range
display window

Time
range
selector

Time unit
selector
Time unit
display
window

Relays &
Timers
Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-10

2-22-19

Dial Timing Relay


No. of
Pins

Timing Mode

Input Voltage

Contact Output

2448V AC
1248V DC

ON-delay (A), OFF-delay (D)


One Shot (E), Repeat cycle OFF-Start (B), Repeat cycle ON-start (B2),
Signal ON/OFF-delay (C), Delayed One Shot (J),Signal ON/OFF - delay (G)

100240V AC
100125V DC
11

ON-delay (A), One Shot (E), Repeat cycle OFF-start (B),


Repeat cycle ON-start (B2), Delayed One Shot (J)

100240V AC
100125V DC
2448V AC/DC
2448V AC
1248V DC

ON-delay (A)

700-HR52TU24
DPDT

2448V AC
1248V DC
2448V AC/DC

Cat. No. 1

Logic

Product Selection

700-HR52TA17 2
700-HRS42TU24

SPDT timed + instantaneous


contact

700-HRP42TU24

DPDT

700-HRS42TA17

SPDT timed + instantaneous


contact

700-HRC12TU24

DPDT

700-HRP42TA17

700-HRM12TU24
700-HRM12TA17

700-HRC12TA17
700-HRF72DU26

DPDT
100...125V DC/100...240V AC

Repeat cycle ON- start (B2)


2

SPDT timed + instantaneous


contact

12...48V DC/24...48V AC

Repeat cycle OFF- start (B)

100240V AC

700-HRF72DU27
700-HRF82DU27

Star-Delta model also available.


Compatible with connections to 3-wire sensors.

Accessories

700-HN100

Description
Screw terminal socket
guarded terminal style

Pkg. Qty.
8-pin
11-pin

10

Cat. No.
700-HN100
700-HN101

Frame adapter For flush or door mounting

700-HN130

Protective cover

700-HN132

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation Support Center
is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

For more information on our complete family of general purpose timing relays products,
please visit: http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Relays-and-Timers/General-Purpose-Timing-Relays

2-11

Relays & Timers


Logic

Economy Timing Relays


700-FE
Adjustable functions and timing
Socket-free DIN Rail mount
Coil surge protection

High Performance Timing Relays


700-FS
Adjustable functions and timing
Coil surge protection
Hazardous location version available
700-FE Economy Timing Relays are a very narrow
17.5 mm wide. They have a timing range of
0.05 s10 hr. The multi-function version helps
reduce your spare parts inventory and standardize
your design.

700-FS DIN Rail High Performance Timing Relays have a


22.5 mm space-saving design and a timing range of
0.05 s60 hr. The multi-function timing helps you reduce
stock and standardize your design.

17 mm wide
Socket-free
DIN Rail
installation

1 N.O. or SPDT
contacts, 5 A

22 mm wide

SPDT or DPDT
contact, 8 A

Time range
selector,
up to 60 hrs
Time range
selector,
up to 10 hrs

700-FS
1 pole

700-FE

700-FS
2 pole

Relays &
Timers
Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-12

2-22-19

Economy Timing Relays


Operating Mode

High Performance Timing Relays


Contact
Output

Cat. No.

1 N.O.

700-FEA1TU22

SPDT (1 C/O)

700-FEA3TU23

1 N.O.

700-FEB1TU22

SPDT (1 C/O)

700-FEB3TU23

Operating
Mode

ON-delay

Contact
Output

ON-delay

OFF-delay

1 N.O.

700-FED1TU22

SPDT (1 C/O)

700-FED3TU23

ON-delay, OFF-delay, One Shot,


Flasher (repeat cycle
starting with pulse)

1 N.O.

700-FEM1TU22

ON-delay, OFF-delay, One Shot,


Flasher (repeat cycle starting
with pulse)

SPDT (1 C/O)

OFF-delay

SPDT 1 C/O
Contact

One Shot
ON- and
OFF-delay
One shot
700-FEM3TU23

ON-delay
OFF-delay

700-FE Accessories
Description
Panel mounting adapter
For surface mounting according
to drilling plan EN 50002

DPDT 2 C/O
Contacts
(SPDT) 1 C/O

Pkg. Qty

Cat. No.

Multi-function 1
(DPDT) 2 C/O

199-FSA
1

Timing Range

Cat. No.

0.05 s60 hr

700-FSA3UU23

0.051 s

700-FSA3AU23

0.510 s

700-FSA3CU23

0.510 min

700-FSA3GU23

0.05 s60 hr

700-FSB3UU23

0.051 s

700-FSB3AU23

0.510 s

700-FSB3CU23

0.510 min

700-FSB3GU23

0.051 s

700-FSC3AU23

0.510 s

700-FSC3CU23

0.051 s

700-FSD3AU23

0.510 s

700-FSD3CU23

0.05 s60 hr

700-FSA4UU23

0.05 s60 hr

700-FSB4UU23

0.05 s60 hr

700-FSM3UU23

0.05 s60 hr

700-FSM3UZ12

0.05 s60 hr

700-FSM4UU23

0.05 s60 hr

700-FSM4UZ12

Logic

Product Selection

Catalog number ending in suffix U23 = input voltage of


24...48V DC/24...240V AC and suffix Z12 = input voltage 12V DC.

700-FS Accessories
Description

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Setting knob with scale


(for time setting without tools)

10

700-FSK

Panel mounting adapter


(for surface mounting according to
drilling plan EN 50 002)

199-FSA

For more information on our complete family of general purpose timing relays products,
please visit: http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Relays-and-Timers/General-Purpose-Timing-Relays

2-13

Relays & Timers


Logic

NEMA Heavy-Duty Relays


700-P
NEMA and IEC ratings
600V maximum AC/DC
Broad current range in one relay (10 A, 20 A, 35 A)
For machine tool and other heavy-duty applications

Heavy-Duty Relays have four types of contact cartridges to meet your specific switching
requirements. Time delay, latching attachments, overlapping, and logic reed contacts can
be combined into one relay to yield a custom-tailored application solution.

Integral DIN Rail


adapter on AC relays
Finger-safe
protection standard

Specified wire sizes


are easily installed
with the protective
covers attached

Convertible swing
around cartridges
(N.O. to N.C.)

Relays &
Timers
Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-14

2-22-19

Logic

Product Selection
NEMA Heavy-Duty Modular Relay=
Base Blank Relay + Contact Cartridge Kit + Adder Decks + Operating Coil
Base Relays (up to 4 poles)
Description
Base blank relay
*

Coil

Cat. No.

AC

110/120V AC

700-P*00A1

DC

24V DC

700DC-P*00Z24

Change symbol to 0,2,4 for number of poles required. 2 & 4 pole models include
Standard contact cartridge.

Contact Cartridge Kits


Description

Package Contents

Cat. No.

Master cartridge
relay kit

(4) Master contact cartridges


20 A rating

700-PMCKIT

Heavy-duty
contact relay kit

Master cartridge kit, plus:


(4) jumper terminals
(to make two 35 A
power pole contacts)

700-PHDKIT

Standard
contact cartridge

Master contact
cartridge

Adder Decks
Device Description

Additional Contact
Cartridge Kits Required

Cat. No.

Product Selection Tools

8 pole device

1 additional kit

700-PB00

12 pole device

2 additional kits

700-PB00 (Qty. 1)
700-PC00 (Qty. 1)

Available online or for download, our tools help


you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

AC Operating Coils
Coil Volts

60 Hz
Cat. No.

50 Hz
Cat. No.

24

PA013

PA407

PA236

PA236

110...115 2

PA322

120

PA322

110

115...120

This coil is optimized for 115120V, 60 Hz applications and will operate satisfactorily
at 110V, 50 Hz.
2
This coil is optimized for 110115V, 50 Hz applications and will operate satisfactorily
at 120V, 60 Hz.
1

For more information on our complete family of NEMA industrial relay products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Relays-and-Timers/NEMA-Industrial-Relays

2-15

Relays & Timers


Logic

Industrial Control Relays


700-K, 700-CF
700-K Mini
-- IP2X finger protection
-- Bifurcated contacts for low-level signals
-- Optional integrated coil protection diode
700-CF
-- Mechanically linked contact performance
per IEC 60947-5-1
-- Gold plated, bifurcated version for low level switching
-- Master control relay version rated 15 A (AC-15)
-- Solid-state and pneumatic timing modules
-- 410 poles

700-K and 700-CF IEC Control Relays are compact industrial relays capable of switching low-energy signals and
providing features required for demanding industrial applications mechanically linked contacts, timing options, long
contact life in an IEC design. These relays share accessories with the equivalent 100 IEC contactors.

Wide Range of Accessories to Meet Your Application Requirements


Electronic timing
modules

Surge suppressors

Pneumatic timing
modules

Auxiliary contact
blocks for side
mounting
Auxiliary contact
blocks for front
mounting

Relays &
Timers
Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-16

2-22-19

Control Relays
AC-12
Ith [A]

AC-15
Ie [A]

40 C

60 C

20

No. of Contacts

240V

20

400V

10

Screw Terminals

Spring Clamp
Terminals

N.O.

N.C.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

700-CF220

700-CRF220

700-CF310

700-CRF310

700-CF400

700-CRF400

Logic

Product Selection

Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the catalog number.

Control Relay Accessories


No. of Contacts
Description

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control

Standard Contacts

AC Control

DC Control

N.O.

N.C.

Cat. No.

100-FA02

Code

Description

Code

Description

100-FA11

KJ

24V, 50/60 Hz

100-FA20

EJ

110V, 50 Hz/120V, 60 Hz

24V electronic
(700-CF only)

100-SA01

KF

230V, 50 Hz

ZJ

24V

100-SA10

100-SA02

240V, 60 Hz

DJ

KA

24V with
integrated diode

Front mounting
auxiliary contact blocks

Side mounting
auxiliary contact blocks

Miniature Control Relays


AC-12
Ith [A]
40 C

10

AC-15
Ie [A]

60 C

24/48V

120V

240V

No. of Contacts

400V

500V

600V

690V

0.6

Spring Clamp
Terminals

N.O.

N.C.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

700-K40E-

700-KR40E-

700-K31Z-

700-KR31Z-

700-K22Z-

700-KR22Z-

700-KL22Z-

700-KRL22Z-

1+1L

Screw Terminals

1+1L

Late Break N.C. / Early Make N.O.

Miniature Control Relays Accessories


No. of Contacts
Description
Front mounting
auxiliary contact blocks

Pneumatic Timing Modules


Standard Contacts

N.O.

N.C.

Cat. No.

100-KFA02E

100-KFA11E

100-KFA20E

Description
ON-delay

OFF-delay

0.330 s range
2180 s range
0.330 s range
2180 s range

For Use With

Cat. No.

100-FPTA30
100-C or 700-CF with
AC coils or DC electronic coils 100-FPTA180
100-C all, 700-CF all

For more information on our complete family of IEC industrial control relay products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Relays-and-Timers/IEC-Industrial-Relays

100-FPTB30
100-FPTB180

2-17

Relays & Timers


Logic

Safety Control Relays


700-HPS, 700S-CF, 700S-P/-PK
Designed for use in safety circuits
NEMA, IEC, and general purpose styles
Mechanically linked contacts

Allen-Bradley relays designed for use in safety circuits


are available in NEMA, IEC and general purpose styles.
All feature mechanically linked contacts to comply with
applicable IEC standards and are marked accordingly.

Mechanically
linked contacts

Mechanically linked
contacts

Tamper resistant
cover

700S-P/-PK
Visual indication of
contact state

Wiring diagram on
top faceplate
Gold plated,
bifurcated version for
low level switching

700S-CF

Permanently fixed
front mounted
auxiliary contact
block

700-HPS

Relays &
Timers

Silver nickel and silver


nickel with gold plating
contact material options

Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-18

2-22-19

IEC Safety Control Relays 1

No. of Contacts

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control

Standard Contacts
(Main),
Gold-Plated Bifurcated
(Front)

Gold-Plated
Bifurcated,
All Contacts

AC Control
Code

DC Control

Description

Code

Description

IEC Safety Control Relays

IEC Safety Control Relays

N.O.

N.C.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

700S-CF440BC

700S-CFB440C

KJ

24V, 50/60 Hz

EJ

24V electronic

700S-CF530BC

700S-CFB530C

110V, 50 Hz/120V, 60 Hz

ZJ

24V

700S-CF620BC

700S-CFB620C

KF

230V, 50 Hz

KA

240V, 60 Hz

DJ

24V with integrated


diode

For contact ratings, see 700-CF on page 2-17.


Select a coil voltage code from the table at right to complete the catalog number.

NEMA Safety Control Relays Standard, 10 A


No. of Contacts

AC Coils

24V DC Coil

N.O.

N.C.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

700S-P310

700S-DCP310DZ24

700S-P220

700S-DCP220DZ24

700S-P710

700S-DCP710DZ24

700S-P620

700S-DCP620DZ24

700S-P530

700S-DCP530DZ24

700S-P440

700S-DCP440DZ24

700S-P350

700S-DCP350DZ24

10

700S-P1020

700S-DCP1020DZ24

NEMA Safety Control Relays Master, 20 A


No. of Contacts
N.O.

N.C.

NEMA Safety Control Relays


A24

24V, 60 Hz

B11

110V, 50Hz

A1

120V, 60 Hz

Logic

Product Selection

NEMA Safety Control Relays


Z24

24V, 60 Hz

General Purpose Safety Control Relays

Description

8 A Relay

AgNi + Au Gold
Plated Contacts

AgNi
Contacts

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

6V DC

700-HPSXZ06

700-HPS2XZ06

12V DC

700-HPSXZ12

700-HPS2XZ12

24V DC

700-HPSXZ24

700-HPS2XZ24

48V DC

700-HPSXZ48

700-HPS2XZ48

700-HPSXZ60

700-HPS2XZ60

Coil
Voltage

120V AC Coil

24V DC Coil

60V DC

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

110V DC

700-HPSXZ1

700-HPS2XZ1

125V DC

700-HPSXZ01

700-HP2SXZ01

700S-PK710A1

700S-DCPK710Z24

700S-PK620A1

700S-DCPK620Z24

700S-PK530A1

700S-DCPK530Z24

700S-PK440A1

700S-DCPK440Z24

Safety

700S-PK350A1

700S-DCPK350Z24

10

700S-PK1020A1

700S-DCPK1020Z24

700S-PK310A1

700S-DCPK310Z24

Our innovative safety products and solutions


improve the functional operation of your
machinery while helping to increase personnel
safety, efficiency and productivity.

Socket

700-HN123

http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

For more information on our complete family of safety relay products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

2-19

Programmable Controllers
Logic

Micro Controllers
2080 Micro800 Family
Wide range of small-size controllers
(built-in I/O from 1048 pts)
Use Connected Components Workbench software
to program your Micro800 Controllers
Plug-in modules to customize your controller
Supports a wide variety of communication protocols
to suit specific application needs: CIP on Serial and
Ethernet, Modbus on Serial and Ethernet,
DeviceNet and ASCII on Serial

Micro800 Control Systems are easy to install and maintain. One software package applies to the entire family. These
systems offer just enough control for your standalone machines. Invest in the functionality you need, and use plug-in
modules for a system tailored to your specific application.

Micro810 Controllers
Smart Relay Micro PLC

Micro820 Controllers
Remote Automation Micro PLC

Offers 12-point controllers

Offers 20-point controllers

Includes 8 A outputs, which replace the need for


external relays

Provides embedded 0...10V non-isolated 4-channel


analog input and 1-channel analog output for speed
control of an AC drive

Supports program download through USB


programming port (adapter required)

Communicates via EtherNet/IP

Allows you to configure and operate smart relay


function blocks without a PC (LCD required)

Supports program download through USB with an


optional 3.5 in. remote LCD

* product selection can be found on page 2-22

Supports up to two Micro800 plug-in modules

Programmable
Controllers
Relays &
Timers

* product selection can be found on page 2-22

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-20

2-22-19

2-202-23

Logic

Connected Components
Workbench Software
Single software to program your controllers, configure
your drives, servo drives and safety relays, and design
your HMI screens using this software
Easy to install, program and maintain
Connected Components Accelerator Toolkit allows
machine builders to significantly reduce design time
and cost

Download the Connected


Components Workbench Software!
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/go/lit/ccws

Micro850 48-pt
controller

External Power
Supply

Micro800 Plug-in modules customize


the functionality of the controller

Bus Terminator
2085-ECR

Micro850 Expansion I/O modules for


higher density, higher precision analog
and digital I/O

Micro850 Controller with Expansion I/O Modules

Micro830 Controllers
Flexible Micro PLC with Simple Motion

Micro850 Controllers
Expandable Micro PLC with Ethernet

Offers 10-point, 16-point, 24-point, and


48-point controllers

Offers 24-point and 48-point controllers

Supports up to five Micro800 plug-in modules


Provides embedded motion capabilities, up to
three axes with 100 kHz pulse train outputs
Provides embedded communications via USB
programming port and non-isolated serial port
* product selection can be found on page 2-22

Provides embedded communications via USB


programming port, non-isolated serial port (for RS-232
and RS-485 communications) and Ethernet port
Supports up to five Micro800 plug-in modules and up
to four Micro850 expansion I/O modules
Provides embedded motion capabilities, up to three
axes with 100 kHz pulse train outputs
Communicates via EtherNet/IP
* product selection can be found on page 2-23

For more information on our complete family of programmable controller products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Programmable-Controllers/Micro-and-Nano

2-21

Programmable Controllers
Logic

Product Selection
Micro810 Controllers, 12 point
Line Power

Inputs

24V DC

(8) 12/24V DC

120/240V AC

Micro830 Controllers, 10...48 Points

Outputs

Cat. No.

(4) Relay

2080-LC10-12QWB

(8) 120/240V AC

(4) Relay

2080-LC10-12AWA

24V DC

(8)12/24V DC

(4) 24V Source DC

2080-LC10-12QBB

12V DC

(8) 12V DC

(4) Relay

Line
Power

Inputs

Outputs

Cat. No.

(2) Normal 24V DC/AC,


(4) Fast 24V DC

(4) Relay

2080-LC30-10QWB

2080-LC10-12DWD

(2) Normal
24V DC/AC
(4) Fast 24V DC

(2) Normal 24V DC


Sink, (2) Fast 24V
DC Sink

2080-LC30-10QVB

Description

Cat. No.

(10) 120V AC

(6) Relay

2080-LC30-16AWB

USB Adapter Plug

2080-USBADAPTER

1.5 in. LCD Display and Keypad

2080-LCD

(6) Normal 24V DC/AC ,


(4) Fast 24V DC

2080-LC30-16QVB

120/240V AC to 24V DC Power Supply for Micro800

2080-PS120-240VAC

(4) Normal 24V DC


Sink, (2) Fast 24V
DC Sink

(6) Normal 24V DC/AC ,


(4) Fast 24V DC

(6) Relay

2080-LC30-16QWB

(6) Normal 24V DC/AC ,


(8) Fast 24V DC

(8) Normal 24V


DC Source, (2) Fast
24V DC Source

2080-LC30-24QBB

(6) Normal 24V DC/AC ,


(8) Fast 24V DC

(8) Normal 24V DC


Sink,(2) Fast 24V
DC Sink

2080-LC30-24QVB

(6) Normal 24V DC/AC ,


(8) Fast 24V DC

(10) Relay

2080-LC30-24QWB

(28) 120V AC

(20) Relay

2080-LC30-48AWB

(16) Normal 24V DC/AC ,


(12) Fast 24V DC

(16) Normal 24V


DC Source,(4) Fast
24V DC Source

2080-LC30-48QBB

(16) Normal 24V DC/AC ,


(12) Fast 24V DC

(16) Normal 24V


DC Sink,(4) Fast
24V DC Sink

2080-LC30-48QVB

(16) Normal 24V DC/AC ,


(12) Fast 24V DC

(20) Relay

2080-LC30-48QWB

Accessories

Four configurable as analog.

24V DC

Micro820 Controllers, 20 point


Line Power

24V DC

Inputs

Outputs

Cat. No.

(12) 24V DC

(7) 24V DC Source

2080-LC20-20QBB

(12) 24V DC

(7) Relay

2080-LC20-20QWB

(8) 120V AC
(4) 24V DC

(7) Relay

2080-LC20-20AWB

(12) 24V DC

(7) 24V DC Source

2080-LC20-20QBBR

(12) 24V DC

(7) Relay

2080-LC20-20QWBR

(8) 120V AC
(4) 24V DC

(7) Relay

2080-LC20-20AWBR

Accessories
Description

Cat. No.

Micro800 3.5 inch remote LCD display module

2080-REMLCD

120/240V AC to 24V DC Power Supply for Micro800

2080-PS120-240VAC

Accessories
Description

Cat. No.

120/240V AC to 24V DC Power Supply for Micro800

2080-PS120-240VAC

Programmable
Controllers
Relays &
Timers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-22

2-22-19

2-202-23

Logic

Product Selection
Micro850 Controllers, 24...48 point

Plug-in Modules 1

Line Power

Inputs

Outputs

Cat. No.

Description

Cat. No.

24V DC

(14) 120V AC

(10) relay

2080-LC50-24AWB

24V DC

(14) 24V DC

(10) 24V DC source

2080-LC50-24QBB

4-channel V/I analog input


unipolar 0...20 mA, 0...10V, 12bits (non-isolated)

2080-IF4

24V DC

(14) 24V DC

(10) 24V DC sink

2080-LC50-24QVB

24V DC

(14) 24V DC

(10) relay

2080-LC50-24QWB

2-channel V/I analog input


unipolar 0...20 mA, 0...10V, 12bits
(non-isolated)

2080-IF2

24V DC

(28) 120V AC

(20) relay

2080-LC50-48AWB

24V DC

(28) 24V DC

(20) 24V DC source

2080-LC50-48QBB

2-channel V/I analog output


unipolar 0...20 mA, 0...10V, 12 bits

2080-OF2

24V DC

(28) 24V DC

(20) 24V DC sink

2080-LC50-48QVB

RS232/485 isolated serial port

2080-SERIALISOL

24V DC

(28) 24V DC

(20) relay

2080-LC50-48QWB

6-channel - trim pot analog input

2080-TRIMPOT6

Project, data log, recipe backup and


high accuracy RTC 1

2080-MEMBAK-RTC

2-channel RTD
(non-isolated)

2080-RTD2

2-channel thermocouple
(non-isolated)

2080-TC2

4-point, 12/24V DC sink/source input

2080-IQ4

4-point relay output, individually isolated, 2A

2080-OW4I

2085-OB16

8-point combo, 12/24V DC, sink/source input,


12/24V DC sink output

2080-IQ4OV4

2085-OW8
2085-OW16

8-point, combo, 12/24V DC sink/source input


12/24V DC source output

2080-IQ4OB4

2085-IF4

4-point, 24V DC source output

2080-OB4

4-point, 24V DC sink output

2080-OV4

High speed counter, 250 kHz

2080-MOT-HSC

20-node DeviceNet scanner

2080-DNET20

Expansion I/O Modules


Type

Discrete

Analog

Specialty
Terminator

Description
8-point, 120V AC input

Cat. No.
2085-IA8

8-point, 240V AC input

2085-IM8

8-point, 120/240V AC Triac output

2085-OA8

16-point, 12/24V DC sink/source input

2085-IQ16

32-point, 12/24V DC sink/source input

2085-IQ32T

16-point, 12/24V DC
sink transistor output

2085-OV16

16-point, 12/24V DC
source transistor output
8-point, AC/DC relay output
16-point, AC/DC relay output
4-channel, 14-bit isolated voltage/
current input
8-channel, 14-bit isolated voltage/
current input
4-channel, 12-bit isolated voltage/
current output
4-channel, 16-bit RTD and TC isolated
input module
2085 bus terminator

2085-IF8
2085-OF4
2085-IRT4
2085-ECR

Accessories

Description

Cat. No.

120/240V AC to 24V DC power supply for Micro800

2080-PS120-240VAC

All plug-in modules are for use with the Micro820, Micro830 and Micro850
controllers, except catalog number 2080-MEMBAK-RTC, which is for use
with Micro830 and Micro850 controllers only.

For more information on our complete family of programmable controller products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Programmable-Controllers/Micro-and-Nano

2-23

Control Circuit & Load Protection


Logic

Miniature Circuit Breakers


1492-SP
Supplemental protection for North America
Current limiting
40 C calibration temperature
Installation of up to six accessories per circuit breaker
Bottom mount auxiliary contact saves panel space
Reversible line and load connections
Attachments available for Lockout/Tagout
Trip curves: B, C, and D

Dual terminals
provide wiring/bus
bar flexibility and
clamp from both
sides to improve
connection reliability

Approval
marks are
easily visible
on dome

Terminal design
helps prevent
wiring misses

Scratch- and
solventresistant
printing

1492-SP is a thermal-magnetic miniature circuit


breakers as defined by IEC Standards. These devices
are also rated as supplementary protectors, in
North America, providing overcurrent protection for
equipment where branch circuit protection is already
provided, or is not required.
These supplementary protectors are offered as a
broad portfolio of pole variants, current ratings,
and trip curves to match the appropriate level of
protection for your application. They may be used
with bus bars for convenience in panel assembly, a
wide range of left-, right- and space saving bottommount accessories, and lock out attachments for
safety during maintenance.

Suitable for DIN


Rail mounting

Indicator window
reflects
contact state
red: closed;
green: open

IP20 fingersafe design


(all sides)
Bottom mount
auxiliary contact

Control Circuit &


Load Protection
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

2-22-19

2-202-23

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-24

2-242-35

Accessories

Miniature Circuit Breakers/Supplemental Protectors


Trip Curve C Inductive, 5...10 In 1
Continuous Current
Rating (In ) [A]

1-Pole 2

2-Pole

3-Pole 2

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

0.5

1492-SPM1C005

1492-SPM2C005

1492-SPM3C005

1492-SPM1C010

1492-SPM2C010

1492-SPM3C010

1492-SPM1C020

1492-SPM2C020

Mounting
Position

Right mount

Description

Contacts

Cat. No.

Shunt trip
110...415V AC/
110...250V DC

189-AST1

Shunt trip
12...60V AC/DC

189-AST2

1 N.O./N.C. (1 C.O.)

189-ASCR3

Auxiliary/signal contact

1492-SPM3C020

1 N.O./N.C. (1 C.O.)

189-AR3

1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

189-AR11

1492-SPM1C030

1492-SPM2C030

1492-SPM3C030

1492-SPM1C040

1492-SPM2C040

1492-SPM3C040

1492-SPM1C050

1492-SPM2C050

1492-SPM3C050

1492-SPM1C060

1492-SPM2C060

1492-SPM3C060

1492-SPM1C070

1492-SPM2C070

1492-SPM3C070

1492-SPM1C080

1492-SPM2C080

1492-SPM3C080

10

1492-SPM1C100

1492-SPM2C100

1492-SPM3C100

13

1492-SPM1C130

1492-SPM2C130

1492-SPM3C130

15

1492-SPM1C150

1492-SPM2C150

1492-SPM3C150

16

1492-SPM1C160

1492-SPM2C160

1492-SPM3C160

20

1492-SPM1C200

1492-SPM2C200

1492-SPM3C200

25

1492-SPM1C250

1492-SPM2C250

1492-SPM3C250

30

1492-SPM1C300

1492-SPM2C300

1492-SPM3C300

32

1492-SPM1C320

1492-SPM2C320

1492-SPM3C320

40

1492-SPM1C400

1492-SPM2C400

1492-SPM3C400

50

1492-SPM1C500

1492-SPM2C500

1492-SPM3C500

63

1492-SPM1C630

1492-SPM2C630

1492-SPM3C630

The catalog number listed represents Trip Curve C: Inductive. To order Trip
Curve B (slightly inductive) replace the C in the catalog number with B. Example
catalog number 1492-SPM1C005 becomes catalog number 1492-SPM1B005.
To order Trip Curve D (highly inductive) replace the C in the catalog number
with D.
2
For 1+N and 3+N versions: add the suffix -N to the catalog number

Auxiliary contact

Bottom
mount

Auxiliary contact

2 N.C.

189-AR02

2 N.O.

189-AR20

1 N.C.

189-AB01

1 N.O.

189-AB10

Logic

Product Selection

Bus Bars
Without Aux. Contact

With Aux. Contact

80 A

100 A

80 A

100 A

Description

Cat. No.*

Cat. No.*

Cat. No.*

Cat. No.*

1-phase

1492-A1B8

1492-A1B1

1492-A1B8H

1492-A1B1H

2-phase

1492-A2B8

1492-A2B1

1492-A2B8H

1492-A2B1H

3-phase

1492-A3B8

1492-A3B1

1492-A3B8H

1492-A3B1H

Bus Bar Accessories


Description

Cat. No.

Terminal power feed, 35 mm2 straight lug

1492-AAT1S

Terminal power feed, 35 mm offset lug low profile

1492-AAT1LP

Dedicated power feed, 50 mm

1492-AAT2

End cover, for 1-phase bus bars

1492-A1E

End cover, for 2-, 3-phase bus bars

1492-AME

Protective cover (for unused pins)

1492-AAP

* Catalog numbers listed are for 1 meter bus bars.

Specifications
Standards Compliance UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No. 235, EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

Certifications

UL Recognized File No. E65138*,


CSA Certified File No. 259391*, CE Marked,
CCC Certified, VDE Certified, RoHS Compliant

Rated Voltage

UL/CSA: Max. 480Y/277V AC, IEC: Ue 230/400V AC

Interrupting Capacity

UL/CSA: 510 kA, IEC: 15 kA

* 1+N and 3+N devices are not UL recognized or CSA certified.

For more information on our complete family of circuit and load protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

2-25

Control Circuit & Load Protection


Logic

Miniature Circuit Breakers


1489
UL/CSA Listed for branch circuit protection
Current limiting
Finger-safe design (all sides)
Terminal design helps prevent wiring misses
Reversible line and load connections
Attachments available for Lockout/Tagout
Trip curves: C and D

Terminal design
helps prevent
wiring misses

Dual terminals
provide wiring/bus bar
flexibility and clamp
from both sides to improve
connection reliability

Scratch- and
solvent- resistant
printing

Approval
marks are
easily visible
on dome

1489-M thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are


approved for branch circuit protection in the United
States and Canada, and are certified as Miniature
circuit breakers for IEC applications.
These branch protectors are compatible with many
accessories to meet diverse application needs,
including UL 508 Listed bus bars for convenience in
panel assembly, auxiliary contacts, signal contacts and
shunt trips for versatility, and lockout attachments for
safety during maintenance.

Suitable
for
DIN Rail
mounting
IP20 finger-safe 
design (all sides)

Indicator window
reflects contact
state

Control Circuit &


Load Protection
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

2-22-19

2-202-23

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-26

2-242-35

Accessories

Miniature Circuit Breakers


Trip Curve C 1 Inductive, 5...10 In

Continuous
Current Rating
(In) [A]

1-Pole

2-Pole

3-Pole

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

0.5

1489-M1C005

1489-M2C005

1489-M3C005

1489-M1C010

1489-M2C010

1489-M3C010

1.6

1489-M1C016

1489-M2C016

1489-M3C016

1489-M1C020

1489-M2C020

1489-M3C020

1489-M1C030

1489-M2C030

1489-M3C030

1489-M1C040

1489-M2C040

1489-M3C040

1489-M1C050

1489-M2C050

1489-M3C050

1489-M1C060

1489-M2C060

1489-M3C060

1489-M1C070

1489-M2C070

1489-M3C070

1489-M1C080

1489-M2C080

1489-M3C080

10

1489-M1C100

1489-M2C100

1489-M3C100

13

1489-M1C130

1489-M2C130

1489-M3C130

15

1489-M1C150

1489-M2C150

1489-M3C150

16

1489-M1C160

1489-M2C160

1489-M3C160

20

1489-M1C200

1489-M2C200

1489-M3C200

25

1489-M1C250

1489-M2C250

1489-M3C250

30

1489-M1C300

1489-M2C300

1489-M3C300

32

1489-M1C320

1489-M2C320

1489-M3C320

35

1489-M1C350

1489-M2C350

1489-M3C350

The catalog number listed represents Trip Curve C: Inductive.


To order Trip Curve D (highly inductive), replace the C in the catalog number
with D. Example: Catalog number 1489-M1C005 becomes Catalog number
1489-M1D005.

Standards Compliance

UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No. 235, EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2

Certifications

UL Recognized, CSA Certified, CE Marked, CCC Certified,


VDE Certified, RoHS Compliant

Rated Voltage

UL/CSA: Max. 480Y/277V AC IEC: Ue 230/400V AC

Interrupting Capacity

UL/CSA: 10 kA IEC: 15 kA

Contacts

Cat. No.

Shunt trip
110...415V AC/110...250V DC

1489-AMST1

Shunt trip
12...60V AC/DC

1489-AMST2

Signal contact

1 N.O./N.C. (1 C.O.)

1489-AMRS3

Auxiliary contact

1 N.O./N.C. (1 C.O.)

1489-AMRA3

No. of
Pins

No. of
Circuit
Breakers

Cat. No. 2. 3. 4

1489-AMCL106

12

12

1489-AMCL112

18

18

1489-AMCL118

1489-AMCL206

12

1489-AMCL212

18

1489-AMCL218

1489-AMCL306

12

1489-AMCL312

18

1489-AMCL318

Bus Bars
Description
1-phase

2-phase

3-phase
Bus Bar Accessories
Description

Cat. No.

Terminal power feed, 35 mm

Dedicated power feed, 50 mm

Specifications

Description

Logic

Product Selection

Protective shroud (for unused pins)

1489-AMCLT35
1489-AMCLT50D
1489-AMCLPS

Package quantity of 10
3
cULus, UL 508, EN 60947-1, CE Marked
4
Maximum of three bus bars allowed
2

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

For more information on our complete family of circuit and load protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

2-27

Control Circuit & Load Protection


Logic

Regional Circuit Breakers


188-J
Available only in China and Europe
0.563 A; 1(+N), 2, 3(+N), 4 poles
Current limiting
Reversible line and load connections
Suitable for extreme ambient conditions (-25+55 C)
Trip curves: B, C, and D

Approval
marks are
easily visible
on dome

Scratch- and
solventresistant
printing

188-J circuit breakers are for application at


the equipment level. These products have
regional certifications only and are available
in China and Europe.

Suitable for DIN


Rail mounting

IP20 finger-safe 
design (all sides)

Bottom mount
auxiliary contact

Control Circuit &


Load Protection
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

2-22-19

2-202-23

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-28

2-242-35

Accessories

Regional Circuit Breakers


Continuous
Current
Rating (In )
[A]

Mounting
Position

Trip Curve C Inductive, 5...10 In 1, 2


1-Pole

2-Pole

3-Pole

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

0.5

188-J1C005

188-J2C005

188-J3C005

188-J4C005

188-J1C010

188-J2C010

188-J3C010

188-J4C010

188-J1C020

188-J2C020

188-J3C020

188-J4C020

188-J1C030

188-J2C030

188-J3C030

188-J4C030

188-J1C040

188-J2C040

188-J3C040

188-J4C040

4-Pole

188-J1C060

188-J2C060

188-J3C060

188-J4C060

188-J1C080

188-J2C080

188-J3C080

188-J4C080

10

188-J1C100

188-J2C100

188-J3C100

188-J4C100

13

188-J1C130

188-J2C130

188-J3C130

188-J4C130

16

188-J1C160

188-J2C160

188-J3C160

188-J4C160

20

188-J1C200

188-J2C200

188-J3C200

188-J4C200

25

188-J1C250

188-Ja2C250

188-J3C250

188-J4C250

32

188-J1C320

188-J2C320

188-J3C320

188-J4C320

40

188-J1C400

188-J2C400

188-J3C400

188-J4C400

50

188-J1C500

188-J2C500

188-J3C500

188-J4C500

63

188-J1C630

188-J2C630

188-J3C630

188-J4C630

The catalog number listed represents Trip Curve C: Inductive. To order Trip
Curve B (slightly inductive) replace the C in the catalog number with B.
To order Trip Curve D (highly inductive) replace the C in the
catalog number with D.
2
Trip Curve B is not available in current ratings 0.54 A.
3
For 1+N and 3+N versions: add the suffix -N to the catalog number
1

Right mount

Standards Compliance

EN 60898-1, GB 10963

Certifications

CE Marked, CCC Certified, VDE Certified

Rated Voltage

IEC: Ue 230/400V AC

Interrupting Capacity

IEC: 10 kA

Contacts

Cat. No.

Shunt trip
110...415V AC/
110...250V DC

189-AST1

Shunt trip
12...60V AC/DC

189-AST2

Auxiliary/signal contact

1 N.O./N.C. (1 C.O.)

189-ASCR3

Auxiliary contact

Bottom
mount

1 N.O./N.C. (1 C.O.)

189-AR3

1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

189-AR11

Auxiliary contact

2 N.C.

189-AR02

2 N.O.

189-AR20

1 N.C.

189-AB01

1 N.O.

189-AB10

Bus Bars
Description
1-phase

2-phase

3-phase
4-phase

Specifications

Description

Logic

Product Selection

Pkg.
Qty.
1
20
20
20
1
10
10
10
1
10
10
1

Without Aux. Contact


No. of
Pins
Cat. No.
60
189-CL1
12
189-CL112
6
189-CL106
2
189-CL102
58
189-CL2
12
189-CL212
6
189-CL206
4
189-CL204
60
189-CL3
12
189-CL312
6
189-CL306
56
189-CL4

Description
2-phase MCB to RCD
4-phase MCB to RCD
Bus Bar Accessories

Pkg. Qty.
10
10

With Aux. Contact


No. of
Pins
Cat. No.
38
189-CL1H
9
189-CL1H09
6
189-CL1H06
2
189-CL1H02
44
189-CL2H
10
189-CL2H10
6
189-CL2H06
4
189-CL2H04
48
189-CL3H
12
189-CL3H12
6
189-CL3H06
48
189-CL4H
No. of
Pins
Cat. No.
4
189-CL204
8
189-CL408

Terminal power feed, 25 mm2

10

Terminal power feed, 50 mm

189-CLT25

10

189-CLT50

Dedicated power feed, 50mm2

10

189-CLT50D

End cover, for 1-phase bus bars

10

189-CL1EC

End cover, for 2, 3 phase bus bars

10

189-CL3EC

End cover, for 4 phase bus bars

10

189-CL4EC

Protective cover (for unused pins)

10

189-CLPS

For more information on our complete family of circuit and load protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

2-29

Control Circuit & Load Protection


Logic

Residual Current Devices


1492-RCDA
2580 A residual current devices
30 mA sensitivity devices for personnel protection
Reversible line and load connections
Suitable for protection against AC and pulsating DC
(rectified AC) earth leakage current
Dual terminals allow a more secure connection of two
wires, or both a wire and bus bar

By detecting small leakage currents and disconnecting all ungrounded connectors quickly,
RCDs can prevent injury to exposed personnel and damage to equipment.
Terminal design helps
prevent wiring misses
Dual terminals provide
wiring/bus bar flexibility
and clamp from both sides to
improve connection reliability

Approval marks are


easily visible on dome

Test push button to verify


device functionality

Indicator window reflects


contact state red: closed,
green: open

Suitable for DIN


Rail mounting

Accepts right-mounted
auxiliary and signal contacts

Scratch and solvent


resistant printing

Accessories
IP20 finger-safe
design (all sides)

Control Circuit &


Load Protection
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

2-22-19

2-202-23

Bus Bar

Aux/Signal
Contact

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-30

2-242-35

Logic

Product Selection
Residual Current Devices
4-Pole (3-Pole + Neutral)
Sensitivity (mA)

30

100

300

500

Rated Current (A)

2-Pole (1-Pole + Neutral)

Standard

With Delay

25

1492-RCDA2A25

1492-RCDA4A25

40

1492-RCDA2A40

1492-RCDA4A40

63

1492-RCDA4A63

80

1492-RCDA4A80

25

1492-RCDA2B25

1492-RCDA4B25

40

1492-RCDA2B40

1492-RCDA4B40

1492-RCDA4B40S

63

1492-RCDA4B63

1492-RCDA4B63S

25

1492-RCDA2C25

1492-RCDA4C25

40

1492-RCDA2C40

1492-RCDA4C40

1492-RCDA4C40S

63

1492-RCDA4C63

1492-RCDA4C63S

80

1492-RCDA4C80

25

1492-RCDA4D25

40

1492-RCDA4D40

63

1492-RCDA4D63

80

1492-RCDA4D80

Diagram

Accessories

Specifications

Contact Blocks
Description *

Contacts

Cat. No.

Auxiliary/signal contact

1 N.O./N.C. (1 C.O.)

189-ASCR3

* A maximum of one C.O. type signal contact and one C.O. type auxiliary contact
OR two C.O. type auxiliary contacts may be installed per 1492-RCD.
A maximum of one 189-AR11, -AR02, or AR20 auxiliary contact may be installed
per 1492-RCD. They may not be combined with C.O. type contacts.
A maximum of three accessories of any type may be installed per 1492-RCD. The
signal contact must be mounted closest to the RCD, then the auxiliary contact(s).
For allowed combinations and installation instructions, please contact your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.

Standards Compliance

UL 1053, ANSI/NFPA 70, EN 61008,


CSA C22.2 No. 144, GB 16916

Certifications

cURus Recognized, File No. E53935, CE Marked,


CCC Certified, VDE Certified, RoHS Compliant

Rated Voltage

UL/CSA: Max. 480Y/277V AC IEC: Ue 230/400V AC

Interrupting Capacity

Rated conditional short-circuit 10 kA


(SCPD fuse gG 100 A)
Rated residual breaking capacity 1 kA

Bus Bars
Description

Pins

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.*

2-Phase MCB to RCD

10

189-CL204

4-Phase MCB to RCD

10

189-CL208

* These devices are CE marked, but not certified to any UL, CSA, or other standard.

For more information on our complete family of circuit and load protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

2-31

Control Circuit & Load Protection


Logic

Fuse Holders
1492-FB
For Class CC, J, and Midget fuses
Compact size
Handle isolates the fuse from top-wired power when
installing or removing fuse
Terminals are shipped in open position
Optional blown fuse indicator

The 1492-FB fuse holder family is designed for use


in many OEM applications, such as power supplies,
equipment protection, primary and secondary control
transformers, solenoids, lighting and heater loads,
and drives.

Optional blown
fuse indicators
for easy circuit
troubleshooting

Terminal
power feed
Busbar

Label holder

Suitable for DIN


Rail mounting

1492-FB fuse holders provide a safe and convenient


means for installation of Class CC, J, and Midget fuses.
To support correct fuse type installation, the Class
CC fuse holder is designed to reject a Midget fuse or
international 10 x 38 mm fuse. The Class J fuse holder
will reject all fuses other than a Class J fuse.
All fuse holders are UL Listed and CSA Certified for
branch circuit protection. They are excellent for wire
protection, small motor loads, and group protection
of small motor loads. The Midget fuse holder is also
CE Marked for 10 x 38 mm IEC Midget fuses.

IP20 finger-safe 
design (front)

Control Circuit &


Load Protection
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

2-22-19

2-202-23

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-32

2-242-35

Logic

Product Selection
Fuse Holders
Midget Fuse

Class CC Fuse

30 A

30 A

Description

1-Pole

60 A

Fuse block

1492-FB1M30

1492-FB1C30

1492-FB1J30

1492-FB1J60

1492-FB1M30-L

1492-FB1C30-L

1492-FB1J30-L

1492-FB1J60-L

Fuse block with indication, 12...72V

1492-FB1M30-D1

1492-FB1C30-D1

Pieces per carton

12

12

1492-FB2M30

1492-FB2C30

1492-FB2J30

1492-FB2J60

1492-FB2M30-L

1492-FB2C30-L

1492-FB2J30-L

1492-FB2J60-L

1492-FB3M30

1492-FB3C30

1492-FB3J30

1492-FB3J60

1492-FB3M30-L

1492-FB3C30-L

1492-FB3J30-L

1492-FB3J60-L

Fuse block with indication, 110...600V

Pieces per carton


Fuse block
3-Pole

30 A

Fuse block with indication, 110...600V 2

Fuse block
2-Pole

Class J Fuse

Fuse block with indication, 110...600V

Pieces per carton

All major fuse brands and current ranges have been evaluated for this fuse holder. Due to the heat they generate, the following fuses must be derated: Mersen ATQR
1.25 I = 0.42 A max., Mersen ATQR 1.40 I = 0.47 A max.
2
690V when used in IEC applications.
1

Accessories

Bus Bars

Description

Size

Fuse holder identification


slide-in markers
(blank marker squares
slip into molded slot.100
markers/card)

Pkg.
Qty.

5 mm x 5 mm

Cat. No.
1492-MC5X5

5 cards
6 mm x 5 mm

1492-MC6X5

80 A

100 A

Description

Devices Per
Meter

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

1 phase

57

1492-A1B8

1492-A1B1

2 phase

29

1492-A2B8

1492-A2B1

3 phase

19

1492-A3B8

1492-A3B1

Bus Bar Accessories


Description

Specifications

Cat. No.

Terminal Power Feed, 35 mm offset lug

1492-AAT1

End Cover, for 1 phase bus bars

1492-A1E

End Cover, for 2, 3 phase bus bars

1492-AME

Protective cover (for unused pins)

1492-AAP

Certifications

UL Listed, File No. E34648, CSA Certified, CE Marked

Standards Compliance

UL 512, CSA 22.2 No. 39, EN 60269-2

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and
distributors offers exceptional knowledge
and service to help you design, implement
and support your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

For more information on our complete family of circuit and load protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

2-33

Control Circuit & Load Protection


Logic

Electronic Circuit Protector


1692
Monitors both supply voltage and load current
Select devices offer certified NEC Class 2 circuits
Used on power supply 24V DC secondary circuits
Protects against equipment damage due to short circuit
and overload
Faster than the self protection of the power supply

LED output indicator


(for failed circuit)
ON/OFF toggle
(manual /reset)

Backed out screw for


easy installation

1692 electronic circuit protection modules protect the


secondary circuits of 24V DC switched mode power
supplies. These modules monitor both supply voltage
and load currents, and you can monitor and control the
modules both locally and remotely.
Designed for 24V DC circuits, the 1692 provides
comprehensive protection against short circuit and
overcurrent conditions while allowing for inrush current.

Suitable for DIN Rail


mounting

For multiple
modules

Indicator (24V DC)


green: OK, unlit:
no voltage
ON/OFF
toggle
(remote
reset)

Control Circuit &


Load Protection
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

2-22-19

2-202-23

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-34

2-242-35

Logic

Product Selection
Electronic Circuit Protector
Output Current Rating [A]
Voltage

NEC Class 2

24V DC

Output 1

Output 2

Output 3

Output 4

Cat. No.

Yes

1692-ZR1111

No

1692-ZR2222

No

1692-ZG3333

No

1692-ZG4444

No

1692-ZG6666

No

10

10

10

10

1692-ZGAAAA

No

1692-ZG3366

No

12

12

1692-ZG66BB

Yes

(4) NEC Class 2 circuits (100 VA /circuit max)

1692-ZRCLSS

Specifications
Standards
Compliance

UL 508, UL 2367, CSA C22.2, No. 142, ISA 12.12,


EN 60950-1, NEC Class 2 (select devices)

Certifications

cULus Listed (UL 508), File No. E56639,


cURus Recognized, CE Marked, Class I, Div II (CSA only)

Voltage

24V DC (18...30V DC)

Output Current

1 A...12 A, select devices NEC Class 2

Output Ratings

Isolated safety extra-low voltage (SELV)

Operating
Temperature

-25+70 C (-13...+158 F) (non-condensing)

Storage Temperature

-40+85 C (-40...+185 F)

Humidity

5...95% (non-condensing)

Terminal Type/Wire
Gauge

Screw/24...10 AWG (0.2...4mm2)

Dimensions
[in. (mm)]

1.77 x 2.95 x 3.58 (45 x 75 x 91)

Weight [lb. (g)]

0.26 (120)

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation Support Center
is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

For more information on our complete family of circuit and load protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

2-35

Power Supplies
Logic

Essential Power Supplies


1606-XLE
Basic feature set
Rated outputs between 80960 W (3.340 A at 24V DC)
Multiple single- and three-phase inputs available for
global applications
Cost-effective solution for single-phase applications
Redundancy modules provide a means for managing
dual power supplies for back-up power
* product selection can be found on page 2-38.

Compact Power Supplies


1606-XLP
Rated outputs between 15100 W
(0.64.2 A at 24V DC)
Multiple output voltages available
Smaller, cost-effective solution for low power applications
* product selection can be found on page 2-39.

Performance Power Supplies


1606-XLS
World-class efficiency (up to 95%)
Rated outputs between 80960 W (3.3...40 A at 24V DC)
150% power boost feature handles startup loads
Buffer modules for extended ride through
Minimal heat rise
* product selection can be found on page 2-40.

Power
Supplies
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

2-22-19

2-202-23

2-242-35

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-36

2-362-43

Input Voltage
Watt Range
Multiple Output Voltages
Terminations
Auto Select Input
Power Boost

XLE

XLP

XLS

Single/multi phase

Single/multi phase

Single/multi phase

120960 W

15100 W

80480 W

Screw

Cam lock spring

Cam lock spring

120%

Logic

Selection Criteria

150%/5 s

DC OK Relay Output

DC OK LED Indicator

Heat Efficiency Impacts Enclosure Sizing


These thermal images show the difference an efficient power supply can make in a panel. All three
power supplies are using the same transformer, but the Allen-Bradley power supply has the whole
package running cooler due to its more efficient design.

A-B 1606-XLS
10A, 24V DC
93% Efficiency

Competitor A
10A, 24V DC
91% Efficiency

Competitor B
10A, 24V DC
84% Efficiency

For more information on our complete family of power supply products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Power-Supplies

2-37

Power Supplies
Logic

Product Selection 1606-XLE


Essential Power Supplies Single-phase
Output Voltage
[V DC]

Input Voltage

Output Power
[W]

Output Current
[A]

80

120

230

Cat. No.

3.3

1.50

0.68

1606-XLE80E

120

2.34

1.23

1606-XLE120E

120

2.34

1.23

1606-XLE120EC1

120

1.23

1606-XLE120EN

180...264V AC

120

1.17

1606-XLE120EE

100...120/200...240V AC

240

10

4.34

2.23

1606-XLE240E

90...132V AC

240

10

3.73

1606-XLE240EN

100...120/200...240V AC
24...28

90...132V AC

Steady-state Input
Current [V AC]

180...264V AC

48...52

240

10

2.20

1606-XLE240EE

100...120/200...240V AC

24...28

240

10

4.34

2.00

1606-XLE240EP

100...120/200...240V AC

48...52

240

4.34

2.23

1606-XLE240F

100...240V AC

24...28

480

20

4.36

2.33

1606-XLE480EP

100...240V AC

48...56

480

10

4.36

2.33

1606-XLE480FP

The C suffix in the catalog number indicates that the product has conformal coating.

Essential Power Supplies Two and Three Phases

Input Voltage

Output Voltage
[V DC]

Output Power
[W]

Output Current
[A]

Steady-state Input
Current
[V AC]

12...15
48...56

380...480V AC

24...28

480V AC

1606-XLE240F-3

3 x 0.85

480
10

24

13.3
960

1606-XLE120E-2
1606-XLE240-3

3 x 0.65

40

1606-XLE960DX-3N

3 x 1.35

1606-XLE960MX-3N

Power
Supplies
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

2-22-19

2-202-23

2-242-35

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-38

2-362-43

Cat. No.
1606-XLE96B-2

3 x 0.65

20

24...28
48

400...480

Logic

Product Selection 1606-XLP


Compact Power Supplies Single-phase

Input Voltage

100...240V AC,
85...375V DC

Output Voltage
[V DC]

Output Power
[W]

Output Current
[A]

5...5.5

15

12...15

120

230

Cat. No.

0.28

0.17

1606-XLP15A

15

1.3

0.28

0.17

1606-XLP15B

24...28

15

0.6

0.28

0.17

1606-XLP15E

5...5.5

25

0.60

0.30

1606-XLP25A

10...12

30

0.60

0.25

1606-XLP30B

24...28

30

1.3

0.60

0.35

1606-XLP30E

24...28

30

1.3

0.54

0.30

1606-XLP30EQ

12/15

36

2.8

0.65

0.40

1606-XLP36C

12...15

50

4.2

1.00

0.60

1606-XLP50B

24...28

50

2.1

0.77

0.44

1606-XLP50E

24...28

50

2.1

1.00

0.60

1606-XLP50EZ

48...56

50

1.00

0.60

1606-XLP50F

60

4.5

0.91

0.54

1606-XLP60BQ

60

4.5

0.97

0.61

1606-XLP60BQT

72

2.5

0.98

0.58

1606-XLP60EQ

90

2.5

1.05

0.66

1606-XLP60EQT

95

1.60

0.80

1606-XLP72E

100

7.5

1.90

0.90

1606-XLP90B

100

3.9

2.00

0.95

1606-XLP95E

90

4.2

2.10

1.00

1606-XLP100E

100

2.1

2.10

1.00

1606-XLP100F

12...15
100...240V AC,
110...300V DC
24...28
100...120/220...240V AC,
220...375V DC
100...200/200...240V AC,
220...375V DC

Steady-state Input
Current [V AC]

12...15
24...28
48...56

Compact Power Supplies Two-phase

Input Voltage

Output Voltage
[V DC]

380...480V AC

24...28

Output Power
[W]

Output Current
[A]

90
100

Steady-state Input
Current
[V AC]
400...480

Cat. No.

3.75

2 x 0.36

1606-XLP90E-2

4.2

2 x 0.40

1606-XLP100E-2

For more information on our complete family of power supply products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Power-Supplies

2-39

Power Supplies
Logic

Product Selection 1606-XLS


Performance Power Supplies Single-phase
Output Voltage
[V DC]

Input Voltage

Output Power
[W]

Output Current
[A]

80
24...48
12...15

Steady-state Input
Current [V AC]
120

230

Cat. No.

3.3

1.42

0.82

1606-XLS80E

120

1.10

0.62

180

15

1.65

0.93

1606-XLS120E
1606-XLS120EX
1606-XLS180B
1606-XLS240E

24...48

100...240V AC,
110...300V DC

240

10

2.22

1.22

1606-XLS240EA1
1606-XLS240EC1

48...56

240

2.22

1.22

1606-XLS240F

28...32

240

2.22

1.22

1606-XLS240K
1606-XLS480E

24...48

480

20

4.56

2.48

1606-XLS480EA1
1606-XLS480EC1

200...240V AC

24...48

480

20

4.45

100...240V AC,
110...300V DC

48...56
36...42

200...240V AC,
220...300V DC

1606-XLS480EE

480

10

4.56

2.48

1606-XLS480F

480

13.3

4.56

2.48

1606-XLS480G

24...28

960

34.3

4.6

1606-XLS960EE

48...56

960

20

4.6

1606-XLS960FE

Output Power
[W]

Output Current
[A]

Performance Power Supplies Three-phase


Output Voltage
[V DC]

Input Voltage
380...480V AC, 600V DC

24...28

3 x 0.65

20
480

360...900V DC

380...480V AC, 600V DC

Steady-state
Input Current
[V AC] 400...480

48...56
36...42
24...28
48...54

3 x 0.85
10
13.3
40
20

960

3 x 0.65
3 x 1.35

Cat. No.
1606-XLS480E-3
1606-XLS480E-3C1
1606-XLS480E-D
1606-XLS480F-3
1606-XLS480G-3
1606-XLS960E-3
1606-XLS960F-3

The C suffix in the catalog number indicates that the product has conformal coating. The A suffix in the catalog number indicates that the product carries
the ATEX rating.

Power
Supplies
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

2-22-19

2-202-23

2-242-35

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-40

2-362-43

Logic

Redundancy Modules
1606
Provides back-up power in the event the primary power
supply fails.
For all switched mode power supply lines
Status indication for each switched mode power supply

Buffer Modules
1606
Buffer load currents during typical mains faults,
switching events or load peaks
Prevents application interruption due to short voltage
dips, drops or inrush spikes
Clear status indication by status LED and
signaling terminals

DC UPS Modules
1606
Back-up power for bridge dips, sags, or loss of power
Extensive diagnostic and monitoring functions to aid
in troubleshooting
When power supply provides sufficient voltage, module
charges the battery

For more information on our complete family of power supply products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Power-Supplies

2-41

Power Supplies
Logic

Uninterruptable Power Supplies


1609-B, 1609-D
DIN Rail/panel/floor mount
Hard-wired input and output
Integrated remote on/off and dry I/O contacts
USB communications
Expandable battery capacity
Available EtherNet/IP communications (1609-D only)
Remote on/off enables UPS to deactivate when
servicing electrical panel

Fast Recovery from Power Failures


The 1609 is uniquely designed for the industrial market to provide back-up AC power to the control cabinet.
The 1609 will bridge dips, sags, or brief losses of power.
If necessary, the 1609 will provide enough time to facilitate a safe shut-down of your industrial PC, PLC,
data logging HMI, or any other critical device in the control scheme.
Battery status , monitor
via dry contact, serial or
optional Ethernet port

Power Quality Events


SAG

Replaceable battery
and surge module

SWELL
TRANSIENT

Expandable battery capacity

OVERVOLTAGE
UNDERVOLTAGE

Hardwired power

Panel or DIN Rail mount

Product

Panel
Mount

Integrated
Dry I/O
Contacts

Remote
On/Off

Replaceable
Surge
Protection

1609-B

1609-D

EtherNet/
IP

USB

Auto
Voltage
Regulation

Expandable
Battery

INTERRUPTION
HARMONICS/NOISE

Power
Supplies
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

2-22-19

2-202-23

2-242-35

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-42

2-362-43

Uninterruptable Power Supplies


Product Family 1

Input/ Output Voltage [V]


120

1609-B Basic
230

120
1609-D Deluxe
(full featured)
230

Output Power [VA]

Cat. No.

600

1609-B600N

1000

1609-B1000N

600

1609-B600

1000

1609-B1000E

600

1609-D600N

1000

1609-D1000N

1500

1609-D1500N

600

1609-D600E

1000

1609-D1000E

1500

1609-D1500E

Logic

Product Selection

Requires two/three (1609-B/1609-D)12V batteries that must be ordered separately from the Accessories table below.

Accessories

Specifications
Input

Capacity

VA

1609-B

1609-D

600

600VA (390 W)

600VA (390 W)

1000

1000VA (390 W)

1000VA (650 W)

1500

N/A

1500VA (980 W)

Voltage Range
120VAC/230VAC

1609-B

Current

1609-D

90145V/184264
Input
Voltage

600VA

1000VA

1500VA

120V

5.4 A

8.9 A

N/A

230V

2.8 A

4.7 A

N/A

120V

5.5 A

8.8 A

13 A

230V

3.3 A

4.7 A

7.1A

Capacity Frequency

50/60 Hz +/- 3 Hz

PFC

None (load power factor is reflected in the input line)

Output

Capacity

VA

1609-B

1609-D

600

600VA (390 W)

600VA (390 W)

1000

1000VA (390 W)

1000VA (650 W)

1500

N/A

1500VA (980 W)

Description

Cat. No.

Standard replacement battery


32...104 F (0...40 C)

1609-SBAT

High-temperature replacement battery


32...122 F (0...50 C)

1609-HBAT

External battery pack

1609-EXBAT

Surge protection module

1609-SPD

Replacement mounting bracket

1609-BRK

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

For more information on our complete family of power supply products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Power-Supplies

2-43

Power & Energy Management


Logic

PowerMonitor 1000
1408
Track demand and consumption over time
Logs Energy, Min/Max, Status, and Load
Available EtherNet/IP, Serial DF1, Modbus RTU,
Modbus TCP communications

PowerMonitor 5000
1426
Scalable power quality platform
Four voltage and four current channels for each
electrical cycle
Up to 20 user-configurable setpoints
Measures up to the 127th harmonic
EtherNet/IP communications
Single cycle metering

Energy Management
The use of Energy Monitoring hardware and software
products can improve your equipment productivity and
life, reduce your power use and its costs, and increase your
companys profits. When is the right time to implement them?
You are beginning an energy savings initiative
PowerMonitor 1000

PowerMonitor 5000

You notice a spike in utility bills


You need demand and consumption measured
You have meters implemented currently and are
looking for a sub-metering option
You want to monitor individual processes and subprocesses

Power & Energy


Management
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

2-22-19

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

Surge &
Filter

2-44

2-442-45

2-462-49

Specifications

PowerMonitor 1000

PowerMonitor 1000

Type

Communication Network

Cat. No.

Basic consumption
meter w/serial

1408-BC3A-485

Basic consumption
meter w/Ethernet

1408-BC3A-ENT

PowerMonitor 1000 BC3

PowerMonitor 1000 TS3

Parameter

Consumption + Volt/Current
w/serial

1408-TS3A-485

Consumption + Volt/Current

1408-TS3A-ENT

Energy management
meter w/serial

1408-EM3A-485

Energy management meter

1408-EM3A-ENT

PowerMonitor 1000 EM3

PowerMonitor 5000
Type
PowerMonitor 5000 M5

PowerMonitor 5000 M6

PowerMonitor 5000 M8

Communication Network

Cat. No.

Ethernet

1426-M5E-A

Ethernet and optional ControlNet

1426-M5E-CNT-A

Ethernet and optional DeviceNet

1426-M5E-DNT-A

Ethernet

1426-M6E-A

Ethernet and optional ControlNet

1426-M6E-CNT-A

Ethernet and optional DeviceNet

1426-M6E-DNT-A

Ethernet

1426-M8E-A

Ethernet and optional ControlNet

1426-M8E-CNT-A

Ethernet and optional DeviceNet

1426-M8E-DNT-A

Voltage sense inputs:


V1, V2, V3

0.5%

Line-neutral rms: 398V


nominal, 15660V
Line-line rms: 690V nominal,
261144V

Current sense

0.5%

5 A rms

Frequency

50 or 60 Hz/4075 Hz

Power functions:
kW, kVA, kVAR

EN62053-21:20
03 Accuracy

Demand functions:
kW, kVA

Requirement

Energy functions:
kWH, kVAH

Class 1

Metering
update rates

100 ms V, I, Hz
200 ms Power

PowerMonitor 5000

Parameter

Accuracy in % of
Reading at 25 C
50/60 Hz Unity
Power Factor

Nominal/Range

0.1%

Line-neutral rms: 398V


nominal, 15660V
Line-line rms: 690V nominal,
261144V

VG

Connect to power system


earth ground only

Cat. No.

Current sense input:


I1, I2, I3, I4

0.1%

5A nominal, 0.0515.6 A rms

DeviceNet

1426-COMM-DNT

Frequency

0.05 Hz

50 or 60 Hz nominal 4075 Hz

ControlNet

1426-COMM-CNT

M5 to M6

1426-UPGR-56

Power functions:
kW, kVA, kVAR

ANSI C12.20 -2010


Class 0.2

M5 to M8

1426-UPGR-58

M6 to M8

1426-UPGR-68

Demand functions:
kW, kVA

EN 62053-22 -2003

Energy functions:
kWH, kVAH

Class 0.2 accuracy

PowerMonitor 5000
Description

Firmware upgrade

Nominal/Range

Voltage sense inputs:


V1, V2, V3, VN

Accessories

Optional communication module

Accuracy in % of
Reading at 25 C
50/60 Hz Unity
Power Factor

Logic

Product Selection

PanelView Component C400 terminal with


factory-installed applications

1426-DM

Metering
update rates

Every line cycle

For more information on our complete family of power monitor products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Energy-Monitoring

2-45

Surge & Filter


Logic

DIN Rail AC Power Surge Protector


4983-DS
Compact modular design
Visual fault indicator linked to internal
thermal disconnecter
A controlled end-life occurrence will trigger
SPD replacement indicator
Equipped standard with safety remote signaling
AC network connection

Application Information
Brief voltage spikes and surges can be caused by a
wide range of factors originating from both within and
outside of a production facility. Whatever their source,
these transients can damage electronic equipment,
requiring expensive replacement and production delays.

Because MOV-based surge protectors are sacrificial


they break down every time they divert surges away
from a load 4983-DS protectors can be replaced after
an event. Many electronic components have some form
of built-in protection and are not user-replaceable.

Bulletin 4983-DS surge protectors use metal oxide


varistor (MOV) technology. Unlike most MOV-based
surge protection, these devices are larger, replaceable
and designed for DIN Rail mounting in an
electrical environment.
Surge

The MOV technology is a high impedance component


(high resistance device) When a surge occurs, the
MOV changes to a low impedance (resistance) device
and diverts surges away from the load and directs
it to ground. MOVs have high energy capability and
consistent clamping performance.

External Network

Protected
Terminal

In
Nominal
Discharge
Current

Up
Protection
Level

Surge
Protector

Surge &
Filter
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

2-22-19

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-46

2-462-49

AC
Network

Connection
Mode

No. of
Poles

L/G or N/G

L/G, N/G

120
120/208Y

150

0.9

700

4983-DS120-402

3
4

4983-DS120-404

L/G or N/G

4983-DS230-401

L/G, N/G

L1/G, L2/G, N/G

L/G or N/G

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G, N/G

480D

275

1.25

1000

40

4983-DS120-403

4983-DS230-402
4983-DS230-403
4983-DS277-401

420

1.8

1500

4983-DS277-403
4983-DS277-404

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G

L/G, N/G

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G, N/G

L/G or N/G

L/G, N/G

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G

4983-DS120-803

L/G or N/G

4983-DS230-801

120
120/208Y
230/
400

L/G, N/G

L1/G, L2/G, N/G

L/G or N/G

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G

277
277/ 480Y

4983-DS120-401

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G

277

230/400

Protection Level UL 1449 Voltage


(Up)
Protection Rating
Cat. No.
[kV]
(VPR) [V]
Base and Module

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G, N/G

230/400

277/480Y

Max. Continuous Max. Discharge


Operating Voltage Current 8/20 ms
(MCOV) (Uc) [V AC]
(Imax) [kA]

Logic

Product Selection

550

1.8

275

1.25

150

0.9

1800

4983-DS480-403

1000

4983-DS230-401G

1000

4983-DS230-403G
4983-DS120-801

275

1.25

700

1000

80

4983-DS120-802

4983-DS230-802
4983-DS230-803
4983-DS277-801

420

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G, N/G

480D

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G

680

600D

L1/G, L2/G, L3/G

690

1500
1.8

4983-DS277-803
4983-DS277-804

2500

4983-DS277-804
4983-DS600-804

Specifications
Connection/mounting type

Parallel/DIN Rail mount

Certifications

cURus, CSA, CE Marked

Conductor material

Cu, solid, or stranded

Product Certifications

Conductor range

#104 AWG (428 mm2)

Global certifications available online:

Strip length

0.4 in. (10 mm)

Tightening torque

17.822.1 lbin. (2.02.5 Nm)

www.rockwellautomation.com/
global/certification/overview.page

No. of conductors/terminal

Operating temperature

-40+80 C

For more information on our complete family of circuit and load protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

2-47

Surge & Filter


Logic

Filter Protective Devices


4983-PF




Filter for low-level transients and high-frequency noise


UL 1283, CSA, CE
Features Islatrol filter technology
LED power indication
Panel (flange) mount

4983-DC




UL 1449 Third Edition, UL 1283, CE


Small combination (filter and SPD) package size
Features Islatrol filter technology
LED power indication
Form C contact for remote status indication

Bulletin 4983-PF and 4983-DC filter protective


devices address low-level voltage transients and
high-frequency noise disturbances that, over time,
cause premature aging. The long term effects of noise
are just as damaging as high voltage transients. The
4983-PF and 4983-DC devices feature Islatrol filter
technology. Islatrol filter technology continually
tracks and monitors the input signal to provide clean
and reliable AC power for critical equipment.
Bulletin 4983-PF and 4983-DC filters are connected
in series. Protection is best when the devices are
installed directly in front of the load requiring
protection. Typical applications include any
microprocessor based products such as PLCs,
motion control systems, and computers exposed to
harsh environments.

Surge &
Filter
Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

2-22-19

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-48

2-462-49

Operating
Voltage
[V AC]

Max. Continuous
Operating Voltage [V AC]

120

Line
Frequency
[Hz]

150

275

4763

320

240

4983-PF

4983-DC

Cat. No.
4983-PF120-02

Cat. No.

4983-DC120-03

4983-PF120-05

4983-DC120-05

10

4983-DC120-10

15

4983-PF120-15

20

4983-DC120-20

30

4983-PF120-30

2.5

4983-PF240-02

4983-DC240-03

Ampacity
[A]
2.5

275

4983-PF240-05

320

4983-DC240-05

320

10

4983-DC240-10

275

15

4983-PF240-15

320

20

4983-DC240-20

275

30

4983-PF240-30

Logic

Product Selection

Specifications
Connection/Mounting Type
Enclosure

4983-PF

4983-DC

Series/panel (flange) mount

Series/DIN Rail mount

Grey, high-impact plastic

Metal
Line Neutral
Line Line

Modes of Protection

Line PE
Neutral PE

Certifications

UR Recognized component, CE Marked

UR Recognized, CSA, CE Marked

Typical Cat. A Ringwave Rating

< 10V peak

< 60V peak

Typical Cat. B Ringwave Rating

< 50V peak

< 100V peak


Normal mode: < 0.5 ns

Response Time

Common mode: < 5 ns

Operating Temperature
Fusing

-40+60 C derate linearly to 60% @ +70 C


Appropriate external fusing is required

Frequency Response
(Forward - Reverse)
100 kHz50 MHz

Normal mode 90 dB min.

Normal mode (100 kHz50 MHz) 90 dB min.

Common mode 60 dB min.

Common mode (550 MHz) 60 dB min.

3 kHz cut-off frequency

50 kHz cut-off frequency

For more information on our complete family of circuit and load protection products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Circuit-and-Load-Protection

2-49

Additional Logic Products


Logic

FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix
FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix is a web-enabled management
software package that gives you access to critical energy
information from virtually any location. With FactoryTalk
EnergyMetrix, you can capture, analyze, store, and share
energy data with key stakeholders using a standard web
browser. This makes it simple to distribute the knowledge
necessary to optimize energy consumption, manage
power quality, correlate energy usage, determine cost to
production, negotiate energy rates, and improve efficiency.

PowerMonitor 500
1420
The PowerMonitor 500 features an on-device LCD display
in a space-saving design which mounts directly on the
panel door giving you instant visibility into your energy
use. This compact product provides full integration with
FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix asset management software for
a complete energy management solution.

i-Sense/i-Grid Intelligent Network


1608S
The i-Sense voltage event monitor is ideal for analyzing
the feed into your facility with limited investment.
Voltage quality data is viewed on the i-Grid cloud-based
application, which means that there is no software
to install or maintain. Instant event e-mail and text
notifications will keep power quality data at your fingertips.

Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-22-19

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-50

Logic

DySC Voltage Sag Correctors


1608
DySC voltage sag correctors protect against voltage sags and
momentary outages that account for a significant amount of
manufacturing downtime and damaged equipment.
Single- and three-phase portfolio
Up to five seconds of ride-through
1608N Mini DySC (0.25...14 kVA)
1608P Pro DySC (10...165 kVA)
1608M Mega DySC (300...2000 kVA)

Global Control Circuit Transformers


1497
Designed to reduce supply voltages to control
circuits, providing greater safety to operators.
P2X finger-safe terminal covers and fuse covers
1497 global control transformers
(632000 VA (50, 60 and 50/60 Hz)
1497A machine tool transformers
50...3000 VA (50/60 Hz)
1497B control power transformers
50...3000 VA (60 Hz)
1497D general purpose transformers
0.050...25.0 kVA (60 and 50/60 Hz)

ArmorPower On-Machine Power Supplies


1607-XT
ArmorPower On-Machine Power Supplies are for applications
where voltage drop occurs due to line loss, and where compact size,
high efficiency, and reliability are critical.
IP67 and NEC Class 2 ratings
Vacuum encapsulation technology
Quick connectors
Smooth surface, suitable for washdown

For more information on our complete family of power monitoring products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Energy-Monitoring

2-51

Additional Logic Products


Logic

Electromechanical Temperature Controls


837
The electromechanical temperature controls family of
condition sensing products includes rugged, industrial-grade
temperature controls use vapor pressure technology to sense
changes in temperature.
Adjustable ranges from -60...570 F
Adjustable differential from 2...87 F
Open type or Type 1, 4/13, 4X, 7/9 and 4/13
combined enclosures

Temperature Controllers
900-TC
Temperature/process controllers offer quick setup and
provide precise temperature management and control
for a variety of applications.
Single-loop, high value, ON/OFF, or analog
output controllers
High visibility 4-digit, 11-segment status displays
Auto-tuning and self-tuning available to
simplify startup

Hockey Puck Solid State Relay


700-SH
As a solid-state relay, the hockey puck is flexible yet rugged.
Built for long life and high-frequency switching, these relays
use less energy than equivalent electro-mechanical relays, but
are highly compatible to reduce downtime and spare parts.

Relays &
Timers

Programmable
Controllers

Control Circuit &


Load Protection

Power
Supplies

Power & Energy


Management

Surge &
Filter

2-22-19

2-202-23

2-242-35

2-362-43

2-442-45

2-462-49

2-52

Push Buttons
22 mm Push Buttons, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches............................................... 3-2
22 mm E-Stops............................................................................................................... 3-6
22 mm Monolithic Push Buttons, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches............................. 3-8
30 mm Push Buttons, Selector Switches, Pilot Lights, and Push-Pulls........................... 3-10
30 mm E-Stops............................................................................................................. 3-16
Piezoelectric Push Buttons............................................................................................ 3-18

Table of Contents

Operator Interface

16 mm Push Buttons, Pilot Lights, Selector Switches, and E-Stops............................... 3-20

Signaling
Panel Mount alarms...................................................................................................... 3-22
Control Tower Stack Lights.......................................................................................... 3-24
Wall Mount Signal Lights.............................................................................................. 3-26
Industrial Horns............................................................................................................ 3-28
Industrial Beacons........................................................................................................ 3-30

Graphic Terminals
PanelView 800 Graphic Terminals............................................................................... 3-32

Additional Operator Interface Products................... 3-34

3-1

Push Buttons
Operator Interface

22 mm Push Buttons, Pilot Lights,


and Selector Switches
800F
800FP plastic operators
-- IP65/66, Type 4/4X/13
-- Engineering grade thermoplastics
-- Chemical-resistant for harsh environments
800FM metal operators
-- IP65/66, Type 4/13
-- Die-cast metal construction
-- Chrome-plated

800F Push Buttons

800F Pilot Lights

800F Selector Switches

Momentary or alternate action

LED and incandescent

2-, 3-, and 4-position

Illuminated or non-illuminated

Multiple voltages

Illuminated or non-illuminated

Flush or extended

24V, 120V, 240V

Maintained or spring return

2-color molded legend caps

6 color options

Key selector switches

Multi-operators
Selection Switches feature
Positive Detent
Dependable Sealing
IP66 and Type 4/13
Superior ingress protection
Diaphragm seals

Rotating Latch Collar


Easier installation
One-hand removal
Plastic or metal

Push
Buttons
Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-2

3-23-21

No hang-up between positions


Constant energy solution
Vibration insensitive

Momentary Contact Push Button Units


Flush and Extended, Non-Illuminated
Flush

Pilot Light Operators

Extended

Metal

Plastic

Metal

Plastic

Metal

Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Green

800FP-P3

800FM-P3

Black

800FP-F2

800FM-F2

800FP-E2

800FM-E2

Red

800FP-P4

800FM-P4

Green

800FP-F3

800FM-F3

800FP-E3

800FM-E3

Yellow

800FP-P5

800FM-P5

Red

800FP-F4

800FM-F4

800FP-E4

800FM-E4

Clear

800FP-P7

800FM-P7

Momentary Contact Push Button Units


2-Color Molded Legend Caps, Non-Illuminated
Flush
Button Text Legend
Color Color Text
Green White

Red

Plastic

White

Reset Operators Mechanical


and/or Electrical Reset
Flush Round

Extended

Plastic

Metal

Plastic

Metal

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

START 800FP-F301 800FM-F301


800FP-F306 800FM-F306

STOP

800FP-E402 800FM-E402

800FP-E405 800FM-E405

Momentary Contact Push Button Units


Flush and Extended, Illuminated
Flush

Operator Interface

Product Selection 22 mm Device

Button Color
Blue

Plastic

Metal

Legend Text

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

800FP-R611

800FM-R611

No legend

800FP-R6

800FM-R6

Product Selection Tools

Extended

Plastic

Metal

Plastic

Metal

Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Green

800FP-LF3

800FM-LF3

800FP-LE3

800FM-LE3

Red

800FP-LF4

800FM-LF4

800FP-LE4

800FM-LE4

Available online or for download, our tools help


you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

For more information on our complete family of 22 mm push button products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons/IEC-22-mm-Push-Buttons

3-3

Push Buttons
Operator Interface

Product Selection Selector Switch Operators

2-Position, Non-Illuminated

3-Position, Non-Illuminated
Plastic

Metal

Color

Knob Type

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Color

Black with
white insert

Standard

800FP-SM22

800FM-SM22

Black with
white insert

2-Position, Illuminated

Plastic

Metal

Knob Type

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Standard knob

800FP-SM32

800FM-SM32

Knob lever

800FP-HM32

800FM-HM32

Plastic

Metal

3-Position, Illuminated
Plastic

Metal

Color

Knob Type

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Color

Knob Type

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Green

Standard

800FP-LSM23

800FM-LSM23

Green

Standard

800FP-LSM33

800FM-LSM33

Red

Standard

800FP-LSM24

800FM-LSM24

Red

Standard

800FP-LSM34

800FM-LSM34

Yellow

Standard

800FP-LSM25

800FM-LSM25

Yellow

Standard

800FP-LSM35

800FM-LSM35

Plastic

Metal

2-Position, Key-Operated

3-Position, Key-Operated
Plastic

Metal

Key Removal Position

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Key Removal Position

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Left

800FP-KM21

800FM-KM21

Left

800FP-KM31

800FM-KM31

Both

800FP-KM23

800FM-KM23

All

800FP-KM33

800FM-KM33

Center

800FP-KM34

800FM-KM34

Center
(spring return from both)

800FP-KB34

800FM- KB34

Push
Buttons
Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-4

3-23-21

Mounting Latches
Description
Plastic mounting latch

Metal mounting latch

Power Modules
Volts

Cat. No.

24120V AC/DC

800F-NUx 3

24V AC/DC

800F-N3x 3

800F-ALM 1

120V AC

800F-N5x 3

800F-ALM-BP 2

240V AC

800F-N7x 3

No bulb

800F-D0C

6V AC/DC

800F-D1C

12V AC/DC

800F-D2C

24V AC/DC

800F-D3C

48V AC/DC

800F-D4C

120V AC/DC

800F-D5C

Pkg. Quantity

Cat. No.

10

800F-ALP 1

100

800F-ALP-BP 2

10
100

Description

Integrated LED module

Sold only in multiples of 10. Order (quantity of ) 10 to receive one package of


10 pieces.
2
Sold only in multiples of 100. Order (quantity of ) 100 to receive one package
of 100 pieces.
1

Incandescent module

Legend Plates
Type

30 x 40 mm 2-piece
snap-in plate and frame

30 x 50 mm 2-piece
snap-in plate and frame

30 x 40 mm snap-in
plate only

30 x 50 mm snap-in
plate only

Operator Interface

800F Accessories

To complete the catalog number, replace the x with one of the following
letters for the desired color: R = Red, G = Green, W = White.

Description

Cat. No. (Blank) 4, 5

Red with white text

800F-11RE100

White with black text

800F-11WE100

Black with white text

800F-11BE100

Aluminum with black text

800F-11AE100

Contact Type

Cat. No.

White with black text

800F-12WE100

N.O.

800F-X10 6

Black with white text

800F-12BE100

N.C.

800F-X01 6

Aluminum with black text

800F-12AE100

N.O.E.M.

800F-X10E 6

Red with white text

800F-17RE100

N.C.L.B.

800F-X01L 6

White with black text

800F-17WE100

N.C.E.B.

800F-X01B

Black with white text

800F-17BE100

Self-monitoring

800F-X01S

Aluminum with black text

800F-17AE100

N.O. low voltage QuadConnect

800F-X10V 6

White with black text

800F-18WE100

N.C. low voltage QuadConnect

800F-X01V 6

Black with white text

800F-18BE100

Dual circuit of 2 N.O.

800F-X20D

Aluminum with black text

800F-18AE100

Dual circuit of 2 N.C.

800F-X02D

Dual circuit of 1 N.O.-1 N.C.

800F-X11D

Blank legend frames sold only in multiples of 10. Order (quantity of ) 10 to


receive one package of 10 pieces.
5
Legend plates with text or symbols are also available.

Contact Blocks

For a base mounted contact block, add a B to the catalog number before the
X. Example: Catalog number 800F-X10 becomes Catalog number 800F-BX10.

For more information on our complete family of 22 mm push button products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons/IEC-22-mm-Push-Buttons

3-5

Push Buttons
Operator Interface

22 mm E-Stops
800F/800FD
Trigger action
30, 40, 60, and 90 mm operating heads
Meets UL Category NISD
Self-monitoring contact blocks for increased safety
Global certifications

Rockwell Automation safety products and solutions improve the functional operation of your
machinery while helping to increase personnel safety, efficiency and productivity. 800F 22 mm
E-stops offer a wide variety of devices to meet individual customer application requirements.

Self-Monitoring Contact
Blocks (SMCB)
Opens controlled circuit in
unlikely event contact block
is separated from operator
Monitors proper
installation between:
-- Operator and latch
-- Latch and SMCB

Styles include illuminated or non-illuminated


and with or without key operation

Push
Buttons
Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-6

3-23-21

Twist-to-Release/Push-Pull,
Non-Illuminated

Twist-to-Release/Push-Pull,
Illuminated
Twist-to-Release

Color

Size [mm]

Pkg. Qty.

30
Red

40

60

Plastic

Metal

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

800FP-MT34

800FM-MT34

800FP-MT44

800FM-MT44

800FP-MT64

800FM-MT64

Twist-to-Release

Color

Size [mm]

Metal

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

800FP-LMT44

800FM-LMT44

800FP-LMT64

800FM-LMT64

Pkg. Qty.

40

Red

Plastic

60

Push-Pull

Push-Pull

Color

Size [mm]

Black

40

Red

40

Pkg. Qty.

90

Operator Interface

Product Selection Emergency Stop Operators

Plastic

Metal

Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Green

800FP-MP42

800FM-MP42

Red

800FP-MP44

800FM-MP44

Yellow

800FP-MP94

800FM-MP94

Size [mm]

Plastic

Metal

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

800FP-LMP43

800FM-LMP43

800FP-LMP44

800FM-LMP44

800FP-LMP45

800FM-LMP45

Pkg. Qty.

40

Accessories
Mounting Latches
Description

Key Release Mushroom Operator

Metal mounting latch

Ronis Key Lock


Plastic

Metal

Color

Size [mm]

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Red

40

800FP-MK44

800FM-MK44

Plastic mounting latch

Color

Size [mm]

Pkg. Qty.

Contact
Type

Plastic
Cat. No.

Red

40

1 N.C.

800FD-MT44X01

Cat. No.

10

800F-ALM 1

100

800F-ALM-BP 2

10

800F-ALP 1

100

800F-ALP-BP 2

Sold only in multiples of 10. Order (quantity of ) 10 to receive one package of


10 pieces.
2
Sold only in multiples of 100. Order (quantity of ) 100 to receive one package
of 100 pieces.
1

Legend Plate
Twist-to-Release/Push-Pull

Pkg. Quantity

Contact Blocks

Description

Cat. No.

Contact Type

Cat. No.

E-stop
legend plate

800F-15YSE112

N.O.

800F-X10

N.C.

800F-X01

Self-monitoring

800F-X015

For more information on our complete family of 22 mm push button products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons/IEC-22-mm-Push-Buttons

3-7

Push Buttons
Operator Interface

22 mm Monolithic Push Buttons,


Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches
800FD
Single-piece construction with integrated
contact block
Cost-effective design
Low back-of-panel profile (45.7 mm)
Designed to meet worldwide standards
Compatible with 800F accessories and enclosures

800FD monolithic push buttons feature a self-contained design that combines the
contact block and operator for ease of ordering, stocking, and installation.
Optically enhanced LED
or incandescent lens

Industrial-grade thermoplastic

Anti-rotation tab

Pilot Light Device

Two contact
blocks embedded

Products
Non-illuminated
-- Momentary push button
-- 2-position push-pull/twist-to-release E-stop
-- 2-position selector switch
-- 3-position selector switch

Push Button Operator

Illuminated
-- Pilot light, LED
-- Pilot light, incandescent

Push
Buttons
Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-8

3-23-21

Momentary Push Button Operators,


Non-Illuminated

Selector Switch Operators,


Non-Illuminated

Contact Configuration
Operator
Type

Contact
Operator Type Configuration

2-Position

3-Position

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

1 N.O.

1 N.C.

1 N.O. & 1 N.C.

Cap Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

1 N.O.

800FD-SM22X10

Black

800FD-F2X10

800FD-F2X01

800FD-F2X11

1 N.C.

800FD-SM22X01

Green

800FD-F3X10

800FD-F3X01

800FD-F3X11

2 N.O.

800FD-SM22X20

800FD-SM32X20

Red

800FD-F4X10

800FD-F4X01

800FD-F4X11

2 N.C.

800FD-SM22X02

800FD-SM32X02

1 N.O. & 1 N.C.

800FD-SM22X11

800FD-SM32X11

2 N.O.

800FD-SB32X20

2 N.C.

800FD-SB32X02

1 N.O. & 1 N.C.

800FD-SB32X11

Flush

Maintained

Spring return
from both

Pilot Light Devices LED


Voltage
24V AC/DC

120V AC

240V AC

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Green

800FD-P3N3

800FD-P3N5

800FD-P3N7

Red

800FD-P4N3

800FD-P4N5

800FD-P4N7

Yellow

800FD-P5N3

800FD-P5N5

800FD-P5N7

Lens & LED


Color

Accessories
Replacement Lamps
Type

Full voltage
incandescent

Pilot Light Devices Incandescent

Operator Interface

Product Selection

Neon

Typical
Current

Voltage

ANSI No.

Cat. No.

150 mA

6V AC/DC

755

800F-N65

80 mA

12V AC/DC

756

800F-N141

70 mA

24V AC/DC

757

800F-N157

50 mA

48V AC/DC

1835

800F-N48

22 mA

130V AC/DC

949

800F-N130

2 mA

240V AC

800F-N240

Voltage

Replacement Lenses

24V AC/DC

120V AC

Lens & LED Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Lens Color

Cat. No.

Lens Color

Cat. No.

Green

800FD-P3D3

800FD-P3D5

Amber

800FD-AP0

Yellow

800FD-AP5

Red

800FD-P4D3

800FD-P4D5

Green

800FD-AP3

Blue

800FD-AP6

Yellow

800FD-P5D3

800FD-P5D5

Red

800FD-AP4

Clear

800FD-AP7

For more information on our complete family of 22 mm push button products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons/IEC-22-mm-Push-Buttons

3-9

Push Buttons
Operator Interface

30 mm Push Buttons, Selector Switches,


Pilot Lights, and Push-Pulls
800T/H
Heavy industrial stations and operators
Type 4/13 watertight/oiltight (800T)
Type 4/4X/13 watertight/corrosion-resistant/
oiltight (800H)
Universal LED for long life, simplified product selection
and reduced energy usage
Class I, Div. 2 solutions available

Imitated, But Never Duplicated


800T and 800H push button product lines are in a class by themselves. They are designed and constructed
to perform in the most demanding industrial environments. Bold yet functional, rugged yet attractive,
Allen-Bradley push buttons represent the worlds most innovative and unique offering.
Operator Bushing
Die-cast zinc alloy gives strength
and stability in installation
Diaphragm Seal

Solid-Color Button Cap


Thermoplastic polyester resin delivers
excellent resistance to corrosive agents/color
identification is never lost (no insert to lose)

Provides a complete blanket of protection


from liquids, particles, and corrosive agents

Class I Div. 2 certified


Ideal for high shock and
vibration applications

Actuator Shaft

1 N.O., 1 N.C., A600-rated

Rugged, dependable performance


assured by zinc alloy casting

Positive opening N.C. contact

Riveted Construction
Operator bushing, diaphragm seal, and base
plate are secured together by four steel rivets,
providing durability and tamper resistance

Return Spring
Stainless steel formed wire delivers
consistent operation and long life

Push
Buttons
Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-10

3-23-21

Explosion-Protected
Contact Block

Non-Illuminated
Type 4/13

Contact Type

No Contact

1 N.O.

1 N.C.

1 N.O. 1 N.C.

Type 4/4X/13

Flush Head

Extended Head

Booted 1

Bootless Flush Head

Button Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Green

800T-A1

800T-B1

800H-R1

800H-AR1

Black

800T-A2

800T-B2

800H-R2

800H-AR2

Red

800T-A6

800T-B6

800H-R6

800H-AR6

Green

800T-A1D1

800T-B1D1

800H-R1D1

800H-AR1D1

Black

800T-A2D1

800T-B2D1

800H-R2D1

800H-AR2D1

Red

800T-A6D1

800T-B6D1

800H-R6D1

800H-AR6D1

Green

800T-A1D2

800T-B1D2

800H-R1D2

800H-AR1D2

Black

800T-A2D2

800T-B2D2

800H-R2D2

800H-AR2D2

Red

800T-A6D2

800T-B6D2

800H-R6D2

800H-AR6D2

Green

800T-A1A

800T-B1A

800H-R1A

800H-AR1A

Black

800T-A2A

800T-B2A

800H-R2A

800H-AR2A

Red

800T-A6A

800T-B6A

800H-R6A

800H-AR6A

Operator Interface

Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units

Underlying operators are extended head. Boot material is chlorosulfonated polyethylene.

Illuminated LED
Type 4/13

Type

Universal

Voltage

12130V AC/DC

Type 4/4X/13

Extended Head
without Guard 2

Extended Head
with Guard 2

Extended Head
without Guard 2

Extended Head
with Guard 2

Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Red

800T-QBH2R

800T-QAH2R

800H-QRBH2R

800H-QRAH2R

Green

800T-QBH2G

800T-QAH2G

800H-QRBH2G

800H-QRAH2G

Amber

800T-QBH2A

800T-QAH2A

800H-QRBH2A

800H-QRAH2A

Includes as standard one catalog number 800T-XA (1 N.O. - 1 N.C.) contact block.

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation Support Center
is your 24/7 support for the answers you need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/overview.page

For more information on our complete family of 30 mm push button products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons/NEMA-30-mm-Push-Buttons

3-11

Push Buttons
Operator Interface

Product Selection Selector Switch Units


2-Position, Non-Illuminated

Operator Position
Contact Type
No contacts

1 N.O.

1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

M = Maintained
S = Spring Return
MM

OX

Type 4/4X/13
Standard
Knob

Type 4/13
Cylinder Lock
Key Removal Key Removal Key Removal
(Right) 2
(Both) 2
(Left) 2

Cat. No.
800T-H2

Cat. No.
800T-H17

Cat. No.
800H-HR2

Cat. No.
800T-H31

Cat. No.
800T-H32

Cat. No.
800T-H33

SM

800T-H4

800T-H18

800H-HR4

MS

800T-H5

800T-H19

800H-HR5

800T-H48

MM

800T-H2D1

800T-H17D1

800H-HR2D1

800T-H31D1

800T-H32D1

800T-H33D1

SM

XO

Type 4/13
Standard
Knob
Knob Lever

800T-H4D1

800T-H18D1

800H-HR4D1

800T-H42D1

MS

800T-H5D1

800T-H19D1

800H-HR5D1

800T-H48D1

MM

800T-H2A

800T-H17A

800H-HR2A

800T-H31A

800T-H32A

800T-H33A

800T-H4A

800T-H18A

800H-HR4A

800T-H42A

800T-H5A

800T-H19A

800H-HR5A

800T-H48A

SM

MS
Target tables are reversed from those shown.
2
Keys removable from maintained positions only.
1

3-Position, Non-Illuminated

Operator Position

No contacts

1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

OX

OO

Type 4/13
Standard
Knob
Knob Lever
Cat. No.
800T-J2

Cat. No.
800T-J17

Cat. No.
800H-JR2

Cat. No.
800T-J41

Cat. No.
800T-J42

Cat. No.
800T-J44

SM M

800T-J4

800T-J18

800H-JR4

800T-J50

M MS

800T-J5

800T-J19

800H-JR5

800T-J69

800T-J38

SMS

800T-J91

800T-J20

800H-JR91

800T-J631

MMM

800T-J2A

800T-J17A

800H-JR2A

800T-J41A

800T-J42A

800T-J44A

SM M

800T-J4A

800T-J18A

800H-JR4A

800T-J50A

M MS

800T-J5A

800T-J19A

800H-JR5A

800T-J69A

800T-J38A

SMS

800T-J91A

800T-J20A

800H-JR91A

800T-J631A

M = Maintained
S = Spring Return
MMM

Contact Type

XO

Target tables are reversed from those shown.


Keys removable from maintained positions only.

1
2

Push
Buttons
Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-12

3-23-21

Type 4/13
Cylinder Lock
Key Removal Key Removal Key Removal
(Right) 2
(All) 2
(Left) 2

Type
4/4X/13
Standard
Knob

Pilot Light Units LED


Type 4/13

Contact Type

Volts

Universal

12130V AC/DC

Type 4/4X/13

Pilot Light

Push-to-Test 1

Pilot Light

Push-to-Test 1

Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Red

800T-QH2R

800T-QTH2R

800H-QRH2R

800H-QRTH2R

Green

800T-QH2G

800T-QTH2G

800H-QRH2G

800H-QRTH2G

Amber

800T-QH2A

800T-QTH2A

800H-QRH2A

800H-QRTH2A

Operator Interface

Product Selection

Includes one standard catalog number 800T-XA (1 N.O. - 1 N.C.) contact block.

2-Position Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Release Units, Non-Illuminated


Operator Position

Type 4/13

Type 4/4X/13

Push-Pull

Push-Pull/Twist Release

Push-Pull/Twist Release

Contact Type

Out

In

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

N.C.L.B

800T-FX6D4

800T-FXT6D4

800H-FRXT6D4

O
X
X
X

X
O
O
O

800T-FX6A1

800T-FXT6A1

800H-FRXT6A1

800T-FX6A5

800T-FXT6A5

800H-FRXT6A5

800TC-FX6D4S

800TC-FXT6D4S

800HC-FRXT6D4S

O
X
X
X

X
O
O
O

800TC-FX6A1S

800TC-FXT6A1S

800HC-FRXT6A1S

800TC-FX6A5S

800TC-FXT6A5S

800HC-FRXT6A5S

N.O. - N.C.L.B
N.C.L.B - N.C.L.B
S.M.C.B.
N.O. - S.M.C.B.
S.M.C.B - S.M.C.B

2-Position Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Release Units, Illuminated LED


Operator Position

Contact
Type

Volts

Contacts

Universal

12130V AC/DC

N.O. - N.C.L.B

Out
O
X

In
X
O

Type 4/13

Type 4/4X/13

Push-Pull

Push-Pull/Twist Release

Push-Pull/Twist Release

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

800T-FXQH2RA1

800T- FXTQH2RA1

800H-FRXTQH2RA1

For more information on our complete family of 30 mm push button products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons/NEMA-30-mm-Push-Buttons

3-13

Push Buttons
Operator Interface

800T/H Accessories
Enclosures
Die Cast Tf
(Type 4/13)

Stainless Steel T
(Type 4/4X/13)

Glass-Filled Polyester
(Type 4/4X/13)

Fiberglass v
(Type 4/4X/13)

Thermoplastic Polyester
(Type 4/4X)

Operator
Openings
1

Cat. No.
800T-1TZ

Cat. No.
800H-1HZ4

Cat. No.
800H-1HZ4R

Cat. No.
800H-1HZ4Y

Cat. No.
800H-1HZ4C

800T-2TZ

800H-2HZ4

800H-2HZ4R

800H-2HZ4Y

800H-2HZ4C

800T-3TZ

800H-3HZ4

800H-3HZ4R

800H-3HZ4Y

800H-3HZ4C

800T-4TZ

800H-4HZ4

800H-4HZ4R

800H-4HZ4C

800T-6TZ

800H-6HZ4

800H-6HZ4R

T Bottom conduit entry. Grounding screw provided.


f Enclosure depth will accommodate one shallow and one mini-contact block stacked.
v Extra deep accommodates two levels of explosion-protected contact blocks.
No conduit openings provided.

Contact Blocks
Shallow Block *

Mini Block *

PenTUFF (Low
Voltage) Block *

Explosion-Protected
Block

Self-Monitoring
Contact Block

Max Duty Block

Contact Type

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

1 N.O.

800T-XD1

800T-XD5

800T-XD1V

800T-XD1M

1 N.C.

800T-XD2

800T-XD6

800T-XD2V

800T-XD2M

1 N.O.E.M.

800T-XD3

800T-XD3V

1 N.C.L.B.

800T-XD4

800T-XD4V

800T-XD4M

1 N.O. 1 N.C.

800T-XA

800T-XAV

800TC-XAF

2 N.O.

800T-XA2

2 N.C.

800T-XA4

800T-XA1

800T-XA7

800TC-XD4S

1 N.C.L.B.
1 N.O.
1 N.C.L.B.
1 N.C.
1 N.C.L.B.
(wired in series with 1 N.O.
monitoring contact)

* Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements when properly fused to IEC 269-1 and 269-2.
Shallow/mini contacts: 10 A gl or N type cartridge fuse. PenTUFF contacts: 6 A gl or N type cartridge fuse.
800T operators using explosion protected, sealed switch or logic reed contact blocks and installed in a suitable enclosure are UL Listed as suitable for use in
Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations.

Push
Buttons
Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-14

3-23-21

Blank and Custom Legend Plates


Start/Stop Legend Plates

Emergency Stop Legend Plates

Grey

Yellow

Yellow (Large Size)

Yellow IEC Ring

Type
Push-to-Stop Pull-to-Start or
Push-to-Stop Twist or Pull Release
Blank

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

800T-X618

800T-X618Y

800T-X647Y

800T-X645Y

800T-X646

Custom

800T-X645YE

Emergency Stop

800T-X646EM

Operator Interface

800T/H Accessories

Standard Legends
Aluminum,
Type 4/13

Grey Plastic,
Type 4/4X

Aluminum,
Type 4/13

Grey Plastic,
Type 4/4X

Aluminum,
Type 4/13

Grey Plastic,
Type 4/4X

Marking

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Marking

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Marking

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

AUTO-OFF-HAND

800T-X501

800H-W154

ON-OFF

800T-X622

RUN

800T-X540

800H-W123

AUTO-MAN-OFF

800T-X625

800H-W059

OPEN

800T-X531

800H-W118

RUN-JOG

800T-X541

800H-W032

CLOSE

800T-X502

800H-W101

OPEN-CLOSE

800T-X532

800H-W134

SAFE-RUN

800T-X542

800H-W033

DOWN

800T-X503

800H-W102

OPEN-OFF-CLOSE

800T-X533

800H-W153

SPEED

800T-X608

800H-W081

EMERG. STOP (Yellow)

800T-X504Y

POWER ON

800T-X639

800H-W001

SLOW

800T-X544

800H-W125

EMERG. STOP (Red)

800T-X504

800H-W372

FOR.-REV.

800T-X506

800H-W132

SLOW-FAST

800T-X545

800H-W136

EMERGENCY STOP
(Red) 1

800T-X648

800H-W373

FOR.-OFF-REV.

800T-X507

800H-W152

SLOW-OFF-FAST

800T-X546

800H-W157

FAST

800T-X505

800H-W104

FORWARD

800T-X508

800H-W105

START

800T-X547

800H-W126

JOG FORWARD

800T-X518

800H-W111

HAND-AUTO

800T-X510

800H-W131

START-JOG

800T-X548

800H-W138

JOG REVERSE

800T-X519

800H-W112

HAND-OFF-AUTO

800T-X511

800H-W151

START-STOP

800T-X549

800H-W137

JOG RUN

800T-X520

800H-W135

HIGH

800T-X512

800H-W107

STOP (Red)

800T-X550

800H-W371

JOG-STOP- RUN

800T-X521

800H-W057

HIGH-LOW

800T-X513

800H-W030

STOP-START

800T-X551

800H-W038

LOW

800T-X524

800H-W113

HIGH-OFF-LOW

800T-X514

800H-W058

TEST

800T-X554

800H-W128

OFF

800T-X527

800H-W116

JOG

800T-X517

800H-W110

UP

800T-X556

800H-W009

OFF-ON

800T-X529

800H-W133

RESET

800T-X538

800H-W121

UP-DOWN

800T-X557

800H-W039

ON

800T-X530

800H-W117

REVERSE

800T-X539

800H-W122

UP-OFF-DOWN

800T-X558

800H-W160

These legend plates do not comply with E-Stop standards that specify a yellow background, such as IEC 60947-5-5 and NFPA 79.
Potentiometer type with graduated markings.

1
2

For more information on our complete family of 30 mm push button products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons/NEMA-30-mm-Push-Buttons

3-15

Push Buttons
Operator Interface

30 mm E-Stops
800T/H
Trigger action
Certified UL Category NISD and NNTO
Emergency Stop Devices
Complies with EN ISO 13850 and EN 60947-5-5
Tamper-resistant front-of-panel mounting
Non-removable mushroom cap
Non-teasible with standard normally closed
(N.C.) contacts

State-of-the-art, Tamper-resistant Design


Trigger action functionality provided in the 800T/H trigger action E-stop delivers operators that meet global
requirements and are ideal for installation in heavy duty applications. The twist release design conforms to functional
safety guidelines where intentional action is required to reset the E-stop device.
LED illumination

Fixed mushroom cap,


safety red color

Yellow bushing

Key release
Optional engraved E-STOP
(metal head) or printed
E-STOP (plastic head)

Installs from front of panel; secured


with back-of-panel mounting nut

Self-Monitoring Contact Block


Opens controlled circuit in the unlikely event the
contact block becomes separated from the operator
10 A max., A600 rated
Bifurcated spanner with pure fine silver contacts
Color-coded yellow for easy identification

Push
Buttons

IP2X finger-safe protection standard

Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-16

3-23-21

Non-Illuminated
Operator Position
45 mm Plastic

63 mm Metal

Key Release

45 mm Plastic

Out

In

Cat. No. 1,2,3

Cat. No. 1,4

Cat. No. 1

Cat. No. 1,2,3

No contacts

800T-TFXT6

800T-TFXLT6

800T-TFXK6

800H-TFRXT6

1 N.C.

800T-TFXT6D2

800T-TFXLT6D2

800T-TFXK6D2

800H-TFRXT6D2

1 N.O. - 1N.C.

O
X

X
O

800T-TFXT6A

800T-TFXLT6A

800T-TFXK6A

800H-TFRXT6A

800TC-TFXT6D4S

800TC-TFXLT6D4S

800TC-TFXK6D4S

800HC-TFRXT6D4S

X
X
X
X

O
O
O
O

800T-TFXT6A4

800T-TFXLT6A4

800T-TFXK6A4

800H-TFRXT6A4

800TC-TFXT6A5S

800TC-TFXLT6A5S

800TC-TFXK6A5S

800HC-TFRXT6A5S

2 N.C.
2 S.M.C.B.
2
3
4
5

Type 4/4X/13

Contact Type

1 S.M.C.B. 5

Type 4/13

Operator Interface

Product Selection 2-Position Red Trigger Action Twist-to-Release

For finger-safe contact block terminals, add a C to the catalog number Example: Catalog number 800TC-TFXT6 or 800HC-TFRXT6.
To order a device with a jumbo (60 mm) plastic head add the letter J after X. Example: Catalog number 800T-TFXJT6A or 800H-TFRXJT6A.
To order a jumbo head device with E-STOP printed on the cap add the letters JE after X. Example: Catalog number 800T-TFXJET6 or 800H-TFRXJET6.
To order a device with E-STOP engraved on the cap add the letter E after L. Example: Catalog number 800TC-TFXLET6D4S.
Self-monitoring contact block.

Illuminated
Operator Position

Type 4/13
45 mm

Type

Voltage

Contact Type

Operator only 8
Universal

Out

In

No contacts

12130V AC/DC

N.O. - N.C.

0
X

X
O

Cat. No.

Type 4/4X/13

60 mm

45 mm

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

6,7

60 mm
Cat. No. 6,7

800T-TFXTS00R

800T-TFXJTS00R

800H-TFRXTS00R

800H-TFRXJTS00R

800T-TFXTQH2RA

800T-TFXJTQH2RA

800H-TFRXTQH2RA

800H-TFRXJTQH2RA

For finger-safe contact block terminals, add a C to the catalog number Example: Catalog number 800TC-TFXTS00R or 800HC-TFRXTS00R.
To order a device with E-STOP printed on the cap add the letter E after J. Example: Catalog number 800T-TFXJETQH2RA or 800H-TFRXJETQH2RA.
8
Operator-only supplied without power module, lamp, or contact blocks.
6
7

Accessories

See 800T/H Accessories on page 3-14.

Safety
Our innovative safety products and solutions
improve the functional operation of your
machinery while helping to increase personnel
safety, efficiency and productivity.
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

For more information on our complete family of 30 mm push button products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons/NEMA-30-mm-Push-Buttons

3-17

Push Buttons
Operator Interface

Piezoelectric Push Buttons


800K
IP69K rating
22.5 mm and 30.5 mm
316 stainless-steel
Smooth, crevice-free surface
No moving parts
Potted circuitry
Custom engraving (text and symbols) available

The 800K Piezoelectric push buttons represent an innovative rethinking of push button technology and its industrial
applications. The potted piezoelectric circuit detects pressure on the surface of the button to provide a momentary
actuation signal with no moving parts. These push buttons are ideal for food, beverage and other industries where
high-pressure, caustic washdowns can challenge even the most robust push buttons.
316 Stainless-steel
Corrosion resistant to caustic
wash-down solutions

Smooth, Crevice-free Surface


Easier to clean
Minimizes areas on the button
in which contaminates can
potentially be lodged

Potted Circuit
No Moving Parts

Illumination

By using piezoelectric technology,


moving seals and crevices can be
eliminated from the push button

Red, green, white,


blue or yellow

Mounting Ring

Anti-rotation Washer

Nickel-plated Brass

316 Stainless Steel

Push
Buttons
Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-18

3-23-21

Helps prevent fluids from


corroding operator components
Provides an additional barrier
of protection

Hole Size

Operator Type

22.5 mm

Color

Contact Type

Non-illuminated

N.O.

800K-22FMN24X10

Green

N.O.

800K-22FMG24X10

Red

N.C.

Momentary

30.5 mm

Termination Type

Cat. No. 1

800K-22FMR24X01
Screw

White

N.O.

800K-22FMW24X10

Blue

N.O

800K-22FMB24X10

Yellow

N.O

800K-22FMY24X10

Non-illuminated

N.O.

800K-30FMN24X10

Green

N.O.

800K-30FMG24X10

Red

N.C.

Momentary

Operator Interface

Product Selection

800K-30FMR24X01
Screw

White

N.O.

800K-30FMW24X10

Blue

N.O

800K-30FMB24X10

Yellow

N.O

800K-30FMY24X10

Custom engraving available.

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

For more information on our complete family of specialty push button products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons/Specialty-Push-Buttons

3-19

Push Buttons
Operator Interface

16 mm Push Buttons, Pilot Lights,


Selector Switches, and E-Stops
800B
Ergonomic design
Designed to global standards
IP66 and Type 4/13
Excellent for panels with limited space
Illuminated and non-illuminated
Trigger action E-stop

800B 16 mm push buttons can meet your light industrial and instrumentation application needs with their highly
configurable and flexible design. These operators are excellent for applications with limited panel space or a small
footprint. They are made of corrosion-proof plastic to ensure long push button life.

Ease of Installation

Push Buttons & Pilot Lights


Momentary or maintained options
Bright, bold, consistent operators
(green, red, yellow, blue, white)

Contact Block
Mounting Ring

Contoured button surface for comfort


Diaphragm seals

Selector Switches
2 or 3 position
V seal High pressure sealing
Gold-plated snap action contacts
Operator
Lens Cap

E-stop
Anti-tease feature
Trigger-action design
K seal Dual wiping action

Push
Buttons
Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-20

3-23-21

Push Button & Pilot Light Operators

Operator Type
Momentary, push
button/pilot light
Maintained, push
button

Illumination

Round

Square

Rectangle

Large
Square

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

800B-EPA

800B-EPB

800B-EPC

800B-EPD

800B-EAA

800B-EAB

800B-EAC

800B-EAD

Description

Lamp Color
Green

Red

LED bulb 1

Note: All operators are sold without a lens cap and diffuser.

White

Lens Cap with Diffuser


Round

Square

Rectangle

Lamp Voltage

Cat. No.

1224V AC/DC

800B-N3G

120V AC

800B-N5G

1224V AC/DC

800B-N3R

120V AC

800B-N5R

1224V AC/DC

800B-N3W

120V AC

800B-N5W

6V AC/DC

800B-N1C

12V AC/DC

800B-N2C

24V AC/DC

800B-N3C

Large Square

Lens Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Green

800B-ALA3

800B-ALB3

800B-ALC3

800B-ALD3

Red

800B-ALA4

800B-ALB4

800B-ALC4

800B-ALD4

Yellow

800B-ALA5

800B-ALB5

800B-ALC5

800B-ALD5

Blue

800B-ALA6

800B-ALB6

800B-ALC6

800B-ALD6

White

800B-ALA7

800B-ALB7

800B-ALC7

800B-ALD7

Incandescent
bulb 2

Clear

Operator Interface

Product Selection

Not available in 6V AC/DC.


Not available in 120V AC.

1
2

Contact Block/Latch Module


Description

Cat. No.

Push Button/Selector Switch

Selector Switch Operators


Keyed,
Keyed,
Return from
Maintained
Right

Maintained

Return
from Right

Operator Type

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

2-position

800B-SM2A

800B-SR2A

800B-KM2A

800B-KR2A

Maintained

Return
from Both

Keyed,
Keyed,
Return from
Maintained
Both

Operator Type

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

3-position

800B-SM3A

800B-SB3A

800B-KM3A

800B-KB3A

Emergency Stop Operator


Operator Type

Cat. No.

Emergency stop operator

800B-MT

1 N.O./1 N.C. snap action

800B-PS11

2 N.O./2 N.C. snap action

800B-PS22

Dummy block

800B-PL

Pilot Light

Emergency Stop/Push Button/Selector Switch


1 N.C. slow make/break

800B-PT01

2 N.C. slow make/break

800B-PT02

1 N.O./1 N.C. slow make/break

800B-PT11

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and distributors
offers exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support
your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

For more information on our complete family of 16 mm push button products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons/IEC-16-mm-Push-Buttons

3-21

Signaling
Operator Interface

Panel Mount Alarms


855P
Visual, audible, or combined indication
Completely enclosed front, suitable for harsh
washdown environments
Ingress protection rating UL Type 4/4X/13, IP65
Rear-securing and finger-safe terminals
Mount in a standard 22.5 mm hole or 30.5 mm
hole with adapter

855P panel mount alarms allow local indication of the status of a machine or equipment while enhancing space
efficiency with devices ready to be installed in a control panel. These devices include features that preserve the
control panel integrity and reduce installation time. Alarm options include sounders, status indicator beacons, xenon
strobes, and sounders with status indicator combination, as well as dual-circuit alarms.
Bulletin 855PB LED Beacon

855P Sounders

Mounting ring to secure device


to the rear of the panel

Removable plug-in terminal block


Keyed to avoid wiring mistakes

855PC Combined Sounder w/


LED beacon
Completely enclosed front
tamper/vandal resistant suitable
for wash down environments

Bulletin 855PS Xenon


Strobe Beacon
Voltage color coding for easy
identification of the circuit

2-Color Half-Lens (with barrier)


Signal up to two different conditions
on a machine with only one device

Signaling
Push
Buttons

Graphic
Terminals

3-22

3-23-21

3-223-31

3-323-33

855P Panel Mount Sounders


Voltage

Size [mm]

Cat. No.

30 (72 dB)

855P-B30SE22

30 (80 dB)

855P-B30SH22

45

855P-B30ME22

65

855P-B30LE22

30 (72 dB)

855P-B10SE22

30 (80 dB)

855P-B10SH22

45

855P-B10ME22

65

855P-B10LE22

1224V AC/DC

120V AC

855PS Panel Mount Strobes and


855PB Selectable Steady or Flashing LED Beacons

Voltage

Diameter
[mm]
30

24V AC/DC

45
65
30

120V AC

Accessories

45
65

Description

Cat. No.

22.530.5 mm hole adapter kit

855P-AHA1

Lens Color

Panel Mount Strobe


Cat. No.

Selectable Steady/
Flashing LED Beacon
Cat. No.

Green

855PS-B24SE322

855PB-B24SE322

Red

855PS-B24SE422

855PB-B24SE422

Green

855PS-B30ME322

855PB-B24ME322

Red

855PS-B30ME422

855PB-B24ME422

Green

855PS-B30LE322

855PB-B24LE322

Red

855PS-B30LE422

855PB-B24LE422

Green

855PS-B10SE322

855PB-B10SE322

Red

855PS-B10SE422

855PB-B10SE422

Green

855PS-B10ME322

855PB-B10ME322

Red

855PS-B10ME422

855PB-B10ME422

Green

855PS-B10LE322

855PB-B10LE322

Red

855PS-B10LE422

855PB-B10LE422

855PC Combined Sounders with LED


Beacon and 855PD Dual-Circuit Alarms

Specifications
Housing
Material

Base Polycarbonate (black)

Polycarbonate (red, amber, yellow, green,


Lens
blue, and clear)
Environmental
UL Type 4/4X/13, IP65
Ratings
Operation
Temperature
-25+60 C (-13+140 F)
Range
Central mounting for bore holes 22 mm or
Mounting
30.5 mm with hole adapter kit
(Cat. No. 855P-AHA1)
Certifications

Operator Interface

Product Selection

Function

Voltage

45
24V AC/DC
65
Sounder with
LED
45
120V AC
65

cULus Listed, CE Marked

Combined Sounder
with LED Beacon
Cat. No.

Dual Circuit Alarm


Cat. No.

Green

855PC-B24ME322

855PD-B24MEC1322

Red

855PC-B24ME422

855PD-B24MEC1422

Green

855PC-B24LE322

855PD-B24LEC1322

Red

855PC-B24LE422

855PD-B24LEC1422

Green

855PC-B10ME322

855PD-B10MEC1322

Red

855PC-B10ME422

855PD-B10MEC1422

Green

855PC-B10LE322

855PD-B10LEC1322

Red

855PC-B10LE422

855PD-B10LEC1422

Diameter
[mm]
Color(s)

30

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation
Support Center is your 24/7
support for the answers you
need now.

Half-lens,
steady LED
beacon 1

24V AC/DC

65
120V AC

www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

45

855PD-B24SEH4322
Red &
Green

45
65

855PD-B24MEH4322
855PD-B24LEH4322

Red &
Green

855PD-B10MEH4322
855PD-B10LEH4322

Full lens style with 2 LED beacons also available

For more information on our complete family of audible signaling device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Signaling-Devices/Audible-Signaling-Devices

3-23

Signaling
Operator Interface

Control Tower Stack Lights


854J (40 mm) & 854K (60 mm)
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
IP66 rated enclosure
Versatile installation for application needs
Expandable to five levels per stack or up to ten
modules in a single arrangement via the double-sided
base option
Piezoelectric sound modules maintain the ingress
rating when mounted in the stack
Cage-clamp style terminal blocks

The Control Tower stack lights are designed to communicate status of different conditions alerting you to critical
equipment and systems needs on plant floor. Available in a wide variety of light and sound functions, sizes, colors,
voltages and mounting options help monitor some of your most challenging control panel and on-machine applications.
Piezo Sound Module

Lens Colors Options

3 = Green

4 = Red

Tool-free lens
assembly

Light Modules

5 = Amber

LED or incandescent
Multiple color options
6 = Blue

7 = Clear

8 = Yellow

Terminal Block mounted on


top of the base for easy wiring

Five circuits maximum


in one stack

Mounting Options
Pole
Quick release
Surface
Tube
Vertical
Double-sided base
Half-inch NPT base
Surface mount with
M12-5 pin connector

Signaling
Push
Buttons

854K (60mm)

Graphic
Terminals

3-24

3-23-21

3-223-31

3-323-33

Up to ten circuits
maximum on
double sided base
854J (40mm)

Pre-configured Devices*
Voltage

24V AC/DC

Mounting Base

Level 1
LED
Module Color

Level 2
LED
Module Color

10 cm pole mount

Steady

Red

854JC-P10B24Y4

854KC-P10B24Y4

10 cm pole mount

Yes

854JC-P10B24P1

854KC-P10B24P1

10 cm pole mount

Steady

Blue

Steady

Green

Steady

Red

854JC-P10B24Y6Y3Y4

854KC-P10B24Y6Y3Y4

1/2 in. NPT thread

Steady

Green

Steady

Red

Steady

Amber

854JC-NPTB24Y3Y4Y5

854KC-NPTB24Y3Y4Y5

For use with 854J For use with 854K


Cat. No.
Cat. No.
854J-ABBE

854K-ABBE

854J-ABPB

854J-ABPB

O-rings for lenses

854J-ALSG 1

854K-ALSG 1

O-rings for bases

854J-ABSG 1

Gasket for SH surface mount bases

854J-ASG2 1

854K-ASG2 1

Upper base with terminal block,


black

854J-ABUB

Cap, black
Conduit mount adapter for
threaded tube base (1/2 in. NPT
to M20x1.5)
L-bracket for threaded tube base
(vertical mount kit)
Direct mount kit for threaded
tube base
1

40 mm

60 mm

Piezo Sound
Module

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Specifications

Accessories
Description
10 cm plastic base extension,
black
Plastic vertical bracket for pole
foot, black

Level 3
LED
Module Color

Operator Interface

Product Selection

Modules
(lenses, caps,
bases)
Housing Seals and
Material Gaskets
Pole and Base

Polycarbonate
Nitrile Rubber
Aluminum pole with polycarbonate base

Mounting screw
Polypropylene
washers
Environmental Ratings

UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66

854K-ABUB

Operating Temperature
Range

-25+60 C (-13+140 F)

854J-ABCAP

854K-ABCAP

Mounting

854J-ACMK

854J-ACMK

Flash Frequency

854J-ABVM

854J-ABVM

Sound Module dB Rating

854J-ARDM

854J-ARDM

Order quantity of 1 to receive package of 5.

* Configure the Control Tower Stack Lights to meet your application


needs through Product Selection: http://ab.rockwellautomation.
com/signaling-devices/854j-854k-control-tower-stack-lights

Certifications

Surface mount base, vertical base, aluminum pole base


dual sided base, quick release base,threaded tube, or
NPT conduit mounting for indoor and outdoor use
Flashing Modules: 1.5 Hz (Time On/Time Off = 1:1)
Strobe Modules: 2 Hz (flash duration 1/50,000 second)
Max. 80 dB (non-adjustable) at 1m from sound module
for 854J or Max. 90 dB (adjustable) at 1m from sound
module for 854K
cULus Listed, CE Marked, RoHS Compliant

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

For more information on our complete family of visual signaling device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Signaling-Devices/Visual-Signaling-Devices

3-25

Signaling
Operator Interface

Wall Mount Signal Lights


855W
Up to six different conditions can be indicated
(five visual and one audible) in the same device
Wall mount does not add extra height to machine
or equipment
Units can be mounted vertically or horizontally
IP65 ingress protection rating for indoor/outdoor and
harsh environment use
24V AC/DC, 120V AC, and 240V AC
Easy wiring via terminal block

855W wall mount signal lights are designed to communicate the status of different conditions in the
machine or critical equipment in a compact size housing. Our signal lights are available in configurations
from two- to five-light indicators with optional sound in the same unit.

Cosmetic Cover

Sounder Cover

Terminal Chamber Cover

Light Modules

Terminal Chamber

Signaling
Push
Buttons

Graphic
Terminals

3-26

3-23-21

3-223-31

3-323-33

Grey Housing

Chrome Housing

Cat. No. 1

Cat. No. 1

855W-G24Y3Y4

855W-C24Y3Y4

855W-G24Y7Y3

855W-C24Y7Y3

855W-G24Y3L4

855W-C24Y3L4

855W-G24Y3Y5Y4

855W-C24Y3Y5Y4

Green

855W-G24Y4Y5Y3

855W-C24Y4Y5Y3

Red

855W-G24Y3L8L4

855W-C24Y3L8L4

855W-G24Y3Y4L5

855W-C24Y3Y4L5

Green

Steady

Red

855W-G24Y5Y6Y3Y4

855W-C24Y5Y6Y3Y4

Steady

Amber

Steady

Red

855W-G24Y7Y3Y5Y4

855W-C24Y7Y3Y5Y4

Steady

Blue

Steady

Green

Steady

Clear

855W-G24Y4Y5Y6Y3Y7

855W-C24Y4Y5Y6Y3Y7

Blue

Flashing Amber Flashing

Red

Flashing

Green

Flashing Yellow

855W-G24L6L5L4L3L8

855W-C24L6L5L4L3L8

Flashing

Clear

Steady

Red

Steady

Blue

Steady

Amber

Steady

Yellow

855W-G24L7Y4Y6Y5Y8

855W-C24L7Y4Y6Y5Y8

Steady

Green

Steady

Red

855W-G10Y3Y4

855W-C10Y3Y4

Steady

Green

Flashing

Red

855W-G10Y3L4

855W-C10Y3L4

Flashing

Red

Steady

Yellow

855W-G10L4Y8

855W-C10L4Y8

Flashing

Blue

Flashing

Clear

855W-G10L6L7

855W-C10L6L7

Steady Green
Specifications

Steady

Amber

Steady

Red

855W-G10Y3Y5Y4

855W-C10Y3Y5Y4

Blue

Flashing Yellow

855W-G10L4L5L6L8

855W-C10L4L5L6L8

Voltage

24V AC/DC

120V AC

Level 1
LED
Module Color

Level 2
LED
Module Color

Level 3
LED
Module Color

Level 4
LED
Module Color

Level 5
LED
Module Color

Steady

Green

Steady

Red

Steady

Clear

Steady

Green

Steady

Green

Flashing

Red

Steady

Green

Steady

Amber

Steady

Red

Steady

Red

Steady

Amber

Steady

Steady

Green

Flashing Yellow Flashing

Steady

Green

Steady

Red

Flashing Amber

Steady

Amber

Steady

Blue

Steady

Steady

Clear

Steady

Green

Steady

Red

Steady

Amber

Flashing

Flashing

Red

Flashing Amber Flashing

Steady

Blue

Steady

Green

Steady

Amber

Steady

Red

855W-G10Y6Y3Y5Y4

855W-C10Y6Y3Y5Y4

Steady

Clear

Steady

Blue

Steady

Green

Steady

Amber

Steady

Red

855W-G10Y7Y6Y3Y5Y4

855W-C10Y7Y6Y3Y5Y4

Operator Interface

Product Selection

For a signal light with piezo sound module add P1 to the end of the catalog number For example, Catalog number 855W-G24Y3Y4 becomes Catalog number
855W-G24Y3Y4P1.

Specifications
Housing
Material

Base

Polycarbonate (94V-0)

Operation Temperature Range -25+50 C (-13+122 F)

Lens

Polycarbonate (94V-0)

Mounting

Surface mounting.
Can be mounted in any orientation.

Flashing LED Frequency

2 Hz

Piezo Sounder dB Rating

90 dBA (potentiometer adjustable down to


70 dB) determined at a distance of 1 meter
from sound module

Rubber Seals
NBR 70
and Gaskets

Environmental Ratings

UL Type 4/4X/13, IP65

For more information on our complete family of visual signaling device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Signaling-Devices/Visual-Signaling-Devices

3-27

Signaling
Operator Interface

Industrial Horns
855H/855HM
Multi-tone, multi-stage (circuits), and voice
playback capabilities
Visualization option for enhanced industrial applications
Surface and wall mount styles
Multi-horn synchronization for most models
Plastic and metal housings are heat and shock resistant,
corrosion-free, suitable for harsh environments and
outdoor applications

855H audible devices include general purpose, high-performance, and recordable electronic horns that provide
multi-stage, multi-tone voice messaging and volume control capabilities. The high-performance and recordable
horns are available as stand-alone devices or with beacons attached.

General Purpose

High Performance

855H

Mounting Options
Surface mount
Semi-flush mount
Sound Options
108113 dB tones
Three tones
Environmental Ratings
Semi-flush Mount:
UL Type 3R/13, IP54
Surface Mount:
UL Type 4/4X/13/3R, IP66

Push
Buttons

Graphic
Terminals

3-28

3-23-21

3-223-31

855HM

Mounting Options
Surface mount
Illumination Options
855H Xenon tube (strobe, 5 J)
855HM LED
Sound Options
855H 10126 dB outputs
855HM 119 dB output
Up to 45 tones and 3 circuits
Environmental Ratings
855H Frame C and E: UL Type 3R,
4/4X, 13, IP66
855H Frame A, B, and D: UL Type
13/3R, IP56
855HM UL Type 4/4X/13/3R, IP66

Signaling

3-323-33

Recordable

Mounting Options
Surface mount
Adjustable bracket (flare style)
Illumination Options
LED beacon (red, green, or amber)
Sound Options
101111 dB voice
110126 dB tone
Up to 45 tones
Environmental Ratings
Frame C and E:
UL Type 3R, 4/4X, 13, IP66
Flare:
UL Type 3R, 4/4X, 13, IP66/IP67

855H Recordable Horns with


Optional Attached Beacon

855H General Purpose Horns


Mounting Type

Function

Supply Voltage

Cat. No.

24V AC/DC

855H-SG24GPA

120V AC

855H-SG10GPA

240V AC

855H-SG20GPA

1030V DC

855H-SG30GPE

40260V AC/DC

855H-SG45GPE

24V AC/DC

855H-FG24GPA

120V AC

855H-FG10GPA

240V AC

855H-FG20GPA

Standard
(1 stage)

Surface base with


conduit entrance

Enhanced
(2 stages)

Semi-flush wall plate

Standard
(1 stage)

855H High Performance Horns and Combination


Units with Optional Attached Beacon

Sound Output

Supply Voltage

Horn Only
Cat. No.

Horn with
Beacon
Cat. No. *

24V DC
855H-BD30AD 855H-BCD24ADR3
100 dB max. at 1m,
2circuit DC, 1circuit AC,
115V AC, 50/60 Hz 855H-BA10AD 855H-BCA10ADR3
10selectable tones
Frame A
230V AC, 50/60 Hz 855H-BA20AD 855H-BCA20ADR3
104 dB max. at 1m,
3circuit AC or DC,
32selectable tones
Frame B
112 dB max. at 1m,
3circuit AC or DC,
32selectable tones
Frame C
119 dB max. at 1m,
3circuit AC or DC,
45selectable tones
Frame D
126 dB max. at 1m,
3circuit AC or DC,
45selectable tones
Frame E

24V DC

855H-BD30BD 855H-BCD24BDR3

115V AC, 50/60 Hz 855H-BA10BD 855H-BCA10BDR3


230V AC, 50/60 Hz 855H-BA20BD 855H-BCA20BDR3
24V DC

855H-BD30CD 855H-BCD24CDR3

115V AC, 50/60 Hz 855H-BA10CD 855H-BCA10CDR3

Supply
Description
Voltage
101 db(A) voice,
1030V DC
110 dB(A) tone at 1 m,
45 selectable tones, 90260V AC,
50/60 Hz
4 stages, Frame C
111 db(A) voice,
1430V DC
126 dB(A) tone at 1 m,
90260V
AC,
45 selectable tones,
50/60 Hz
4 stages, Frame E
111 db(A) voice,
1430V DC
126 dB(A) tone at 1 m,
45 selectable tones, 90260V AC,
50/60 Hz
4 stages, Flare style

Horn Only
Cat. No.

Horn with Beacon


Cat. No. *

855H-R30C

855H-RC30C3

855H-R45C

855H-RC45C3

855H-R30E

855H-RC30E3

855H-R45E

855H-RC45E3

855H-R30F

855H-R45F

Operator Interface

Product Selection

* Catalog number listed is for a green beacon. For a different color, replace the
3 at the end of the catalog number with a 4 (red) or 5 (amber).
Example: Catalog number 855H-RC30C3 becomes Catalog number
855H-RC30C5 for a horn with amber beacon.

855HM High Performance Horn, Metal


Description

Supply Voltage

Horn Only
Cat. No.

Horn with Beacon


Cat. No. *

1230V DC
855HM-GMD30D 855HM-CGMD30DL3
119 dB max. at 1 m,
3 circuit AC or DC, 115V AC, 50/60 Hz 855HM-GMA10D 855HM-CGMA10DL3
45 selectable tones
230V AC, 50/60 Hz 855HM-GMA20D 855HM-CGMA20DL3
* Catalog number listed is for a green beacon. For a different color, replace
the 3 at the end of the catalog number with a 4 (red), 5 (amber), 6 (blue) or
7 (clear). Example: Catalog number 855HM-CGMD30DL3 becomes Catalog
number 855HM-CGMD30DL5 for a horn with amber beacon.

230V AC, 50/60 Hz 855H-BA20CD 855H-BCA20CDR3


24V DC

855H-BD30DD 855H-BCD24DDR3

115V AC, 50/60 Hz 855H-BA10DD 855H-BCA10DDR3


230V AC, 50/60 Hz 855H-BA20DD 855H-BCA20DDR3
24V DC

855H-BD30ED 855H-BCD24EDR3

115V AC, 50/60 Hz 855H-BA10ED 855H-BCA10EDR3

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

230V AC, 50/60 Hz 855H-BA20ED 855H-BCA20EDR3

* Catalog number listed is for a green beacon. For a different color, replace
the 3 at the end of the catalog number with a 4 (red), 5 (amber), 6 (blue), 7
(clear), or 8 (yellow). Example: Catalog number 855H-BCD24ADR3 becomes
Catalog number 855H-BCD24ADR5 for a horn with amber beacon.

For more information on our complete family of audible signaling device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Signaling-Devices/Audible-Signaling-Devices

3-29

Signaling
Operator Interface

Industrial Beacons
855B
Three diameter sizes
Illumination options: LED, halogen, and xenon tube
Six colors available: green, red, amber, blue, clear,
and yellow
855BS, 855BM, 855BL
-- Surface, NPT conduit, or tube mounting options
-- UL Type 4/4X/13, IP65
855B-GMS
-- Surface mount only
-- UL Type 3R, IP66
855B industrial beacons offer flexibility in size, mounting, voltages, colors, and illumination options to fit your
application needs. The three diameter sizes are available in steady halogen, flashing halogen and rotating
halogen versions. The 90mm size offers also LED steady, flashing, strobe and three-color functionality.

855BM 120 mm

855BS 90 mm *

Illumination Options
Halogen bulb
(steady/ flashing/rotating)
Xenon tube (strobe)

Illumination Options
Halogen bulb (steady/ flashing/rotating)
LED (steady/flashing/ strobe/3-color)
Xenon tube (strobe)
* LED option shown

855BL 160 mm
Illumination Options
Halogen bulb
(steady/ flashing/rotating)
Xenon tube (strobe)

855B-GMS Square
Illumination Options
Xenon tube (strobe)

Signaling
Push
Buttons

Graphic
Terminals

3-30

3-23-21

3-223-31

3-323-33

855BS 90 mm LED Round Beacons


Steady/Flashing

Strobe

Multi-Color
(green/red/amber)

855BS-SuSLq

855BS-SnBLq

855BS-SlML345q

0.5 in. NPT mount

855BS-NuSLq

855BS-NnBLq

855BS-NlML345q

25 mm tube mount

855BS-TuSLq

855BS-TnBLq

855BS-TlML345q

Surface mount

Surface mount base must be installed with rough wall plate (Catalog number 855BS-AWP) for ULType
4/4X/13 rating, otherwise UL Type 1 only.
u Voltage Code: 35 = 24/48V AC/DC, 45 = 120/240V AC/DC
n Voltage Code: 35 = 24/48V AC/DC, 10 = 120V AC, 20 = 240V AC
l Voltage Code: 24 = 24V AC/DC, 10 = 120V AC, 20 = 240V AC
q Add lens color option code from table at right.

Lens Colors Options

3 = Green

4 = Red

5 = Amber

6 = Blue

7 = Clear

8 = Yellow

Operator Interface

Product Selection

855BM 120 mm Round Beacons


Steady

Rotating

Flashing

Strobe

Surface mount 2

855BM-SDHq

855BM-SRHq

855BM-SFHq

855BM-SBRq

0.5 in. NPT mount

855BM-NDHq

855BM-NDHq

855BM-NFHq

855BM-NBRq

Surface mount base must be installed with rough wall plate (Catalog number 855BM-AWP) for UL Type
4/4X/13 rating, otherwise UL Type 1 only.
Voltage Code: 24 = 24V AC/DC, 10 = 120V AC
q Add lens color option code from table at right.

855BL 160 mm Round Beacons


Steady

Rotating

Flashing

Strobe

855BL-SDHq

855BL-SRHq

855BL-SFHq

855BL-SBRq

1 in. NPT mount

855BL-NDHq

855BL-NDHq

855BL-NFHq

855BL-NBRq

Surface mount

Surface mount base must be installed with rough wall plate (Catalog number 855BL-AWP) for UL Type
4/4X/13 rating, otherwise UL Type 1 only.
Voltage Code: 24 = 24V AC/DC, 10 = 120V AC
q Add lens color option code from table at right.

855B Mini Square Beacon


Supply Voltage

Cat. No.

24V AC/DC

855B-GMS24Rq

115V AC, 50/60 Hz

855B-GMS10Rq

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

q Add lens color option code from table at right.

For more information on our complete family of visual signaling device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Signaling-Devices/Visual-Signaling-Devices

3-31

Graphic Terminals
Operator Interface

PanelView 800 Graphic Terminals


2711R
High-resolution display with LED backlight supporting
65K colors
Communicate to micro controllers (MicroLogix,
Micro800) and other devices using serial (RS232,
RS422/485) protocols and Ethernet
Review alarm status, history and time/date of
equipment events even after power cycle
Languages supported: French, German, Italian,
Portuguese, Spanish and Simplified Chinese

The PanelView 800 Graphic Terminal features a high-speed processor, high-resolution display with LED backlight and
internal memory; helping to improve productivity and maintenance, while enjoying the convenience and efficiencies
of single-source buying.

Landscape and Portrait Modes

Serial or Ethernet Network


Optimized for use with the Micro800 and MicroLogix controllers.

Connected Components
Workbench Software
Download the Connected
Components Workbench Software!
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/go/lit/ccws

Graphic
Terminals
Push
Buttons

Signaling

3-23-21

3-223-31

3-32

3-323-33

Connected Components Workbench is a single


software platform supporting Allen-Bradley HMI,
component-class drives, configurable safety relays,
soft starters, motion products and Micro800 controllers
in your standalone machine.

Feature

4-inch

7-inch

10-inch

Catalog Number

2711R-T4T

2711R-T7T

2711R-T10T

Resolution

480 x 272 WQVGA

800 x 480 WVGA

800 x 600 SVGA

Display type

TFT touch screen, wide LCD

Display hour

40,000 hours

Colors

65K colors

Backlight
Operator input

Operator Interface

PanelView 800 Specifications

LED
Resistive touch and
tactile function keys

Resistive touch

Power supply

24V DC

Processor, CPU speed

800 MHz

Internal storage

128 MB

256 MB

RAM

128 MB DDR

256 MB DDR

Operation system

Microsoft Windows CE 6.0

Real-time clock with battery

Yes

Operating temperature

050 C

RS232/RS422/485 (isolated)

Separate RS232 and RS422/RS485 connectors

Ethernet 10/100 Mbps

USB host (USB 2.0)

Yes

microSDTM slot

Yes

Product dimension (mm)


(height x width x depth)

116 x 138 x 43

144 x 197 x 54

225 x 287 x 55

Panel cutout (mm)


(height x width)

99 X 119

125 X 179

206 X 269

Weight

0.35 kg (0.76 lb)

0.68 kg (1.48 lb)

1.57 kg (3.41 lb)

Front bezel protection

IP65, NEMA 4X, 12, 13

Certifications

cULus listed; Class 1 Div 2, Groups A,B,C,D, T4A, CE, RCM, KC, RoHS

Software

Connected Components Workbench software release 8.00 or later

Catalog Number

2711R-APK7

2711R-APK10

Accessories

7" Adapter plate kit

10" Adapter plate kit

For more information on our complete family of PanelView 800 Component products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Graphic-Terminals/2711R-PanelView-800-Graphic-Terminals

3-33

Additional Operator Interface Products


Operator Interface

Hazardous Location Push Buttons


800G, 800H, and 800R
Hazardous location push buttons are designed for use
in process applications where dangerous gases or other
materials may be present. Units are available as factory
assembled stations or as components for field assembly.
800G Class I, Div. 2 (Groups A, B, C, and D)
800H Classes I, II, and III, Div. 1 and 2
800R Classes I and II, Div. 2

Hazardous location signaling devices are designed to communicate status of different


applications, alerting you to critical equipment and system needs on the plant floor.

Hazardous Location Horns & Beacons


855X
UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
1/2 in. NPT conduit entry & pre-wired with flying leads
Electronic horn sounder, multi-tone, and multi-stage
Xenon strobe beacon
Class I, Div. 2 (Groups A, B, C, D) and Class 2, Div. 2
(Groups F and G) rated devices

Hazardous Location Horns & Beacons


855XM
Marine-grade aluminum housing
UL Type 4/4X/13, IP66
Class I, Div. 2 (Groups A, B, C, D) and Class 2, Div. 2 (Groups F and G) and
Class 3, Div. 1 & 2
ATEX/IECEx Zone 2, Zone 22 and Class/Zone ratings for US and Canada
4 stages / circuits and 64 tones to select via DIP switch
Optional Xenon strobe beacon in clear, red or amber

Push
Buttons

Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-23-21

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-34

Control Tower stack lights provide multi-status indication of your application


with a variety of light and sound functions, colors, voltages, and mounting
options. Stack lights can be pre-assembled to save time or ordered as separate
light and sound modules for customized field assembly.
UL Type 4/4X/13, IP65
Stacking configurations 15 modules high
Continuous or pulsing piezo sound modules

Operator Interface

Control Tower Stack Lights


855E (50 mm) & 855T (70 mm)

Transducer sound modules up to 15 tones

Compact Control Tower Stack Lights


855D (30 mm) & 855F (70 mm)
Compact Control Tower stack lights provide multi-status
indication to meet the most challenging panel and
on-machine applications.
UL Type 4/4X/13, IP65
Steady and flashing LED light modules
Continuous or pulsing piezo sound modules
Multiple mounting options
Factory pre-assembled and pre-wired

Panel Light Bars


855L
These LED panel lights offer a long life and low voltage
option for OEMs and panel builders.
Low voltage potential in panel
Low heat output
Low weight due to absence of heavy ballast
Ideal for environments with high shock and vibration

For more information on our complete family of push button and signaling products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Push-Buttons-and-Signaling-Devices

3-35

Notes
Operator Interface
Push
Buttons

Signaling

Graphic
Terminals

3-23-21

3-223-31

3-323-33

3-36

Terminal Blocks
Screw Type Terminal Blocks............................................................................................. 4-2
Spring Clamp Terminal Blocks........................................................................................ 4-3
Power Distribution Blocks............................................................................................. 4-20

Wiring Systems
Wiring Systems............................................................................................................. 4-22

Signal Interface

Table of Contents

Connectivity

Signal Conditioners....................................................................................................... 4-24


Intrinsic Safety Modules................................................................................................ 4-26

Connection Systems
Non-network Connectivity Solutions............................................................................ 4-28
DC Micro Cordsets & Patchcords.................................................................................... 4-30
AC Micro Cordsets & Patchcords..................................................................................... 4-31
Mini Cordsets................................................................................................................ 4-32
Pico Cordsets & Patchcords............................................................................................ 4-33
DC Micro & Pico Distribution Boxes............................................................................... 4-34
Terminal Chambers & IDC Connectors........................................................................... 4-35
Receptacles................................................................................................................... 4-36

Safety Connection Systems


Safety Connectivity....................................................................................................... 4-38
Safety Distribution Boxes.............................................................................................. 4-40
Safety Wired T-Port & Shorting Plug............................................................................. 4-41

Network Media
Industrial Ethernet Connectivity................................................................................... 4-42
Ethernet Media Cable Spools........................................................................................ 4-44
Ethernet M12 D Code Cordsets & Patchcords................................................................. 4-45
Ethernet RJ45 Cordsets & Patchcords............................................................................ 4-46
Ethernet Accessories..................................................................................................... 4-47
Gigabit Ethernet Connectivity....................................................................................... 4-48

Additional Connectivity Products..................................... 4-50

4-1

Terminal Blocks
Connectivity

Screw Type Terminal Blocks


1492-J
All screw clamps have self-locking feature for
unmatched connection reliability
UL tested and approved for multiple wire
terminations per connection terminal
Use strong clamping materials to help form
gas-tight connection
* product selection begins on page 4-4.

Leading the industry in efficiency and productivity, our family of IEC terminal blocks includes a broad
range of DIN Rail mountable products. With screw and spring clamp connections available, they are
designed for safety, installation ease, and ruggedness.

Screw Type & Spring Clamp Terminal Blocks are Available in the Following Styles:
Standard Feed-through Terminal Blocks
Designed for single-circuit feed-through applications
Multi-circuit Feed-through Terminal Blocks
Designed for high-density wiring applications

All IEC Terminal


Blocks are:

Sensor Terminal Blocks


Provide all connections needed for three-wire applications in
one terminal block
Grounding Terminal Blocks
Provides easy to identify grounding bus that is mounted on the Din Rail
Plug-in Style Terminal Blocks

IP2x finger-safe
DIN Rail mount
High fault short-circuit
current rating (SCCR) with
fuses and circuit breakers
Meet IEC, UL, CSA and
ATEX standards

Allow for insertion of fixed components into control circuits


(resistor, diodes, surge suppression circuit and shunt bars)
Fuse Blocks
Provide better overcurrent protection in hinged-arm design

Terminal
Blocks
Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-2

4-24-21

Connectivity

Spring Clamp Terminal Blocks


1492-L
Help reduce wiring connection time by up to
3050%
Excellent reliability performance in
high-vibration environments
Easy top-wire installation
* product selection begins on page 4-11.

End Barrier

Test Plug

Center Jumper
Plug-in Connector
Marker Tags

End anchor
1492-L
Spring Clamp
DIN Rail

Available Accessories*
Marker cards

Color Options
Standard:
Also available for some products:

1492-J
Screw Type

DIN Rail
Jumpers
Partition Plates
End Anchor

* Din Rail and End Anchors can be found on


page 4-19. All accessory options can be
found online.

For more information on our complete family of terminal block products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Terminal-Blocks

4-3

Terminal Blocks

Note: Height for dimension


is measured from top of rail
to top of terminal block.
Standards

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

1492-J3

1492-J4

CSA

Voltage rating [V AC/DC]


Maximum current [A]
Wire range
(Rated Cross Section)
Terminal block

600
25

20

#28...
12 AWG

0.24"
(6.1 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

UR

#26...
12 AWG

IEC

ATEX

800

550

24

21

UR

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm
(#20...
14 AWG)

CSA
600

35
2

1.56" (39.5 mm)

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

1.56" (39.5 mm)

Standard Feed-through Terminal Blocks, Screw Type


1.56" (39.5 mm)

Connectivity

Product Selection

25

#22...
10 AWG

#26...
10 AWG

0.319"
(8.1 mm)
2.36" (60 mm)

1492-J6
IEC

ATEX

UR

800

690

32

28

4 mm2

4 mm
(#20...
12 AWG)
2

CSA

IEC

ATEX

600

800

550

50

41

36

#22...
8 AWG

6 mm2

6 mm2
(#20...
10 AWG)

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

1492-J3

100

1492-J4

100

1492-J6

100

1492-J3-*

100

1492-J4-*

100

1492-J6-*

100

Accessories

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

End barrier

1492-EBJ3

50

1492-EBJ3

50

1492-EBJ3

50

Screw center jumper


10-pole

1492-CJJ5-10

20

1492-CJJ6-10

20

1492-CJJ8-10

20

Screw center jumper


2-pole

1492-CJJ5-2

50

1492-CJJ6-2

50

1492-CJJ8-2

50

Plug-in center jumper


10-pole

1492-CJLJ5-10

20

1492-CJLJ6-10

20

Plug-in center jumper


2-pole

1492-CJLJ5-2

60

1492-CJLJ6-2

60

Partition plates

1492-EBJ16

20

1492-EBJ16

20

1492-EBJ16

20

1492-MR5X12

5 cards
(120/card)

1492-MR6X12

5 cards
(120/card)

1492-MR8X12

5 cards
(84/card)

Grey
Color:

Snap-in marker cards

For colored terminal blocks, replace the * in the catalog number with the following: RE = Red, B= Blue, BL = Black, G= Green, Y= Yellow, OR= Orange,
BR= Brown, W=White, to the end of the catalog number.

Terminal
Blocks
Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-4

4-24-21

0.390"
(9.9 mm)

0.472"
(12 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

UR

Voltage rating [V AC/DC]


Maximum current [A]
Wire range
(rated cross section)

CSA
600

65

50
#18...
6 AWG

Terminal block

0.626"
(15.9 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

1492-J10
Standards

2.2" (56 mm)

Note: Height for dimension


is measured from top of rail
to top of terminal block.

2.2" (56 mm)

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

1.56" (39.5 mm)

Standard Feed-through Terminal Blocks, Screw Type

2.36" (60 mm)

1492-J16

IEC

ATEX

UR

1000

550

57

50

10 mm2

10 mm
#16...
8 AWG)

CSA

1492-J35

IEC

ATEX

UR

CSA

IEC

ATEX

600

1000

690

1000

600

1000

690

85

76

66

125

109

16 mm2

16 mm
#16...
6 AWG)

35 mm2

35 mm2
(#14...
2 AWG)

#18...
4 AWG

150

120

12...
1/0
AWG

12...
2 AWG

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

1492-J10

50

1492-J16

50

1492-J35

40

1492-J10-*

50

1492-J16-*

50

Accessories

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

End barrier

1492-EBJ3

50

1492-EBJ16

20

1492-EBJ16

20

Screw center jumper


10-pole

1492-CJJ10-10

20

1492-CJJ12-10

10

1492-CJJ16-10

10

Screw center jumper


2-pole

1492-CJJ10-2

50

1492-CJJ12-2

20

1492-CJJ16-2

20

Partition plates

1492-EBJ16

20

1492-PPJD3

20

1492-PPJD3

20

Snap-in marker cards

1492-M7X12

5 cards
(108/card)

1492-M7X12

5 cards
(108/card)

1492-M7X12

5 cards
(108/card)

Grey
Color:

Connectivity

Product Selection

For colored terminal blocks, replace the * in the catalog number with the following: RE = Red, B= Blue, BL = Black, G= Green, Y= Yellow, OR= Orange,
BR= Brown, W=White, to the end of the catalog number.

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

For more information on our complete family of terminal block products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Terminal-Blocks

4-5

Terminal Blocks

2.24" (57 mm)

Multi-circuit Feed-through Terminal Blocks, Screw Type


2.19" (55.5 mm)

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

Dimensions are not


intended to be used
for manufacturing purposes.

0.24"
(6.1 mm)

2.72" (69 mm)

2.39" (60.7 mm)

1492-JD3

1492-JD4
Two-level, Feed-through terminal block

2.19" (55.5 mm)

Note: Height for dimension


is measured from top of rail
to top of terminal block.

2.24" (57 mm)

Connectivity

Product Selection

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

0.24"
(6.1 mm)

2.72" (69 mm)

2.39" (60.7 mm)

1492-JD3C

1492-JD4C

Two-level, Feed-through terminal block with commoning bar


Standards

UR

CSA

IEC

ATEX

UR

CSA

IEC

ATEX

Voltage rating [V AC/DC]

600

300

400

275

600

300

800

550

Maximum current [A]

20

10

24

21

35

30

32

28

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm
#20...
14 AWG)

0.5...4 mm2

4 mm2
#20...
12 AWG)

#22...
12 AWG

Wire range (rated cross section)


Terminal block

#26...
12 AWG

#26...10 AWG

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

1492-JD3

100

1492-JD4

100

Color:

1492-JD3-*

100

1492-JD4-*

100

Grey w/commoning bar

Grey

1492-JD3C

100

1492-JD4C

100

Accessories

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

End barrier

1492-EBJD3

20

1492-EBJD4

20

Center jumper 10-pole

1492-CJJ5-10

20

1492-CJLJ6-10

20

Center jumper 2-pole

1492-CJJ5-2

50

1492-CJLJ6-2

60

Partition plates

1492-PPJD3

20

1492-PPJD3

20

Snap-in marker cards

1492-MR5X8

5 cards (120/card)

1492-MR6X8

5 cards (120/card)

Snap-in marker cards

1492-M5X5

5 cards (200/card)

1492-M6X5

5 cards (200/card)

For colored terminal blocks, replace the * in the catalog number with the following: RE = Red, B= Blue, BL = Black, G= Green, Y= Yellow, OR= Orange,
BR= Brown, W=White, to the end of the catalog number.

Terminal
Blocks
Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-6

4-24-21

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

Note: Height for dimension is measured from


top of rail to top of terminal block.

Standards

1.74" (44.1 mm)

1.74" (44.1 mm)

Sensor Terminal Blocks, Screw Type

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

3.54" (89.9 mm)

2.66" (67.6 mm)

1492-WTF3

1492-WTS3

UL

CSA

IEC

UL

CSA

IEC

Voltage rating [V AC/DC]

300

250

300

250

Maximum current [A]

10

24

10

24

Wire range
(rated cross section)

#2614 AWG

0.52.5 mm2

#2614 AWG

0.52.5 mm2

Type

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Grey

1492-WTF3

50

1492-WTS3

50

Blue

1492-WTS3-B

50

Grey for PNP devices

1492-WTF3LP

50

1492-WTS3LP

50

Grey for NPN devices

1492-WTF3LN

50

1492-WTS3LN

50

1492-EBTF3

50

1492-EBTS3

50

50-pole

1492-CJT5-50

1492-CJT5-50

10-pole

1492-CJT5-10

10

1492-CJT5-10

10

3-pole

1492-CJT5-3

10

1492-CJT5-3

10

2-pole

1492-CJT5-2

10

1492-CJT5-2

10

Partition plate

1492-PPTS3

50

1492-PPTS3

50

Snap-in marker cards

1492-MS5X9

5 cards
(80/card)

1492-MS5X9

5 cards
(80/card)

Terminal
block

End barrier

Center
jumpers

For more information on our complete family of terminal block products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Terminal-Blocks

Connectivity

Product Selection

4-7

Terminal Blocks

Standards

UR

0.319"
(8.1 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

1492-JG3

1492-JG4

1492-JG6

CSA

IEC

ATEX

UR

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm
(#20...
14 AWG)

CSA

IEC

ATEX

#2212 AWG

UR

4 mm2

4 mm
(#20...
12 AWG)

CSA

IEC

ATEX

6 mm2

6 mm2
#20...
10 AWG)

#2210 AWG

#228 AWG

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Green/
Yellow

1492-JG3

100

1492-JG4

100

1492-JG6

50

Yellow

1492-EBJ3-Y

50

Not required

Not required

1492-MR5X12
(120/card)

1492-MR6X12
(120/card)

1492-MR8X12
(84/card)

Snap-in markers

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.
Note: Height for dimension
is measured from top of rail
to top of terminal block.

0.394"
(10 mm)

0.472"
(12 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

UR

Wire range
(Rated cross section)

#166 AWG

CSA

IEC
10 mm

ATEX
10 mm2
#16...
8 AWG)

UR

0.56"
(16 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

1492-JG16

1492-JG35

1492-JG10
Standards

2.48" (63 mm)

Type

2.20" (56 mm)

End barrier

0.24"
(6.1 mm)

Wire range
(Rated cross section)
Terminal
block

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

1.56" (39.5 mm)

Note: Height for dimension


is measured from top of rail
to top of terminal block.

1.56" (39.5 mm)

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

1.56" (39.5 mm)

Grounding Terminal Blocks, Screw Type

1.56" (39.5 mm)

Connectivity

Product Selection

CSA

#144 AWG

IEC
16 mm

ATEX

UR

CSA

IEC

ATEX

16 mm2
#16...
6 AWG)

#12
1 AWG

#12
2 AWG

35 mm

35 mm2
(#14...
2 AWG)

Type

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Green/
Yellow

1492-JG10

50

1492-JG16

50

1492-JG35

25

End barrier

Not required

Not required

Not required

Snap-in markers

1492-MR8X12

5 cards
(84/card)

1492-MR8X12

5 cards
(84/card)

1492-MR8X12

5 cards
(84/card)

Terminal
block

Terminal
Blocks
Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-8

4-24-21

Connectivity

Product Selection

1.56" (39.5 mm)

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.
Note: Height for dimension is
measured from top of rail to top of
terminal block.

2.33" (59.3 mm)

Plug-in Style Terminal Blocks, Screw Type

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

2.36" (60 mm)

2.85" (72.5 mm)

1492-J3P

1492-JD3P

Standards

UL

CSA

IEC

Voltage rating [V AC/DC]

600

300

500

300

500

Maximum current [A]

20

10

24

20

24

Wire range
(Rated cross section)

UL

CSA

#2412 AWG

#3012 AWG

IEC

#3012 AWG

2.5 mm2

Type

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Grey

1492-J3P

100

1492-J3DP

50

Red

1492-J3P-RE

100

1492-EBJ3

50

1492-EBJD3P

20

10-pole

1492-CJLJ5-10

20

1492-CJJ5-10

20

2-pole

1492-CJLJ5-2

60

1492-CJJ5-2

50

Disconnect plug

1492-DPL

50

1492-DPL

50

Component plug

1492-CPL

50

1492-CPL

50

Without blown
fuse indicator

1492-FPK2

20

1492-FPK2

20

10...36V blown
fuse indicator

1492-FPK224

20

1492-FPK224

20

35...75V blown
fuse indicator

1492-FPK248

20

1492-FPK248

20

60...150V blown
fuse indicator

1492-FPK2120

20

1492-FPK2120

20

140...250V
blown fuse
indicator

1492-FPK2250

20

1492-FPK2250

20

Snap-in marker cards

1492-MR5X12

5 cards
(120/card)

1492-M5X5

5 cards
(200/card)

Snap-in marker cards

1492-M5X5

5 cards
(200/card)

1492-MS5X10

5 cards
(144/card)

Terminal
Block
End barrier
Center
jumpers

Fuse plugs

For more information on our complete family of terminal block products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Terminal-Blocks

2.5 mm2

4-9

Terminal Blocks

0.36"
(9.1 mm)

Note: Height for dimension is measured


from top of rail to top of terminal block.

Specifications
Standards
H6/WFB4/JD3FB/
JDG3FB
H5/WFB424/
JD3FB24/JDG3FB24
Voltage Rating
JD3FB48/JDG3FB48
JD3FB120/JDG3FB120
H4/WFB4250/
JD3FB250/JDG3FB250
Maximum Current

0.31"
(8 mm)

3.20" (81.3 mm)

1.89" (48 mm)

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

1.55" (39.4 mm)

Fuse Blocks, Screw Type


1.85" (47 mm)

Connectivity

Product Selection

0.31"
(8 mm)

2.0" (50.7 mm)

2.89" (73.5 mm)

1492-H...
1492-WFB4...
1492-JD3FB/-JDG3FB
Single-circuit fusible terminal block with or Single-circuit fuse block with or without 2-Level fuse block for 5 x 20 mm fuse with
without fuse indication (1/4" x 1-1/4" Fuse)
fuse indication (5 x 20 mm Fuse)
or without ground connection
UR
CSA
IEC
UR
CSA
IEC
UR
CSA
IEC
300V
500V
300V AC/DC
500V AC/DC
300V AC/DC
500V AC/DC

AC/DC
AC/DC
1057V AC/DC

1057V AC/DC

1036V AC/DC

3070V AC/DC
60150V AC/DC

100300V AC

85264V AC

100250V AC/DC

15 A

15 A

15 A*

Fuse Circuit

10 A

Feed-Through Circuit

20 A

Wire Range
(Rated Cross Section)

#22...
12 AWG

10 A/250V
AC/DC
25 A/300V
AC/DC

6.3A*

#26...
12 AWG

0.5
4 mm2

#30...12 AWG

0.54 mm2

#30...12 AWG

0.54 mm2

Terminal Block

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Black (non-indicating)
Grey (non-indicating)
2-level without Ground
Grey (non-indicating)
2-level with Ground
Black with Blown Fuse Indication
(10...57V AC/DC)
Black with Blown Fuse Indication
(100...300V AC/DC)
Accessories

1492-H6

25

1492-WFB4

50

1492-JD3FB

50

1492-JDG3FB

50

1492-H5

25

1492-WFB424

50

1492-H4

25

1492-WFB4250

50

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

1492-N37
1492- MS8X12
1492-MS8X9
1492- MS8X12

50
5 (56/card)
5 (56/card)
5 (56/card)

Not required
1492- MS8X12
1492-MS8X9
1492-MS8X9

5 (56/card)
5 (56/card)
5 (56/card)

1492- EBJD3FB
1492-M6X5

1492-M7X12

20
5 (200/card)

5 (108/card)

End Barrier
Marker Card for Base Block
Marker Card for Handle

* IEC standards for 5 x 20 mm fuses do not include rating above 6.3 A.

Terminal
Blocks
Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-10

4-24-21

0.138"
(3.5 mm)

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

2.03" (51.5 mm)

UR

Voltage rating [V AC/DC]


Maximum current [A]

CSA
300

15

20

IEC

ATEX

UR

500

550

17.5

15

2.44" (62 mm)

1492-L3

1492-L4

Wire range
(rated cross section)

#26...14 AWG

1.5 mm2

1.5 mm
(#20...
16 AWG)

Terminal block

CSA

IEC

ATEX

800

550

24

21

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm
(#20...
12 AWG)

600
25
2

27

#26...12
AWG

0.24"
(6.1 mm)

2.34" (59.5 mm)

1492-L2
Standards

1.41" (35.7 mm)

Note: Height for dimension


is measured from top of rail
to top of terminal block.

1.23" (31.3 mm)

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

1.16" (29.5 mm)

Standard Feed-through Terminal Blocks, Spring Clamp

#26...12
AWG

UR

CSA
600

33

35

IEC

ATEX

800

550

32

28

4 mm2

4 mm2
(#20...
10 AWG)

#26...10 AWG

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Grey

1492-L2

50

1492-L3

100

1492-L4

50

Color

1492-L2-

50

1492-L3-

100

1492-L4-

50

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

50

1492-EBL3

50

1492-EBL4

Accessories

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

End barrier (Grey)

1492-EBL2

Plug-in center jumper


10-pole

1492-CJL4-10

20

1492-CJK5-10

20

1492-CJK6-10

20

Plug-in center jumper


2-pole

1492-CJL4-2

60

1492-CJK5-2

60

1492-CJK6-2

60

Marker card
(edge marking)

1492-M3X5

5 cards
(120/card)

1492-M5X10

5 cards
(144/card)

1492-M6X10

5 cards
(120/card)

Marker card
(center marking)

1492-M3X12

5 cards
(200/card)

1492-MR5X8

5 cards
(200/card)

1492-M6X5

5 cards
(200/card)

Connectivity

Product Selection

50

For blocks with 1-in and 2-out, add a T after the L3 or L4. For blocks with 2-in and 2-out a Q after the L3 or L4. Example: catalog number 1492-L3T, 1492-L4Q,
1492-L3T-RE, 1492-L4Q-BL.
For colored blocks, add suffix RE = Red, B = Blue, BL = Black, G = Green, Y = Yellow, OR = Orange, BR = Brown, W = White to the end of the catalog number.
* You must also add a T or Q to the end barrier part number when using 3 or 4 connection terminal blocks.
Example: The end barrier for Bulletin 1492-L3T is catalog number 1492-EBL3T. For the Bulletin 1492-L2Q, the end barrier is catalog number1492-EBL2Q.

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

For more information on our complete family of terminal block products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Terminal-Blocks

4-11

Terminal Blocks

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

0.319"
(8.1 mm)

Note: Height for dimension is measured


from top of rail to top of terminal block.

0.394"
(10 mm)

2.56" (65 mm)

2.89" (73.5 mm)

1492-L6
UR

1492-L10

CSA

IEC
800
41

ATEX
550
36

6 mm2

6 mm
(#20...8 AWG)

600
50
#22...8 AWG

Terminal Block

#16...6 AWG

10 mm2
(#16...8 AWG)

5 cards (84/card)

1492-MR8X12

5 cards (84/card)

1492-M8X5

5 cards (160/card)

1492-M8X5

5 cards (160/card)

1.71" (43.5 mm)

Accessories
End Barrier (Grey)
Marker card (edge marking)
Marker Card (Center Marking)

10 mm2

55

1492-MR8X12

0.476"
(12.1 mm)

0.634"
(16.1 mm)

3.25" (82.5 mm)

3.96" (100.5 mm)

1492-L16
CSA
600
65

Grey
Color

60
2

Pkg. Qty.
25
25
Pkg. Qty.
50
60

UR

Terminal Block

ATEX
550
50

Cat. No.
1492-L10
1492-L10-
Cat. No.
1492-EBL10
1492-CJL10-2

Note: Height for dimension is measured


from top of rail to top of terminal block.

Wire Range (Rated Cross Section)

IEC
800
57

600

Pkg. Qty.
50
50
Pkg. Qty.
50
60

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

Standards
Voltage Rating [V AC/DC]
Maximum Current [A]

CSA

Cat. No.
1492-L6
1492-L6-
Cat. No.
1492-EBL6 *
1492-CJL8-2

Grey
Color
Accessories
End Barrier (Grey)
Plug-in Center Jumper 2-pole
Marking Systems: Marker Card
(Corner Marking)
Marker Card (Center Marking)

#20...8 AWG

UR

2.04" (51.8 mm)

Standards
Voltage Rating [V AC/DC]
Maximum Current [A]
Wire Range (Rated Cross Section)

1.71" (43.5 mm)

Standard Feed-through Terminal Blocks, Spring Clamp


1.50" (38 mm)

Connectivity

Product Selection

#14...4 AWG
Cat. No.
1492-L16
1492-L16- 2
Cat. No.
1492-EBL16
1492-MR8X12
1492-M8X5

1492-L35
IEC
800
76

ATEX
550
66
16
mm2
16 mm2
(#16...6 AWG)
Pkg. Qty.
25
25
Pkg. Qty.
20
5 cards (84/card)
5 cards (160/card)

UR

CSA
600
120
#12...2 AWG

Cat. No.
1492-L35
1492-L35- 2
Cat. No.
Not required
1492-MR8X12
1492-M8X5

IEC
800
125

ATEX
690
109
35
mm2
35 mm2
(#14...2 AWG)
Pkg. Qty.
10
25
Pkg. Qty.

5 cards (84/card)
5 cards (160/card)

For blocks with 1-in and 2-out, add a T after the L6. Example: catalog number 1492-L6T, 1492-L6T-BR.
For colored blocks, add suffix RE = Red, B = Blue, BL = Black, G = Green, Y = Yellow, OR = Orange, BR = Brown, W = White to the end of the catalog number.
* You must add a T to the end barrier catalog number when selecting the end barrier for catalog number 1492-L6T. Example: catalog number 1492-EBL6T.

Terminal
Blocks
Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-12

4-24-21

Note: Height for dimension


is measured from top of rail
to top of terminal block.

Specifications

Standards

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

2.85" (72.5 mm)

2.99" (76 mm)

4.35" (110.5 mm)

1492-LD3

1492-LD4

1492-LTF3

Two-circuit feed-through
terminal block (LD3)

Two-circuit feed-through
terminal block (LD4)

Two-circuit feed-through terminal block


with commoning bar (LD3C)

Two-circuit feed-through terminal block


with commoning bar (LD4C)

UR

UR

Voltage Rating [V AC/DC]

CSA
600

Maximum Current [A]

20

Wire Range
(Rated Cross Section)

#30...12 AWG

Terminal Block

0.24"
(6.1 mm)

2.48" (63 mm)

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

2.06" (52.2 mm)

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

1.87" (47.5 mm)

Multi-circuit Feed-through Terminal Blocks, Spring Clamp

25

IEC

ATEX

800

550

24

20
0.5
2.5 mm2
(#20...
14 AWG)

2.5 mm

CSA
600

IEC

ATEX

Three-circuit feed-through terminal block


with optional cross- connection links to
common multiple levels
UR

CSA

IEC

ATEX

800

300

500

32

15

20

#26...10 AWG

4 mm2

#26...12 AWG

0.52.5 mm2

25

30

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Grey

1492-LD3

25

1492-LD4

20

Color

1492-LD3-*

25

1492-LD4-*

20

Grey

1492-LD3C

25

1492-LD4C

25

1492-LTF3

25

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

End Barrier (Grey)

1492-EBLD3

20

1492-EBLD4

20

1492-EBLTF3

20

Plug-in Center Jumper


10-pole

1492-CJK5-10

20

1492-CJK6-10

20

1492-CJK5-10

20

Plug-in Center Jumper


2-pole

1492-CJK5-2

60

1492-CJK6-2

60

1492-CJK5-2

60

Vertical Cross Connector

1492-CJL5D

20

1492-M5X10

5 cards
(144/card)

1492-M6X10

5 cards
(120/card)

1492-M5X5

5 cards
(200/card)

Two-circuit
Feed-through
Two-circuit
Block with
Commoning Bar

Three-circuit
Feed-through Block
with Commoning Link
Accessories

Marker Card

Connectivity

Product Selection

* For colored blocks, add suffix RE = Red, B = Blue, BL = Black, G = Green, Y = Yellow, OR = Orange, BR = Brown, W = White to the end of the catalog number.

For more information on our complete family of terminal block products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Terminal-Blocks

4-13

Terminal Blocks

Dimensions are not intended to be used


for manufacturing purposes.
Note: Height for dimension is measured
from top of rail to top of terminal block.

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

1.52" (38.5 mm)

Sensor Terminal Blocks, Spring Clamp


1.52" (38.5 mm)

Connectivity

Product Selection

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

2.68" (68 mm)

2.68" (68 mm)

1492-LS2-3/-LS2-4
Standards

UR

CSA

1492-LSG2-3/-LSG2-4
IEC

UR

CSA

IEC

1492-LS2-B/-LS2-BR/-LSG2
UR

CSA

IEC

Voltage Rating [V AC/DC]

300

250

300

250

300

250

Maximum Current [A]

10

17.5

10

17.5

10

17.5

Wire Range
(Rated Cross Section)

#26...14 AWG

1.5 mm2

#26...14 AWG

0.5
1.5 mm2

#26...14 AWG

1.5 mm2

Color

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Grey

1492-LS2-3

50

Green

1492-LSG2-3

20

Grey

1492-LS2-3L

50

Grey

1492-LS2-4

50

Green

1492-LSG2-4

20

Grey

1492-LS2-4L

50

Blue

1492-LS2-B

100

Brown

1492-LS2-BR

100

Green

1492-LSG2

100

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

3-Conductor

1492-EBLS2-3

50

1492-EBLS2-3

50

Not required

4-Conductor

1492-EBLS2-4

50

1492-EBLS2-4

50

Not required

Screw Center Jumper (50-Pole)

1492-CJK5-50

10

Screw Center Jumper (10-Pole)

1492-CJK5-10

20

Plug-in Center Jumper (2-Pole)

1492-CJK5-2

60

Marker Card

1492-MS5X5

5 (200/card)

1492-MS5X5

5 (200/card)

Terminal Block
3-Conductor
3-Conductor
LED Indication
4-Conductor
4-Conductor
LED Indication
Self- Linking
Plug-In
Connection
Blocks
Accessories
End Barrier

Terminal
Blocks
Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-14

4-24-21

0.138"
(5.1 mm)
2.15" (54.5 mm)

2.34" (59.5 mm)

1492-LG2

1492-LG3

Standards

UR

Wire Range
(Rated Cross Section)

#26...14 AWG

CSA

Maximum Current
Terminal Block
Green/Yellow
Accessories

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

Cat. No.
1492-LG2

Cat. No.

0.24"
(6.1 mm)
2.44" (62 mm)

1492-LG4

IEC

ATEX

UR

CSA

IEC

ATEX

0.5
1.5 mm2

0.5
1.5 mm2
(#20...
16 AWG)

#30...12
AWG

#26...12
AWG

2.5 mm2

2.5 mm2
(#20...
12 AWG)

Grounding

1.41" (35.7 mm)

Note: Height for dimension


is measured from top of rail
to top of terminal block.

1.23" (31.3 mm)

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

1.16" (29.5 mm)

Grounding Terminal Blocks, Spring Clamp

UR

CSA

#26...10 AWG

Grounding
Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

50

1492-LG3

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

50

1492-EBL3-Y

IEC

ATEX

4 mm2

4 mm2
(#20...
10 AWG)

Grounding
Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

50

1492-LG4

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

50

1492-EBL4-Y

50

Pkg. Qty.

End Barrier (Yellow)

1492-EBL2-Y

Marker card
(edge marking)

1492-M3X12

5 cards
(120/card)

1492-M5X10

5 cards
(144/card)

1492-M6X10

5 cards
(120/card)

Marker Card
(Center Marking)

1492-M3X5

5 cards
(100/card)

1492-MR5X8

5 cards
(120/card)

1492-MR6X8

5 cards
(120/card)

Connectivity

Product Selection

50

For blocks with 1-in and 2-out, add a T after the LG3 or LG4. For blocks with 2-in and 2-out, add a Q after the LG3 or LG4. Example: catalog number 1492-LG3T,
1492-LG4Q.
You must also add a T or Q to the end barrier part number when using 3 or 4 connection terminal blocks. Example: The end barrier for Bulletin 1492-LG3T is
catalog number 1492-EBL3T-Y. For the Bulletin 1492-LG2Q, the end barrier is catalog number 1492-EBL2Q-Y.

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation Support Center
is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

For more information on our complete family of terminal block products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Terminal-Blocks

4-15

Terminal Blocks

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

0.319"
(8.1 mm)

Note: Height for dimension is


measured from top of rail to
top of terminal block.
Standards
Voltage Rating [V AC/DC]

1.67" (42.5 mm)

Grounding Terminal Blocks, Spring Clamp


1.5" (38 mm)

0.398"
(10.1 mm)

2.56" (65 mm)

2.89" (73.5 mm)

1492-LG6
UR

1492-LG10

CSA

IEC

ATEX

UR

CSA

Maximum Current

Grounding

Wire Range
(Rated Cross Section)

#22...8 AWG

Terminal Block
Green/Yellow
Accessories
End Barrier (Yellow)
Marker card
(edge marking)
Marker Card
(Center Marking)

Standards
Voltage Rating [V AC/DC]
Maximum Current
Wire Range
(Rated Cross Section)
Terminal Block
Green/Yellow
Accessories
End Barrier (Yellow)
Marker card
(edge marking)
Marker Card
(Center Marking)

#20...8 AWG

6 mm (#20...
8 AWG)
2

6 mm2

#16...6 AWG

Pkg. Qty.
50
Pkg. Qty.
50
5 cards
(84/card)
5 cards
(160/card)

1492-MR8X12
1492-M8X5
1.71" (43.5 mm)

Note: Height for dimension is


measured from top of rail to
top of terminal block.

Pkg. Qty.
25
Pkg. Qty.
20
5 cards
(84/card)
5 cards
(160/card)

1492-M8X5

0.634"
(16.1 mm)
3.96" (100.5 mm)

1492-LG16
CSA

1492-LG35
IEC

ATEX

UR

CSA

Grounding
#14...4 AWG

Cat. No.
1492-LG16
Cat. No.
1492-EBL16-Y
1492-MR8X12
1492-M8X5

10 mm2 (#16...
8 AWG)

1492-MR8X12

3.25" (82.5 mm)

#14...6 AWG

10 mm2

Cat. No.
1492-LG10
Cat. No.
1492-EBL10-Y

0.476"
(12.1 mm)

UR

ATEX

Grounding

Cat. No.
1492-LG6
Cat. No.
1492-EBL6-Y

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

IEC

2.04" (51.7 mm)

Connectivity

Product Selection

IEC

ATEX

Grounding
16 mm2 (#16...
6 AWG)
Pkg. Qty.
25
Pkg. Qty.
20
5 cards
(84/card)
5 cards
(160/card)

16 mm2

35 mm2 (#14...
2 AWG)
Pkg. Qty.
10
Pkg. Qty.

5 cards
(84/card)
5 cards
(160/card)

#12...2 AWG

35 mm2

Cat. No.
1492-LG35
Cat. No.
Not required
1492-MR8X12
1492-M8X5

For blocks with 1-in and 2-out, add a T after the LG6. Example: catalog number 1492-LG6T.
You must also add a T to the end barrier catalog number when selecting the end barrier for catalog number 1492-LG6T. Example: catalog number 1492-EBL6T-Y.

Terminal
Blocks
Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-16

4-24-21

Connectivity

Product Selection

1.29" (32.8 mm)

Dimensions are not


intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.
Note: Height for dimension
is measured from top of rail
to top of terminal block.

1.23" (31.3 mm)

Isolation & Plug-in Terminal Blocks, Spring Clamp

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

0.20"
(5.1 mm)

2.34" (59.5 mm)

2.34" (59.5 mm)

1492-LKD3
Standards

UR

CSA

1492-L3P
IEC

ATEX

UR

CSA

IEC

ATEX

Voltage Rating [V AC/DC]

600

500

600

600

500

Maximum Current

20

24

20

20

24

#30...12 AWG

2.5 mm2

#30...12 AWG

#30...12 AWG

4 mm2

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

1492-LKD3

25

1492-L3P

25

Wire Range
(Rated Cross Section)
Terminal Block
Grey
Accessories

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

1492-EBL3

50

1492-EBL3

50

Plug-in Center Jumper


(10-Pole)

1492-CJK5-10

20

1492-CJK5-10

20

Plug-in Center Jumper


(2-Pole)

1492-CJK5-2

60

1492-CJK5-2

60

Fuse Plug
Non-indicating

1492-FPK2

20

1036V LED

1492-FPK224

20

3570V LED

1492-FPK248

20

60150V LED

1492-FPK2120

20

140250V LED

1492-FPK2250

20

Disconnect Pulu

1492-DPL

50

Component Plug

1492-CPL

50

1492-MR5X8

5 cards
(120/card)

1492-MR5X8

5 cards
(120/card)

End Barrier (Grey)

Snap-in Marker Cards

For more information on our complete family of terminal block products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Terminal-Blocks

4-17

Terminal Blocks

Note: Height for dimension is measured


from top of rail to top of terminal block.

Specifications
Standards

Leakage
Current

RFB424/RAFB424/
LAFB624

0.39"
(10 mm)

3.82" (97 mm)

0.319"
(8.1 mm)

4.33" (100 mm)

2.76" (70 mm)

1492-RFB4...

1492-RAFB4...

1492-LAFB6...

Single-circuit fuse terminal block with or


without fuse indication 5...20 mm fuse

Single-circuit fuse terminal block with or


without fuse indication 1/4 x 1-1/4" fuse

Automotive style fuse block

UR
RFB4/RAFB4/LAFB6

Voltage Rating

0.31"
(8 mm)

1.85" (47 mm)

Dimensions are not intended to be used


for manufacturing purposes.

1.76" (44.8 mm)

Fuse Blocks, Spring Clamp


1.72" (43.8 mm)

Connectivity

Product Selection

CSA

IEC

300V AC/DC

UR

500V AC/DC

CSA

IEC

300V AC/DC

500V AC/DC

UR

CSA

IEC

300V AC/DC

250V AC/DC

1057V AC/DC

1057V AC/DC

1036V AC/DC

RFB4250/
RAFB4250

85264V AC

85264V AC

RFB424/RAFB424/
LAFB624

2 mA @ 24V

2 mA @ 24V

2 mA @ 24V

RFB4250/
RAFB4250

1 mA @ 264V

1 mA @ 264V

15 A*

15 A

Maximum Current
Wire Range
(Rated Cross Section)
Terminal Block
Black (non-indicating)

30 A

25 A

30 A

#22...12
AWG

#22...10
AWG

0.56 mm2

#22...12 AWG

0.54 mm2

#22...12 AWG

0.54 mm2

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

1492-RFB4

25

1492-RAFB4

25

1492-LAFB6

25

Black with Blown Fuse Indication


(10...57V AC/DC)

1492-RFB424

25

1492-RAFB424

25

1492-LAFB624

25

Black with Blown Fuse Indication


(85...264V AC/DC)

1492-RFB4250

25

1492-RAFB4250

25

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Pkg. Qty.

Plug-in Center Jumper (10-Pole)

1492-CJR8-10

10

1492-CJL8-32
(32-pole)

10

Plug-in Center Jumper (2-Pole)

1492-CJR8-2

20

1492-CJRA10-2

10

1492-CJL8-2

60

Accessories

Center Jumper Link

1492-CJRL6

60

1492-CJRL5

10

Marker Card for Base Block

1492-MS8X12

5 (56/card)

1492-MS8X12

5 (56/card)

1492-M5X8

5 (144/card)

Marker Card for Handle

1492-MS6X9

5 (80/card)

1492-MS6X9

5 (80/card)

* IEC standards for 5 x 20 mm fuses do not include ratings above 6.3 A.

Terminal
Blocks
Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-18

4-24-21

End Anchors and End Retainers


Dimensions
(W x L x H)

Tightening
Torque

Markers

Used With

Color

Pkg.
Qty.

Cat. No

0.31 x 2.20 x 1.85 in.


(8 x 56 x 47 mm)

4.4 lbin
(0.5 Nm)

1492-M7X12
1492-M8X5

199-DR1, 199-DR2,
1492-DR4, 1492-DR5,
1492-DR6, 1492-DR7,
1492-DR8, 1492-DR9

Grey

100

1492-EAJ35

0.48 x 2.20 x 2.48 in.


(12.2 x 56 x 63 mm)

7.0 lbin
(0.8 Nm)

1492- M7X12
1492- M5X5

199-DR1, 199-DR2,
1492-DR4, 1492-DR5,
1492-DR6, 1492-DR7,
1492-DR8, 1492-DR9

Grey

50

1492-EAHJ35

0.24 x 2.19 x 1.63 in.


(6 x 55.6 x 41.5 mm)

1492- M5X10
1492- M5X5

500V AC/DC

Grey

20

1492-ERL35

Connectivity

Accessories

DIN Mounting Rails


Description

Pkg.
Qty.

Cat. No

Symmetrical rail
35 x 7.5 mm
3.28 ft (1 m) long
Zinc-plated
Chromated steel
EN60715
Din#3

10

1492-DR1

Symmetrical rail
35 x 7.5 mm
6.56 ft (2 m) long
Zinc-Plated
Chromated steel
EN60715
Din#3

20

1492-DR2

Symmetrical rail
35 x 7.5 mm
2.26 in. (57.4 mm) high
3.28 ft (1 m) long
Copper-free
Aluminum
For 1492 terminal blocks only
Din#3

1492-DR6

Symmetrical rail
35 x 7.5 mm
2.80 in. (71.0 mm) high
3.28 ft (1 m) long
Angled 30 Zinc-plated
Chromated steel
Din#3

1492-DR7

All accessory options can be found


in our online catalog.

For more information on our complete family of terminal block products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Terminal-Blocks

4-19

Terminal Blocks
Connectivity

Power Distribution Blocks


1492-PDE
IP2X Finger-safe protection
Power distribution through 510 A
DIN Rail and panel mountable
Numerous connector configurations
High fault SSCR up to 100 kA

Finger-safe power distribution terminal blocks are designed to prevent accidental contact with live
connectors without the use of additional barriers or shields. These panel mount devices have a compact
footprint, and are available with either aluminum or copper terminals. Captive termination screws ensure
that parts never get lost and the rugged thermoplastic housing will resist physical damage.
These single-pole devices are available with DIN or panel mount options and can easily be assembled
together to create multi-pole solutions.

Line side connector

Finger-safe
IP2X

DIN Rail or
panel mount

Load side
connectors
multiple options

Terminal
Blocks
Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-20

4-24-21

Power Distribution Blocks


Line
Amps
(Cu Wire)
75 C

No. of
Poles

Connector
Diagram

Wire Range
[kcmil / AWG
(mm2)]

#2...#14
(352.5)

115

Load
Openings
per Pole

Connector
Diagram

Wire Range
[kcmil / AWG
(mm2)]

Openings
per Pole

Flexible
Copper
Wire *

Cat. No.

#2...#14
(35...2.5)

Yes

1492-PDME1111

#10...#14
(62.5)

Yes

1492-PDME1141

Connectivity

Product Selection

1492-PDE1112
2/0...#14
(70...2.5)

Yes
1492-PDE1C112 ,

2/0...#14
(702.5)

200

1
1492-PDE1142
#2...#14
(352.5)

1-pole

Yes
1492-PDE1C142 ,
1492-PDE1225

510

250 #6
(120...16)

250...#6
(120...16)

Yes
(line side)
1492-PDE1C255

335

(1) 400...#6
(185...16)
(1) 2/0...#14
(70..2.5)

1492-PDE1183
#2...#14
(35...2.5)

Yes
(line side)
1492-PDE1C183

Wire openings rated for #2-14 AWG are multiple wire rated: (2) #6 CU Str, (2) #8 CU Str, (2-4) #10 CU Str, (2 to 4) #12 CU Str, and (2 to 4) #14 CU Str.
Wire openings rated for #2/0 -14 AWG are multiple wire rated: (2) #4 CU Str, (2) #6 CU Str, (2) #8 CU Str, (2) #10 CU Str, (2) #12 CU Str.
* Flexible copper wire connections approved for flexible wire, stranding Classes G, H, I, K and DLO wire without the need for additional crimp connectors.
The C in the catalog number designates copper terminals. The catalog numbers without the C, have aluminum connectors.
UL 1953 Listed E 313475 Guide QPQS.

Standards Compliance and Certifications


Standards Compliance
Certifications
Flammability Ratings

UL 1059, UL 1953, CSA C22.2 No. 158, EN/IEC 60947-1, -7-1


CE Marked, CSA Certified (File No. 72582, Class 6228-01) , UL Component Recognized (File No. E40735, Guide No. XCFR2),
UL Listed (File No. E313475, Guide No. QPQS), RoHS
94V-O

For more information on our complete family of terminal block products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Terminal-Blocks

4-21

Wiring Systems
Connectivity

Wiring Systems
1492
Interface modules (IFM) connect through pre-wired
cables to digital and analog I/O
Simplified design reduces bill of materials one IFM
module and cable replaces multiple terminal blocks,
wires and terminations
Design flexibility feed-through, LED indication,
fusing, and interposing relay IFMs are available to meet
application variables

Value Add of Wiring Systems


You can achieve up to 75% savings on your control wiring time and reduce wiring errors when
using a Bulletin 1492 Wiring System compared with wiring to traditional terminal blocks.

1492 Wiring Systems


Cables:
Pre-wired
IFM Ready
I/O Ready

0:46:30 min
Replace multiple terminal blocks, wires and
terminations with single IFM and cable.

Conventional Wiring

Interface Modules (IFM):


Digital
Straight Feed-through
LED indicating
Fused
Relay
Analog
Straight Feed-through
Fused

1:08 min

Specialty

Wiring
Systems
Terminal
Blocks

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-22

4-24-21

4-224-23

ControlLogix Controllers
1756

CompactLogix Controllers
1769

MicroLogix 1200 Controllers (40 Embedded I/O)


1762

MicroLogix 1500 Controllers


1764

Flex I/O (with Flex D-Shell Base Modules)


1794

CompactLogix L1/L2 (Embedded I/O)


5370

For more information on our complete family of wiring systems products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices

Connectivity

Wiring systems replace the point-to-point wiring between a PLC I/O module and individual terminal blocks
providing quicker, more accurate connections between control and factory devices.

4-23

Signal Interface
Connectivity

Signal Conditioners
931 S/H/U
Isolation of analog measurement and control signals
with 2 way isolation or 3 way isolation
Conversion of specialty signals to commonly
used type signals
Amplification, linearization, and transmission of low
level sensor signals
Transmission of analog signals over long distances
Provides local display using a splitter or remote status
indications and alarms via relay contact closures based
on the analog signals
Signal Conditioners are designed for use with I/O systems to provide reduced installation and maintenance
costs in process applications. A wide range of products are available for use wherever temperature, pressure,
speed, weight, level, and flow are measured and controlled as part of a continuous or batch production process.
A variety of product types are offered to meet your application needs, including:

931U Universal

931H High-Density

931S Standard

Programmable allowing the


devices to be used on a wide
variety of analog signals, available
in 12.5 mm and 45 mm wide sizes

Cost-effective analog signal


conditioning in a high-density
(6 mm wide) housing

Solutions for a wide


variety of analog signals, available
in compact sizes ranging from
12.5 mm to 22.5 mm wide

Signal
Interface
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

4-24-21

4-224-23

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-24

4-244-27

Signal Conditioners
Width
(mm)

Description

Current/Voltage
Passive isolator, 1 channel
6.0
Active converter, 3 way
6.1
Active converter, 3 way
17.5
Passive isolator, 2 channel
17.5
Active isolator
12.5
Passive isolator, splitter
17.5
Passive converter
17.5
Active converter, 3 way
12.5
Temperature RTD/Thermocouple
Active converter, PT100/RTD
6.0

Input Ratings

Output Ratings

Power

Cat. No.

0(4)...20 mA
0...20 mA, 420 mA, 010V DC
0(4)...20 mA
0(4)...20 mA
4...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...20 mA, 420 mA, 05V DC, 010V DC
0.1 mA100 mA3, 20 mV200V DC3

0(4)...20 mA
0...20 mA, 420 mA, 010V DC
0(4)...20 mA
0(4)...20 mA
4...20 mA
(2x) 4...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...20 mA, 0+10V DC

ILP4
AUX
AUX
ILP4
AUX
OLP5
OLP5
AUX1

931H-A1A1N-IP
931H-C2C2D-DC
931S-A1A1N-DC
931S-A1A1N-IP2
931S-A2A2N-DC
931S-A2A5N-OP
931S-C1A2D-OP
931S-C4C5D-BC

PT100, 2 or 3 conds (0...200 C)


Pt100, Ni100 2, 3 or 4 conds;
Pot.: 0...100 k; Res.: 0...4.5 k

4...20 mA

OLP5

931H-P2A2N-OP

0...20 mA, 420 mA, 010V DC

AUX

931S-P1C2D-DC

AUX

931H-T1C1D-DC

AUX

931H-T2C1D-DC

AUX

931S-T9C2D-DC

Active converter, 3 way, RTD

17.5

Thermocouple, Type J

6.1

Type J (0700 C)

Thermocouple, Type K

6.1

Type K, (01000 C)

Universal thermocouple, 3 way

17.5

Type K, J, T, E, N, R, S, B (-200+1820 C)

0...20 mA, 420mA, 05V DC,


010V DC
0...20 mA, 420 mA, 05V DC,
010V DC
0...20 mA, 420 mA, 010V DC

Passive converter, monitoring

22.5

01 A or 05 A or 010 A (AC)

4...20 mA

OLP5

931S-A3A2D-OP

Active converter, monitoring

22.5

01 A or 05 A or 010 A (AC)

0...20 mA, 420 mA, 010V DC

AUX

931S-A3C2D-DC

0...20 mA, 420 mA, 200 mA,


204 mA, 05V DC, 0.10V DC,
50V DC, 100V DC
0...20 mA, 420 mA, 010V DC
0...20 mA, 420 mA,
010V DC (HART)

AUX

931S-B1C6D-DC

AUX

931S-F1C2D-DC

AUX

931H-A2C2D-DCHart

420 mA

OLP5

931U-C9A2C-OP6

020 mA, -1010 V DC


(programmable); 2 relays

AUX2

931U-C9C7C-BC6

NA

NA

931U-CABLE

NA

931H-EB1

Connectivity

Product Selection

Line Monitoring

Application Specific
Bridge converter, 3 way

17.5

Frequency converter, 3 way

12.5

-500 mV...+500 mV
(Excitation = +10V DC, +5V DC or
4.8...10.2V DC adjustable)
2 or 3 wire PNP/NPN, NAMUR initiator, push-pull step

Active isolator, 3 way, Hart

6.1

4...20 mA (HART)

Universal
Current/Voltage: -1020 mA; -510V DC/ -1020 mA;
-510V / -100200 mV;
TC: B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, W3, W5 (-200+2300 C);
RTD: Pt100/200, Ni100, Cu100 2/3/4 cond. (-200+850 C)
Current/Voltage: -2050 mA; -200500 mV, -2050V DC;
TC: B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T;
RTD: PT100, PT1000, Ni100, Ni1000, Cu10, Cu25, Cu50, Cu100
45.0 2/3/4 cond;
Pot: 100 100 k;
Res.: 10 5 k
Freq.: 2 Hz100 kHz
NA
NA

Active converter, universal

12.5

Active converter, 3 way, universal

Programming cable
Accessories
Endbarrier

1.5

*All non-marked AUX are 24V DC

NA
22230V AC/DC
2
18264V AC/DC
1

NA
These ranges are scalable
4
Input Loop Powered
3

Output Loop Powered


6
Software Programmable
5

For more information on our complete family of signal interface products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Signal-Interface

4-25

Signal Interface
Connectivity

Intrinsic Safety Modules


937 Z/T/C
For analog and digital signals in hazardous locations
Simple maintenance with integrated diagnostics and
quick change of modules during ongoing operation
Comprehensive standards compliance, including up
to SIL3 compliance for easy and reliable planning
and documentation
Horizontal or vertical mounting with no reduction in
operational ratings
Power Rail for drastically reduced wiring, collective error
messaging, efficient troubleshooting and installation

Bulletin 937 Intrinsic Safety Modules connect intrinsically safe rated equipment such as transmitters,
solenoids, proximity sensors and encapsulated assemblies with control systems.
Product Range Overview
From simple switch amplifiers to highly
functional signal converters
Modules available with galvanic isolation
Low heat dissipation thanks to low
power consumption
Broad supply voltage range including
AC, DC and universal power
supply (AC/DC)

Easy Configuration
Power Rail System

DIP switches or Pushbuttons


with LCD display
FDT Interface between
devices and control system

Allows simple snap-in


of modules
Power supply and
monitoring of lead
breakages/short circuit
on gold-plates rails
Reduces wiring
Vertical and horizontal
mounting
Simplifies future
expansions

Compact Size
12.5 mm housing
allowed for
2 channel densities

Power Feed Module


Link power supply
to the Power Rail
Group fusing
Redundancy options
Alarming for lead
breakage, short circuit,
and power failure
Reduces I/O overhead
Front switch for mode
of operation

Removable Terminals
Rapid connection
Up to 2.5mm/14 AWG wiring
Keyed terminals
eliminate misconnection

Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

4-24-21

4-224-23

Signal
Interface
Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-26

4-244-27

Isolated/Converter Barriers
Module Type

Signal Type
Digital input,
Transistor output

Switch
amplifier

Digital input,
Relay output

Device Power

24V DC

115V AC
230V AC

Solenoid driver

Digital output

SMART transmitter supply

Analog input

Temperature repeater

Analog input

SMART current driver

Analog output

Universal temp converter

Analog input

Transmitter supply converter

Analog input

HART loop converter

Analog input

Strain gauge converter

Analog input

Input loop powered

Channels

Signal Splitter

1-channel

Yes

Width

937TH-DISTS-DC1

2-channel

No

1-channel

Yes

2-channel

No

1-channel

Yes

937TS-DISRS-KD1

2-channel

No

937TS-DISAR-KD2

1-channel

Yes

2-channel

No

1-channel

No

12.5 mm

Digital input

937TH-DISAT-DC2
937TH-DISRS-DC1
937TH-DISAR-DC2

20 mm

937TS-DISRS-KF1
937TS-DISAR-KF2

12.5 mm

937TH-DOSND-IP1

1-channel

No

12.5 mm

937TH-AITXP-DC1

1-channel

Yes

12.5 mm

937TH-AITXS-DC1

2-channel

No

20 mm

937TS-AITXP-DC2

No

12.5 mm

937TH-AIRRP-DC1

No

12.5 mm

937TH-AOSCD-DC1

20 mm

937CS-AITMP-DC1*

24V DC

937CU-AITXF-DC1

1-channel

937CU-AIHLP-DC1

40 mm

Digital input

Frequency converter

Cat. No.

Connectivity

Product Selection

937CU-AISTR-DC1
937CU-DIFRQ-DC1

20-90V DC/48-253 V AC

937CU-DIFRQ-BC1

* Configured via Field Device Tool (FDT) software such as Rockwell Software FactoryTalk AssetCentre or PACTware.

Zener Barriers
Signal Type

Max Resistance

Other Functionality

646 Ohm
36 + 0.9V Ohm

Cat. No.
937ZH-DPAN-2

1-channel

937ZH-DPBN-1
12.5 mm

Diode return

2-channel
2-channel

937ZH-DPBN-2

Diode return, high power

2-channel

937ZH-DPDP-2

327 Ohm
250 Ohm

Width

2-channel

327 Ohm
Positive polarity DC

Channels

937ZH-DPCD-2

Accessories
Power rail feed module

Power feed module for power rail system

Width: 20 mm

Power rail 0.8 meter

Power rail with cover and 2 end caps

Length: 0.8 M

937A-PR08

Power rail 2 meter

Power rail with cover and 2 end caps

Length: 2 M

937A-PR20

Power rail end caps

Power rail end caps

937A-PREC

USB interface cable

USB interface programming cable

937A-USBA

Cold junction compensation connector

Cold junction compensation for 937CS-AITMP-DC1 (thermocouples)

937A-TCJC

For more information on our complete family of signal interface products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Signal-Interface

937A-PSFD

4-27

Connection Systems
Connectivity

Non-network Connectivity Solutions


Allen-Bradley passive connectivity components make up a complete plug & play solution that simplifies and
consolidates wiring, while providing secure connections for proximity sensors, limit switches, photoelectric sensors,
and other field devices.
M23 Patchcord

Micro800 Controller

898D DC Micro
Distribution Box

M23 Receptacle

0 1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11
12 13

889D DC Micro
Patchcord
Micro 830

M23 Receptacle

DIN Valve Patchcord

M23 Field Attachable Connector


898D DC Micro
Distribution Box

1606-XL

DC Micro Receptacle
1606 Power Supply
Enclosure

889D DC Micro
Cordset

Mini-Plus Style Receptacle


889D DC Micro
Patchcord
42JT VisiSight
42EF RightSight

836E Pressure Sensor

889D DC Micro
Patchcord

898P Pico
Distribution Box

889P Pico to
Micro Patchcords

898D DC Micro
Distribution Box with
Mini-Plus Connector

Connection
Systems
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-28

4-284-37

Cordsets (connector at one end, leads on the other)


Patchcords (connectors at each end)
Field-attachable connectors
Panel-mount receptacles
871TM Proximity Sensor

xx

Splitters and tees

V- and Y-cables

Raw cable spools

Connectivity Styles

x xxxxx
00-000-000
xxxxx x x x x

Distribution boxes

Connectivity

A complete connectivity solution, including:

872C WorldProx

xx

DC micro (M12)

Pico

AC micro (1/2 in.)

Mini Plus

Mini (7/8 in.)

EAC micro

M23

DIN Valve

x x x xxxxx

00-000-000
xxxxx x x x x

Various cable jacket materials and flex ratings for a


wide range of applications and environments:

879D Micro
Y-Cable

871P VersaCube

BUL. 802M

802B Limit Switch


871A DC Micro
Terminal Chamber

PVC General purpose applications


TPE Bending and flexing applications,
temperature extremes
PUR Bending and flexing applications,
chemical environments, water submersion
ToughWeld (CPE) Welding applications,
chemical environments
ToughLink (TPE) UV and water resistant,
chemical environments
High Flex TPE and PUR rated to 5 million,
9 million, and 10 million flex cycles

Application
Non-network Connectivity is
ideal for compact machines, cost-sensitive
applications or those where minimal
diagnostics are required.

We offer many standard and custom


connectivity products not shown in
this catalog. Our free ProposalWorks
software is the easiest way to select or configure a
solution from our wide range of connectivity products.
Go to www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

For more information on our complete family of connection device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices

4-29

Connection Systems
Connectivity

DC Micro Cordsets & Patchcords


889D
4-, 5-, and 8-pin connectors
Straight or right angle versions
22 or 24 AWG cable
Oil-resistant yellow or black PVC jacket

Product Selection
Cordsets
Cable

Female (Sensor End)


Connector Style
4-pin straight

Wire Color

Assembly Rating

1 Brown
2 White

3 Blue
4 Black

5-pin straight

1 Brown
2 White

3 Blue
4 Black
5 Grey

8-pin straight

1 White
2 Brown
3 Green
4 Yellow

5 Grey
6 Pink
7 Blue
8 Red

4-pin right angle

Length [m (ft)]

Cat. No. 1
889D-F4AC-2
889D-R4AC-2

22 AWG
250V, 4 A

889D-F5AC-2

2 (6.56)
24 AWG,
30V AC/36V DC,
1.5 A

889D-F8AB-2 2

Patchcords
Female (Sensor End)
Connector Style

Male (I/O End)


Connector Style

4-pin straight

Cable
Assembly Rating

Cat. No. 1

4-pin straight

889D-F4ACDM-2

4-pin right angle

889D-F4ACDE-2

4-pin straight

4-pin right angle

Length [m (ft)]

22 AWG
250V, 4 A

4-pin right angle

889D-R4ACDM-2

2 (6.56)

889D-R4ACDE-2

5-pin straight

5-pin straight

889D-F5ACDM-2

8-pin straight

8-pin straight

889D-F8ABDM-2

Replace the 2 after the dash with 1, 5, or 10 for additional lengths in meters.
The 8-pin cordset is for Safety devices.

1
2

Connection
Systems
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-30

4-284-37

Connectivity

AC Micro Cordsets & Patchcords


889R
3-, 4-, 5- and 6-pin connectors
Straight or right angle female connector
Standard 18 or 22 AWG braided cable
Oil-resistant yellow PVC jacket

Product Selection
Cordsets
Female Connector Style

1 Green (GND)
2 Red/Black Tr.
1 Green (GND)
2 Red/Black Tr.
1 Red/Black Tr.
2 Red/White Tr.
1 Green (GND)
2 Red/Black Tr.
1 Red/Black Tr.
2 Red/White Tr.
1 Red/White Tr.
2 Red
3 Green
1 Red/White Tr.
2 Red
3 Green

3-pin straight
3-pin straight
4-pin straight
3-pinright angle
4-pin right angle
5-pinstraight
6-pin straight

Cable

Wire Color
3 Red/White Tr.

Wire Rating
Braided 22 AWG
250V, 4 A

Length [m (ft)]

Cat. No. 1
889R-F3ECA-2

3 Red/White Tr.

889R-F3AEA-2

3 Red
4 Green (GND)

889R-F4AEA-2
18 AWG
250V
4A

3 Red/White Tr.
3 Red
4 Green (GND)

2 (6.5)

4 Red/Yellow Tr.
5 Red/Black Tr.
4 Red/Yellow Tr.
5 Red/Black Tr.
6 Red/Blue Tr.

889R-R3AEA-2
889R-R4AEA-2
889R-F5AEA-2

Braided 22 AWG
250V
4A

889R-F6ECA-2

Patchcords

Cable

Female (Sensor End)


Connector Style

Male (I/O End)


Connector Style

Assembly Rating

Length [m (ft)]

Cat. No.

3-pin straight

3-pin straight

18 AWG, 250V, 4 A

2 (6.5)

889R-F3AERM-2

Replace the 2 after the dash with 1, 5, or 10 for additional lengths in meters.

For more information on our complete family of connection device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices

4-31

Connection Systems
Connectivity

Mini Cordsets
889N
3-, 4-, and 5-pin connectors
Straight or right angle versions
Heavy duty STOOW 16 AWG cable
Oil-resistant yellow PVC jacket

Product Selection
Cordsets
Cat. No. 1

Female Connector Style

Wire Rating

Length [m (ft)]

IEC

US

3-pin straight

16 AWG, 600V, 13 A

1.8 (6)

889N-F3AFC-6F

4-pin straight

16 AWG, 600V, 10 A

1.8 (6)

889N-F4AF-6F

889N-F4AFC-6F

5-pin straight

16 AWG, 600V, 8 A

1.8 (6)

889N-F5AF-6F

889N-F5AFC-6F

3-pin right angle

16 AWG, 600V, 13 A

1.8 (6)

889N-R3AFC-6F

4-pin right angle

16 AWG, 600V, 10 A

1.8 (6)

889N-R4AF-6F

889N-R4AFC-6F

5-pin right angle

16 AWG, 600V, 8 A

1.8 (6)

889N-R5AF-6F

889N-R5AFC-6F

Replace the 6F after the dash with 12F or 20F for additional lengths in feet.

Color Code

US

IEC

3-pin

4-pin

5-pin

1 Green
2 Black
3 White

1 Black
2 White
3 Red
4 Green

1 White
2 Red
3 Green
4 Orange
5 Black

Need Help?

1 Black
2 Blue
3 Orange
4 Brown
5 White

www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

1 Black
2 Blue
3 Brown
4 White

The Rockwell Automation Support Center


is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.

Connection
Systems
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-32

4-284-37

Connectivity

Pico Cordsets & Patchcords


889P
3- or 4-pin connectors
Straight or right angle female
Standard 24 AWG cable
Oil-resistant yellow PVC jacket

Product Selection
Cordsets
Female (Sensor End)
Connector Style
3-pin straight

1 Brown
3 Blue
4 Black

3-pin right angle

1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black

4-pin straight

Cable
Wire Color

Wire Rating

Length [m (ft)]

Cat. No. 1

2 (6.5)

889P-F3AB-2

2 (6.5)

889P-R3AB-2

2 (6.5)

889P-F4AB-2

Wire Rating

Length [m (ft)]

Cat. No. 2

24 AWG
60V AC/75V DC
4A

1 (3.3)

889P-F3ABPM-1

24 AWG
60V AC/75V DC
4A

Replace the 2 after the dash with 5 or 10 for additional lengths in meters.

Patchcords

Female (Sensor End)


Connector Style

Male Connector (I/O End)


Connector Style

3-pin straight

3-pin straight

Cable

Replace the 1 after the dash with 2, 5, or 10 for additional lengths in meters.

For more information on our complete family of connection device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices

4-33

Connection Systems
Connectivity

DC Micro & Pico Distribution Boxes


898D & 898P
4-pin DC micro or 3- pin pico connectors
Top mount inputs
4- or 8-port parallel wired
PNP wired LED versions
Single input per port
Prewired master cable
Rugged grey Pocan body

Product Selection
Style

No. of Connections

Operating Voltage/
Supply Current

Illuminated

Cable Length [m (ft)]

Cat. No.

5 (16.4)

898D-P54PT-B5

10 (32.8)

898D-P54PT-B10

5 (16.4)

898D-P58PT-B5

10 (32.8)

898D-P58PT-B10

4
1030V DC
2 A max./port
10 A max. total

DC Micro
8

PNP LED

1030V DC
2 A max./port
6 A max. total

Pico
8

898P-P34PT-B5
5 (16.4)
898P-P38PT-B5

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and distributors
offers exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support
your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

Connection
Systems
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-34

4-284-37

Connectivity

Terminal Chambers & IDC Connectors


871A, 889D, 889P
4-pin micro or 3-pin pico connector
Male and female versions
Screw terminal
Supports cable O.D. 48 mm

Product Selection
Terminal Chamber
Description

Type

Connector Style

Jacket Cable Diameter


[mm (in.)]

Wire Rating

4.06.0 (0.160.24)
DC Micro

Female

4-pin straight

6.08.0 (0.240.32)
4.06.0 (0.160.24)

Cat. No.
871A-TS4-D

250V, 4 A

6.08.0 (0.240.32)

871A-TS4-D1
871A-TS4-DM
871A-TS4-DM1

IDC Connector
Description
DC Micro

Pico

Type
Female
Male
Female

Connector Style

Jacket Cable Diameter


[mm (in.)]

Wire Rating

4-pin straight

4.05.1 (0.160.20)

32V, 4 A

3-pin straight

4.05.1 (0.160.20)

32V, 3 A

Male

For more information on our complete family of connection device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices

Cat. No.
889D-F4DC-H
889D-M4DC-H
889P-F3DC-H
889P-M3DC-H

4-35

Connection Systems
Connectivity

DC Micro & AC Micro Receptacles


888D & 888R
Male and female versions
1/2 inch NPT threads
22 AWG conductors
Rugged anodized aluminum body

Product Selection
DC Micro Style
Type

Wire Color

4-pin female

1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black

4-pin male
5-pin female
5-pin female

Wire Rating

Length [m (ft)]

Panel Mount Thread Size

Cat. No.
888D-F4AC1-0M3
888D-M4AC1-0M3

22 AWG
250V
4A

1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black
5 Grey

0.3 (1)

1/2 in.-14 NPT


888D-F5AC1-0M3
888D-M5AC1-0M3

AC Micro Style
Connector Style

Wire Color

Wire Rating

3-pin female

1 Green (GND)
2 Red/Black Tr.
3 Red/White Tr.

22 AWG
250V
4A

3-pin male
4-pin female
4-pin male

Length [m (ft)]

Panel Mount Thread


Size

888R-F3AC1-1F
888R-M3AC1-1F
0.3 (1)

1 Red/Black Tr.
2 Red/White Tr.
3 Red
4 Green (GND)

1/2 in.-14 NPT


888R-F4AC1-1F

22 AWG
300V
3A

888R-M4AC1-1F

Connection
Systems
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

Cat. No.

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-36

4-284-37

Connectivity

Mini & Pico Receptacles


888N & 888P
Male and female versions
Heavy-duty 16 AWG conductors (mini)
24 AWG conductors (pico)
Black epoxy-coated aluminum body (mini)
Rugged nickel-plated brass body (pico)

Product Selection
Mini Style (US Color Code)
Connector Style

Wire Color

Wire Rating

3-pin female

1 Green
2 Black
3 White

16 AWG
600V
13 A

1 Black
2 White
3 Red
4 Green

16 AWG
600V
10 A

1 White
2 Red
3 Green
4 Orange
5 Black

16 AWG
600V
8A

Connector Style

Wire Color

Wire Rating

3-pin female

1 Brown
3 Blue
4 Black

3-pin male
4-pin female
4-pin male
5-pin female
5-pin male

Length [m (ft)]

Panel Mount Thread Size

Cat. No.
888N-F3AF1-1F
888N-M3AF1-1F
888N-F4AF1-1F

0.3 (1)

1/2 in.-14 NPT

888N-M4AF1-1F
888N-F5AF1-1F
888N-M5AF1-1F

Pico Style

3-pin male
4-pin female
4-pin male

1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black

Length [m (ft)]

Panel Mount Thread Size

Cat. No.
888P-F3AB4-0M3

24 AWG
60V AC/75V DC
4 A

888P-M3AB4-0M3
0.3 (1)

M8 x 0.5

For more information on our complete family of connection device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices

888P-F4AB4-0M3
888P-M4AB4-0M3

4-37

Safety Connection Systems


Connectivity

Safety Connectivity
Allen-Bradley safety connection systems offer a complete wiring solution dedicated to machine safety.
SensaGuard

Enclosure
Guardmaster
Safety Relay

Safety T-Port
5-Pin Female Receptacle

DC Micro Patchcord

5-Pin Patchcord
889D DC Micro Cordset
19-Pin Female Receptacle
Safety Shorting Plugs
M23 Home
Run Cable

1607
Power
Supply

898D Safety Distribution Box

Safety Shorting Plugs

889D DC Micro
Patchcord
PLC

DC Micro Patchcord

1768 Compact GuardLogix


SensaGuard
M23 19-Pin Female
Receptacle

M23 Patchcord

On-Machine Solutions

Application

Reduce costs, accelerate startup


and boost reliability.

Safety Connectivity is suited for compact machines


with a limited number of safety components using
safety relays for monitoring.

www.rockwellautomation.com/
products-technologies/
on-machine-solutions/overview.page

Safety
Connection Systems
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

Network
Media

4-38

4-384-41

4-424-49

Components
Safety T-Port

Safety-wired T-ports
Safety-wired distribution boxes

Safety Shorting
Plugs

Connectivity

SensaGuard

Allen-Bradley Guardmaster safety connection


systems are complete quick-disconnect wiring
solutions dedicated to machine safety.

Safety-wired shorting plugs


Patchcords
Receptacles

Connector Options
DC Micro (M12)
M23
Terminal Chamber

SensaGuard with QD

Flexible and reliable connections for safety


Interlock switches

SensaGuard

Safety limit switches

E-Stops

Cable pull switches

Safety relays

Guard locking switches Safety mats


Not Suitable For
Safety Limit
Switch

Pressure-sensitive safety edges


SensaGuard

Tongue Switch
8-Pin Patchcord

Notes
Designed to simplify the installation
of safety devices
Reduced installation costs, simplified
expansion and troubleshooting,
increased modularity

Distribution Box

8-Pin Patchcord

Guard Locking
Switch

SensaGuard

Single- or dual-channel options with


or without enunciation
Enunciation systems allow direct feedback
on individual systems in the system and
provide an auxiliary contact as input for
tower lights, audible alarms, PLC input
cards, etc.
Shorting plugs must be installed in all
unused distribution box ports for the
system to operate

For more information on our complete family of safety connection device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices

4-39

Safety Connection Systems


Connectivity

Safety Distribution Boxes


898D & 898R
Prewired for compatibility with safety dual-channel and
three-channel switches
For use in Cat 2, 3, or 4 systems per EN 954-1 and up to
SIL3 per EN 13849-1
Enunciation models identify open contacts via LEDs on
box and discrete wire in home-run connection

Product Selection Safety Wired Distribution Box


Dual-Channel
Safety Switch Configuration

Enunciation

Connection Type

No. of Ports

Home Run Connection

Cat. No.

2 N.C.

No

4-pin DC micro

DC micro pigtail, 200 mm


(7.87 in.)

898D-44LT-DM4

Cable, 5 m (16.4 ft)

898D-P48JT-A5

Cable, 10 m (32.8 ft)

898D-P48JT-A10

Cable, 5 m (16.4 ft)

898R-P68MT-A5

Cable, 10 m (32.8 ft)

898R-P68MT-A10

1 N.C. & 1 N.O. for Enunciation

Yes

4-pin DC micro

2 N.C. & 1 N.O. for Enunciation

Yes

6-pin AC micro

2 OSSD 1

Yes

8-pin DC micro

4
8

M23, 19-pin

SensaGuard compatible.

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

Safety
Connection Systems
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

Network
Media

4-40

4-384-41

4-424-49

898D-48LT-DM4

898D-P84RT-M19
898D-P88RT-M19

Connectivity

Safety Wired T-Port & Shorting Plug


898D & 898R
Safety Wired T-Port
T-Port/splitter designed for use with dual-channel
safety devices with four-pin DC micro connector
For use in Cat 2 or 3 systems per EN 954-1
SensaGuard units may be wired in series maintaining a
Cat 4/SIL3 rating
Safety Wired Shorting Plug
Shorting plug designed for use with safety-wired
distribution boxes
Ratcheting coupling nut on four-pin models for
vibration resistance

Product Selection Safety Wired T-Port


DC Micro Style (Dual-Channel, No Enunciation)
Configuration

Female QD (2 Ports)

Male QD (1 Port)

2 N.C.
1 N.O. & 1 N.C.

4-pin DC micro

4-pin DC micro

For use with SensaGuard switches only

Cat. No.
898D-43LY-D4
898D-43KY-D4

8-pin DC micro

898D-438Y-D8

Male QD

Coupling Nut Material

Cat. No.

4-pin DC micro

Epoxy-coated zinc

Product Selection Safety Wired Shorting Plug


DC & AC Micro Style
Safety Switch Configuration
2 N.C.

898D-41LU-DM

1 N.O. & 1 N.C.

898D-41KU-DM

2 N.C. & 1 N.O.

6-pin DC micro

898R-61MU-RM

For use with SensaGuard compatible


T-Ports only

4-pin DC micro

898D-418U-DM
Nickel-plated brass

2 OSSD
2 OSSD with 24V DC connected to
Aux. input

898D-81RU-DM
8-pin DC micro
898D-81RU-DM2

For more information on our complete family of safety connection device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices

4-41

Network Media
Connectivity

Industrial Ethernet Connectivity


We offer a complete portfolio of industrial-grade Ethernet physical media specifically designed for
use in harsh environments.
DC Micro Patchcord
MultiSight
842E EtherNet/IP Encoder
M12 600V D Code Ethernet Patchcord
M12D Code Ethernet Patchcords

1756 CompactLogix

M12 to RJ45 Bulkhead Adapter

1606 Power Supply

1606-XL

RJ45 Ethernet Patchcords


RJ45 to M12 Female Receptacle Patchcord

RJ45 to
RJ45-600V
Ethernet

M12D Code Ethernet


Patchcords

1783 Stratix Switch

PowerFlex
1607-XT
POWER SUPPLY

RJ45 Insulation Displacement


Auxiliary Mini
Patchcord
2711 PanelView

1607 Power
Supply

Enclosure

Auxiliary Power Receptacle

Sales Offices and Distributors

Application

Our network of sales offices and


distributors offers exceptional knowledge
and service to help you design, implement
and support your automation investment.

Ethernet Network Connectivity is ideal for


highly distributed machines that require
extensive diagnostics at the PLC.

www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

Network
Media
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-42

4-424-49

Components

ArmorStart LT

ArmorPOINT

Cordsets and patchcords


Receptacles/outlets
Bulkhead adapters
Raw cable spools
Field-attachable connectors

Connectivity

Allen-Bradley Ethernet media components combine


specially-designed cable with rugged connector
construction to preserve network integrity
and performance.

Connector Options

Micro to Mini Patchcord


M12 D Code Ethernet
Patchcord

M12 D Code Patchcord


with 600V Cable

DC Micro Patchcord

ArmorBlock
DC Micro
Patchcord

ArmorBlock
(legacy)

56 RFID
Transceiver

Auxiliary
Mini
Patchcord

56RF RFID Interface Block


DC Micro Patchcord
DC Micro Female to Male Patchcord

T-Port
42EF RightSight Sensor

RJ45 (IP20) M12 D-Coded (IP67) Variant 1 (IP67)


Two- or four-pair shielded and unshielded
cable options in multiple cable jackets:
Two-pair for 10/100 BaseT and
On-Machine applications
Four-pair for backbone and uplink ports or any
areas requiring data rates greater then 100 BaseT
Interlock switches
PVC Cable General purpose applications
PUR Cable High flex, Halogen-free
TPE Cable High flex applications
Plenum Cable Air handling applications
600V PVC Use in cable trays with up to
600V rated cables
Notes
Allen-Bradley Ethernet media is designed to ODVA
EtherNet/IP standards for enhanced performance
in industrial applications
The 600V rated cable has a 600V AWM rating as well
as PLTC (Power Limited Tray Cable) NEC Type PLTC
Listed, which is approved for cable tray use in Class
1, Division 2, hazardous areas and nonhazardous
areas, cable trays, raceways, conduit and supported
by messenger wires
Transition from inside the cabinet to on-machine
can be accomplished with an RJ45-to-M12
bulkhead adapter or an RJ45-to-M12 female panel
mount patchcord. Both solutions provide a sealed
solution mounted on to the cabinet and enables as
easy transition from IP20 to IP67
High flex cables rated to 10 million flexing cables

For more information on our complete family of network media products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices/Network-Media

4-43

Network Media
Connectivity

Ethernet Media Cable Spools


1585
Four- and eight-conductor styles
24 AWG conductors, Cat 5e
Twisted pairs maintain signal balance through cable to
provide high noise immunity without need for shield
Designed to ODVA EtherNet/IP specifications and ISO
IEC 24702, IEC 61918
Suitable in noise environments M3I3C3E3
Robotic cables are flex rated, rated to 10 million cycles

Product Selection
Cable Spools
Cable Type

No. of
Conductors

Nominal Outer
Diameter

Unshielded riser PVC

8 (four pair)

Jacket Color

Color Code

Cable Rating

Cat. No. 1

5.84 mm
(0.23 in.)

Teal

White/Orange, Orange, White/


Green, Blue, White/Blue, Green,
White/Brown, Brown

UL CMR; cUL CMG; Standard TIA


568-B

1585-C8PB-S100

4 (two pair)

5.6 mm
(0.22 in.)

Teal

White/Orange, White/Green,
Orange, Green

Weld splatter, sunlight, and oil


resistant; UL CM, CMX; cUL CM;
Standard TIA 568-B, high flex rated

1585-C4TB-S100

8 (four pair)

5.84 mm
(0.23 in.)

Teal

White/Orange, Orange, White/


Green, Blue, White/Blue, Green,
White/Brown, Brown

Weld splatter, sunlight and oil


resistant; UL CM, CMX; cUL CM;
Standard TIA 568-B, high flex rated

1585-C8TB-S100

Foil and braided


shield robotic PUR

8 (four pair)

6.2 12 mm
(0.244 in.)

Teal

C(ETL)US TYPE CMX; TIA 568-B,


Flex rated, Halogen- Free

1585-C8UB-S100

Foil and braided


shield robotic PUR

4 (two pair)

Teal

C(ETL)US TYPE CMX; TIA 568-B,


Flex rated, Halogen- Free

1585-C4UB-S100

Foil and braided


shield 600V PVC

8 (four pair)

8.13 0.38 mm
(0.32 in.)

Teal

(UL) CMX, CMR; c(UL) CMG; (UL)


PLTC or AWM 257080 C 600V;
TIA-568- B

1585-C8HB-S100

Unshielded robotic
TPE

Replace S100 with S300 (300 m) or S600 (600 m) for additional cable lengths.

Network
Media
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-44

4-424-49

Connectivity

Ethernet M12 D Code


Cordsets & Patchcords
1585D
Industrial-grade overmolded IP67 cable
Flex-rated to 10 million cycles
Single-ended cordsets can be custom terminated with
one of several field-attachable connectors
Designed to ODVA EtherNet/IP specifications and ISO
IEC 24702, IEC 61918
Twisted pairs provide high noise immunity
Suitable for noise environments M3I3C3E3
Cat 5e

Product Selection
M12 D Code Cordsets
Cable Style

First End Connector

Second End Connector

TPE, high flex, unshielded


PUR, foil and braided shield, high flex, halogen free

Cat. No. 1
1585D-M4TB-2

Male M12 D-code, straight

Flying leads

PVC, 600V rated, foil shield

1585D-M4UB-2
1585D-M4HB-2

M12 D Code Patchcords


Cable Style

TPE, high flex, unshielded

PUR, foil and braided shield, high flex, halogen free

PVC, 600V rated, foil shield

First End Connector

Second End Connector

Cat. No. 1

Male M12 D-code, straight

Male M12 D-code, straight

1585D-M4TBDM-2

Male M12 D-code, right angle

Male M12 D-code, right angle

1585D-E4TBDE-2

Male M12 D-code, straight

Male M12 D-code, right angle

1585D-M4TBDE-2

Male M12 D-code, straight

Female M12 D-code, straight

1585D-M4TBDF-2

Male M12 D-code, straight

Male M12 D-code, straight

1585D-M4UBDM-2

Male M12 D-code, right angle

Male M12 D-code, right angle

1585D-E4UBDE-2

Male M12 D-code, straight

Male M12 D-code, right angle

1585D-M4UBDE-2

Male M12 D-code, straight

Female M12 D-code, straight

1585D-M4UBDF-2

Male M12 D-code, straight

Male M12 D-code, straight

1585D-M4HBDM-2

Male M12 D-code, right angle

Male M12 D-code, right angle

1585D-E4HBDE-2

Male M12 D-code, straight

Male M12 D-code, right angle

1585D-M4HBDE-2

Male M12 D-code, straight

Female M12 D-code, straight

1585D-M4HBDF-2

TPE, high flex, unshielded


PUR, foil and braided shield, high flex, halogen free
PVC, 600V rated, foil shield
1

1585D-M4TBJM-2
Male M12 D-code, straight

RJ45, straight

1585D-M4UBJM-2
1585D-M4HBJM-2

Replace 2 (2 m) with 1 (1 m), 5 (5 m), or 10 (10 m) for additional standard cable lengths. Other standard and build-to-order lengths are available. Contact your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for details.

For more information on our complete family of network media products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices/Network-Media

4-45

Network Media
Connectivity

Ethernet RJ45 Cordsets & Patchcords


1585J
PVC riser and flex-rated TPE and PUR cables for
various applications
Teal cable jacket
Rugged strain relief and hitch mechanism to maintain
network integrity
Suitable environments M3I3C3E3
Unshielded, #24 AWG
Flex rated to 10 million cycles
Cat 5e

Product Selection
RJ45 Cordsets
No. of Conductors

Jacket Material

Teal high-flex TPE

Teal high-flex TPE

Teal riser PVC

Teal riser PVC

Teal high-flex PUR

Teal high-flex PUR

Teal 600V PVC

Shielding

Cat. No. 1
1585J-M4TB-2

Unshielded twisted pair

1585J-M8TB-2
1585J-M8PB-2
1585J-M8CB-2

Foil and braided shield

1585J-M4UB-2

Foil shield

1585J-M8HB-2

1585J-M8UB-2

RJ45 Patchcords
No. of
Conductors

Jacket Material

Teal high-flex, TPE

8
4

Teal high-flex, TPE

Cat. No. 1

Weld splatter, sun light and oil resistant; UL CMG, CMX; cUL CMG;
Standard TIA 568-B, flex rated

1585J-M4TBJM-2

Unshielded twisted pair

1585J-M8TBJM-2

Teal riser, PVC

UL CMR; cUL CMG; Standard TIA 568-B

1585J-M8PBJM-2

C(ETL)US TYPE CMX; TIA 568-B, flex-rated, halogen-free

1585J-M4UBJM-2

UL CMR; CUR CMG, TIA B

1585J-M8CBJM-2

C(ETL)US TYPE CMX; TIA 568-B, flex-rated, halogen-free

1585J-M8UBJM-2

(UL) CMX, CMR; c(UL) CMG; (UL) PLTC or AWM 2570 80 C 600V;
TIA-568-B

1585J-M8HBJM-2

Braid over foil shield

Teal high-flex, PUR


Teal 600V, PVC

Cable Rating

Teal high-flex, PUR


Teal riser, PVC

Cable Type

Foil shield

Replace 2 (2 m) with 1 (1 m), 5 (5 m), or 10 (10 m) for additional standard cable lengths. Other standard and build-to-order lengths are available. Contact your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for details.

Network
Media
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-46

4-424-49

Connectivity

Ethernet Accessories
1585D, 1585A, & 1585J
Field-installable accessories for easy
cabling modification
For use with raw cable or single-ended cordsets
M12 and RJ45 styles
M12 to RJ45 adapter for bulkhead installation

Product Selection
M12 Insulation Displacement Connector
No. of Pins

Connector Material

Cable Diameter
[mm (in.)]

Polyamide small body


unshielded

4.05.1
(0.160.20)

Zinc die-cast large


body shielded

5.57.2
(0.220.28)

Wire Size

Assembly Rating

#2622 AWG

32V, 4 A
#2422 AWG

Connector Style

Cat. No.

Straight male

1585D-M4DC-H

Straight female

1585D-F4DC-SH

Straight male

1585D-M4DC-SH

Field Attachable RJ45 Connectors


Description

Material

Insulation Material

Contact Material

Channel Bandwidth

Cat. No.

RJ45 insulation
displacement connector
(IDC)

Diecast zinc

Plastic

Gold-plated copper alloy

Cat 6

1585J-M8CC-H

4-pin, M12 Receptacle & M12 to RJ45 Adapter


Description

Mounting

Assembly Rating

Cat. No.

Female M12 receptacle to RJ45 female


adapter right angle

PG 9 panel mount threads

32V, 4 A

1585A-DD4JD

For more information on our complete family of network media products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices/Network-Media

4-47

Network Media
Connectivity

Gigabit Ethernet Connectivity


1585D/1585J
Ethernet speeds of 1 Gigabit per second
360 degree shield for optimal signal performance
without system noise interference
Cat 6, UL Listed. Conforms to ISO IEC 11801,
ANSI/TIA-1005, TIA-568-C.2.
Flex-rated TPE cables for various applications.
M12 feature X-code key alignment and are IP67 and
M3I3C3E3 rated
RJ45 features ideal 1p20 industrial applications
and M1I1C2E2

Innovative Connectivity for Demanding High-speed Data Transfer in


Industrial Applications
Our Ethernet media connects with Allen-Bradley Stratix Ethernet switches, programmable controllers,
PanelView graphic terminals and drives.
Stratix 5700
RJ45 Ethernet Patchcords

In-Cabinet
IP20

RJ45

Stratix 5700
RJ45 - RJ45 1GB
Foam Insert

Com
IN2
Ref
IN1

Stratix 8000/ Stratix 8300

RJ45 to RJ45:

1GB
Stratix 5700
M12 X-code
Ethernet
Patchcords

RJ45

M12 X-code

In-Cabinet
IP20

RJ45

1GB

Stratix 5700
M12 X-code - M12 X-code
M12 X-code to RJ45 Bulkhead
1G RJ45 to RJ45

Com
IN2
Ref
IN1

M12 X-code

M12 X-code
to RJ45
Bulkhead
Adaptor

Layer 3 Switch

RJ45 to M12 X-CODE:

ArmorStratix 5700

1GB

GE-1

EIP MOD

EIP NET

SETUP

GE-1
PoE STATUS

GE-2

3
4

8
5
7
6
1. BI_DA+ 5. BI_DD+
2. BI_DA- 6. BI_DD3. BI_DB+ 7. BI_DC4. BI_DB- 8. BI_DC+

GE-2

On-Machine
IP67

ALARM
1

5
ALARM

4
3
1. NO
2. NC
3. UNCONNECTED
4. UNCONNECTED
5. COMMON

6
4
3
1. RD+ 3. RD2. TD + 4. TDMDI-X

M12 X-code
Ethernet Patchcords

4
1. RTS
2. CTS
3. TXD

3
4. RXD
5. GND

4
PoE

POWER

DC_A

DC_B

1.DC_B+ 3.DC_A2.DC_A+ 4.DC_B-

M12 X-code to M12 X-code:

CONSOLE

ArmorStratix 5700
1G M12 - M12 X-code

Layer 2 Switch

Network
Media
Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-48

4-424-49

RJ45 Gigabit Cordset


Shielding

Connector Style

Cable Type

Cable Length

Cat. No.*

Foil and braided shield

Straight male

8-conductor, teal high-flex TPE

2 m (6.56 ft)

1585J-M8TG-2

Foil and braided shield

Right angle male

8-conductor, teal high-flex TPE

2 m (6.56 ft)

1585J-E8TG-2

Connector Style

Cable Type

Cable Length

Cat. No.*

Foil and braided shield

RJ45 straight male

8-conductor (4 pair), teal high-flex TPE

2 m (6.56 ft)

1585J-M8TGJM-2

Foil and braided shield

RJ45 straight male to right


angle male

8-conductor (4 pair), teal high-flex TPE

2 m (6.56 ft)

1585J-M8TGJE-2

Foil and braided shield

RJ45 right angle male to


right angle male

8-conductor (4 pair), teal high-flex TPE

2 m (6.56 ft)

1585J-E8TGJE-2

RJ45 Gigabit Patchcords


Shielding

Connectivity

Product Selection

* Replace -2 (6.56 ft) with 5 (16.4 ft) or 10 m (32.8 ft) for additional standard cable lengths.

M12 X-code to M12 X-code Patchcords


Shielding

Connector Style

Cable Type

Cable Length

Cat. No.*

Foil and braided shield

Straight male

Shielded teal PUR, 4 twisted pairs, 26 AWG,


Industrial Cat 6, UL Listed, sun light and
oil resistant

1 m (3.28 ft)

1585D-M8UGDM-1

M12 X-code to RJ45 Patchcord


Shielding

Connector Style

Cable Type

Cable Length

Cat. No.**

Foil and braided shield

Straight male

Shielded teal PUR, 4 twisted pairs, 26 AWG,


Industrial Cat 6, UL Listed, sun light and
oil resistant

1 m (3.28 ft)

1585D-M8UGJM-1

** Replace -1 (desired length in meters i.e., 1585D-M8UGDM-1 for a 1 m (3.28 ft) cable) with 2 m (6.56 ft), 3 m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.1 ft), 5 m (16.4 ft), 10 m (32.8 ft),
15 m (49.5 ft), 20 m (65.6 ft), 30 m (98.42 ft), or 40 m (131.23 ft) for additional standard cable lengths.

Accessories
Description

Cat. No.

Female M12 X-code receptacle to RJ45 female adaptor right angle

1585A-DD8JD

For more information on our complete family of network media products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Connection-Devices/Network-Media

4-49

Additional Connectivity Products


Connectivity

DeviceNet Media
Used as the backbone for your DeviceNet network, our
media includes multiple trunk and drop cable solutions to
best suit your topology.
Choose from traditional round media or time-saving
KwikLink flat media
Options for IP20 and IP67 applications
Available in bulk spools or pre-molded cordsets
or patchcords
DeviceNet media tools help simplify your network
installation and diagnostics

NEMA and Process Terminal Blocks


1492, 1492JP
The 1492 family of NEMA terminal blocks offer easy
wiring with standard size screwdrivers, easy visual
verification of proper wire position and easy marking.
1492-JP process terminal blocks are designed
specifically for process marshalling applications to
save 45% panel space and improve the performance
of signal routing and distribution.

Product Catalog iPad App


Configure and select from thousands of industrial
automation products to help meet your
application requirements.
Now available in the iTunes App Store, the
Rockwell Automation Product Catalog iPad app
allows you the convenience to browse or search
our comprehensive product offering from your iPad.

Terminal
Blocks

Wiring
Systems

Signal
Interface

Connection
Systems

Safety
Connection Systems

Network
Media

4-24-21

4-224-23

4-244-27

4-284-37

4-384-41

4-424-49

4-50

Presence Sensing Safety Devices


GuardShield POC Type 4................................................................................................ 5-2
GuardShield POC Safe 4................................................................................................... 5-4
Micro 400 POC Type 4...................................................................................................... 5-6
GuardShield PAC Type 4 & Safe 4/Micro 400.................................................................... 5-8
GuardShield Type 2 and Safe 2 POC............................................................................... 5-10
SafeZone Safety Scanners.......................................................................................... 5-12

Table of Contents

Safety

SC300 Safety Sensor..................................................................................................... 5-14


Safety Mat System........................................................................................................ 5-16

Interlock Switches
SensaGuard Non-Contact Switches............................................................................. 5-18
Magnetically Coded Non-Contact Switches................................................................... 5-20
Tongue Interlock Switches............................................................................................ 5-22
LZ Guard Locking Switches............................................................................................ 5-26
TLS-Z GD2 Guard Locking Switches............................................................................... 5-28
TLS-GD2 Guard Locking Switches.................................................................................. 5-30
Trapped Key Switches................................................................................................... 5-32

Access Control
Guardmaster Multifunctional Access Box.................................................................... 5-34

Safety Relays
Software-Configurable Relay........................................................................................ 5-36
Guardmaster Safety Relays (GSR Family)....................................................................... 5-38
Single and Specialty Function Safety Relays (MSR Family)............................................ 5-40

Emergency Stop Devices


Lifeline Cable Pull Switches........................................................................................ 5-42

Enabling Switches
Enabling Switches......................................................................................................... 5-44

Safety Limit Switches


22 mm Metal and Plastic, 30 mm Metal and 15 mm Plastic.......................................... 5-46

Additional Safety Products......................................................... 5-48

5-1

Presence Sensing Safety Devices


Safety

GuardShield POC Type 4


440L
Point of Operation Control (POC) for finger or
hand protection
Heavy-duty IP65 housing
Large operating range 0.316 m (0.9852.49 ft)
Dip switch selectable functions: blanking (including
teach-in), beam coding, EDM (External Device
Monitoring), and start mode
Available options: cascading, integrated laser
alignment, ArmorBlock Guard I/O connectivity

Cascading feature combines


neighboring systems

Closed cross section for best


mechanical performance

A Robust Solution for Finger and


Hand Detection
GuardShield safety light curtains offer an extraordinary
robustness against high-mechanical impacts. The
unique profile design is a perfect solution for heavy duty
applications. An integrated laser feature allows for easy set
up and a comfortable control of the alignment. With these
features this product provides the highest reliability.

Hand or finger resolution

Integrated laser for fast and


secure alignment

Comfortable teach-in

Presence
Sensing Devices
Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-2

5-25-17

Safety

Product Selection
GuardShield POC Type 4
Cat. No. 1
Description

Finger Resolution (14 mm)

Hand Resolution (30 mm)

GuardShield Type4

440L-P4JxxxxYD

440L-P4KxxxxYD

GuardShield Type4 with laser

440L-P4JLxxxxYD

440L-P4KLxxxxYD

GuardShield Type4 cascading

440L-C4JxxxxYD 2

440L-C4KxxxxYD 2

GuardShield Type4 cascading with laser

440L-C4JLxxxxYD 2

440L-C4KLxxxxYD 2

GuardShield Type4 Teach-in

440L-S4JxxxxYR

440L-S4KxxxxYR

GuardShield Type4 Armor with laser

440L-P4JLxxxxYA

440L-P4KLxxxxYA

Models are available in protective heights from 1601760 mm (6.369.3 in.) in 160 mm increments. To order, replace the xxxx in the catalog number with the
protective height in mm. For example, to order 160 mm height, replace the xxxx with 0160 (440L-P4K0160YD), or for 1760 mm height, replace xxxx with
1760 (440L-P4K1760YD).
2
Models are available in protective heights from 1601600 mm (6.363 in.) in 160 mm (6.3 in.) increments.
1

Specifications

Required Cordsets & Accessories


Description

Cat. No.

4-pin straight transmitter cable

889D-F4AC-2 3

8-pin straight receiver cable

889D-F8AB-2 3

24V DC 20%

Vertical shock mounting kit

440L-AF6120

Safety Output

2 OSSDs (max. 0.5 A)

Horizontal shock mount kit

440L-AF6121

Enclosure Rating

IP65

Weld Shield

440L-AGWSxxxx 1

Cross Section

40 x 50 mm (1.57 x 1.96 in.)

440L-AGSTxxxx 1

Scanning Range

Finger: 0.37 m (0.9822.9 ft)


Hand: 0.316 m (0.9852 ft)

IP67 washdown enclosure kit


(limited offering)
Mirror 75 mm (2.95 in.)

440L-AM075yyyy 4

Mirror 125 mm (4.92 in.)

440L-AM125yyyy 4

Muting box

445L-AMUTBOX1

Standards

Type4 (IEC 61496), PLe Cat 4 (ISO 13849-1),


SIL cl3 (IEC 62061)

Certifications

UL Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Power Supply

Models are available in protective heights from 1601760 mm


(6.369.3 in.) in 160 mm increments. To order, replace the xxxx in the
catalog number with the protective height in mm. For example, to
order 160 mm height, replace the xxxx with 0160 (440L-P4K0160YD),
or for 1760 mm height, replace xxxx with 1760 (440L-P4K1760YD).
3
Replace the 2 with 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30 for available lengths in meters.
4
yyyy = mirror length in mm
1

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation Support Center
is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

For more information on our complete family of presence sensing safety device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-3

Presence Sensing Safety Devices


Safety

GuardShield POC Safe 4


445L
Point of Operation Control (POC) for finger or
hand protection
Economical two-box system (no separate controller)
Simple ON/OFF functionality
Robust IP65 housing
Integrated laser alignment system
Large operating range
Finger and hand resolution
TV certified

Two-box system
(no separate controller)

Hand or finger resolution


Simple ON/OFF operation

Reliable Point of Operation Control


with Long Range
Safe 4 safety light curtains are simple ON/OFF, robust,
industrial point of operation controls (POC). Individual
protective fields are available in both finger (14 mm) and
hand (30mm) resolution. An integrated laser feature allows
for easy setup and confirmation of the alignment during
operation. The ideal solution for long-range applications.

Typical Application
Protective heights up to
1920mm (75.6 in.)

Integrated laser for fast and


secure alignment

Easy connection

Presence
Sensing Devices
Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-4

5-25-17

Safety

Product Selection
GuardShield POC Safe 4
Cat. No. 1
Description

Finger Resolution (14 mm)

Hand Resolution (30 mm)

Safe 4

445L-P4LxxxxYD

445L-P4SxxxxYD

Safe 4, long range (530 m (16.498.4 ft))

445L-P4XxxxxYD

Models are available in protective heights from 1201920 mm (4.7275.6 in.) in 120 mm increments. To order, replace the xxxx in the catalog number with
the protective height in mm. For example, to order 600 mm height, replace the xxxx with 0600 (445L-P4S0600YD), or for 1200 mm height, replace xxxx with
1200 (445L-P4S1200YD).

Specifications

Required Cordsets & Accessories

Standards

Type4 (IEC 61496-1, -2), PLe Cat 4 (ISO 13849-1),


SIL cl3 (IEC 62061)

Certifications

UL Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Power Supply

24V DC 20%

Safety Output

2 OSSDs (max. 0.3 A each)

Enclosure Rating

IP65

Cross Section

30 x 40 mm (1.18 x 1.57 in.)

Scanning Range

Finger: 09 m (029.5 ft)


Hand: 018 m (059 ft) and
530 m (16.498.4 ft)

Description

Cat. No.

Transmitter/receiver cable: 5-pin straight

889D-F5AC-2 2

Transmitter/receiver cable:
5-pin straight, shielded

889D-F5EC-2 2

180 adjustable mounting kit

445L-AF6141

Shock mount kit

445L-AF6142

Muting box

445L-AMUTBOX1

Mounting stand

440L-AMSTD

Mirror 75 mm (2.95 in.)

440L-AM075yyyy 3

Mirror 125 mm (4.92 in.)

440L-AM125yyyy 3

Replace the 2 with 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30 for available lengths in meters.
yyyy = mirror length in mm

2
3

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and
distributors offers exceptional knowledge
and service to help you design, implement
and support your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

For more information on our complete family of presence sensing safety device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-5

Presence Sensing Safety Devices


Safety

Micro 400 POC Type 4


445L
Point of Operation Control (POC) for finger
or hand protection
Slim housing
Economical three-box system
Requires MSR41 or MSR42 controller
Light duty (IP54)
No dead zone
Finger and hand resolution
TV Certified

A Slim-profile Solution for Point of


Operation Control
Cascading option available

No dead zone
Slim profile

Hand or finger resolution


Compact relay module

Micro 400 are Type4 safety light curtains with an extremely


small profile of 15 x 20 mm (0.59 x 0.78 in.) and are available
with both finger and hand resolution. They are designed
to be built into the machine and not on the machine. This
product must be used in combination with an MSR41 or MSR42
controller. The MSR42 controller is multi-functional and allows
for additional functions like blanking, override, and muting.

Typical Application

Single- or multifunction controller

LED indicators

Presence
Sensing Devices
Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-6

5-25-17

Safety

Product Selection
Micro 400 POC Type4
Cat. No. 1
Description

Finger Resolution (14 mm)

Hand Resolution (30 mm)

Micro 400

445L-P4CxxxxFP

445L-P4ExxxxFP

Micro 400 cascaded

445L-C4CxxxxFP 2

445L-C4ExxxxFP 2

Micro 400 IP69K

445L-P4CxxxxKP 2

Models are available in protective heights from 501200 mm (2.047.2 in.) in 50 mm increments. To order, replace the xxxx in the catalog number with
the protective height in mm. For example, to order 600 mm height, replace the xxxx with 0600 (445L-P4C0600FP), or for 1200 mm height, replace xxxx with
1200 (445L-P4C1200FP).
2
Not all protective heights.
1

Specifications

Required Cordsets & Accessories


Description

Cat. No.

Transmitter/receiver connection cable

445L-AC8RJ1 3

Transmitter/receiver patchcord cable

445L-AC8PC1 4

Flat mount kit

445L-AF6145

15 x 20 mm (0.59 x 0.79 in.)

Adjustable flat mounting kit

445L-AF6149

Scanning Range

Finger: 05 m (016.4 ft)


Hand: 05 m (016.4 ft)

MSR41 controller

440R-P221AGS

MSR42 controller

440R-P226AGS-NNR

Power Supply

24V DC 20%

MSR45E relay (2 N.O.)

440R-P4NANS

Safety Output

2 OSSDs (max. 0.4 A each)

Ribbon cable for one MSR45E

440R-ACABL1

Muting box

445L-AMUTBOX1

Standards

Type4 (IEC 61496-1, -2), PLe Cat 4 (ISO 13849-1),


SIL cl3 (IEC 62061)

Certifications

UL Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Rating

IP54

Cross Section

Replace the 1 with 2, 3, 5, or 8 for other available meter lengths.


Replace the 1 with 3 or 5 for other available meter lengths.

3
4

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

For more information on our complete family of presence sensing safety device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-7

Presence Sensing Safety Devices


Safety

GuardShield PAC Type4 &


Safe 4/Micro 400
440L & 445L
Perimeter Access Control (PAC) for whole body
detection around machines
Two-, three-, and four-beam solution
Integrated laser alignment tool
Large operating range
cULus Listed and TV Certified

Whole-body Detection for Machine


Perimeter Safeguarding
2, 3, or 4-beam

30 meter range

Based on the individual safety light curtain platforms and


perimeter access control (PAC), these safety light curtains are
used for whole-body detection. They are typically positioned
around an area or in front of a machine process entry or exit
area. Multi-sided access control is attained through the use of
corner mirrors. The integrated laser alignment tool makes the
set up with mirrors most efficient.

Whole body detection

Typical Application
Laser alignment system

Simple connection

Presence
Sensing Devices
Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-8

5-25-17

GuardShield PAC Type 4 & Safe 4/Micro 400

GuardShield Type4
Safe 4
Micro 400

Description
PAC
PAC with Laser
PAC Armor Block with Laser
PAC (short working range)
PAC (long working range)
PAC

Cat. No.
3-Beam
440LP4A3400YD
440LP4AL3400YD
440LP4AL3400YA
445L1030020003
445LP4S3400YD
445L1104920004

2-Beam
440LP4A2500YD
440LP4AL2500YD
440LP4AL3400YA
445L1030020048
445LP4S2500YD
445L1104920002

4-Beam

445L1030020007
445LP4S4120YD
445L1104920006

Safety

Product Selection

Specifications
GuardShield Type4 PAC

Safe 4 PAC

Micro 400 PAC

40 x 50 (1.57 x 1.97 in.)

30 x 40 (1.18 x 1.57 in.)


018 m (059.05 ft)
530 m (16.498.4 ft)
IP65
Standard
Standard
Yes
No
No

15 x 20 (0.59 x 0.79 in.)

Profile Cross Section


Working Range

0.316 m (0.9852.5 ft)

Enclosure TypeRating
Integrated Laser Alignment
5-pin ArmorBlock
Integrated Controller
Beam Coding
EDM

IP65
Optional
Optional
Yes
Yes
Yes

Configuration
Safety
Aux. Output (Non-safety)
Operating Temperature [C (F)]

Dip switch

05 m (016.4 ft)
IP54

MSR41/MSR42
No
Yes

No
MSR42 wiring or software
Type4 (IEC 61496-1, -2); PLe Cat 4 (ISO 13849-1); SIL cl3 (IEC 62061)
1 PNP, 0.5 A max.
No
2 PNP, 0.2 A max.
-10+55 (14131 )
055 (32141 )
055 (32141 )

Required Cordsets & Accessories


GuardShield Type 4

Safe 4

Description

Cat. No.

4-pin straight transmitter cable

889D-F4AC-2

8-pin straight receiver cable

889D-F8AB-2 2

Vertical shock mounting kit


Horizontal shock mount kit
Weld Shield

440L-AGWSxxxx

IP67 washdown enclosure kit


(limited offering)
Muting box

Micro 400
Description

Cat. No.

Description

Cat. No.

889D-F5AC-2 2

Transmitter/receiver cordset

445L-AC8RJ1 4

Transmitter/receiver patchcord

445L-AC8PC1 5

440L-AF6120

Transmitter/receiver cable:
5-pin straight
Transmitter/receiver cable:
5-pin straight, shielded

180 adjustable mounting kit

445L-AF6143

440L-AF6121

180 adjustable mounting kit

445L-AF6141
445L-AF6142
445L-AMUTBOX1
440L-AMSTD
440L-AM075yyyy 3
440L-AM125yyyy 3

Flat mount kit

445L-AF6145

Shock mount kit


Muting box

440L-AGSTxxxx 1

Mounting stand

445L-AMUTBOX1

Mirror 75 mm (2.95 in.)


Mirror 125 mm (4.92 in.)

Replace xxxx for protective height.


Replace the 2 with 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30 for other available lengths in meters.
3
yyyy = mirror length
4
Replace the 1 with 2, 3, 5, or 8 for other available meter lengths.
5
Replace the 1 with 3 or 5 for other available meter lengths.
1

889D-F5EC-2 2

Adjustable flat mounting kit

445L-AF6149

MSR41 controller

440R-P221AGS

MSR42 controller

440R-P226AGS-NNR

MSR45 relay (2 N.O.)

440R-P4NANS

Muting box

445L-AMUTBOX1

For more information on our complete family of presence sensing safety device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-9

Presence Sensing Safety Devices


Safety

GuardShield Type2 and Safe 2 POC


440L & 445L

Type2

Point of Operation Control (POC) for finger or


hand protection
Low risk applications (Type2)
Hand resolution
Laser alignment tool (Safe 2)
Large operating range
TV Certified

A Solution for Lower-risk Applications

Simple ON/OFF

Hand resolution

Suitable for low risk applications where the risk assessment


allows for the use of a Type 2 safety light curtain, GuardShield
Type 2, and Safe 2 are ideal solutions. They are both available
with hand (30 mm) resolution and a test input. Similar to its
larger counterpart (Safe 4), the Safe 2 features the integrated
laser alignment tool for easy alignment during setup
and operation.

Typical Application

Integrated laser alignment

Safe 2

Simple connection

Presence
Sensing Devices
Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-10

5-25-17

Safety

Product Selection
GuardShield Type 2 and Safe 2 POC
Cat. No.
Description

Automatic Start

Manual Start with EDM

GuardShield Type2

440LP2KAxxxxYD 1

440LP2KDxxxxYD 1

Safe 2

445LP2SxxxxYD 2

Models are available in protective heights from 1601760 mm (6.369.3 in.) in 160 mm increments. To order, replace the xxxx in the catalog number with the
protective height in mm. For example, to order 640 mm height, replace the xxxx with 0640 (440L-P2KA0640YD).
2
Models are available in protective heights from 1201920 mm (4.7275.6 in.) in 120 mm increments. To order, replace the xxxx in the catalog number with the
protective height in mm. For example, to order 600 mm height, replace the xxxx with 0600 (445L-P20600YD).
1

Specifications

Required Cordsets & Accessories


GuardShield Type 2

GuardShield Type2 POC

Safe 2 POC

40 x 50 (1.57 x 1.97 in.)

30 x 40 (1.18 x 1.57 in.)

Description

Cat. No.

0.316 m (0.9852.5 ft)

018 m (059.05 ft)


530 m (16.498.4 ft)

4-pin straight transmitter cable

889D-F4AC-2 4

8-pin straight receiver cable

889D-F8AB-2 4

Enclosure TypeRating

IP65

IP65

Vertical shock mounting kit

440L-AF6120

Integrated Laser Alignment

No

Standard

Horizontal shock mount kit

440L-AF6121

5-Pin ArmorBlock

No

Standard

Weld Shield

440L-AGWSxxxx 3

Integrated Controller

Yes

Yes

Beam Coding

No

No

IP67 washdown enclosure kit


(limited offering)

440L-AGSTxxxx 3

Yes (only manual start)

No

Muting box

445L-AMUTBOX1

No

No

Description

Cat. No.

Profile Cross Section


Working Range

EDM
Configuration

Type2 (IEC 61496-1, 2); PLc Cat 2 (ISO 13849-1); SIL cl1
(IEC 62061)

Safety
Aux. Output (Non-safety)
Operating Temperature [C (F)]

Safe 2

1 PNP, 0.5 A max.

No

Transmitter/receiver cable: 5-pin straight

889D-F5AC-2 4

-10+55 (14131 )

055 (32141 )

Transmitter/receiver cable:
5-pin straight, shielded

889D-F5EC-2 4

180 adjustable mounting kit

445L-AF6141

Connected Components
Simpler, faster, cost-effective
machine building.
www.rockwellautomation.com/go/cc

Shock mount kit

445L-AF6142

Muting box

445L-AMUTBOX1

Mounting stand

440L-AMSTD

Mirror 75 mm (2.95 in.)

440L-AM075yyyy 5

Mirror 125 mm (4.92 in.)

440L-AM125yyyy 5

Replace xxxx for protective height.


Replace the 2 with 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30 for other available lengths
in meters.
5
yyyy = mirror length
3
4

For more information on our complete family of presence sensing safety device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-11

Presence Sensing Safety Devices


Safety

SafeZone Safety Scanners


442L







Single-zone, multi-zone, and mini versions


Selectable resolutions of 30, 40, 50, 70, and 150 mm
Horizontal or vertical mounting
Stationary or mobile applications
Class 1 laser (eye safe)
Rugged IP65 housings
Easy-to-use configuration wizard
Seven-segment diagnostic display, rotatable by 180

A Flexible, Easy-to-Use Machine


Safeguarding Solution

SafeZone Mini

SafeZone safety laser scanners are Type3 optoelectronic


devices that use reflection of emitted infrared laser light
to sense a person or object within a user-defined area.
The Class 1 (eye safe) infrared laser scans a 190 or 270
angular area to create a two-dimensional detection field.
Light reflected off an object or person in the field is
processed by the SafeZone, which sends a stop signal to
the machine.
SafeZone single-zone scanners feature one userconfigured sensing field, while multi-zone versions
provide four switchable, configurable field sets (warning
and safety).

SafeZone Single-zone and Multi-zone


Measurement Range
SafeZone Single-zone
or Multi-zone
Warning Field
(example)
Maximum
Protective Field
Protective Field
(example)
Safety
Field
190

4 or 5 m

Up to 49 m
Subject to
Object
Reflectivity

Presence
Sensing Devices
Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-12

5-25-17

SafeZone Safety Scanners


Model

Application Specific
Resolutions

Safety
Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Angular Scanning
Range

Safety Field Range

Cat. No.

SafeZone Mini, 2 m

30, 40, 50 and 70 mm

2 PNP

2 (configurable)

270

2m

442L-SFZNMN

SafeZone Mini, 3 m

30, 40, 50, 70 and 150 mm

2 PNP

2 (configurable)

270

3m

442L-SFZNMN3

SafeZone Single-zone

30, 40, 50, 70 and 150 mm

2 PNP

190

4m

442L-SFZNSZ

SafeZone Multi-zone

30, 40, 50, 70 and 150 mm

2 PNP

190

5m

442L-SFZNMZ

Specifications

Safety

Product Selection

Mounting Brackets
Single-zone or Multi-zone Scanner

Standards

IEC 61496-3, UL 61496, IEC 61508

Safety
Classification

Type3 ISO 61496-1; SIL 2 IEC 61508, SIL cl2 62061;


PLd ISO 13849-1

Certifications

cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives, Type3 AOPDDR per IEC 61496,
SIL 2 per IEC 61508

Power Supply

24V DC 20%/30%

Power
Consumption

55 W with max. output load, 19 W without


output load

Required Cable & Cordsets


Single-zone or Multi-zone Scanner
Description

Cat. No.

Prewired I/O connector cable, 10 m

442L-CSFZNMZ-10

Prewired I/O connector cable, 20 m

442L-CSFZNMZ-20

Cat. No.

M12 shielded 8 conductor cable cordset 2.5 m,


required for SFZNMN

442L-ACABL2

Cat. No.

Mounting kit 1: mounting bracket for direct


mounting at the rear on wall or machine.
No adjustment.

442L-AMBSFZNMZ1

Mounting kit 2: bracket only in conjunction


with mounting kit 1. Mounting at the rear on
wall or machine. Longitudinal and cross-wise
adjustment possible.

442L-AMBSFZNMZ2

Mounting kit 3: bracket only in conjunction with


mounting kit 1 and 2. Mounting at the rear or
below the wall, floor or machine. Longitudinal and
cross-wise adjustment possible.

442L-AMBSFZNMZ3

Mini Scanner

Mini Scanner
Description

Description

Description

Cat. No.

Mounting bracket 1 for direct mounting

442L-AMBSZMN1

Mounting bracket 2 for optical cover protection

442L-AMBSZMN2

Mounting bracket 3 longitudinal and cross wise


adjustment possible

442L-AMBSZMN3 1

Mounting bracket 4 back plane mounting with kits


2 and 3

442L-AMBSZMN4 2

Requires bracket 1 or 2
Required bracket 1 or 2 and 3

1
2

M12 shielded 8 conductor cable cordset 10 m,


required for SFZNMN

442L-ACABL10

USB programming cable, 2 m or 10 m, required


to program device

442L-ACUSB-2

Accessories

Single-zone, Multi-zone, and Mini Scanner


Description

Cat. No.

USB programming cable, 2 m or 10 m,


required to program device

442L-ACUSB-2

Description

Cat. No.

Single-zone/Multi-zone scanner replacement


front window

442L-SFZNMZW

Mini scanner replacement cover

442L-SZMNW

For more information on our complete family of presence sensing safety device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-13

Presence Sensing Safety Devices


Safety

SC300 Safety Sensor


442L






Compact hand detection system


110 field of view
Automatic alignment
No programming software required
Horizontal or vertical mounting
Integrated EDM, Restart/Reset and Teach-in
IP54 industrial-grade housing

Cost-effective, Vision-based
Machine Guarding
The Allen-Bradley Guardmaster SC300 is a compact hand
detection safety sensor system, which operates based
on image processing technology. The SC300 compares a
two-dimensional image against a passive pattern, i.e., the
background. Detection is based on an object of a certain
resolution blocking the sensors view of the pattern.
This Type3 vision-based protective device is designed
for use in certain machine-guarding applications where
reflective tape can be attached to a square or rectangular
frame to define the detection boundaries.

Two SC300 safety sensors can


be synchronized to expand
the sensing area or for
multiple-sided guarding

Presence
Sensing Devices
Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-14

5-25-17

Safety

Product Selection
SC300 Safety Sensor
Description

Cat. No.

Guardmaster SC300 safety sensor

442L-SAFCAM1

Specifications
Standards

EN 61496-1, EN 61508, EN ISO 13849-1

Safety Classification

Cat 3 ISO 13849-1; Type3 IEC 61496-1;


SIL 2 IEC 61508, SIL cl2 IEC 62061; PLd ISO 13849-1

Certifications

cULus Listed, TV Certified, CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Power Supply

24V DC 20%

Safety

Power Consumption

4 W (24V no load), 19 W (max. output load)

Safety Outputs

2 OSSD. 0.25 A, short-circuit protected, cross fault


monitored

Our innovative safety products and solutions


improve the functional operation of your
machinery while helping to increase personnel
safety, efficiency and productivity.

Resolution

24 and 30 mm (based on tape kit used)

http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

Operating Range

2.12 m (6.94 ft) max.

Sensing Area

Up to 1.5 x 1.5 m (4.92 x 4.92 ft) 1

It is possible to synchronize two SC300 safety sensors to increase the maximum


monitored area to 1.5 x 3.0 m (4.92 x 9.84 ft).

Required Accessories
Description
Reflective tape kit, 2 pcs of 1.5 m strips, 24 mm
resolution with test rod
Reflective tape kit, 2 pcs of 1.5 m strips, 30 mm
resolution with test rod

Accessories
Cat. No.

442L-ACAM24MMKIT

442L-ACAM30MMKIT

Description

Cat. No.

Mounting brackets (2 brackets per kit includes


2 - M6 stainless steel socket head screws)

442L-ACAMBRK1

Teach-in stylus (1 pc supplied with each SC300)

442L-ACAMTS

Test rod 24mm resolution (1 pc supplied with


each 24mm tape kit)

442L-ATRD24MM

Test rod 30mm resolution (1 pc supplied with


each 30mm tape kit)

442L-ATRD30MM

For more information on our complete family of presence sensing safety device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-15

Presence Sensing Safety Devices


Safety

Safety Mat System


440F
Pressure-sensitive protective device per ISO 13856
for machine safeguarding
Hardened steel plate construction
No dead spots
Four-wire system to detect opens and shorts
Withstands 4500 psi static pressure
IP67 rated
PLd per ISO 13849 when used with a suitable
safety control

Anatomy of a Safety Mat System

Different ribbed pattern on reverse side

When integrated to a suitable safety mat control, it detects a presence


on the mat, a short circuit, or an open circuit. Under each of these
conditions, the safety control issues a stop command. Multiple mats can
be combined into one safety mat system with the use of joining trim.

Wire
location
STD 4.5 m
Wire
location
Checker pattern
(side 1)

Straight rib pattern


(side 2)

Active uniting trim maintains active


sensing area at mat junctions
Heavy-duty ribbed vinyl
Upper conductive plate
Non-conductive
compressible separator
Lower conductive plate

Mat at
rest

Heavy-duty ribbed vinyl


Flexible sealing bead

Mat
activated

Presence
Sensing Devices

When the mat is activated, the


non-conductive compressible
separators (shown in red)
compress into their recess
allowing the two plates to make
contact giving all over sensitivity.

Perimeter trim secures


mats to floor
Cable underneath trim

Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-16

5-25-17

Safety

Product Selection
Safety Mats
Cat. No.
Mat Size [mm (in.)]

Standard Perimeter Trim Kit

Safety Mat

500 x 500 (19.7 x 19.7)

440F-T1010

440F-M1010BYNN

500 x 1500 (19.7 x 59.1)

440F-T1030

440F-M1030BYNN

750 x 1500 (29.5 x 59.1)

440F-T1530

440F-M1530BYNN

1000 x 1000 (39.4 x 39.4)

440F-T2020

440F-M2020BYNN

1000 x 1250 (39.4 x 49.2)

440F-T2025

440F-M2025BYNN

1000 x 1500 (39.4 x 59.1)

440F-T2030

440F-M2030BYNN

1000 x 1800 (39.4 x 70.9)

440F-T1836

440F-M2036BYNN

Mat Control

Required Cordsets & Accessories

Description

Cat. No.

Description

Cat. No.

MSR safety relay

440R-C23139

Connection

4-Pin

5-Pin

GSR SI (single input) safety relay

440R-S12R2

Cordset

889D-F4AC-2 1

889D-F5AC-2 1

Multi-mat control

440F-C28011

Patchcord

889D-F4ACDM-1 2

889D-F5ACDM-1 2

440C-CR30 configurable safety relay

440C-CR30-22BBB

Distribution Box

898D-4 LT-DM4

Shorting Plug

898D-41LU-DM

T-Port

898D-43LY-D4

Specifications
Standards

ISO 13856, ISO 13849-1

Safety
Classification

Mat(s), connection cabling, and suitable mat safety control


can achieve PLd per ISO 13849

Functional Safety
Data

Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/
literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf

Certifications

cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page

Power Supply

24V DC, -20% +10%, provided by the control unit

Mechanical Life

10,000,000 operations

Trim
Standard perimeter trim
(aluminum)

440F-T3210

Aluminum external corner


standard perimeter trim

440F-T3310

Aluminum internal corner


standard perimeter trim

440F-T3012

Aluminum perimeter trim


with cable channel

440F-T3013

Replace the 2 with 5 or 10 for available lengths in meters.


Replace the 1 with 0M3, 5, or 10 for other available lengths in meters.
3
Replace with 4 or 8 for number of ports available.
1
2

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

For more information on our complete family of presence sensing safety device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-17

Interlock Switches
Safety

SensaGuard Non-Contact Switches


440N
RFID unique (high) or standard (low) coded actuators
PLe Cat 4 per ISO 13849-1 (safety performance is
maintained when connected in series)
Flat pack and barrel (plastic housings)
Heavy-duty stainless steel barrel models
Standard, magnetic hold, and integrated latch versions
IP69K washdown rating
Assured ON 1025 mm (depending on version)
Type 4 interlocking device per ISO 14119 with low or
high coded RFID actuators

Non-contact Machine Safeguarding with RFID Technology


Featuring RFID technology for coding, inductive technology for sensing and combining a large sensing range with
optimal operation and a generous tolerance to misalignment, SensaGuard switches offer a cost-effective solution
that is ideally suited to a wide range of safety applications and is intended for use with all types of guard doors.

Rectangular Flat Pack Version

Integrated Latch Version

RFID coded security


offers tamper
resistant operation

Adjustable magnetic
holding force
Actuator

Optional magnetic
hold feature aids door
stability and reduces
nuisance tripping

LED offers diagnostics


for switch status,
margin alignment,
and fault finding

Short circuit over


voltage protection
allows the switch
to be reset
Cable and M12 8-pin quick
disconnect pigtail simplifies
installation and maintenance

Sensor

Interlock
Switches
Presence
Sensing Devices

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-18

5-25-17

5-185-33

SensaGuard Non-Contact Switches


Cat. No.
Cable
Type
18 mm plastic
barrel/18 mm
actuator
18 mm plastic
barrel/30 mm
actuator
18 mm stainless
steel barrel/18 mm
actuator

Plastic
rectangular/
rectangular
actuator

Plastic housing
with integrated
latch
1

Assured Sensing
Distance
On: 15 mm (0.59 in.)
Off: 25 mm (0.98 in.)
On: 25 mm (0.98 in.)
Off: 35 mm (1.38 in.)
On: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
Off: 20 mm (0.79 in.)

On: 15 mm (0.59 in.)


Off: 35 mm (1.38 in.)

On: Contact/latched
Off: 35 mm (1.38 in.)

Margin
Indication

Magnetic
Hold

Yes

Yes

Yes (9 N)

Adjustable
2060 N

Connector

Actuator Code
Type

3m

10 m

6 inch Pigtail, 8-pin


Micro (M12) 1

Standard

440N-Z21S16A

440N-Z21S16B

440N-Z21S16H

18 mm plastic

440N-Z21U16A

440N-Z21U16B

440N-Z21U16H

Standard

440N-Z21S26A

440N-Z21S26B

440N-Z21S26H

30 mm plastic

440N-Z21U26A

440N-Z21U26B

440N-Z21U26H

Standard

440N-Z21S17A

440N-Z21S17B

440N-Z21S17H

18 mm stainless
steel

440N-Z21U17A

440N-Z21U17B

440N-Z21U17H

Standard

440N-Z21SS2A

440N-Z21SS2B

440N-Z21SS2H

Unique

440N-Z21US2A

440N-Z21US2B

440N-Z21US2H

Standard

440N-Z21SS2AN

440N-Z21SS2BN

440N-Z21SS2HN

Unique

440N-Z21US2AN

440N-Z21US2BN

440N-Z21US2HN

Standard

440N-Z21SS2AN9

440N-Z21SS2BN9

440N-Z21SS2HN9

Unique

440N-Z21US2AN9

440N-Z21US2BN9

440N-Z21US2HN9

Standard

440N-Z21SS3PA

440N-Z21SS3PB

440N-Z21SS3PH

Unique

440N-Z21SU3PA

440N-Z21SU3PB

440N-Z21SU3PH

Safety

Product Selection

For 5-pin micro (M12) connector version, replace the H in the catalog number with J.

Specifications

Required Cordsets & Accessories

Standards

ISO 14119, IEC 60947-5-3, IEC 61508, EN ISO 13849-1

Safety
Classification

Type 4 Interlocking Device per ISO 14119


(Unique/ High and Standard/ Low Coding),
PLe Cat 4 per ISO 13849-1

Functional
Safety Data

Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/
literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf

Certifications

cULus Listed (UL 508), TV Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page

Description

Cat. No.

Cordset

889D-F8AB-2

Patchcord

889D-F8ABDM-3

Safety wired T-port

898D-438Y-D8

Safety wired shorting plug

898D-418U-DM

Replace symbol with 2, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths


in meters.
3
Replace symbol with 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 for standard lengths
in meters.
Note: For additional information, see Safety Connection

Systems (page 4-38).
2

For more information on our complete family of interlock switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-19

Interlock Switches
Safety

Magnetically Coded
Non-Contact Switches
440N






Non-contact actuation
Magnetic coded sensing
Small size
Molded-in mounting brackets
High tolerance to misalignment
Designed for use with specified safety controllers
Type 4 interlocking device per ISO 14119 with
low coded actuators

Small Size, High Integrity


With the increasing speed and complexity of applications, a simple magnetic switch may be insufficient to meet the
increased risks, MC1and MC2 magnetically coded non-contact switches incorporate several magnetically sensitive
elements, which must be triggered in a particular sequence to operate correctly.
The sensor with its molded-in brackets and diminutive size, is extremely versatile and simple to install.

Diminutive size for


versatility in installation

IP67 washdown rating

Molded-in brackets for


simple installation

LED offers diagnostics for


switch status

Magnetic coding requires


several elements to be
triggered in a particular
sequence to operate

IP69K washdown rating

Cable and M12, 4-pin


quick disconnect versions

Cable and M12, 8-pin quick


disconnect versions

Interlock
Switches
Presence
Sensing Devices

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-20

5-25-17

5-185-33

Safety

Product Selection
Magnetically Coded Non-Contact Switches
Type

Operating Voltage/
Input Current

MC1

MC2

24V DC, +10%/15%/


50mA max.

Safety
Outputs

Auxiliary
Outputs

2 N.C. REEDS

2 N.C. SolidState Relays

Safety
Classification

No

1 x PNP, 0.2 A
max.; Status:
OFF (0VDC)

Specifications
Standards

Status
Indicator

Yes

Connection

Cat. No.

4-pin micro (M12)

440N-Z2NRS1C

3 m cable

440N-Z2NRS1A

10 m cable

440N-Z2NRS1B

8-pin micro (M12)

440N-Z21W1PH

3 m cable

440N-Z21W1PA

10 m cable

440N-Z21W1PB

Required Cordsets & Accessories

ISO 14119, IEC 60947-5-3, ISO 13849-1 when used with


approved safety control

Description
Cordset

889D-F4AC-1

889D-F8AB-1

Type 4 Interlocking Device with low coding per ISO 14119

Patchcord

889D-F4ACDM-2

889D-F8ABDM-2

Distribution box

898D-4 LT-DM4

Shorting plug

898D-41LU-DM

T-port

898D-43LY-D4

Specifications
Functional Safety Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/
Data

literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf

Certifications

CULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for


all applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page

Sales Offices and Distributors

Cat. No.

Replace symbol with 2, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths


in meters.
2
Replace symbol with 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 for standard lengths
in meters.
3
Replace with 4 or 8 for number of ports available.
1

Note: For additional information, see Safety Connection



Systems (page 4-38).

Our network of sales offices and


distributors offers exceptional knowledge
and service to help you design, implement
and support your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

For more information on our complete family of interlock switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-21

Interlock Switches
Safety

Tongue Interlock Switches


440K





A full range of guard interlocking switches


Holding forces up to 40 N
Multiple actuator options
Conduit or quick disconnect models
Optional GD2 style metal head for increased robustness
Type 2 interlocking devices per ISO 14119 with low
coded tongue-shaped actuators

A Complete Range of Guard Interlocking Solutions


Trojan T15

Trojan 5 & 6 1

Elf

Cadet

MT-GD2

75 x 31 x 52 mm
(2.95 x 1.22 x 2.05 in.)

95 x 32 x 52 mm
(3.74 x 1.26 x 2.05 in.)

75 x 25 x 29 mm
(2.95 x 0.98 x 1.14 in.)

90.5 x 31 x 30.4 mm
(3.56 x 1.22 x 1.2 in.)

116.5 x 38 x 40 mm
(4.59 x 1.5 x 1.57 in.)

Break Contact Force

30 N

T5: 12 N typical, max. 30 N


T6: 20 N

6N

15 N

12, 32, 40 N

Safety/Aux. Contacts

2 N.C.
1 N.C./1 N.O.

T5: 2 N.C./1 N.O.


T6: 3 N.C./1 N.O.
2 N.C./2 N.O.

2 N.C.
1 N.C./1 N.O.

3 N.C.
2 N.C./1 N.O.

3 N.C./1 N.O.
2 N.C./2 N.O.

Material

Plastic w/plastic or metal


head (GD2)

Plastic w/plastic or metal


head (GD2)

Plastic w/optional metal


alignment guide

Plastic w/optional metal


alignment guide

Metal

Actuator Options

Standard & fully flexible

Standard, semi-flexible, &


fully flexible

Flat, 90, & semi-flexible

Flat, 90, & semi-flexible

Standard, fully flexible, &


extended flat

Description
Dimensions [H x W x D]

Four-contact models are available (Trojan 6).

Interlock
Switches
Presence
Sensing Devices

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-22

5-25-17

5-185-33

Safety

Product Selection
Trojan T15 & Trojan 5 Standard Plastic Switches
Cat. No.
Contact
Type

M20 Conduit

Safety

Auxiliary

Contact Action

2 N.C.

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

BBM

2 N.C.

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

BBM

Trojan T15 standard

Trojan T15 GD2


(metal head)

Trojan 5 standard

BBM
2 N.C.

1 N.O.

Trojan 5 GD2
(metal head)

BBM

Trojan 5 30 N

BBM

Actuator Type

M20

1/2 in. NPT Adaptor

Connector
Micro (M12) 3

Standard

440K-T11303

440K-T11267

440K-T11307

Fully flexible

440K-T11395

440K-T11273

440K-T11384

Standard

440K-T11305

440K-T11268

440K-T11386

Fully flexible

440K-T11396

440K-T11276

440K-T11387

GD2 Standard

440K-T11463

440K-T11288

440K-T11389

Fully flexible

440K-T11397

440K-T11287

440K-T11390

GD2 Standard

440K-T11398

440K-T11284

440K-T11392

Fully flexible

440K-T11399

440K-T11283

440K-T11393

Standard

440K-T11090

440K-T11202

440K-T11205

Semi-flexible

440K-T11110

440K-T11203

440K-T11206

Fully flexible

440K-T11467

440K-T11204

440K-T11207

GD2 standard

440K-T11336

440K-T11211

440K-T11366

Semi-flexible

440K-T11337

440K-T11212

440K-T11367

Fully flexible

440K-T11338

440K-T11213

440K-T11368

Standard

440K-T11333

440K-T91024

440K-T11492

Four contact models are available (Trojan 6).


Make before break (MBB) contact versions are also available.
3
Trojan T15 uses a 4-pin connector and Trojan 5 uses a 6-pin connector.
1
2

Specifications
Standards

Required Cordsets & Accessories

ISO 14119, IEC 60947-5-1

Description

Safety Classification Type 2 Interlocking Device per ISO 14119


Functional Safety
Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/
literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf
Data
cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all
Certifications
applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page
Outputs
Thermal Current/lth

10 A

Switching Current @
3 mA @ 18V DC, min.
Voltage
Operating Characteristics

Cat. No.

4-pin micro (M12) QD cordset

889D-F4AC-4

6-pin micro (M12) QD cordset

889R-F6ECA-4

4-pin micro (M12) QD patchcord

889D-F4ACDM-5

6-pin micro (M12) QD patchcord

889R-F6ECRM-5

GD2 standard actuator

440G-A27011

GD2 flat actuator

440K-A11112

Fully flexible actuator

440K-A27010

Use 2, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths in meters.


Use 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths in meters.

4
5

Operating Radius

175 mm (6.89 in.) [60 mm (2.36 in.) with flexible actuator, min.]

Mechanical Life

1,000,000 operations

For more information on our complete family of interlock switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-23

Interlock Switches
Safety

Product Selection
Elf Miniature Plastic Switches
Cat. No.
Contact

M16 Conduit

Safety

Auxiliary

Action

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

BBM

2 N.C.

Connector

Actuator Type

M16

1/2 in. NPT Adaptor

4-pin Micro (M12)

90

440K-E33040

440K-E33030

440K-E33025

Semi-flexible

440K-E33034

440K-E33031

440K-E33075

90

440K-E33041

440K-E33045

440K-E33024

Semi-flexible

440K-E33046

440K-E33078

Cadet 3 Compact Plastic Switches


Contact

Cat. No.
M16 Conduit

Safety

Auxiliary

Action

3 N.C.

2 N.C.

1 N.O.

BBM

Actuator Type

M16

1/2 in. NPT Adaptor

6-pin Micro (M12)

90

440K-C21097

440K-C21057

440K-C21091

Semi-flexible

440K-C21062

440K-C21092

90

440K-C21061

440K-C21058

440K-C21067

Semi-flexible

440K-C21074

440K-C21088

Specifications

Required Cordsets & Accessories

Standards

ISO 14119

Safety Classification

Type 2 Interlocking Device per ISO 14119


Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/
idc/groups/literature/documents/sr/safetysr001_-en-e.pdf
cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for
all applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/
overview.page

Functional Safety
Data
Certifications

Connector

Description

Cat. No.

4-pin micro (M12) QD cordset

889D-F4AC-1

6-pin micro (M12) QD cordset

889R-F6ECA-1

4-pin micro (M12) QD patchcord

889D-F4ACDM-2

6-pin micro (M12) QD patchcord

889R-F6ECRM-2

Flat actuator 3

440K-A21014

90 actuator

440K-A21006

Outputs
Thermal Current/lth

5 A (10 A if A600)

Switching Current @
Voltage

3 mA @ 18V DC, min.

Metal alignment guide with


semi-flexible actuator

440K-A21030

Use 2, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths in meters.


Use 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths in meters.
3
Not to be used with metal alignment guide.
1
2

Operating Characteristics
Operating Radius

150 mm (5.90 in.) [60 mm (2.36 in.) with semiflexible actuator, min.]

Mechanical Life

1,000,000 operations

Interlock
Switches
Presence
Sensing Devices

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-24

5-25-17

5-185-33

MT-GD2 Metal Body Switches


Cat. No.
Contact
Type

Safety

Auxiliary

3 N.C.

1 N.O.

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

Contact
Action 1

MT-GD2
BBM
MT-GD2
latch
release

3 N.C.

1 N.O.

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

M20 Conduit

Connector

Actuator Type

M20

1/2 in. NPT Adaptor

12-pin (M23)

GD2 standard

440K-MT55074

440K-MT55022

440K-MT55095

Fully flexible

440K-MT55075

440K-MT55029

440K-MT55096

GD2 standard

440K-MT55076

440K-MT55026

440K-MT55098

Fully flexible

440K-MT55077

440K-MT55087

440K-MT55099

GD2 standard

440K-MT55078

440K-MT55041

440K-MT55070

Fully flexible

440K-MT55079

440K-MT55045

440K-MT55103

GD2 standard

440K-MT55080

440K-MT55050

440K-MT55104

Fully flexible

440K-MT55081

440K-MT55051

440K-MT55052

Safety

Product Selection

Make before break (MBB) and snap acting contact versions are also available.

Specifications
Standards

Required Cordsets & Accessories

ISO 14119, ISO 13849-1, IEC 60947-5-1

Safety Classification Type 2 interlocking device per ISO 14119


Functional Safety
Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/
groups/literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf
Data
cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all
applicable directives
Certifications
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/
overview.page

Description

Cat. No.

12-pin (M23) QD cordset

889M-FX9AE-2

GD2 standard actuator

440G-A27011

GD2 flat actuator

440K-A11112

Fully flexible actuator

440K-A27010

Use 2, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths in meters.

Outputs
Thermal Current/lth

10 A

Switching Current @
3 mA @ 18V DC, min.
Voltage

Product Selection Tools

Operating Characteristics

Available online or for download, our tools help


you access info while in the office or on the go.

Break Contact Force

12 N (1.35 lbf), min.

Operating Radius

150 mm (5.90 in.) [60 mm (2.36 in.) with GD2 kit, min.]

Mechanical Life

1,000,000 operations

www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

For more information on our complete family of interlock switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-25

Interlock Switches
Safety

LZ Guard Locking Switches


440G-LZ
PLe Cat 4, SIL cl3 the highest level of safety for guard
position and lock monitoring
Solid-state OSSD outputs
Standard (low) or unique (high) coded RFID actuators
High holding force for partial body access applications
Power-to-release and power-to-lock versions
IP69K and hygienic design
Type 4 interlocking device with guard locking per
ISO 14119 with low or high coded RFID actuators
Auxiliary output versions: lock status or guard proximity

The Highest Level of Safety


The Allen-Bradley Guardmaster 440G-LZ is a guard
locking switch designed for partial body access guards.
Combining microprocessor technology with an RFID
coded actuator, the 440G-LZ features a locking bolt drive
mechanism that will only lock when the correct actuator
is detected. The locking bolt is continuously monitored
for correct insertion within the actuator. This extra
functionality allows the 440G-LZ to be certified PLe Cat 4,
SIL cl3 the highest level of safety for guard position and
lock monitoring and it can be connected directly or in
series with other PLe Cat 4 or SIL cl3 rated safety devices.

RFID unique (high) or


standard (low) coded
actuator

Continuously monitored
locking bolt drive
mechanism

High 1,300 N
holding force
QR code links to
User Manual

PLe Cat 4, SIL cl3the


highest level of safety

Bright 270 wraparound LEDs for status


and diagnostics

Uses up to 60%
less power than
competitive products

Choice of auxiliary output type:


Lock status (locked or unlocked)
or Guard (actuator) proximity

Interlock
Switches
Presence
Sensing Devices

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-26

5-25-17

5-185-33

Safety

Product Selection
440G-LZ Guard Locking Switches
Cat. No.1
Connector Type
Locking Type
Power-to-release

Power-to-lock

Actuator Type

3 m Lead

10 m Lead

6-in. Pigtail with M12


8-pin QD

Standard (low level to EN/ISO 14119:2013)

440G-LZS21SPRA

440G-LZS21SPRB

440G-LZS21SPRH

Unique (high level to EN/ISO 14119:2013)

440G-LZS21UPRA

440G-LZS21UPRB

440G-LZS21UPRH

Standard (low level to EN/ISO 14119:2013)

440G-LZS21SPLA

440G-LZS21SPLB

440G-LZS21SPLH

Unique (high level to EN/ISO 14119:2013)

440G-LZS21UPLA

440G-LZS21UPLB

440G-LZS21UPLH

To select auxiliary output type, in front of last two letters in catalog number use P for lock status or T for guard proximity. Example: 440G-LZS21STRH.

Connected Components
Simpler, faster, cost-effective
machine building.
www.rockwellautomation.com/go/cc

Specifications
Standards
Safety Classification
Functional Safety
Certifications

Required Cordset & Accessories

ISO 14119, IEC 60947-5-3, ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061


Type 4 Interlocking Device with Guard Locking per
ISO 14119 with low (standard) and high (unique) coding
per ISO 14119
PLe Cat 4 per ISO 13849-1 and SIL cl3 per IEC 62061
Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/
literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf
cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all
applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page

Power Supply

24V DC +10%/-15% Class 2 SELV

Holding Force Fzh


(ISO 14119:2013)

1,300 N

Safety Outputs

2 x PNP, 0.2 A max., Status: ON (+24V DC)

Auxiliary Outputs

1 x PNP, 0.2 A max., Status: OFF (0V DC)

Enclosure Type
Rating

NEMA 3, 4X, 12, 13, IP66, IP67, IP69K

Description

Cat. No.

8-pin micro (M12) QD cordset

889D-F8AB-2

Standard power-to-release actuator

440G-LZASPR

Unique power-to-release actuator

440G-LZAUPR

Standard power-to-lock actuator

440G-LZASPL

Unique power-to-lock actuator

440G-LZAUPL

Actuator mounting bracket

440G-LZAM1

Switch body mounting bracket

440G-LZAM2

Use 2, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths in meters.

For more information on our complete family of interlock switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-27

Interlock Switches
Safety

TLS-Z GD2 Guard Locking Switches


440G






Type 4 Interlocking Devices with guard locking


Meets PLe, Cat 4 per ISO 13849-1, the highest level of safety
RFID high level coded actuator
Solid-state series connectable OSSD outputs
High holding force (Fzh)
Power-to-release and power-to-lock versions
Escape release versions available

Guard Locking Plus RFID Technology


for Full-body Access
IP69K housing

Tamper proof cover


mounting screws

LED status
indicator

RFID door
target for PLe

The TLS-Z GD2 Guard Locking Switch is an interlock


switch that has a uniquely coded RFID door sensor
with inductive door position sensing technology. This
switch can detect if an actuator key breaks or becomes
separated from its door mounted position. Built with
the same solid-state technology as the SensaGuard,
this switch supports the highest level of safety
Performance Level e, Cat 4 per ISO 13849-1 for the door
position monitoring.

Heavy-duty stainless
steel actuator guide
Holding Force (Fzh)
Plastic pins: 1500 N (337 lbs)
Steel bolts: 2000 N (450 lbs)

Inductive door position


sensing technology

Interlock
Switches
Presence
Sensing Devices

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-28

5-25-17

5-185-33

Safety

Product Selection
TLS-Z GD2 Guard Locking Switches
Outputs
Type

Safety (OSSD)

Auxiliary

Voltage

Connector

Cat. No.

Power-to-release

440G-TZS21UPRH

Power-to-release including
escape release

440G-TZS21UERH

Power-to-release including
auxiliary release

2 x PNP, 0.2 A max.,


Status: ON (+24V DC)

1 x PNP, 0.2 A max.,


Status: OFF (0V DC)

24V DC

8-pin micro (M12)

440G-TZS21UARH

Power-to-release including
emergency release

440G-TZS21URRH

Power-to-lock

440G-TZS21UPLH

Specifications

Required Cordset & Accessories

Standards

ISO 14119, IEC 60947-5-3, ISO 13849-1


Type 4 Interlocking Device with Guard Locking per ISO 14119
Safety Classification with high (unique) coding per ISO 14119
PLe Cat 4 per ISO 13849-1
Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/
Functional Safety
literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf
cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all
Certifications
applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page
Power Supply

24V DC +10%/-15% Class 2

Holding Force Fzh


(ISO 14119)

Plastic pins: 1500 N (337 lbs)


Steel bolts: 2000 N (450 lbs)

Safety Outputs

2 x PNP, 0.2 A max., Status: ON (+24V DC)

Auxiliary Outputs

1 x PNP, 0.2 A max., Status: OFF (0V DC)

Enclosure Type
Rating

NEMA 3, 4X, 12, 13, IP66, IP67, IP69K

Description

Cat. No.

8-pin micro (M12) QD cordset

889D-F8AB-1

Spare RFID door target

440G-ATZA

Fully flexible actuator

440G-A27143

Cover for TLS-1 with external override key

440G-A27371

Cover for TLS-1 with override key attached

440G-A27373

Emergency override key

440G-A36026

Flexible release 1 m (3.28 ft) cable

440G-A27356

Flexible release 3 m (9.84 ft) cable

440G-A27357

Dust cover

440K-A17183

Use 2, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths in meters.

For more information on our complete family of interlock switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-29

Interlock Switches
Safety

TLS-GD2 Guard Locking Switches


440G
Type 2 Interlocking Devices with guard locking and low
coded (tongue-shaped) actuators per ISO 14119
Plastic enclosure with stainless steel actuator guide
High holding force (Fzh)
Power-to-release and power-to-lock versions
Four actuator entry points
Escape release versions
Quick disconnect versions
Large range of accessories

For Demanding Full-body


Access Applications
Tamper-proof cover
mounting screws

IP69K housing
Heavy-duty stainless
steel actuator guide

Holding Force (Fzh)


Plastic pins: 1500 N (337 lbs)
Steel bolts: 2000 N (450 lbs)

The TLS-GD2 is for demanding full-body access guard


locking applications where zero volt connectivity
is needed. A stainless steel actuator guide is fitted to
protect the unit from actuator damage due to poor guard
alignment or guard wear. The TLS-GD2 is available in two
versions: TLS-3 GD2 is power-to-release while the TLS-2 is
power-to-lock. Each product has five sets of contacts of
various forms. Four actuator entry points are possible; two
manual release points. Optional key release and escape
release versions are available. An ingress rating of IP69K
makes TLS-GD2 suitable for washdown applications.

Four actuator
entry points
Stainless steel actuator

Interlock
Switches
Presence
Sensing Devices

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-30

5-25-17

5-185-33

Safety

Product Selection
TLS-GD2 Guard Locking Switches
Contacts
Type

Safety

TLS-2 GD2
power-tolock

Solenoid
Voltage

Actuator
Type

440G-T27127

24V AC/DC

GD2 standard

440G-T27255

Fully flex
1 N.O.

440G-T2NBBPH-1L

440G-T27175

440G-T27240

440G-T27256

440G-T27177

440G-T27241

440G-T27132

GD2 standard

440G-T27257

440G-T27178

230V AC/DC

Fully flex

440G-T27258
440G-T27129
440G-T27134

440G-T27180

440G-T27245

440G-T2NBBPH-2R

24V AC/DC

GD2 standard

440G-T27259

440G-T27181

440G-T27246

Fully flex

440G-T27260
440G-T27138

440G-T27183

440G-T27247

110V AC/DC

GD2 standard

440G-T27261

440G-T27184

230V AC/DC

Fully flex

440G-T27262
440G-T27136
440G-T21BNPM-2B

440G-T27186
440G-T21BNPT-2B

440G-T21BNPL-2B

440G-T2NBNPH-2B

GD2 standard

440G-T21BGPM-2B

440G-T21BGPT-2B

440G-T21BGPL-2B

440G-T21BNPM-5B

440G-T21BNPT-5B

GD2 standard

440G-T21BGPM-5B

440G-T21BGPT-5B

110V AC/DC

TLS-3 GD2
powerto-release
with escape
release

2 N.C.

1 N.O.

2 N.C.

24V AC/DC
2 N.C.

1 N.O.

Connector
440G-T27239

TLS-3 GD2
power-torelease

1/2 in. NPT


Adaptor

8-pin Micro (M12) 1

1 N.C. &
1N.O.

2 N.C.
110V AC/DC

M20

Cat. No.

12-pin M23

Auxiliary Contacts

2 N.C.

Conduit

With an 8-pin micro connector, not all contacts are connected.

Specifications
Standards
Safety Classification
Functional Safety Data
Certifications

Required Cordsets & Accessories


Description
8-pin micro (M12) QD cordset
12-pin M23 QD cordset
8-pin micro (M12) QD patchcord
12-pin M23 QD patchcord
GD2 standard actuator
Fully flexible actuator
Cover for TLS-3 external override key
Cover for TLS-3 with override key attached
Flexible release1 m (3.28 ft) cable
Flexible release3 m (9.84 ft) cable
Sliding bolt actuator
Mounting plates

ISO 14119, IEC 60947-5-1


Type 2 Interlocking Device with Guard Locking and low coding
(tongue) per ISO 14119
Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/literature/
documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf
cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page

Outputs
Thermal Current/lth

10 A

Switching Current @ Voltage 3 mA @ 18V DC


Operating Characteristics
Break Contact Force

20 N (4.5 lbf), min.

Operating Radius

160 mm (6.3 in.) [80 mm (3.15 in.) with flexible actuator], min.

Mechanical Life

1,000,000 operations

Cat. No.
889D-F8AB-2
889M-F12AH-2
889D-F8ABDM-3
889M-F12AHMU-4
440G-A27011
440G-A27143
440G-A27372
440G-A27374
440G-A27356
440G-A27357
440K-AMDS
440K-AMDSSMPB

Use 2, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths in meters.


Use 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 for standard cable lengths in meters.
4
Use 0M3, 0M6, 1, 2, or 3 for standard cable lengths in meters.
2
3

For more information on our complete family of interlock switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-31

Interlock Switches
Safety

Trapped Key Switches


440T




Interlocking for pre-determined sequence of events


All stainless interlocking and coded parts
Weather cap as standard
Standard red color-coded key and ID tags
A complete range of isolators, gate (guard) interlocks,
key exchange units and specialty devices
Type 2 Interlocking Devices per ISO 14119 (Interlocking
part of Trapped Key Systems)
PLd, Cat 3 per ISO 13849

Trapped Key Interlocks Why Use Them?


Based upon the premise that a key cannot be in two places at once, key interlock systems can be configured to
provide that a predetermined sequence of events takes place or that hazards have been reduced before operators
can become exposed to them.
It is a mechanical system and is therefore widely used in applications including those where the location of plant,
environment, or explosive atmospheres make the use of electrical interlock systems unsuitable or expensive to
install. In addition, unique coding can be provided, leading to a greater degree of security and tamper-resistance.
In order to derive the full benefits from a trapped key interlocking system its components must be totally practical,
easily maintainable, and readily available. The unique key and code barrel of ProSafe gives the ability for even
complicated interlocking systems and spare parts to be ordered from our worldwide network of distributors fast!
A first for trapped key interlocks.

Isolators

Exchange Units

Interlocks

Designed to isolate the machines power and


ensure the power remains off while the key is being
used in another part of the interlocking system.

Used in an interlocking sequence to


link other devices

Ideal for interlocking guard doors,


cams and valves

To see our complete ProSafe solution (from access and chain switches
to miniature valve switches, switchgear adaptors and more):
Go to ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

Interlock
Switches
Presence
Sensing Devices

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-32

5-25-17

5-185-33

Safety

Design Suggestions for an Interlocking System


Plant and Machinery Interlocking

AA
440T-MSRUE10AA
Solenoid Release Unit (SRU)
key release

AA AB AB
440T-MKEXE11AAABAB
Trapped key AA
Locking off SRU,
Release access door lock, key AB

AB
440T-MSBLE10AB
AB key in to retract bolt
from guard door

AB AC
440T-MDALE10ABAC
AB key in then AC
key out to open guard door

AC
440T-MRKSE10AC
To energize robot
teach mode

Sequence of Operation
1. The Solenoid Release Unit (SRU) is used for electrical
isolation of machinery to improve safe access. It
consists of a rotary power switch and a solenoid. The
trapped key can be removed once an external signal
is given to its internal solenoid locking mechanism.
An indicator light on the solenoid release unit
indicates when the trapped key AA key can be
removed. Insert the AA key into the Key Exchange
Unit (KEX) and turn it 90.

5. Turn the second AB key 90 and remove it from the


KEX. Removal of this key also traps the A key in the
KEX and prevents the restarting of the machine.

2. Turn one of the AB keys 90 and remove it from the


KEX. This traps the AA key in the KEX and prevents
the restarting of the machine.

8. Take the AC key into the hazard zone, insert it into


the rotary key switch (RKSE) and turn it 90 to send
a signal to the machine control system, to allow the
machine to operate in a slow or teach mode.

3. Insert the AB key into the Single-key Bolt Lock (SBL)


and turn it 90 to gain partial body access to
the machine.

Specifications
Standards

ISO 14119, DGUV GS-ET-31, ISO 13849-1


Type 3 Interlocking Device per ISO 14119
Safety Classification
PLd, Category 3 per ISO 13849-1
Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/
Functional Safety
literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf
cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all
Certifications
applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page

6. Insert the AB key into the Dual-key Access Lock


(DAL) and turn it 90.
7. Turn the AC key 90 and remove the C key. Rotate
the access handle to allow full body entry into the
hazard zone.

9. Reverse the process to return the machine to full


operational mode.
Weather cap
supplied as
standard with color
coded tagging.
Rugged and reliable
push-pull operation
no springs or cams
to fail.

All stainless steel


construction

For more information on our complete family of interlock switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

Code barrels: factory


assembled to ensure
safety integrity.
Internal components
are captive within
the code barrel.

Tamper-resistant
screws

5-33

Access Control
Safety

Guardmaster Multifunctional
Access Box
442G
High holding force (Fzh) 2000 N per ISO 14119
Power-to-Release or Power-to-Lock modules
Diagnostic outputs for door position, bolt position, and
lock status are available to the control system
Can be operated as a standalone device (default) or in
series with other devices

The Guardmaster 442G Multifunctional Access Box, is an integrated access control and guard locking device which
provides a complete safeguarding solution for full body access applications.
Escape release option
provides a means for
exiting the safeguarded
area quickly and easily

Power-to-Release or
Power-to-Lock modules

Four LEDs for status


and diagnostics

Handle Assembly
Available right or left

Choice of integrated
controls (E-stop with two
push buttons is shown)*

* Units with push buttons are supplied with a kit of colored caps,
including one each of blue, green, red and yellow, and two white.

Access
Control
Presence
Sensing Devices

Interlock
Switches

5-25-17

5-185-33

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-34

5-345-35

Accessories

Step 1: Select Handle Assembly


Description

Cat. No.

Description

Cat. No.

Right handle

442G-MABH-R

Escape release
shaft (250 mm)

442G-MABASHFT

Left handle

442G-MABH-L

Handle assembly
mounting plate+

442G-MABAMPH

Lock module
mounting plate+

442G-MABAMPL

Escape release
mounting plate

442G-MABAMPE

19-pin M23 2 m cordset *

889M-F19RM-2

Safety

Product Selection

Step 2: Select Lock Module


Description
Power-to-release
Power-to-lock

Connector

Catalog number

M23 (19-pin)

442G-MABR-UxM-*

M20 cable entry

442G-MABR-UT-*

M23 (19-pin)

442G-MABL-UxM-*

M20 cable entry

442G-MABL-UT-*

Replace the * with the code for the selected cover controls. x = R for use with
right handle 442G-MABH-R or L for use with left handle 442G-MABH-L.

Step 3: (Optional) Select Escape Release


Description

Cat. No.

Escape release assembly


with standard actuation
shaft

442G-MABE1

Note: The standard shaft (115 mm/4.53 in.) is optimized for use on 40 mm and
45 mm profiles. An extended shaft is available (see Accessories) for profiles
larger than 45 mm (or when used with mounting plates on a 45 mm profile).

Cover Controls
Description

Cat. No.

Blank cover

C00

One illuminated
push button

C01

Two illuminated
push buttons

C02

E-stop with
two illuminated
push buttons

C03

+ Handle and Lock Module mounting plates must be used together.


* Other cordset lengths available on ab.com.

Specifications
Standards

Interlocking Device: ISO 14119, IEC 60947-5-3, ISO 13849-1


EStop: ISO 13850, IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-5

Safety
Type 4 Interlocking Device with Guard Locking per ISO
Classification
14119 with high (unique) coding per ISO 14119
of Interlocking
PLe Cat 4 per ISO 13849-1
Device Functions
Functional
Safety

Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/
literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf

Certifications

cULus Listed, TUV Certified, and CE Marked for all applicable


directives www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/
overview.page

Power Supply

Class 2 PELV 24V DC +10/-15% required

Holding Force
Fzh (ISO 14119)

2000 N (450 lbs)

Safety Outputs

Semiconductor outputs, PNP

Enclosure Type
Rating

IP65

Note: For example: If you selected right handle assembly and want a
power-to-release lock module with a (19-pin) M23 connector and two
illuminated push buttons, you would order 442G-MABR-URM-C02.

Covers with push buttons are supplied with a colored lens kit, including
one each of blue, green, red and yellow, and two white.

For more information on our complete family of access control products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-35

Safety Relays
Safety

Software-Configurable Relay
440C
Monitoring and Configuration from Studio 5000 Logix
Designer or Connected Components Workbench software
PLe Cat 4 per EN ISO 13849-1 & SIL cl3 per IEC 62061
Predefined function blocks
AND, OR, NAND, NOR, XOR Logic functions
22-point embedded safety I/O
Expandable via two Micro800 Plug-in I/O Modules
Expandable with EtherNet/IP plug-in
Embedded communication via USB programming port
and non-isolated RS-232 serial port
Two single-wire safety input/output points

Two expansion slots:


Up to 8 standard I/O
Memory Backup module
and EtherNet/IP on left slot

Up to 18 safety inputs
(12 dedicated, 6 configurable)
Two single-wire safety
inputs for larger safety
systems and zone control

21 LEDs
(16 configurable)
for status info

RS232 Modbus
communications for status
and standard control

USB
connector for
configuration

Two single-wire safety outputs for


larger safety systems and zone control
Up to 10 OSSD outputs

EtherNet/IP Communication for


configuration and diagnostics

Safety
Relays
Presence
Sensing Devices

Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

5-25-17

5-185-33

5-345-35

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-36

5-365-41

Software Configurable Relay


Relay Type

No. of Inputs

Type of Inputs

No. of Outputs

Cat No.

Software Configurable

Up to 18

1 N.C., 2 N.C., 3 N.C., 10 SSD, 20 SSD, 30


SSD, Mat, 2-hand control

Up to 10

440C-CR30-22BBB

Safety

Product Selection

Configuration with Connected Components Workbench

Cordsets & Accessories

Specifications
Safety Rating

Up to SIL cl3 Cat 4 per IEC 61508 and PLe per


ISO13849-1

Number of I/O

22 (plus 16 additional on plug-in modules)

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-5+55 (23131 )

Operating Voltage

20.426.4V DC UL Class 1, Div 2, PELV/SELV

Power Consumption

5.28 W

Output Current

0.5 A continuous, 1 A surge per point

Response Times

Safety inputs <45 ms


Safety mats < 70 ms
Single-wire safety output <60 ms

Dimensions

Description

Cat No.

Plug-in module, 4 sinking inputs &


4 sourcing outputs

2080-IQ4OB4

Power supply, 120/240V AC

2080-PS120-240VAC

4-pt digital input, 12/24V DC, sink/source, IEC3

2080-IQ4

4-pt digital output, 12/24V DC, source

2080-OB4

4-pt relay output, individually isolated, 2 A

2080-OW4I

Memory backup and restore plug-in module

2080-MEMBAK-RTC

EtherNet/IP plug-in module

440C-ENET

Communication Cables
8-pin mini DIN to 8-pin mini DIN 0.5 m (1.5 ft)

1761-CBL-AM00

8-pin mini DIN to 8-pin mini DIN


2 m (6.5 ft) cable

1761-CBL-HM02

8-pin mini DIN to 9-pin D shell


0.5 m (1.5 ft) cable

1761-CBL-AP00

90 x 100 x 80 mm (3.54 x 3.94 x 3.15 in.)

8-pin mini DIN to 9-pin D shell 2 m (6.5 ft) cable

1761-CBL-PM02

Looking for More?

Straight male RJ45 to straight male RJ45


ethernet patchcord, 8-conductor (4 pair), Cat 5e,
TPE, 2m length

1585J-M8TBJM-2

This catalog highlights only our most


essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:

Right angle male RJ45 to straight male RJ45


ethernet patchcord, 8-conductor (4 pair), Cat 5e,
TPE, 2m length

1585J-M8TBJM-2

http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

Left angle male RJ45 to straight male RJ45


ethernet patchcord, 8-conductor (4 pair), Cat 5e,
TPE, 2m length

1585J-M8TBJM-2

For more information on our complete family of safety relay products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-37

Safety Relays
Safety

Guardmaster
Safety Relays (GSR Family)
440R





A broad range of safety functions


Simple logic, reset, and timing configurations
Single-wire safety relay connection
Universal inputs
Compact 22.5 mm housings
Optional EtherNet/IP network interface

Welcome to the Next Generation of Safety Relays


The new family of Allen-Bradley Guardmaster Safety Relays includes units capable of monitoring a broad range of
safety devices in a variety of applications. These units can achieve most of the functions safety systems require,
helping simplify purchasing and parts management. The family is designed to meet new functional safety standards,
such as ENISO 13849-1 or IEC/EN 62061 and offers key functions to simply installations and system complexity.

Multiple LEDs for status and


to confirm configuration
Configuration using a single
multi-position switch
EtherNet/IP network
interface reporting for up to
six GSR relays on linear or
star topology

Removable terminals to ease


wiring and replacement

Single-wire safety signal to easily


expand safety system and zone
control. Accommodates parallel
and cascaded systems.

Safety
Relays

Presence
Sensing Devices

Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

5-25-17

5-185-33

5-345-35

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-38

5-365-41

Safety

Product Selection
Guardmaster Safety Relays
Relay Type

No. of Inputs

Inputs

2 dual-channel

1 N.C., 2 N.C.,
OSSD, safety mat

Dual Input (DI)


Dual Input Solid-State
Output (DIS)
Single Input (SI)

1 dual-channel

Immediate Safety
Outputs

Delayed
Safety
Outputs

Time Delay

Immediate
Auxiliary
Outputs

Power
Supply

1 S.S.

24V DC

1 S.S.

24V

2 N.O.

440R-D22R2

2 S.S.

1 N.C., 2 N.C.,
OSSD, safety mat

2 N.O.

Compatible Input (CI)

Cat No.

3 N.O.

440R-D22S2
440R-S12R2
440R-S13R2

Guard Locking Proximity


(GLP)

1 dual channel
2 PNP

2 N.C., OSSD

2 S.S.

1 S.S.

24V

440R-GL2S2P

Guard Locking with Time


Delay (GLT)

1 dual-channel

2 N.C. or OSSD

2 S.S.

2 S.S.

100 ms...30 min

1 S.S.

24V DC

440R-GL2S2T

Expansion Module (EM)

4 N.O.

Expansion Module Time


Delayed (EMD)

DI/SI: 2 N.O.
CI: 3 N.O.
DIS: 2 PNP (14, 24); 2
decoupled (34, 44)
EM: 4 N.O.
EMD: 4 N.O. delayed
DIS/GLP: 2 PNP
safety, 2 PNP lock

4 N.O.

100 ms300 s
on or off delay
100 ms20 s
jog

1 single-wire
safety

440R-EM4R2

1 S.S.

24V

Ethernet Module

440R-EM4R2D

440R-ENETR

Specifications

Required Cordsets & Accessories

Standards

IEC 602041, ISO 138491, IEC 61508

Description

Cat No.

DI/DIS/CI/SI/EM/EMD/GLT: Suitable up to PLe


and Cat 4 per ISO 13849-1, SIL cl3 per IEC 61508/
IEC 62061:2006 depending on architecture and
application characteristics
GLP:Suitable up to PLd and Cat 3 per ISO 13849-1,
SIL cl2 per IEC 61508:2010/IEC 62061 depending on
architecture and application characteristics

Straight male RJ45 to straight male RJ45 ethernet


patchcord, 8-conductor (4 pair), Cat 5e, TPE,
2 m length 1

1585J-M8TBJM-2

Safety Classification

Right angle male RJ45 to straight male RJ45


ethernet patchcord, 8-conductor (4 pair),
Cat 5e, TPE, 2 m length 2

1585J-E8TBJM-2

Certifications

cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

1585J-L8TBJM-2

Enclosure Type Rating/


Terminal Protection

Left angle male RJ45 to straight male RJ45 ethernet


patchcord, 8-conductor (4 pair), Cat 5e, TPE,
2 m length 3

IP40 (NEMA 1)/IP20

All Ethernet media cables are available in 0.1 m increments up to 80 m.


Recommended for RJ45 connection located at the top of the
Guardmaster EtherNet/IP network interface.
3
Recommended for RJ45 connection located at the bottom of the
Guardmaster EtherNet/IP network interface.
1
2

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-5+55 (23131)

Mounting

35 mm DIN Rail

Conductor Size, Max.

0.24 mm2(2412 AWG)

For more information on our complete family of safety relay products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-39

Safety Relays
Safety

Single and Specialty Function Safety


Relays (MSR Family)
440R






Single function and specialty relays


Broad range of input types
Multiple output configurations
Electromechanical or solid-state
Compact housings
Fixed or removable terminals
Safe speed control (MSR57)

A Full Line of Single and Specialty Function Relays


The Allen-Bradley Guardmaster single function and specialty safety relays support a wide variety of input devices and
output configurations. Ideal for relatively small safety applications and single zone control, these relays are compact
packages with removable terminals. They are also available in electromechanical versions, or solid-state models for
applications involving high cycle rates. Applications include safe speed control (MSR57) and safety control circuits
involving light curtains, laser scanners, safety mats, interlock switches, guard locking interlocks, two-hand controls,
safety edges, enabling devices, and E-stop push buttons.

Interface directly and monitor safety control relays, valves,


contactors, drives, and motion systems.

The MSR57 is ideal for small- to medium-sized safety related control


systems dedicated to specific applications.

Safety
Relays
Presence
Sensing Devices

Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

5-25-17

5-185-33

5-345-35

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-40

5-365-41

Single and Specialty Function Safety Relays


Model
MSR126
MSR126.1

MSR127

MSR132
(expansion)
MSR138

Safety
Inputs
1 N.C., light
curtain

Safety Inputs
Safety Outputs
Immed. Delayed Immed. Delayed
2 N.O.

Delay
Time

6A

2 N.C.

1 N.C.,
2 N.C., light
curtain
1 N.C.,
2 N.C.

3 N.O.

1 N.C.

5A

Terminals
Removable
Fixed
Removable
Spring
Fixed

Reset
Power
Auto./man. 24V AC/DC
Mon. man.
Auto./man.
Mon. man. 115V AC
Auto./man.

4 N.O.

2 N.C.

3 N.O.
2 N.O.

MSR57
Speed
Monitoring

5 x 1 N.C.,
2 N.C.,
light curtain
1 N.O. &
1 N.C.

6 N.O.

MSR125
Two-Hand
Control

1 N.C. &
1 N.O.

2 N.O.

3A

6A

0.153 s
0.510 s
1.530 s
0.153 s
0.510 s
1.530 s

2 N.O.

1 N.C.

4 N.O.

Fixed
Removable
Fixed

Removable

4A

Removable

24V AC/DC
115V DC

Removable

1 N.C.,
2 N.C. light
curtain

MSR138.1

Current 1
@ 24V DC

Mon. man.

24V AC/DC

Automatic

24V AC/DC

Auto./mon.
24V AC/DC
man.

Automatic/
monitored
manual

24V DC

Auto./man. 24V AC/DC

Cat No.
440R-N23117
440R-N23123
440R-N23114
440R-N23113
440R-N23132
440R-N23132S
440R-N23126
440R-N23131
440R-N23135
440R-N23129
440R-E23097
440R-E23191
440R-M23143
440R-M23147
440R-M23151
440R-M23084
440R-M23088
440R-M23092

Safety

Product Selection

440R-S845AER-NNL

440R-D23171

DC-13 inductive load current switching at maximum of 6 ops/min. MSR127 440R-N23132 has AC-15 inductive load current
switching of 5 A @ 259V AC.

Specifications
Standards

EN ISO 13849-1, IEC/EN60204-1, IEC60947-5-1,


ANSIB11.19, AS4024.1

Safety Classification

Cat 4 per ISO 13849-1, SIL cl3 per IEC 62061, PLe
per ISO13849-1

Certifications

cULus Listed, c-Tick, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating/


Terminal Protection

IP40, IP20, DIN 0470

The Rockwell Automation Support Center


is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-5+55 (23131 )

www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

Mounting

35 mm DIN Rail

Conductor Size, Max.

0.24 mm2 (2412 AWG)

Need Help?

For more information on our complete family of safety relay products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-41

Emergency Stop Devices


Safety

Lifeline Cable Pull Switches


440E





Up to 125 m cable span


Universal mounting and operation
Lid mounted emergency stop button
Switch latches when cable is pulled or cable is slack
Cable status indicator on switch lid
Lifeline Rope Tensioner System (LRTS) speeds installation

Cable Pull Switches Overview


For machinery such as conveyors, it is often more
convenient and effective to use a cable pull device along
the hazard area (as shown in the figure below) as the
emergency stop device. These devices use a steel cable
connected to latching pull switches so that pulling on the
cable in any direction along its length will trip the switch.

Selection Guide
Lifeline 3

Lifeline 4

Stainless Steel
Lifeline 4

Material

Painted Zinc
alloy

Painted Aluminum
alloy

Stainless Steel
316

Reset

Yes

Yes

Yes

E-Stop

No

Yes

Yes

Cable pull switches must detect a pull on the cable as well


as when the cable goes slack. Slack detection ensures that
the cable is not cut and is ready for use.
Rockwell Automation developed a unique Lifeline
Rope Tensioner System (LRTS) which enables
quicker installations.

75 m (246 ft)
Cable Span

30 m (98.42 ft)

125 m (410 ft)


extended model

75 m (246 ft)

Emergency
Stop Devices
Presence
Sensing Devices

Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

5-25-17

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-42

5-425-43

Lifeline
Cat. No.
Model

Cable Span

Lifeline 3

30 m

75 m
Lifeline 4
75125 m
Lifeline 4 stainless steel 1

75 m

Safety Contacts

Auxiliary Contacts

M20

1/2 in. NPT

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

440E-D13118

440E-D13120

3 N.C.

1 N.O.

440E-D13112

440E-D13114

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

440E-L13137

440E-L13133

3 N.C.

1 N.O.

440E-L13042

440E-L13043

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

440E-L13153

440E-L13155

3 N.C.

1 N.O.

440E-L13150

440E-L13152

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

440E-L22BNSM

440E-L22BNST

Safety

Product Selection

A dedicated stainless steel installation kit must be used with the stainless steel Lifeline 4 instead of the LRTS.

Specifications

Accessories 2
Description

IEC 60947-5-5, ISO 13850, IEC 60947-5-1


Emergency stop device in accordance with ISO 13850

Standards

Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/
groups/literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf
cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all
applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page

Functional Safety
Certifications

LRTS installation kit

Outputs
Thermal Current/lth

10 A

Switching Current @
Voltage, Min.

5 mA @ 5V DC

Environmental
Enclosure Type
Rating

IP66 (Lifeline 4), IP67 (Lifeline 3), IP69K


(Lifeline 4 Stainless)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+80 (-13+176 )

Stainless steel
installation kit

Length

Cat. No.

5 m (16.4)

440E-A13079

10 m (32.8 ft)

440E-A13080

20 m (65.6 ft)

440E-A13082

30 m (98.4 ft)

440E-A13083

50 m (164 ft)

440E-A13084

75 m (246 ft)

440E-A13085

5 m (16.4 ft)

440E-A13194

10 m (32.8 ft)

440E-A13195

15 m (49.2 ft)

440E-A13196

20 m (65.6 ft)

440E-A13197

30 m (98.4 ft)

440E-A12198

50 m (164 ft)

440E-A13199

75 m (246 ft)

440E-A13200

1 x length of cable (rope), 2 x grippers, 1 x tensioner and quantity


of eyebolts.

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and distributors
offers exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support
your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

For more information on our complete family of emergency stop device products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-43

Enabling Switches
Safety

Enabling Switches
440J



Three position enabling switch


Lightweight and easy-to-use
Optional jog and e-stop functions
M20 conduit

Overview

Multiple Personnel Access

The 440J is a three position enabling switch that


can be used to reduce risks when working inside
a machine guard, e.g., set-up, maintenance, or
troubleshooting. The standard model includes two
independent three-position switches which are
actuated by squeezing the trigger.

When more than one person must access the hazard, all
persons utilize their own enabling device.

The trigger switch has three positions. The


mid-position is the enabled position.
Position 1 there is no pressure on the trigger
switch, and the safety contacts are open.

Hazard

Position 2 the trigger switch is squeezed to the


mid-position, and the safety contacts are closed. This
mid-position is the enabled position.
Position 3 the trigger switch is fully pressed and the
safety contacts are open.
When the trigger switch is released from position
three back to position one, the safety contacts remain
open, as it passes through position two.

Enabling
Switches
Presence
Sensing Devices

Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

5-25-17

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

Safety Limit
Switches

5-44

5-445-45

5-465-47

Safety

Product Selection
Enabling Switches
Main Contacts
(3 position
switches)

Monitoring
Contacts

Jog Contact

Emergency
Stop Contacts

Standard switch
(no additional buttons)

2 N.C.

1 N.C.

Switch with job button

2 N.C.

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Switch with emergency


stop button

2 N.C.

2 N.C.

Description

Specifications
Standards
Functional Safety
Certifications

Cat. No.

440J-N21TNPM

M20 conduit

440J-N21TNPM-NP

440J-N2NTNPM-NE

Accessories
IEC 60947-5-8, IEC 60947-5-1
Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/
groups/literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf
cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all
applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page

Thermal Current/lth

3A

Switching Current @
Voltage, Min.

5 mA @ 3V AC/DC

Enclosure Type Rating

IP66 standard switch (NEMA 6)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

Connection
Type

Description

Cat. No.

Silicone free rubber boot kit

440J-A10N

Mounting bracket suitable for single


enabling switch

440J-A00N

IP65 jog button and E-stop switches

Product Selection Tools

-10+60 (14140 )

Available online or for download, our tools help


you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

For more information on our complete family of enabling switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-45

Safety Limit Switches


Safety

22 mm Metal and Plastic, 30 mm Metal,


and 15 mm Plastic
440P



Lever and plunger type actuator styles


Direct opening contacts
Type 1 interlocking device per ISO 14119
Replaceable actuators

22 mm Metal and Plastic


Various actuator
style options
22 mm IEC mounting
configuration
Multiple contact
orientation

Direct opening
action to overcome
contact weld
conditions (safety)

Rugged die-cast
metal alloy or plastic
enclosure

Conduit, preleaded
2 meter or QD style

30 mm Metal
Various actuator
style options
30 mm IEC mounting
configuration
Multiple contact
orientation

A Full Line of IEC Safety Switches


The 440P limit switch family offers a full range of
international-style solutions for both safety and standard
sensing applications. Available in four different body
styles 30 mm metal, 22 mm metal and plastic, and 15mm
plastic with a broad selection of operator types, circuit
arrangements and connection options, the 440P is ideal for a
wide variety of applications. These include material handling,
packaging, elevators, escalators, scissor lifts, industrial trucks
and tractors, cranes and hoists, overhead door as well as
general safety guarding applications.

Rugged die-cast
metal alloy enclosure

Direct opening
action to overcome
contact weld
conditions (safety)

Rockwell Automation has a full


range of limit switch levers.
See page 6-89 for levers.

Conduit entry or QD
style options

Safety Limit
Switches

Presence
Sensing Devices

Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

5-25-17

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-46

5-465-47

22 mm Metal and Plastic, 30 mm Metal, and 15 mm Plastic


Safety
Contacts

Description
Metal roller plunger
Short lever, plastic roller
30 mm metal
Short lever, metal roller
Adjustable lever
Plastic roller plunger
22 mm plastic

Adjustable lever

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-MRPS11E

440P-MRPS11B

440P-MRPS11N5

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

BBM

440P-MRPB22E

440P-MRPB22B

440P-MRPB22M9

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-MSLS11E

440P-MSLS11B

440P-MSLS11N5

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

BBM

440P-MSLB22E

440P-MSLB22B

440P-MSLB22M9

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-MMHS11E

440P-MMHS11B

440P-MMHS11N5

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

BBM

440P-MMHB22E

440P-MMHB22B

440P-MMHB22M9

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-MALS11E

440P-MALS11B

440P-MALS11N5

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

BBM

440P-MALB22E

440P-MALB22B

440P-MALB22M9

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-CRPS11E

440P-CRPS11B

440P-CRPS11D4

2 N.C.

1 N.O.

BBM

440P-CRPB12E

440P-CRPB12B

440P-CRPB12R6

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-CALS11E

440P-CALS11B

440P-CALS11D4

2 N.C.

1 N.O.

BBM

440P-CALB12E

440P-CALB12B

440P-CALB12R6

1/2 in. NPT Conduit

M20 Conduit

Quick Disconnect

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-CSLS11E

440P-CSLS11B

440P-CSLS11D4

1 N.O.

BBM

440P-CSLB12E

440P-CSLB12B

440P-CSLB12R6

Safety
Contacts

Auxiliary
Contacts

Contact
Type

2 m Bottom Cable

2 m Side Cable

Quick-Disconnect

Metal roller plunger

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-ARPS11C

440P-ARPS11CS

440P-ARPS11D5

Dome plunger

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-ADPS11C

440P-ADPS11CS

440P-ADPS11D5

Description

Safety
Contacts

Auxiliary
Contacts

Contact
Type

Cat No.

Roller plunger

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-M18001

Cross roller Plunger

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

440P-M18002

Description

Description
15mm plastic

Contact
Type

2 N.C.

Short lever, plastic roller

22 mm metal

Auxiliary
Contacts

Specifications
Standards
Functional Safety
Certifications

Cat. No.

Required Cordsets & Accessories


ISO 14119, IEC 60947-5-1
Visit http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/
literature/documents/sr/safety-sr001_-en-e.pdf
cULus Listed, TV Certified, and CE Marked for all
applicable directives
www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page

Outputs
Thermal Current

Safety

Product Selection

Description

Cat. No.

4-pin DC micro (M12), 2 m

889D-F4AC-2

6-pin AC micro (M12), 2 m

889R-F6ECA-2

5-pin mini, 2 m

889N-F5AE-6F

12-pin, 9-wire, 2 m

889M-FX9AE-2

10 A

Switching Current @ Voltage 25 mA @ 5V DC, min.


Operating Characteristics
Actuation Frequency, Max. 6000 operations per hr.
Mechanical Life

10 million operations

For more information on our complete family of safety limit switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-47

Additional Safety Products


Safety

Atlas 5 Guard Locking Switches


440G
The Atlas 5 guard locking switch is a tongue-operated guard
locking interlock switch that has the highest holding force in
our portfolio.




High Fzh (holding force): 3850 N (865 lbs)


Mechanical lock
Heavy-duty die-cast alloy housing
Patented self-aligning head
Type 2 Interlocking Device with Guard Locking and
low coding per ISO 14119

440G-MT Guard Locking Solenoid Switches


440G
The 440G-MT solenoid switch locks a machine guard closed
and may only be opened when a signal is applied to the
internal solenoid which releases the lock mechanism.




High Fzh (holding force): 1500 N (337 lb)


Mechanical lock (power-to-release)
Heavy-duty die-cast alloy housing
Diagnostic version available
Type 2 Interlocking Device with Guard Locking and
low coding per ISO 14119

Ferrogard GD2 Coded Non-Contact Switches


440N
Ferrogard magnetically actuated dual channel safety switches
combine non-contact reliability with tolerance to misalignment.




Non-contact actuation with high tolerance to misalignment


Stainless steel GD2 version for harsh environments
Various contact arrangements
Type 3 Interlocking Device per ISO 14119
Model FRS21 GD2 available with ATEX approval.
For details, see www.rockwellautomation.com/global/
certification/ex.page?#/tab1

Presence
Sensing Devices

Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-25-17

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-48

Our 440H family of hinge-actuated safety-interlock switches


is designed to fit at the hinge point of machine guards. The
actuation shaft is connected to the existing hinge pin and
switch operation is based on the opening/closing of the guard.




Safety

Hinge Interlock Switches


440H

Multiple models for light- to medium-weight guard doors


Degree of operation can be customized with adjustable cam
Compact and heavy-duty versions
EX and pneumatic versions available (Rotacam only)
Type 1 Interlocking Device per ISO 14119

Safedge
440F
Safedge pressure-sensitive safety edges are mounted
to a moving piece of machinery such as the bottom of a
powered garage door to prevent personnel from bodily
injury. Light pressure from any direction through 90 on
the rubber profile will trip the system.



Conductive rubber technology


Various profiles and cushion factors
Up to 50 m lengths
Aluminum, plastic, or zinc-coated steel mounting rails

Safety Programmable Controllers


Our safety controller solutions provide open and
integrated control that will help to ensure machine safety
and protect your current control investments.
1756 GuardLogix safety controllers and integrated
safety systems
1768 Compact GuardLogix
1752 SmartGuard 600
1753 GuardPLC Controllers

For more information on our complete family of safety products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Safety

5-49

Additional Safety Products


Safety

Safety Input/Output (I/O) Modules


Our Guard I/O safety products provide all the advantages
of traditional distributed I/O for safety systems.



1734 POINT Guard I/O Modules


1732DS ArmorBlock Guard Safety I/O Blocks
1753 GuardPLC Safety I/O Blocks
1791DS and 1791ES CompactBlock Guard I/O Modules

Safety Motor Control


Our Safety Motor Control products help reduce the
risks associated with the operation and maintenance of
electrical equipment.
CENTERLINE ArcShield arc-resistant controller
280/281 ArmorStart distributed motor controllers
CENTERLINE 2500 and 2100 Motor Control Centers
(MCCs) with ArcShield
100S/104S IEC safety contactors and 700S safety
control relays
ElectroGuard safety isolation system

Safety Drives and Motion Control


Many of our Allen-Bradley PowerFlex AC drives and
Kinetix servo drives offer certified safety options to help
provide integral, cost-effective and certified protection.
Safe Torque-Off and/or Safe Speed Monitor options for:
-- PowerFlex 525, 753, and 755 AC drives
-- Kinetix 300, 6000, 6200, 6500, and 7000

Presence
Sensing Devices

Interlock
Switches

Access
Control

Safety
Relays

Emergency
Stop Devices

Enabling
Switches

Safety Limit
Switches

5-25-17

5-185-33

5-345-35

5-365-41

5-425-43

5-445-45

5-465-47

5-50

IO-Link.......................................................................................................................6-2
Photoelectric Sensors

Sensor Selection.............................. 6-4


Miniature......................................... 6-6
VisiSight........................................ 6-8
VisiSight Laser................................ 6-10
RightSight................................... 6-12
RightSight LaserSight.................. 6-14
Series 9000.................................. 6-16
Series 9000 LaserSight................... 6-18
18 mm Plastic Cylindrical............... 6-20
18 mm Metal Cylindrical................ 6-22
LaserSight 18 mm
Metal Cylindrical........................... 6-24
18 mm Stainless Steel Cylindrical... 6-26

Proximity Sensors

Sensor Selection............................ 6-46


Miniature....................................... 6-48
WorldProx................................... 6-50
Stainless Steel................................ 6-56
Food and Beverage........................ 6-60
Weld Field Immune with
Equal Sensing............................... 6-62

Long-Range Background
Suppression.................................. 6-28
Laser Measurement....................... 6-30
Color Registration/Contrast............ 6-32
Luminescence................................ 6-34
Measuring and Discrete
Light Arrays.................................. 6-36
Area and Bin Picking Arrays........... 6-38
Optical Fork.................................... 6-40
Fiber Optic..................................... 6-42
Glass and Plastic
Fiber Optic Cables......................... 6-44

Table of Contents

Sensors

Weld Field Immune........................ 6-64


Miniature Rectangular................... 6-66
VersaCube Equal Sensing............. 6-68
VersaCube General Purpose........... 6-70
Flat Pack........................................ 6-72
Capacitive...................................... 6-74

Ultrasonic Sensors

18, 30 and 38.8 mm Plastic


Discrete and Analog..................... 6-76

Limit Switches

Oiltight Plug-in.............................. 6-80


Pre-wired, Factory Sealed.............. 6-84
IEC 30 mm Metal............................ 6-86

Encoders

EtherNet/IP.................................... 6-94
Sine Cosine/Serial.......................... 6-96

Condition Sensing

Solid-State Pressure
Switches and Transmitters.......... 6-100
Solid-State Temperature
Switches and Transmitters.......... 6-102

18 mm Metal General Purpose....... 6-78

Operating Levers............................ 6-88


Compact, Precision and
Small Precision............................. 6-90

General Purpose and


Compact Incremental................... 6-98

Solid-State Flow
Switches and Transmitters.......... 6-104
Solid-State Level Switches........... 6-106

RFID

High Frequency 13.56 MHz ICODE with EtherNet/IP Interface......................................6-108

Additional Sensor Products......................................................6-110

6-1

IO-Link
Sensors

Our Integrated Smart Sensor Solution


When it comes to linking end point devices on the plant floor to the Connected Enterprise, Rockwell Automation
offers a wide range of smart sensors that deliver information, advanced functionality and flexibility while increasing
efficiency machine- and plant-wide. These Allen-Bradley sensors use IO-Link technology for visibility of field devices
through your Integrated Architecture.

L33ERM
NS
LINK 1

I/O

LINK 2

OK

SD

115 VAC

AC/DC OUT

CompactLogix Controller
RUN
FORCE

RELAY

RUN
REM
PROG

XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
1 (Front)
2 (Rear)

Module
Status

NODE:

Relay
Output

120 VAC
Input

Network
Status

Network
Status
NODE:

NODE:

24VDC
Sink
Input

220 VAC
Input

Module
Status

Module
Status

Module
Status
Network
Status

Network
Status
NODE:

5 1

3
1734
OW4

3
1734
IA4

3
1734
IM4

Point I/O

1
2

7
1734
IB8

Master

4 separate cables
Main patchcord
889M-R11RMMU-2

Patchcords (4 pcs.) 889D-F4ACDM-2

42JT

42EF

45CRM
sensors

871TM

42JT

What is

871FM

Passive Distribution Box


898D-P54PT-M12

45LMS
sensors

871C

IO-Link is a worldwide open-standard peer-to-peer serial


communication protocol (IEC 61131-9) that allows sensors and
actuators to easily integrate into The Connected Enterprise.
Through IO-Link you can access all sensor configuration
parameters, process data and diagnostics. So you can go
beyond detecting products on your machine now you can
MONITOR your machines health as it runs. Plus, IO-Link simplifies
setup and commissioning while offering enhanced flexibility for
current and future processes.

IO-Link
Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-2

6-26-3

Sensors

IO-Link Enabled Products


Master Catalog Number 1734-4IOL
Enables connection of up to four devices (IO-Link enabled or standard IO)
Wired the same way as standard IO
Supported exclusively by 1734-AENTR series B Ethernet communication adapter

Specialty Sensors (45CRM Color Registration,


45LMS Laser Measurement)
Multiple sensor setups (profiles) can be stored to support
manufacturing of different products/packages
Location indication helps the user to pinpoint the sensor on the
machine by temporarily increasing the flash of the diagnostic/
status LEDs

45LMS

45CRM

Local sensor settings can be locked when operating in IO-Link


mode, preventing adjustments by unauthorized personnel

Photoelectric Sensors (42JT, 42EF)


Sensor diagnostics minimize downtime by indicating when the sensor
requires maintenance or replacement
Unique product serial numbers help ensure that sensors are installed
in the proper locations during commissioning
Multiple teach modes (Standard, Precision and Dynamic) allow the
sensors to be set up quickly and easily to best suit the application

42JT VisiSight

42EF
RightSight

Proximity Sensors (871TM, 871C, 871FM)


Margin status helps optimize sensor installation for
best performance

871TM

On-delay/off-delay timing and event counter can be set directly


in the sensor
871C Miniature

The internal temperature of the sensor is continuously measured


and can be used for diagnostic or preventative maintenance

Look for this symbol for IO-Link enabled Sensors

RFID

For more information on our complete family of IO-Link products,


please visit: http://www.rockwellautomation.com/go/iolink

6-1086-109

6-3

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Sensor Selection
Photoelectric Sensors operate by sensing a change in the amount of light that is either reflected or
blocked by an object to be detected (target). The change of light could be the result of the presence or
absence of the target or as the result in the change of the size, shape, reflectivity or color of a target.
These sensors can be used in applications to detect targets at distances over 300 m.
To successfully apply a photoelectric sensor the following requirements must be clearly understood:

Application Considerations

For Your Selection Keep in Mind...


Margin: defined as the measurement of the amount of light from the
light source detected by the receiver, expressed as a multiple of the
minimum amount of light level required to switch the sensor output.
A margin of 2X is reached when the light level received is twice the
minimum required to switch the output.
For minimizing maintenance the sensor should be operated at a margin
greater than 2X. Detection in dirty environments (or of a low reflectivity
target) requires sensors with higher margin.

Target

Environmental Electrical

Installation

Detection Range

Temperature
High

Supply Voltage
DC or AC

Mounting Space

Low

Output Type
PNP, NPN

Object
Shape
Size
Opacity

Conditions
Wet or dry

Reflectivity

Clean or dirty

Speed

Humidity

Response Time

Light Operate Output (LO): output is ON (energized) when the receiver


can see sufficient light from the light source.

Chemical
Substances

Analog Outputs

Dark Operate Output (DO): output is ON (energized) when the receiver


cannot see light from the light source.

High-pressure
Washdown

SPDT relay,
MOSFET

Cable Connections
2 m cable
Micro M12 QD
Pico M8 QD
Shock/Vibration
Interference
Electrical Noise

Communications Sunlight

Standard Sensing Modes


Diffuse

Retroreflective

Transmitted Beam

Advantages

Precautions

Ideal for short-range applications

Sensing range depends on targets characteristics (color, reflectivity, etc.)

No reflector required

Highly reflective backgrounds may false trigger the sensor

Easy installation/alignment

Relatively short sensing distance

Moderate sensing distances

Shorter sensing distances than transmitted beam

Easy to align

May detect reflections from shiny objects (see polarized retroreflective)

Requires mounting and wiring of only one


emitter/receiver unit

Reflector required

High margin for contaminated environments

Requires proper alignment

Longer sensing ranges than other technologies

Not recommended for clear object sensing

Most reliable sensing mode for highly reflective objects Space required to mount and wire separate emitter and receiver

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-4

6-26-3

6-46-45

Sensing Range
> 30 m

20 m

10 m

8m

6m

4m

2m

1m

800 mm

600 mm

400 mm

200 mm

100 mm

Sensors

General Purpose Solutions

42JS VisiSight
Diffuse (800 mm)
Polarized Retroreflective (3.5 m)
Transmitted Beam (10 m)

42JT VisiSight
Diffuse (250 mm)
Polarized Retroreflective (15 m)
Transmitted Beam (18 m)
Adjustable Background Suppression(120 mm)

Series 9000

Diffuse (1.5 m, 3 m, 4.2 m)


Retroreflective (9.1 m)
Polarized Retroreflective (4.9 m)
Transmitted Beam (61 m, 152 m)
Fiber Optic (Max: Diffuse 175 mm, Transmitted Beam 400 mm)

RightSight

Diffuse (500 mm, 700 mm)


Sharp Cutoff Diffuse (130 mm)
Fixed Focus Diffuse (43 mm)
Background Suppression (50 mm, 100 mm)
Retroreflective (4.5 m)
Polarized Retroreflective (3 m)
Transmitted Beam (4 m, 8 m, 20 m)
Fiber Optic (Max: Diffuse 275 mm, Transmitted beam 1.5 m)

42KD
Fixed Background Suppression (15 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm)
Adjustable Background Suppression (70 mm)
Polarized Retroreflective (1.6 m)

42CA

Diffuse (100 mm, 400 mm, 1 m)


Background Suppression (50 mm, 100 mm)
Retroreflective (4.8 m, 7.2 m)
Polarized Retroreflective (3.8 m)
Transmitted Beam (16 m)

42CS

Diffuse (800 mm)


Clear Object Detection (1 m)
Adjustable Background Suppression(100 mm)
Polarized Retroreflective (4 m)
Transmitted Beam (20 m)

42CM

Diffuse (100 mm, 400 mm)


Background Suppression (50 mm, 100 mm)
Retroreflective (4 m)
Polarized Retroreflective (3 m)
Transmitted Beam (20 m)

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-5

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Miniature
42KD
Our smallest rectangular photoelectric sensor
Ranges up to 3 m (9.74 ft)
IP67 enclosure rating
Auto PNP/NPN
Push button teach
Through-hole or dovetail clamp mounting
Visible red

Our Smallest Photoelectric


Sensor Package
The 42KD sensors, designed for applications with
limited mounting space, offer the performance
of much larger sensors in a compact housing.
This family of LED and laser sensors is the most
complete family of miniature sensors on the market.
Additionally, these sensors offer easy commissioning
via push button teach or through a control wire. The
background suppression versions provide reliable
object detection independent of the target size,
shape, or color.
High-visibility
status indicators

Bottling application A 42KD ensures a bottle cap is in place


prior to a cartoning process

Easy-to-use teach
button

IP67 and ECOLAB rated


Visible red LED and
Class 1 laser light sources
Auto PNP/NPN
function
Adjustable bracket
(sold separately) for ease of
mounting and installation

Pigtail with 4-pin pico


M8 QD or cable options

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-6

6-26-3

6-46-45

Miniature
Sensing Mode

Light Source

Polarized retroreflective

Visible red

Sensing
Distance

Sensitivity
Adjustment

0.11.6 m
(0.335.25 ft)

Teach button

Output Configuration

Response Time

Cat. No. 1

Teachable light or dark operate,


auto PNP or NPN

0.5 ms

42KD-P2LAT1-Y4

115 mm
(0.040.59 in.)
Background suppression

Visible red

130 mm
(0.040.59 in.)

42KD-B2LAR1-Y4
None

Selectable light or dark operate by


remote teach, auto PNP or NPN

150 mm
(0.041.18 in.)
570 mm
(0.22.75 in.)

Sensors

Product Selection

42KD-B2LAR2-Y4
0.5 ms
42KD-B2LAR3-Y4

Teach button

Teachable light or dark operate,


auto PNP or NPN

42KD-B2LAT1-Y4

The -Y4 suffix describes a 4-pin pico (M8) QD connector on a 150 mm (6 in.) pigtail.

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories


Description

Cat. No.

DC pico (M8) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889P-F4AB-2

DC pico (M8) QD cordset, right angle, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889P-R4AB-2

Reflector, micro cube, 51 x 61 mm (2 x 2.5 in.)

92-118

42KD Swivel mounting bracket

42KD-BKT1

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67

Operating Temperature
[C (F)]

-20+50 (-4+122 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC, 30 mA

Protection Type

Reverse polarity, short circuit

Output Current

50 mA

Housing Material

PUR

Need Help?

Lens Material

PMMA

Cover Material

PMMA

The Rockwell Automation Support Center


is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-7

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

VisiSight
42JS and 42JT
Industry standard 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) mounting
Ranges up to 13 m (42.65 ft)
IP69K and 1200 psi washdown rating (with ECOLAB)
for 42JT
Auto PNP/NPN (42JT)
Push button teach (42JT)
IO-Link enabled (42JT only)

A Compact General-purpose Solution


The 42JS and 42JT VisiSight sensors offer a small
rectangular package with visible light beam for
ease of alignment and 25.4 mm industry standard
mounting hole spacing.
The 42JS is a basic, cost-effective model ideal
for general purpose applications. The 42JT is an
advanced line that features push button teach and
a unique Auto PNP/NPN output that simplifies
installation and reduces the number of models to be
stocked by 50%.
Clear object detection clear objects such as bottles are difficult
for standard sensors to detect because they see through the
target. The 42JT clear object sensor reliably detects these
objects thanks to specialized optics.

Compact IP67
housing
Minimal
adjustments

Visible red LED


light source
Optional 18 mm
snap-on adaptor

NPN or PNP models with


complementary output

42JS

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-8

6-26-3

6-46-45

VisiSight
Sensing Mode

Sensing Distance
0.0253.5 m (0.0811.5 ft)

Polarized retroreflective

0.16 m (0.3319.7 ft)


3250 mm (0.129.84 in.)
Diffuse

3800 mm (0.1231.5 in.)

Sensitivity
Adjustment
None
Adjustment knob

Adjustment knob

1180 mm (0.047.1 in.)

Clear object detection

2 m (6.6 ft)

Color mark

12 mm (0.47 in.) 2.5 mm

Transmitted beam emitter

10 m (32.8 ft)

Transmitted beam receiver


Transmitted beam emitter

10 m (32.8 ft)

Transmitted beam receiver


Transmitted beam emitter

13 m (42.65 ft)

Transmitted beam receiver

Output Function
Complementary L.O/D.O., PNP
Teachable L.O./D.O., Auto PNP/NPN

Visible red

Complementary L.O/D.O., PNP

Teach button

Teachable L.O./D.O., Auto PNP/NPN

None

Complementary L.O/D.O., PNP

655 mm (0.242.17 in.)


3400 mm (0.1215.75 in.)

Visible red

Teach button

2130 mm (0.075.12 in.)


Background suppression

Light
Source

Visible red
Teach button
Teach button
None
Adjustment knob
None
Adjustment knob
None
Teach button

Cat. No. 1
42JS-P2MPB1-F4

Sensors

Product Selection

42JS-P2MPA2-F4
42JT-P2LAT1-F4
42JS-D2MPA2-F4
42JS-D2MPA1-F4
42JT-D2LAT1-F4
42JS-B2MPB2-F4
42JS-B2MPB1-F4
42JT-B2LAT1-F4

Teachable L.O./D.O., Auto PNP/NPN


Visible red

42JT-B2LAT2-F4
42JT-C2LAT1-F4

White LED Teachable L.O./D.O., PNP or NPN (push/pull) 42JT-F5LET1-F4


Infrared
Visible red
Visible red

NA

42JS-E1EZB1-F4

Complementary L.O/D.O., PNP

42JS-R9MPA2-F4

NA

42JS-E2EZB1-F4

Complementary L.O/D.O., PNP

42JS-R9MPA1-F4

NA

42JT-E2EZB1-F4

Teachable L.O/D.O., Auto PNP/NPN

42JT-R9LAT1-F4

The -F4 suffix describes a 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD connector on a 150 mm (6 in.) pigtail.
IO-Link enabled.

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

42JS: IP67;
42JT: IP67 and IP69K

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-20+60 (-4+140 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC (25 mA for 42JS, 30 mA for 42JT)

Protection Type

False pulse, reverse polarity, overload, short-circuit,

Load Current, Max.

100 mA max.

Housing Material

ABS

Lens Material

PMMA

Cover Material

PMMA

Description
DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)
Mounting bracket, stainless steel, l-shaped for 42JT
and 42JS
Mounting bracket, stainless steel, l-shaped for 42JT and
42JS VisiSight
Mounting bracket, plastic, swivel/tilt for 42JS and 42JT
VisiSight
Protective mounting bracket, stainless steel, u-shaped
for 42JT and 42JS
18 mm snap-on adaptor (42JS Only)
Reflector, corner cube, 76 mm (3 in.) diameter
Reflector, corner cube, 84 mm (3.3 in.) diameter
Reflector, micro cube, 51 x 61 mm (2 x 2.5 in.) for laser
and clear object models
Ethernet/IP Point I/O
Point I/O IO-Link Master Module

Cat. No.
889D-F4AC-2
60-BJS-L1
60-BJT-L2
60-2619
60-BJT-U1
60-AJS-18
92-124
92-125
92-118
1734-AENTR
1734-4IOL

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-9

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

VisiSight Laser
42JT
Class 1 eye safe visible laser
Industry standard 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) mounting
Ranges up to 18 m (59.05 ft)
IP69K (with ECOLAB)
Auto PNP/NPN
Push button teach

Our Compact, Easy-to-use Laser-based Solution


The 42JT VisiSight family offers a wide range of sensing modes and a teach push button that simplifies sensitivity
adjustment and offers light vs. dark operate output selection. The unique Auto PNP/NPN output continuously
monitors how the load is connected and automatically configures the output for proper operation and output LED
to indicate correct output status. Not only do these features make the 42JT VisiSight easy to apply in challenging
packaging and assembly applications, but they help optimize your supply chain by reducing the number of
models to be stocked by 50%. The laser versions feature an eye-safe Class 1 visible light source and are ideal for
small object detection.
High-visibility
status indicators

Easy-to-use teach
button
IP67, IP69K, and
ECOLAB rated

Class 1 laser light


sources

Auto PNP/NPN
function

Remote teach

Bottling inspection When the single 42JT LaserSight mounted


on the side of the conveyor senses the bottle carton, it triggers
the three standard VisiSights above to check for missing bottles.

42JT

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-10

6-26-3

6-46-45

VisiSight Laser
Sensing Mode

Sensing Distance

Background suppression

4120 mm
(0.164.72 in.)

Diffuse

5250 mm
(0.209.84 in.)

Polarized retroreflective

0.113 m
(0.3342.7 ft)

Transmitted beam emitter

18 m (59.05 ft)

Transmitted beam receiver

Sensitivity
Adjustment

Light Source

Output Function

Cat. No. 1

Sensors

Product Selection

42JT-B8LAT1-F4
Teach button

Teachable L.O./D.O., Auto PNP/NPN


Class 1 laser

42JT-D8LAT1-F4
42JT-P8LAT1-F4

None

NA (emitter)

42JT-E8EZB1-F4

Teach button

Teachable L.O./D.O., Auto PNP/NPN

42JT-R8LAT1-F4

The -F4 suffix describes a 4-pin DC micro (M12) integral QD connector.


IO-Link enabled.

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and distributors
offers exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support
your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67 and IP69K

Operating Temperature
-20...+60 (-4...+140 )
[C(F)]
Operating Voltage

1030V DC, 30mA

Protection Type

False pulse, reverse polarity, overload, short circuit

Load Current

100 mA max.

Housing Material

ABS

Lens Material

PMMA

Cover Material

PMMA

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Mounting bracket, stainless steel, L-shaped for 42JT and 42JS

60-BJS-L1

Mounting bracket, stainless steel, L-shaped for 42JT and 42JS

60-BJT-L2

Mounting bracket, plastic, swivel/tilt for 42JT

60-2619

Protective mounting bracket, stainless steel, U-shaped for


42JT and 42JS

60-BJT-U1

Reflector, micro cube, 51 x 61 mm (2 x 2.5 in.)

92-118

Reflector, micro cube, 20 x 32 mm (0.79 x 1.26 in.) with


mounting tabs

92-134

Ethernet/IP Point I/O

1724-AENTR

Point I/O IO-Link Master Module

1734-4IOL

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-11

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

RightSight
42EF
Universal 18 mm mounting
Ranges up to 20 m (65.6 ft)
IP69K and 1200 psi washdown rating
Non-adjustable, adjustable and teach models
360 visible LED indicators
ECOLAB on cable models
IO-Link enabled (select models)

The Industry Standard for Durability and Performance


Many applications can be solved with a smaller sensor, but dont be fooled this durable and rugged sensor has
become the standard in many material handling applications. The polarized retroreflective has a maximum sensing
range of 3 m (9.8 ft). It also requires much less space for mounting.
Sealed housing can withstand
washdown environments up to 1200psi

Bright LEDs let you


monitor power, output, and
margin from 360

Right angle enclosure fits


easily into small spaces

Multiple mounting
options make these
sensors easy to install
Material handling application A retroreflective
RightSight detecting packages on a conveyor line.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-12

6-26-3

6-46-45

RightSight
Sensing Mode
Retroreflective
Polarized retroreflective

Diffuse

Sharp cutoff diffuse

Operating Voltage
10.830V DC
21.6264V AC/DC
10.830V DC
21.6264V AC/DC

Light
Source

25 mm4.5 m (1 in14.7 ft)


Visible red
3500 mm (0.1220 in.)
3500 mm (0.1220 in.)
3700 mm (0.1227.6 in.)
3500 mm (0.1220 in.)
Infrared

10.830V DC
Background suppression
21.6264V AC/DC
Clear object detection
Transmitted beam emitter
Transmitted beam receiver
Large aperture fiber optic
1

10.830V DC
21.6264V AC/DC
10.830V DC
21.6264V AC/DC
10.830V DC
21.6264V AC/DC
10.830V DC
21.6264V AC/DC

None
25 mm3 m (1 in9.8 ft)

10.830V DC
21.6264V AC/DC
10.830V DC
21.6264V AC/DC

Sensitivity
Adjustment

Sensing Distance

Single-turn knob
Single-turn knob
Teach button
Single-turn knob

3130 mm (0.125 in.)


350 mm (0.122 in.)
3100 mm (0.123.9 in.)
350 mm (0.122 in.)
3100 mm (0.123.9 in.)

None

0.0251 m (0.083.3 ft)

Single-turn knob

20 m (65.6 ft)

None

Depends on glass fiber optic


cable selected

Single-turn knob

Visible red

Output Function
D.O., NPN & PNP
D.O., N-MOSFET
L.O. & D.O., PNP
D.O., N-MOSFET
L.O. & D.O., PNP
L.O. & D.O., PNP
L.O., NPN & PNP
L.O., N-MOSFET
L.O. & D.O., PNP
L.O., N-MOSFET
L.O. & D.O., PNP
L.O., N-MOSFET
D.O., NPN & PNP
D.O., N-MOSFET
NA

Infrared

L.O. & D.O., PNP


D.O., N-MOSFET
L.O. & D.O., PNP
L.O. N-MOSFET

Cat. No. 1
42EF-U2KBB-F4
42EF-U2SCB-G4
42EF-P2MPB-F4
42EF-P2SCB-G4
42EF-D1MPAK-F4
42EF-D2MPAK-F4
42EF-D1JBCK-F4
42EF-D1RCAK-G4
42EF-S1MPA-F4
42EF-S1RCA-G4
42EF-B1MPBC-F4
42EF-B1MPBE-F4
42EF-B1RCBC-G4
42EF-B1RCBE-G4
42EF-C2KBA-F4
42EF-C2SCA-G4
42EF-E1EZB-F4
42EF-E1EQZB-G4
42EF-R9MPB-F4
42EF-R9SCB-G4
42EF-G1MPA-F4
42EF-G1RCA-G4

Sensors

Product Selection

The -F4 suffix describes a 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD connector on a 150 mm (6 in.) pigtail. The -G4 suffix describes a 4-pin AC Micro (M12) QD connector on a 150 mm pigtail.
IO-Link enabled.

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 4X, 6P, IP67(IEC 529); 1200 psi (8270 kPa)


washdown, IP69K

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-25+55 (-13+131 ) 132V AC/DC


-25+70 (-13+158 ) 132V AC/DC

Protection Type

False pulse, reverse polarity, overload, and short-circuit

Output Current

100 mA

Response time

DC models : 1 ms (4 ms for transmitted beam models);


AC models: 8.3 ms (16.6 ms for transmitted beam )

Housing Material

Mindel

Lens Material

Acrylic

Cover Material

Udel

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

AC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889R-F4AEA-2

Mounting bracket, plastic, swivel/tilt

60-2649

Reflector, round, 76 mm (3 in.) diameter

92-39

Reflector, round, 32 mm (1.25 in.) diameter

92-47

Ethernet/IP Point I/O

1724-AENTR

Point I/O IO-Link Master Module

1734-4IOL

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-13

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

RightSight LaserSight
42EF
Class 1 eye safe visible laser
Universal 18 mm mounting
Ranges up to 40 m (131.2 ft)
IP69K rated enclosure for diffuse and transmitted beam
IP54 for polarized retroreflective
Non-adjustable, adjustable, and teach models
360 visible LED indicators

Ideal for Small Object Detection


Laser sensors are ideal for small object detection or in applications requiring a narrow field of view. In most cases,
laser sensors offer better operating margin and/or longer sensing distances than their LED-based counterparts.
The 42EF RightSight LaserSight uses eye-safe Class 1 visible laser light and features the same mounting options as
other products in the RightSight product line. Class 1 lasers require no additional safety or protective training or
equipment and are safe for general purpose use.

Roll detection A 42EF RightSight LaserSight


monitors a roll of film to indicate low film level.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-14

6-26-3

6-46-45

RightSight LaserSight
Sensing Mode

Light Source

Sensing Distance

Sensitivity Adjustment

Output Function

Cat. No.

Polarized retroreflective

Class 1 laser

0.0515 m
(0.1649.2 ft)

Teach button

D.O., NPN & PNP

42EF-P8KBC-F4

Diffuse

Class 1 laser

3300 mm
(0.111.8 in.)

Single-turn knob

42EF-D8JBA-F4
L.O., NPN & PNP

Teach button

42EF-D8JBC-F4

Transmitted beam emitter


Class 1 laser

40 m (131.2 ft)

Sensors

Product Selection

NA

42EF-E8EZB-F4

D.O., NPN & PNP

42EF-R7KBB-F4

None

Transmitted beam receiver

Connected Components
Simpler, faster, cost-effective
machine building.
www.rockwellautomation.com/go/cc

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP54 (polarized retroreflective only),


All others: IP69K rated

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-10+40 (14+104 )

Operating Voltage

2226V DC, 30 mA, max.

Protection Type

False pulse, reverse polarity, overload, short-circuit

Output Current

100 mA

Response Time

1 ms (4 ms for transmitted beam models)

Housing Material

Mindel

Lens Material

Acrylic

Cover Material

Udel

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Mounting bracket, plastic, swivel/tilt

60-2649

Microcube reflector

92-118

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-15

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Series 9000
42G
Our longest range offering up to 61 m (200 ft)
Full-featured
IP69K and ECOLAB
ClearSight 9000 clear object detection models
Standard, timing, and teach models available
Fiber optic capability

Full-size and Full-featured


Series 9000 general purpose sensors offer many features that help keep you up and running, even in harsh
environments. With nearly 300 configurations to choose from including multiple supply-voltage ranges, output
options and connection choices Series 9000 sensors provide the versatility needed to easily interface with
programmable controllers and other electrical loads.
Easy-to-see LED diagnostic
indicators for alignment
and monitoring
Short-circuit, overload, and
reverse polarity protection
(selected models)

IP69K and 1200 psi


washdown rated enclosure

Housing materials selected to


resist most industrial chemicals
Material handling Photoelectric sensors like this Series 9000
are used at every stage of the packaging process to confirm
container presence and position.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-16

6-26-3

6-46-45

Series 9000
Sensing Mode

Supply Voltage

Light
Source

Sensing Distance

Output Function

Cat. No.

Selectable L.O. or D.O., NPN and PNP

42GRU-9200-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., SPDT EM Relay

42GRU-9202-QD

40264V AC, 15mA

Selectable L.O. or D.O., Solid-state isolated N.O.

42GRU-9203-QD

1030V DC, 30 mA

Selectable L.O. or D.O., NPN and PNP

42GLP-9000-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., SPDT EM Relay

42GRP-9002-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., Solid-state isolated N.O.

42GRP-9003-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., NPN and PNP

42GRC-9200-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., SPDT EM Relay

42GRC-9202-QD

45264V AC, 15mA

Selectable L.O. or D.O., Solid-state isolated N.O.

42GRC-9203-QD

10264V AC/DC, 15 mA

NA

42GRL-9000-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., NPN and PNP

42GRR-9000-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., Solid-state isolated N.O.

42GRR-9003-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., NPN and PNP

42GRF-9000-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., SPDT EM Relay

42GRF-9002-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., Solid-state isolated N.O.

42GRF-9003-QD

1030V DC, 30 mA
Polarized retroreflective

Diffuse

70264V AC/DC

70264V DC
60264V AC, 15 mA

Visible red

Infrared

0.050 4.9 m
(0.16 16 ft)

0.0501.5 m
(0.165 ft)

40264V AC, 15mA


1030V DC, 30 mA
Clear object detection

Transmitted beam emitter


Transmitted beam receiver

70264V AC/DC

1030V DC, 30 mA

Visible red

Infrared

0.0501.2 m
(0.164 ft)

0.02561 m
(0.83200 ft)

40264V AC, 10mA


1030V DC, 30 mA

Large aperture fiber optic

70264V AC/DC, 15mA

Infrared

Depends on fiber
optic cable

40264V AC, 15mA

Specifications

Sensors

Product Selection

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Approved, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP69K, IP67 with 1200 psi; NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13;
ECOLAB rated

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-34+70 (-29+158 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC, 40264V AC/DC (see product


selection table)

Protection Type

False pulse, reverse polarity, overload, short-circuit,

Load Current

250 mA @ 30V DC (all models except 42GLP & 42GSP),


2 A @ 132V AC, 1 A @ 264 V AC (SPDT models)

Housing Material

Thermoplastic polyester resin

Lens Material

Acrylic

Cover Material

Neoprene

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

AC micro (M12) QD cordset, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889N-F4AF-6F

Mounting bracket, plastic, swivel/tilt

60-2439

Mounting bracket, heavy duty impact

60-2702

Reflector, round, 76 mm( 3 in.) diameter

92-39

Reflector, round, 32 mm (1.25 in.) diameter

92-47

Extended range lens assembly

60-2661

Extended range lens assembly

60-2559

Fiber optic cable lens extender

60-2738

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-17

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Series 9000 LaserSight


42G
Class 1 visible laser
Ranges up to 304.8 m (1000 ft)
Harsh duty
IP69K and 1200 psi washdown rating with ECOLAB
Relay output models

Precision with Maximum Range


The 42GR LaserSight 9000 sensors are ideal for tough sensing applications that require a longer range, when the
environment is dusty or dirty, or when the object to be sensed is small. The Class 1 laser source provides a visible
red beam for easy alignment even at these distances. Use this sensor when your application calls for precision and
maximum sensing range.

1200 psi
washdown rating
Selectable light/dark
operate modes
Class 1 laser

Available in DC
and AC/DC

Body shop application A LaserSight 9000


detecting precise position of a car body skid.

NPN and PNP


outputs

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-18

6-26-3

6-46-45

Series 9000 LaserSight


Sensing Mode

Sensing Distance

Operating Voltage

Polarized
retroreflective

0.3 40 m
(1 130 ft)

Diffuse

800 mm (31.5 in.)

Light Source

Output Configuration

Cat. No. 1

1030V DC, 45 mA

Selectable L.O. or D.O., NPN and PNP

42GRU-92L0-QD

110132V AC, 70mA

Selectable L.O. or D.O., SPDT EM Relay

42GRU-92L2-QD

1030V DC, 45 mA

Selectable L.O. or D.O., NPN and PNP

42GRP-92L0-QD

Selectable L.O. or D.O., SPDT EM Relay

42GRP-92L2-QD

110132V AC, 70mA

Class 1 laser

Sensors

Product Selection

42GRL-90L0-QD

Transmitted beam
emitter

300 m (1000 ft)

10264V AC/DC, 10 mA

NA light source

Transmitted beam
receiver

5300 m
(161000 ft)

1040V DC, 25 mA

Selectable L.O. or D.O., NPN and PNP

42GRR-90L0-QD

70264V AC/DC, 10 mA

Selectable L.O. or D.O., SPDT EM Relay

42GRR-90L2-QD

42GRL-90L2-QD

The -QD suffix describes a 4-pin DC micro (M12) integral QD for DC models, a 5-pin mini QD for SPDT EM relay models.

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Approved, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type
Rating

IP69K, IP67 with 1200 psi; NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13;
ECOLAB rated

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-10+50 (-14+122 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC, 40264V AC/DC


(see product selection table)

Protection Type

False pulse, reverse polarity, overload, short-circuit,

Load Current

250 mA @ 30V DC (all models except 42GLP & 42GSP),2


A @ 132V AC, 1 A @ 264 V AC (SPDT models)

Housing Material

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Mini QD cordset, 4-pin, 1.8 m (6 ft)

889N-F4AF-6F

Mini QD cordset, 5-pin, 1.8 m (6 ft)

889N-F5AF-6F

Mounting bracket, plastic, swivel/tilt

60-2439

Mounting bracket, heavy duty impact

60-2702

Reflector, round, 76 mm( 3 in.) diameter

92-39

Reflector, round, 32 mm (1.25 in.) diameter

92-47

Extended range lens assembly

60-2661

Thermoplastic polyester resin

Extended range lens assembly

60-2559

Lens Material

Acrylic

Fiber optic cable lens extender

60-2738

Cover Material

Neoprene

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-19

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

18 mm Plastic Cylindrical
42CA
18 mm plastic cylindrical
Ranges up to 16 m (52.5 ft)
Extended range high-speed models
IP67 rating
Linear sensitivity adjustment
Stability indication
Dual LED indicators

A Cost-effective General-purpose Solution


The 42CA 18 mm plastic cylindrical general-purpose sensors are ideal for light to medium duty industrial
applications. Five possible sensing modes allow the 42CA to be used in a variety of complex applications. These
sensors offer a highly linear sensitivity adjustment, stability indication and excellent noise immunity; making them
easy to apply and maintain.

18 mm cylindrical housing

Patented ASIC offers linear


sensitivity adjustment,
stability indication and
excellent noise immunity

Flat lens improves


ease of cleaning
Dual LED status
indicators
Complementary light
& dark operate

Material handling Three 42CA sensors detecting


boxes of varying sizes from below and in any
position across the conveyor width.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-20

6-26-3

6-46-45

18 mm Plastic Cylindrical
Light
Source

Sensing Mode
Retroreflective

Visible red
Polarized
retroreflective

Response
Time

Cat. No. 1

None

1 ms

42CA-U2MPB-D4

0.0027.2 m (0.0 23.6 ft)

Single-turn potentiometer

0.5 ms

42CA-U2MPA-D4

0.0023.8 m (0.0 12.5 ft)

None

1 ms

42CA-P2MPB-D4

Sensing Distance

Sensitivity Adjustment

0.0024.8 m (0.0 15.7 ft)

Output Configuration

Complementary L.O. & D.O., PNP

0100 mm (03.9 in.)


Standard diffuse

Infrared

0400 mm (015.7 in.)

42CA-D1MPAE-D4
Single-turn potentiometer

1 ms

01 m (03.28 ft)
Background
suppression
Transmitted beam
emitter
Transmitted beam
receiver

Infrared

42CA-D1MPAJ-D4
42CA-D1MPAL-D4

50 mm (2 in.)

Visible red

Sensors

Product Selection

100 mm (3.9 in.)

42CA-B2LPBC-D4

Selectable L.O. or D.O., PNP

0.5 ms

NA

NA

42CA-E1EZB1-D4

Complementary L.O. & D.O., PNP

1 ms

42CA-R1MPA1-D4

None

42CA-B2LPBE-D4

0.00316 m (0.0152.5 ft)


Single-turn potentiometer

The -D4 suffix describes a 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD connector.

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC, 30 mA

Protection Type

Reverse polarity, overload, short-circuit,

Load Current

100 mA

Housing Material

PBT

Lens Material

PMMA

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

DC micro QD cordset, right angle, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-R4AC-2

Mounting bracket, snap-clamp

871A-SCBP18

Mounting bracket, right angle

60-2657

Mounting bracket, swivel/tilt

60-2649

Mounting bracket, straight

60-2656

Spare corner cube reflector (76 mm (3 in.) diameter


with mounting hole)

92-39

Spare corner cube reflector (32 mm (1.3in.) diameter


with mounting hole)

92-47

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-21

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

18 mm Metal Cylindrical
42CM
Heavy duty 18 mm metal housing
Ranges up to 20 m (65.6 ft)
IP67 rating
Sensitivity adjustment (diffuse models only)

General-purpose Sensing in a Rugged Metal Housing


The 42CM 18 mm Metal Cylindrical General-purpose Sensors are intended for heavy-duty industrial applications
requiring an industry standard 18 mm cylindrical housing. Five possible modes of sensing allow the 42CM to be used
in a variety of complex applications. Outputs are short-circuit protected to provide continuous operation even under
unexpected conditions.

Industry standard
18 mm heavy duty
metal housing

Complementary light/
dark operate

Sensitivity
adjustment on
diffuse models
Five sensing modes
for application
flexibility

Fast 2 ms response time


(0.5 ms for background
suppression models)

Feeder bowl application A 42CM monitors bowl


level to prevent component runout. This background
suppression model ignores reflections from the bowl to
accurately detect the components only.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-22

6-26-3

6-46-45

18 mm Metal Cylindrical
Sensing Mode

Light Source

Sensing Distance

Retroreflective

Infrared

0.0034 m (0.013.2 ft)

Polarized
retroreflective

0.0033 m (09.9 ft)

Sensitivity
Adjustment

Output Configuration

Response
Time

42CM-U1MPB-D4
None

4 ms

42CM-P2MPB-D4

Complementary L.O. & D.O., PNP


0100 mm (03.9 in.)

Standard diffuse

Cat. No. 1

Sensors

Product Selection

Visible red

0400 mm (015.7 in.)

42CM-D2MPAE-D4
Potentiometer

2 ms

50 mm (2 in.)

Background
suppression

100 mm (3.9 in.)

Transmitted beam
emitter

Infrared

Transmitted beam
receiver

Infrared or
visible red

None

42CM-D1MPAL-D4
42CM-B2LPBC-D4

Selectable L.O. or D.O., PNP

0.5 ms

NA

NA

42CM-E1EZB-D4

Complementary L.O. & D.O., PNP

2 ms

42CM-R1MPB-D4

42CM-B2LPBE-D4

320 m (065.6 ft)

The -D4 suffix describes a 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD connector.

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation Support Center
is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC, 30 mA

Protection Type

Reverse polarity, overload, short-circuit

Load Current

100 mA

Housing Material

Nickel-plated brass

Lens Material

PMMA/PC

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

DC micro QD cordset, right angle, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-R4AC-2

Mounting bracket, snap-clamp

871A-SCBP18

Mounting bracket, right angle

60-2657

Mounting bracket, swivel/tilt

60-2649

Mounting bracket, straight

60-2656

Spare corner cube reflector


(76 mm (3 in.) diameter with mounting hole)

92-39

Spare corner cube reflector


(32 mm (1.3in.) diameter with mounting hole)

92-47

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-23

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

LaserSight 18 mm Metal Cylindrical


42CM
Class 1 laser
Heavy duty 18 mm metal housing
Ranges up to 50 m (164 ft)
Small 0.1 mm spot size
IP67 rating

Rugged, Laser-based Sensing


The 42CM 18 mm LaserSight photoelectric laser sensors combine an eye-safe Class 1 visible laser light source and
an industry standard cylindrical housing. They are ideal for tough sensing applications that require a longer range,
where the environment is dusty, dirty, or when the object to be sensed is small.

Industry standard 18 mm
heavy duty metal housing

Fast response time


less than 0.7 ms

Three sensing modes for


application flexibility

Remote and local


teach functions
Eye-safe Class 1
laser light source
Small laser beam spot size
(0.1 mm @ 100 mm) ideal
for small parts detection
Roll detection A 42CM LaserSight monitors a roll of
film to indicate low film level.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-24

6-26-3

6-46-45

LaserSight 18 mm Metal Cylindrical


Sensing Mode

Light
Source

Polarized retroreflective
Diffuse
Transmitted beam emitter

Sensing Distance

Sensitivity
Adjustment

0.00330 m (078 ft)

None

3300 mm (011.8 in.)

350 m (0164 ft)

Response
Time

Complementary L.O. and D.O., PNP

0.7 ms

Cat. No. 1
42CM-P8MPB-D4

Teach button

Class 1 laser

Transmitted beam
receiver

Output Configuration

Sensors

Product Selection

42CM-D8MPA-D4
NA

NA

42CM-E8EZB-D4

Complementary L.O. and D.O., PNP

0.5 ms

42CM-R8MPB-D4

Potentiometer

The -D4 suffix describes a 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD connector.

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and
distributors offers exceptional knowledge
and service to help you design, implement
and support your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-10+55 (14131 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC, 25 mA

Protection Type

Reverse polarity, overload, short-circuit,

Load Current

100 mA

Housing Material

Nickel-plated brass

Lens Material

Glass

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

DC micro QD cordset, right angle, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-R4AC-2

Mounting bracket, snap-clamp

871A-SCBP18

Mounting bracket, right angle

60-2657

Mounting bracket, swivel/tilt

60-2649

Mounting bracket, straight

60-2656

Rectangular reflector, 51 x 51 mm (2 x 2 in.)

92-118

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-25

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

18 mm Stainless Steel Cylindrical


42CS
Stainless steel 18 mm cylindrical
Smooth barrel design
Ranges up to 20 m (65.6 ft)
IP69K, ECOLAB, and Johnson Diversey rated
Extended temperature operating range
Ferromagnetic teach

The Ideal Solution for Food and Beverage Applications


The 42CS stainless steel cylindrical sensors are ideal for food, beverage, and pharmaceutical applications. The
smooth, clean design minimizes the collection and accumulation of undesired particles allowing for a fast and easy
clean up. An innovative teach feature also simplifies setup just place a ferromagnetic metal object on a section of
the sensor housing to initiate the teach process.

Rugged 316L stainless


steel housing

Smooth or
threaded barrel

Extended temperature
range
Flush, hardened
PMMA lens
prevents build-up

Optional block mounting


bracket for smooth barrel
housing (Cat. No. 60-BCS-18B)

Flap detection When the single 42CS mounted on the


side of the conveyor senses a food package, it triggers the
two sensors above to check for open box flaps, ensuring all
packages are sealed.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-26

6-26-3

6-46-45

18 mm Stainless Steel Cylindrical


Light
Source

Sensing Mode
Polarized retroreflective

Visible red

Standard diffuse
Background suppression
Clear object detection

Infrared
Visible red

Transmitted beam
emitter
Transmitted beam
receiver

Infrared

Sensing Distance

Sensitivity
Adjustment

4 m (13.1 ft)

None

Output Configuration

Response
Time

42CSS-P2MPB1-D4

100 mm (3.9 in.)

1 ms

400 mm (15.8 in.)


800 mm (31.5 in.)

Cat. No. 1

Ferromagnetic teach

Complementary L.O./D.O., PNP

42CSS-D2MPA1-D4
42CSS-D1MPA2-D4
42CSS-D1MPA3-D4

60100 mm (2.43.9 in.)

1.25 ms

42CSS-B2MPA1-D4

1 m (3.2 ft)

1 ms

42CSS-C2MPA1-D4

NA

NA

42CSS-E1EZB1-D4

Complementary L.O./D.O., PNP

2 ms

42CSS-R9MPB1-D4

020m (065.6ft)

Sensors

Product Selection

None

The prefix 42CSS denotes smooth barrel. For threaded models, replace the 42CSS with 42CST (e.g., 42CST-P2MPB1-D4). The -D4 suffix describes a 4-pin DC micro
(M12) QD connector.

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP69K, ECOLAB, and Johnson Diversey rated

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-25+85 (-13+185 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC @ 35 mA max.

Protection Type

Reverse polarity, transient noise, short-circuit,

Load Current

100 mA

Housing Material

316 stainless steel

Lens Material

PMMA

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

DC micro (M12) QD patchcord

889D-F4ACDM-2

Block mounting bracket for smooth barrel housing

60-BCS-18B

Straight mounting bracket for threaded models

60-2656

Right angle mounting bracket for threaded models

60-2657

Spare corner cube reflector (32 mm (1.26 in.) diameter


with mounting hole)

92-47

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-27

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Long-Range Background Suppression


42BT and 42BC
Adjustable 1 m and 2 m range background suppression
Slim flat pack housing design
Infrared LED or red LED
Selectable L.O. and D.O.
Dual (PNP and NPN) outputs
AC/DC relay output models (42BC)

Sensing the Target While Ignoring the Background


Background suppression sensors are designed for applications requiring the sensor to see a target very close to a
reflective background. Background suppression is particularly effective when the target and background have similar
reflectivities or when dark targets are to be sensed against a lighter, more reflective background. These long range
models offer high background suppression performance at sensing ranges up to 2 m (6.6ft).

Side-by-side conveyors A 42BT background suppression sensor detects bins on


the near conveyor while ignoring bins on the second.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-28

6-26-3

6-46-45

Long-Range Background Suppression


Sensing
Mode

Light
Source

Sensing Distance [mm (in.)]

Visible red

1001000 (3.9439.4)
1002000 (3.9478.7)

Background
suppression

Sensitivity
Adjustment
5-turn potentiometer

2001000 (7.8739.4)

Infrared

Adjustment knob
2002000 (7.8778.7)

Output Configuration
Selectable L.O./D.O., NPN & PNP
Selectable L.O./D.O., SPST N.O Relay
Selectable L.O./D.O., NPN & PNP
Selectable L.O./D.O., SPST N.O Relay

Response
Time
2 ms
20 ms
30 ms

Cat. No.
42BT-B2LBSL-F4

Sensors

Product Selection

42BT-B1LBSN-F4
42BC-B1LBAL-T4
42BC-B1CRAL-T4
42BC-B1LBAN-T4
42BC-B1CRAN-T4

Connected Components
Simpler, faster, cost-effective
machine building.
www.rockwellautomation.com/go/cc

Specifications
Certifications
Enclosure Type Rating
Operating
Temperature [C(F)]
Operating Voltage
Protection Type
Load Current
Housing Material
Lens Material

Required Cordsets and Accessories

42BT cULus Listed and CE certified for all applicable directives

Description

Cat. No.

42BT IP66

DC micro QD cordset, straight, stainless steel,


4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

42BC IP65

DC micro (M12) QD receptacle

888D-M4AC1-0M3

Vertical mounting bracket for 42BT

61-6738

Horizontal mounting bracket for 42BT

61-6739

Mounting bracket

60-2637

Replacement cover

60-2669

Mini QD receptacle

60-2668

42BC UL Listed and CSA certified

42BT
42BC

-25+55 (-13+131 )

42BT 1224V DC
42BC 1224V DC, 24240V AC/DC
42BT Short circuit
42BC Short circuit, reverse polarity, overload
42BT 100 mA
42BC 100 mA, 3A (AC/DC)
42BT Polyarilate
42BC Polycarbonate and acrylic
42BT
42BC

Polyarilate

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-29

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Laser Measurement
45LMS
Long-range, high performance laser measurement
Time of Flight (ToF) technology
Ranges up to 50 m (164.04 ft)
Eye Safe Class 1 or Class 2 laser (by model)
One discrete and one analog (420 mA) output
Push button setup of switch points or analog scaling

Solve Difficult Measurement Applications


The 45LMS is a great solution for long range detection/measurement in difficult applications that exceed the
capabilities of standard diffuse or background suppression photoelectric sensors. Available in three ranges, this sensor
uses the Time of Flight (ToF) principle and has a relatively small beam spot, even from a distance of 50 m (164 ft).

Typical applications include:


Distance measurement
Verifying material position
Stack level
Roll diameter or thickness
measurement
Fixture positioning
Error-proofing inspection
Level monitoring
Crane crash protection

Roll diameter A 45LMS sensor measures the diameter of a web roll


for speed control and runout prevention.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-30

6-26-3

6-46-45

Laser Measurement
Sensing Mode

Light Source

Sensing Distance

Spot Size

Measuring Rate

Class 1 laser

0.28 m
(0.6626.25ft)

< 10 mm (0.39 in.) at 8 m (26 ft) and


20 C(68 F)

Class 2 laser

0.215 m
(0.6649.21ft)

< 15 mm (0.59 in.) at 15 m (49 ft) and


20 C (68 F)

Class 1 laser

0.250 m
(0.66164.04ft)

< 50 mm (2 in.) at 50 m (164 ft) and


20 C(68 F)

Cat. No.

Sensors

Product Selection

45LMS-D8LGC1-D4

Diffuse

Retroreflective

7.8 m (25.59 ft)

45LMS-D8LGC2-D4

45LMS-U8LGC3-D4

IO-Link enabled.

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

UL Listed, cULus Listed, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP65

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-30+50 (-22+122 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC, (1830V DC in IO-Link mode)

Protection Type

Short circuit, reverse polarity (for discrete output);


Short circuit, overload protected (for analog output)

Load Current

100 mA max.

Housing Material

Plastic ABS

Lens Material

Plastic pane

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) straight QD cordset, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

DC micro (M12) right angle cordset, 4-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-R4AC-2

Mounting bracket

45LMS-BKT1

Mounting bracket (L shape)

45LMSBKT2

Weld slag cover

45LMSBKT3

Point I/O IO-Link Master Module

1734-4IOL

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-31

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Color Registration/Contrast
45CRM
High-speed color registration sensing
40 s response time
Rotatable M12 connector
Rotary switch setup
2 x PNP/NPN (push-pull) complementary outputs
Compact size (49 x 42 x 15 mm (1.93 x 1.65 x 0.59 in.))
IP67 rating

Reliable, High-speed Registration Sensing


The 45CRM high-speed contrast sensor uses red, green, and blue emitter LEDs to reliably discern between
registration marks and the background of a web.
With its rugged, compact housing, quick response time and ease-of-use, the 45CRM is an ideal solution for a wide range
of applications in a variety of industries including packaging, material handling, food and beverage, and printing.

2 x PNP/NPN
(push-pull)
complementary
outputs

Three emitter LEDs


(red, green and blue)

Fast 40 s
response time
Rugged,
compact housing
(49 x 42 mm)
Three simple
setup methods

Color registration mark sensing The 45CRM detects


registration marks to synchronize sealing and cutting
operations located later in the process.

Adjustable-position
micro (M12) QD

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-32

6-26-3

6-46-45

Color Registration/Contrast

Sensing Mode 1

Sensing
Distance
[mm (in.)]

Spot Size
[mm (in.)]

Sensitivity
Adjustment

Response
Time

Output Configuration

Light Source

Parallel beam

45CRM-4LHT1-D4
11 2
(0.430.08)

1 x 3 (0.04 x 0.12)

Rotary switch

L.O./D.O., 2 x PNP/NPN (pushpull) complementary outputs

40 s

3 LEDs (red,
green, blue)

Perpendicular
beam
1

Cat. No.

Sensors

Product Selection

45CRM-4LHT2-D4

Beam orientation is relative to the long axis of the sensor body and should match the orientation of the registration mark being detected.
IO-Link enabled.

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation Support Center
is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

UL Listed, cULus Listed, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-20+60 (-4+140 )

Operating Voltage

10...30V DC (1830V DC when operating in


IO-Link mode)

Protection Type

Short circuit, reverse polarity, overload

Load Current

100 mA

Housing Material

Die-cast zinc, nickel-plated

Lens Material

PMMA plastic, clear

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) straight QD cordset, 4-pin,


2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Mounting bracket

45CRM-BRK1-ADAPT

Point I/O IO-Link Master Module

1734-4IOL

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-33

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Luminescence
45LUM
Detects luminescent/fluorescent particles
550 mm (0.22 in.) sensing range
Teach button setup
External teach capability
Rotatable M12 connector
IP67 rating

Detect What Is Invisible to the Human Eye


The 45LUM luminescence sensor provides a solution for detection of substances which are invisible to the human
eye. This sensor detects luminophores or fluorescence, which are emitted from the object being detected. The
sensor converts the UV light into a visible light, which is then received by the luminescence sensor. This sensor can
detect particles such as glue, clear labels, oils, greases, paint, detergents, and chalks.

Label detection A 45LUM checks bottles for missing labels

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-34

6-26-3

6-46-45

Luminescence
Sensing Mode

Light Source

Sensing Distance

Spot Size

Cat. No.

Diffuse

Ultraviolet LED

550 mm (0.22in.)

3 mm (0.12 in.) at 18 mm
(0.71in.) distance

45LUM-D7JPT1-D5

Sensors

Product Selection

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and distributors
offers exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support
your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-10+55 (+14+131 )

Operating Voltage

1228V DC

Protection Type

Class 2, short circuit and reverse polarity

Supply Current

40 mA (no load)

Housing Material

ABS

Lens Material

Glass

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) straight QD cordset, 5-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-F5AC-2

DC micro (M12) straight QD cordset, 5-pin, 2 m (6.6 ft)

889D-R5AC-2

Mounting bracket

45BPD-BKT1

Protective mounting bracket

45BPD-BKT2

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-35

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Measuring and Discrete Light Arrays


45MLA and 45DLA
Detect oddly shaped or non-uniform objects
Detect targets with gaps or spaces
Large sensing area
Discrete (45DLA) and measurement (45MLA) models
Slim housing profiles
Sensing range:
45MLA: 4 m;
45DLA: 1.5 m or 8 m, selectable via wiring

Light Array Concept

Traditional photoelectric
transmitted beam sensor single
sensing beam

Traditional photoelectric transmitted beam sensors detect


in a single line from the emitter to the receiver. Light array
sensors combine multiple emitter or receiver elements
into a single housing to create a sensing field instead of a
single sensing beam. Therefore, light arrays are capable of
detecting targets over a wider area. This makes them ideal
for detecting oddly shaped parts, products with gaps or
spaces, or inconsistently positioned targets, at a fraction
of the cost of using multiple sensor pairs.

Light array sensor multiple


sensing beams
45DLA detects product with gaps or spaces

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-36

6-26-3

6-46-45

45MLA Measuring Light Arrays


No. of Beams
30
60
90
120
36
48

Housing Height [mm (in.)]


320 (12.6)
630 (24.4)
920 (36.2)
1220 (48)
920 (36.2)
1220 (48)

Sensing Height* [mm (in.)]


300 (11.8)
600 (23.6)
900 (35.4)
1200 (47.2)
900 (35.4)
1200 (47.2)

Beam Spacing [mm (in.)]


10 (0.39)
10 (0.39)
10 (0.39)
10 (0.39)
25 (0.98)
25 (0.98)

Cat. No.
45MLA-AT0300P10
45MLA-AT0600P10
45MLA-AT0900P10
45MLA-AT1200P10
45MLA-AT0900P25
45MLA-AT1200P25

Sensors

Product Selection Measuring and Discrete Light Arrays

* Sensing heights up to 3m and ATEX certification available upon request

45MLA Controllers
Description
45MLA controller I/O
45MLA controller RS-485
45MLA controller analog
45MLA controller basic
45MLA controller CAN

Cat. No.
45MLA-CTRL
45MLA-CTRL-485
45MLA-CTRL-ALG
45MLA-CTRL-BSC
45MLA-CTRL-CAN

45DLA Discrete Array


Housing Height
[mm (in.)]
266 (10.5)
354 (13.9)
530 (20.9)
706 (27.8)
882 (34.7)

Sensing Height
[mm (in.)]
118 (4.65)
206 (8.11)
382 (15.04)
558 (21.97)
734 (28.9)

Response Time
25 ms
45 ms
85 ms
125 ms
165 ms

Specifications

Sensing Distance
[m (ft.)]
0.28 (0.726.2)
0.28 (0.726.2)
0.28 (0.726.2)
0.28 (0.726.2)
0.28 (0.726.2)

Resolution
[mm (in.)]
30 (1.2)
30 (1.2)
30 (1.2)
30 (1.2)
30 (1.2)

Output
NPN/PNP
NPN/PNP
NPN/PNP
NPN/PNP
NPN/PNP

Cat. No.
45DLA-1LEB1T-F4
45DLA-1LEB2T-F4
45DLA-1LEB4T-F4
45DLA-1LEB6T-F4
45DLA-1LEB8T-F4

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

45MLA and 45DLA: IP54

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

45MLA: 0...+55 (32131)


45DLA: -20...+65 (-4+149)

Operating Voltage

45MLA: 20427.6V DC
45DLA: 1430V DC

Protection Type

Short circuit, reverse polarity, overload

Load Current

100 mA

Housing Material

Aluminum

Lens Material

Polycarbonate

Description
Flash mounting kit (two pieces/set)
Adjustable 180 bracket kit (two per kit) supplied with
each pair. Two kits required per pair
180 adjustable flat bracket (two per kit). Two kits
required per pair
Cable-light array to controller, 3 m patchcord, PVC jacket
Cable-light array to controller, 5 m patchcord,
M12 to RJ45
Cable-light array to controller, 8 m patchcord, PVC jacket
Cascadeable array extension patchcord, 1 m (3.28 ft)
patchcord (optional)
Cascadeable array extension patchcord, 3 m (9.8 ft)
patchcord (optional)
DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)
DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 0.3 m (1 ft)

Cat. No.
445L-AF6145
445L-AF6143
445L-AF6149
445L-AC8RJ3
445L-AC8RJ5
445L-AC8RJ8
445L-AC8PC1
445L-AC8PC3
889D-F4AC-2
889D-F4AC-5

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-37

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Area and Bin Picking Arrays


45AST and 45PVA
Specialty light arrays
Small parts detection (45AST)
Pick-to-light bin picking verification (45PVA)
Large detection area

45PVA Parts Verification Array


The 45PVA parts verification array is a special purpose
light array for bin picking applications. By mounting the
sensors on parts bins and wiring them into a controller
programmed with the necessary logic, a virtually errorfree bin-picking process can be achieved.
Bin picking sensors pick-to-light with
automatic feedback
Green job light indicates proper bin
Red warning indicator automatically indicates
incorrect bin pick
Reduce risk of missing components or
incorrect assembly

Part ejection/counting
A 45AST uses twodimensional scanning
technology to sense an
object regardless of its
orientation. This is ideal
for the detection and
counting of parts being
ejected from a machine.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-38

6-26-3

6-46-45

45AST Area and Bin Picking Arrays


Housing Height
[mm (in.)]

Sensing Height
[mm (in.)]

Response Time

Sensing Distance
[m (ft.)]

Resolution
[mm (in.)]

Output

Cat. No.

100 (3.9)

50 (2)

150 (5.9)

100 (3.9)

4 ms

0.52 (1.66.5)

15 (0.59)

PNP

45AST-1JPB1-F4

8 ms

0.150.8 (0.52.6)

11 (0.43)

PNP

45AST-1JPB2-F4

150 (5.9)

100 (3.9)

200 (7.9)

150 (5.9)

8 ms

0.52.5 (1.68.2)

13 (0.51)

PNP

45AST-1JPB3-F4

8 ms

0.150.8 (0.52.6)

17 (0.66)

PNP

45AST-1JPB4-F4

Sensors

Product Selection

45PVA Parts Verification Arrays


Housing Height
[mm (in.)]

Sensing Height
[mm (in.)]

Response Time (ms)

Sensing Distance [m (ft.)]

Sensing Mode

Cat. No.

140 (5.5)

100 (3.9)

35 (L.O.), 25 (D.O.)

2 (6.5)

Transmitted beam pair

45PVA-1LEB1-F4

265 (10.4)

225 (8.9)

68 (L.O.), 42 (D.O.)

2 (6.5)

Transmitted beam pair

45PVA-1LEB2-F4

340 (13.4)

300 (11.8)

70 (L.O.), 42 (D.O.)

2 (6.5)

Transmitted beam pair

45PVA-1LEB3-F4

415 (16.3)

375 (14.7)

94 (L.O.), 58 (D.O.)

2 (6.5)

Transmitted beam pair

45PVA-1LEB4-F4

140 (5.5)

100 (3.9)

120

Retro: 2 (6.5); diffuse 0.4 (1.3)

Retroreflective/diffuse

45PVA-2LEA1-F4

265 (10.4)

225 (8.9)

120

Retro: 2 (6.5); diffuse 0.4 (1.3)

Retroreflective/diffuse

45PVA-2LEA2-F4

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories


Description

Cat. No.

DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2m (6.5ft)

889D-F4AC-2

DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 0.3 m (1 ft)

889D-F4AC-5

Mounting bracket used for parts verification array 45PVA

60-2773

Mounting bracket used for parts verification array 45PVA

60-2779

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

45AST: IP67
45PVA: NEMA 12, IP62

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

45AST: -5+55 (23131 )


45PVA: 050 (32122 ) for transmitted beam,
-10+50 (14122 )

Mounting bracket used for parts verification array 45PVA

60-2772

Operating Voltage

45AST & 45PVA: 1224V DC

Protective mounting bracket for 45PVA-1LEB1-F4

60-2775-1

Protection Type

45AST: Short circuit protection, reverse polarity, false


pulse, overload; 45PVA: short circuit protection

Protective mounting bracket for 45PVA-1LEB2-F4

60-2776-1

Protective mounting bracket for 45PVA-1LEB3-F4

60-2777-1

Load Current

45AST: 100 mA, max.


45PVA: 50 mA, max.

Housing Material

Aluminum

Lens Material

45AST: Acrylic
45PVA: Polycarbonate

Protective mounting bracket for 45PVA-1LEB4-F4

60-2778-1

Protective mounting bracket for 45PVA-2LEA1-F4

60-2785-1

Replacement reflective tape roll

92-100

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-39

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Optical Fork
45LSP
Detects objects as small as 0.2 mm (0.008 in.)
Highly visible status indication on both sides
Through-hole, threaded hole, or dovetail mounting
Gap size up to 120 mm (4.7 in.)
Remote teach and teach button lock (4-pin models)
No alignment required
IP67 rated

Alignment-free Small Part Detection


By eliminating the alignment and adjustment issues associated with other transmitted beam sensing solutions,
optical fork sensors are the most easy-to-apply and cost-effective method for small part detection and counting in a
wide range of industries.

120 mm
80 mm
30 mm

50 mm

The range of gap sizes and flexible mounting


options make the 45LSP a viable solution for a broad
range of applications. In addition to small object
detection, these include, but are not limited to, edge
detection, parts counting, gear tooth detection, and
dimension verification.

Web alignment application Two 45LSP fork sensors monitor


horizontal film position on both sides of the roll. If the film drifts in
either direction the sensors light beam will be interrupted, causing the
machines dancer arm to correct the film position.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-40

6-26-3

6-46-45

Optical Fork
Sensing Mode

Light Source

Sensing Gap [mm (in.)]


30 (1.2)

50 (2)
Transmitted beam
fork

Visible red
80 (3.2)

120 (4.7)
1

Sensitivity Adjustment

Output Configuration

Response Time

Cat. No. 1

Teach button

45LSP-2LPA1-P3

Teach button + remote teach

45LSP-2LPA1-P4

Push button

45LSP-2LPA2-P3

Teach button + remote teach


Push button

Selectable L.O./D.O., PNP

250 s

Sensors

Product Selection

45LSP-2LPA2-P4
45LSP-2LPA3-P3

Teach button + remote teach

45LSP-2LPA3-P4

Push button

45LSP-2LPA4-P3

Teach button + remote teach

45LSP-2LPA4-P4

The -P3 suffix describes a 3-pin pico (M8) integral QD and the -P4 suffix describes a 4-pin pico (M8) integral QD.

Connected Components
Simpler, faster, cost-effective
machine building.
www.rockwellautomation.com/go/cc

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-20+60 (-4+140 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC

Protection Type

Short circuit, reverse polarity

Load Current

100 mA, max.

Housing Material

Polycarbonate

Description

Cat. No.

DC pico QD cordset, straight, 3-pin, 2m (6.5ft)

889P-F3AB-2

DC pico QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2m (6.5ft)

889P-F4AB-2

Dovetail mounting bracket

44B-BKT

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-41

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Fiber Optic
45FPL
Long range (2x standard models)
Large back-lit display
High-speed and long-range modes
DIN Rail or side mounting
Push button static or dynamic teach
Use with fiber optic cables up to 2.2 mm (0.09 in.)
in diameter

Sensing for Space-critical Applications


Ideal for sensing small objects, fiber optic cables can be mounted in locations that would otherwise be inaccessible to
photoelectric sensors. Other characteristics/advantages of fiber optic sensors include:
Some glass fiber optic tips have the ability to withstand high temperatures [up to 482 C (900 F)]
Withstand extreme shock and vibration
Often have the fastest response times
Immunity to electrical interference (EMI, RFI)

Small part detection The 45FPL fiber optic ensures continuous


flow of small parts exiting from a feeder bowl.

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-42

6-26-3

6-46-45

45FPL Fiber Optic


Sensing Mode

Sensing Distance

Small aperture fiber


optic

Light Source

Depends on fiber
optic cable

Sensitivity
Adjustment

Output
Configuration

Response Time

Selectable L.O./D.O.,
NPN, 25 mA
Visible red

Push button
Selectable L.O./D.O.,
PNP, 32 mA

Cat. No. 1

Sensors

Product Selection

45FPL-2LGE-Y3
Long range: 1.8ms and
High speed: 0.19 ms
45FPL-2LHE-Y3

The suffix -Y3 describes a 3-pin pico (M8) QD on a 150 mm (6 in.) pigtail.

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP40

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-25+55 (-13+131 )

Operating Voltage

1224V DC 10%

Protection Type

Short-circuit, reverse polarity,


surge absorption (overload)

Load Current

100 mA

Housing Material

Polycarbonate

Lens Material

Depends on fiber optic cable selected

Description

Cat. No.

DC pico QD cordset, straight, 3-pin, 2m (6.5ft)

889P-F3AB-2

Fiber optic cables

Refer to page 6-45

Mounting assembly (included)

60-2638

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-43

Photoelectric Sensors
Sensors

Glass and Plastic Fiber Optic Cables


Plastic Fiber Optics
-- Best used with visible light sources
-- High flex applications
-- Cost effective
Glass Fiber Optics
-- Suitable for visible or infrared light source
-- High temperature applications
-- Chemically resistant

Product Selection Fiber Optic Cables


Fiber Optic Cables for Use with These Large Aperture Sensors:
Series 9000 42GxF-900x
RightSight 42EF-G1xxA
Description

Sensing Tip Material

Fiber Bundle
Diameter [mm (in.)]

Sheathing
Material

Nominal Sensing Ref.


[mm (in.)]

Cat No.

Bifurcated Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm/0.187 in.] 1


Threaded 5/16 in. straight tip

Brass

PVC

120 (4.75)

43GR-TBB25ML

Threaded 5/16 in. straight tip

Brass

Stainless steel

120 (4.75)

43GR-TBB25SL

Right angle tip with 5/16 in. x 24 thread

Stainless steel

PVC

120 (4.75)

43GR-TMS25ML

Right angle tip with 5/16 in. x 24 thread

Brass/Stainless steel

Stainless steel

120 (4.75)

43GR-TMC25SL

Ferrule (smooth) right angle tip

Stainless steel

PVC

120 (4.75)

43GR-FIS25ML

Ferrule (smooth) right angle tip

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

120 (4.75)

43GR-FIS25SL
43GT-TBB25ML

Transmitted Beam Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm/0.187 in.]2
Threaded 5/16 in. straight tip

Brass

PVC

508 (20)

Threaded 5/16 in. straight tip

Brass

Stainless steel

508 (20)

43GT-TBB25SL

Threaded 5/16 in. with right angle tip

Brass

PVC

508 (20)

43GT-TQS25ML

Threaded 5/16 in. with right angle tip

Brass

Stainless steel

508 (20)

43GT-TQS25SL

Right angle tip with 5/16 in. x 24 thread

Stainless steel

PVC

508 (20)

43GT-TMS25ML

Right angle tip with 5/16 in. x 24 thread

Brass/Stainless steel

Stainless steel

508 (20)

43GT-TMC25SL

Ferrule (smooth) right angle tip

Stainless steel

PVC

508 (20)

43GT-FIS25ML

Ferrule (smooth) right angle tip

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

508 (20)

43GT-FIS25SSL

Photoelectric
IO-Link

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-44

6-26-3

6-46-45

Sensors

Product Selection Fiber Optic Cables


Fiber Optic Cables for Use with These Small Aperture Sensors:
45FPL-xxxx
Series 9000 42G*F-910x

Glass Fiber Optic Cables


Sensing Tip Description

Sensing Tip
Material

Bifurcated Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm/0.09 in.]


Threaded M6 x 1 straight tip

Fiber Bundle
Diameter [mm (in.)]

Sheathing
Material

Nominal Sensing
Ref. [mm (in.)]

Cat. No.

2.2 (0.09)

Stainless steel

63 (2.5)

43GR-TAB20SS

1.6 (0.062)

Stainless steel

215 (8.5)

43GT-TAB15SS

Brass

Transmitted Beam Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm/0.09 in.]
Threaded M6 x 1 straight tip

Brass

Right angle tip with M6 x 0.75 mm thread

Stainless steel

1.2 (0.046)

Stainless steel

203 (8.0)

43GT-TIS10SS

Threaded M4 x 0.7 mm with right angle tip

Stainless steel

1.2 (0.046)

Stainless steel

203 (8.0)

43GT-TDS10SS

Note: The standard length for glass fiber optic cables is 0.91 m (36 in.) from tip to tip.

Fiber Optic Cables for Use with These Small Aperture Sensors:
45FPL-xxxx
Series 9000 42G*F-910x

Plastic Fiber Optic Cables


Sensing Tip Description

Sensing Tip
Material

Fiber Bundle
Diameter [mm (in.)]

Sheathing
Material

Nom. Sen. Ref.


[mm (in.)]

Cat. No.

Polyethylene

40 (1.6)

43PR-NES57ZS

Bifurcated Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm/0.09 in.] 1


Threaded M6 x 0.75 mm straight tip

Stainless steel

2 x 1 (0.04)

Threaded M6 x 0.75 mm with 90 mm (3.5 in.) bendable probe

Stainless steel

2 x 1 (0.04)

Polyethylene

40 (1.6)

43PR-PIS57ZS

Fork TB tip with 11.9 mm (0.27 in.) gap

Plastic

1 (0.04)

Polyethylene

12 (0.5)

43PR-UAA56MS

Transmitted Beam Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm/0.09 in.] 3
Threaded M4 x 0.70 mm straight tip

Stainless steel

1.5 (0.06)

Polyethylene

230 (9.0)

43PT-NAS58FS

Threaded M5 x 0.8 mm tip with side-view

Stainless steel

1 (0.04)

Polyethylene

230 (9.0)

43PT-SAS56FS

Ferrule (smooth) straight 3 mm tip

Stainless steel

1 (0.04)

Polyethylene

230 (9.0)

43PT-CBS56FS

Note: The standard length for plastic fiber optic cables is 2 m (6.5 ft) from tip to tip. Cables can be cut to shorter lengths.
1

Bifurcated cables can be used for diffuse or retroreflective applications.


Two glass transmitted beam fiber optic cables are required for each sensor.
3
Plastic transmitted beam fiber optic cables are shipped in pairs.
2

RFID

For more information on our complete family of photoelectric products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-45

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Sensor Selection
Inductive proximity sensors provide non-contact detection of metal objects across relatively short distances
(up to 2.5 inches or 65 mm). Sensor size, along with whether the sensor has shielded (flush-mountable) or
unshielded (non flush-mountable) construction, dictates sensing range. Other factors/functions to consider
include output and connection type, environmental protection rating, power requirements and proximity to
electrical fields (i.e. weld field immunity).
Allen-Bradley inductive proximity sensors set the standard for ruggedness, reliability and application
flexibility. We offer one of the industrys widest sensor offerings serving the full spectrum of your needs,
from light-duty packaging applications to the punishing environments on automotive welding equipment
or the harsh washdowns in food processing plants. Below is a quick selection guide for our most popular
products to see our complete line of sensors, go to http://ab.rockwellautomation.com.

871TS

3, 4, 6

12

3, 4, 6

4, 8, 10

18

5, 8, 12

8, 12, 20

30

10, 15, 22

15, 20, 40

12

2&6

4 & 10

18

5 & 10

8 & 20

30

10 & 20

15 & 40

12

4&8

IP67

All units
IP67 &
1200 psi
wash
down rated
(Selected
units meet
IP69K)

2-wire AC/DC

2&3

2-wire AC

4-wire DC

3-wire DC

Sensing Range
Unshielded (mm)

2&3

2-wire DC

Harsh Duty/Welding

6.5

Enclosure Ratings

871TM

General Purpose

Sensing Range
Shielded (mm)

Application
872 WorldProx

Housing Diameter/
Dimensions (mm)

Inductive Sensors

Food & Beverage


IP67, IP68
& IP69K
18

8 & 12

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-46

6-466-75

Welding

871ZT

Welding

871 VersaCube

Material Handling &


Welding

871F Flat Pack

Material Handling &


Welding

871C Mini Tubular

871FM Miniature Rectangular

Automated Assembly &


Robotics

Automated Assembly &


Robotics

30

10

15

12

18

12

30

10

20

40 x 40

20

40

40 x 40 WFI

15 & 20

25 & 40

80 x 80

50

65

80 x 80 WFI

40

50

3 smooth
barrel

0.6 & 1

NA

4 smooth
barrel

0.6 & 1

NA

0.8 & 1.5

NA

1 & 1.5

NA

5x5

0.8 & 1.5

NA

8x8

26 x 16 x 11

NA

25 x 50 x 10

31 x 18 x 10

NA

IP67

IP67

All units
IP67 &
1200 psi
wash
down rated
(Selected
units meet
IP69K)

All units
IP67 &
1200 psi
wash
down rated
(Selected
units meet
IP69K)

IP67

IP67

Sensors

2-wire AC/DC

2-wire AC

18

4-wire DC

3-wire DC

2-wire DC

12

Enclosure Ratings

Sensing Range
Unshielded (mm)

871Z

Sensing Range
Shielded (mm)

Application

Housing Diameter/
Dimensions (mm)

Inductive Sensors

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-47

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Miniature
871C
Miniature housings for space-critical applications
Extended sensing range
Stainless steel housing
Quick disconnect and cable options
Fully integrated electronics

Miniature Sensors for Industrial Automation


Our miniature inductive sensors were designed to meet the needs of todays compact machines. With limited space
on these machines, mounting space for sensors is limited. Allen-Bradley 871C sensors were developed to meet this
design requirement while providing superior performance, including longer sensing range. Longer sensing ranges
allow our sensors to be mounted further away from the target reducing the risk of mechanical contact.

These small-barrel sensors are designed for space-critical


applications where standard size sensors simply wont fit.

10

15

20

22 mm
Actual size

Gripper application Two 871C inductive sensors


detecting open position of gripper jaws

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-48

6-466-75

3-wire DC
Barrel
Diameter

Nominal Sensing
Distance
[mm (in.)]
Shielded

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency
[Hz]

Housing
Length
[mm (in.)]

3 mm, smooth

1 (0.04)

22 (0.87)

4 mm,
threaded

19 (0.74)
Yes

N.O., PNP

3000

4 mm, smooth

25 (0.98)
38 (1.50)

1.5 (0.06)
5 mm,
threaded

Thread Length
[mm (in.)]

Connection Type

Cat. No.

2 m cable

871C-MM1NP3-E2

6 in. pico QD pigtail

871C-MM1NP3-AP3

2 m cable

871C-M1NP4-E2

6 in. pico QD pigtail

871C-M1NP4-AP3

2 m cable

871C-MM2NP4-E2

Pico QD

871C-MM2NP4-P3

25 (0.98)

20 (0.79)

2 m cable

871C-M2NP5-E2

38 (1.50)

23 (0.90)

6 in. pico QD pigtail

871C-M2NP5-P3

Sensors

Product Selection

IO-Link enabled.

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation Support Center
is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

UL Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Description

Cat. No.

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13; IP67 (cable only), IP65 (QD


only) (IEC 529)

DC pico QD cordset, straight, 3-pin, 2m (6.5ft)

889P-F3AB-2

Clamp style bracket, 4 mm (0.16 in.)

871-BP4

Clamp style bracket, 5 mm (0.2 in.)

871-BP5

Point I/O IO-Link Master Module

1734-4IOL

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC

Protection Type

False pulse, transient noise, reverse polarity, short


circuit

Load Current

3 mm smooth and 4 mm threaded barrel: 100 mA


4 mm smooth and 5 mm threaded barrel: 200 mA

Housing Material

Stainless steel barrel, polyester face

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-49

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

WorldProx
872C
General purpose
Wide range of options
Standard, extended and long range
Extended range and long range models offer up to
three times standard sensing range
Multiple connection styles

An Extended Range, General Purpose Solution


The most common cause of sensor failure is contact with the intended target. Sensors with longer range can be used
to eliminate/limit contact with the target, thus reducing the cost associated with replacing damaged sensors (due to
the cost of the sensor, maintenance time, and lost production).
Additionally, increased sensing range allows machine manufacturers to use smaller sensors and save space on the
machine or to locate the sensors in previously inaccessible areas.

Conveyor application Two 872CWorldProx sensors detecting


presence of a part bin on a conveyor belt

Paper tension A pair of WorldProx sensors detecting


the tension roller position for speed control

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-50

6-466-75

3-Wire DC Standard Barrel


Barrel
Diameter

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded

6.5 mm,
smooth

8 mm

12 mm

18 mm

30 mm

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency [Hz]

Housing Length Thread Length


[mm (in.)]
[mm (in.)]

3 (0.12)

Yes

2 (0.08)

Yes

58.7 (2.31)

3 (0.12)

No

62.7 (2.47)

3 (0.12)

Yes

4 (0.16)

No

6 (0.23)

No

3 (0.12)

Yes

4 (0.16)

No

4 (0.16)

Yes

8 (0.31)

No

6 (0.23)

Yes

10 (0.39)

No

5 (0.2)

Yes

8 (0.31)

No

8 (0.31)

Yes

1,000

2500

500

64.3 (2.53)

872C-D2NP8-D4
872C-D3NP8-D4

27.7 (1.09)

872C-M3NP8-D4
872C-N4NP8-D4

40.0 (1.57)

872C-N6NP8-D4
872C-D3NP12-D4
872C-D4NP12-D4

38.1 (1.50)

872C-M4NP12-D4

72.4 (2.85)
800
N.O./PNP

60.0 (2.36)

400

872C-N8NP12-D4
40.0 (1.57)

60.0 (2.36)

872C-M6NP12-D4
Micro QD

65.5 (2.58)
75.5 (2.97)

1500

No
500

20 (0.79)

No

200

10 (0.39)

Yes
No

72.4 (2.85)

1300

Yes

Yes

66.0 (2.59)

872C-N10NP12-D4
872C-D5NP18-D4

38.1 (1.50)

65.5 (2.58)

872C-D8NP18-D4
872C-M8NP18-D4

75.5 (2.97)

1000

Cat. No.
872C-M3NP7-D4

64.3 (2.53)

12 (0.47)

15 (0.59)

58.7 (2.31)

62.0 (2.44)

12 (0.47)

15 (0.59)

66.0 (2.59)

Connection
Type

872C-N12NP18-D4

63.5 (2.5)

42.0 (1.65)

872C-M12NP18-D4

63.5 (2.5)

32.0 (1.25)

872C-N20NP18-D4

64.3 (2.53)

48.3 (1.90)

872C-D10NP30-D4

76.5 (3.01)

42.5 (1.67)

872C-D15NP30-D4

64.3 (2.53)

48.3 (1.90)

872C-M15NP30-D4

20 (0.79)

No

76.5 (3.01)

42.5 (1.67)

872C-N20NP30-D4

22 (0.86)

Yes

200

73.5 (2.89)

52.0 (2.04)

872C-M22NP30-D4

40 (1.57)

No

100

73.5 (2.89)

42.0 (1.65)

872C-N40NP30-D4

Specifications

Sensors

Product Selection

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise, reverse polarity,


short circuit, overload

Load Current

200 mA

Housing Material

Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT)

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2m (6.5ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 1

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 2

Add 8, 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor
barrel diameter in mm.
2
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
1

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-51

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Product Selection
3-Wire DC Short Barrel
Barrel
Diameter

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]

Shielded

2 (0.08)

Yes

3 (0.12)

No

3 (0.12)

Yes

4 (0.16)

No

49.3 (1.94)

872C-NH4NP8-D4

3 (0.12)

Yes

48.3 (1.90)

872C-DH3NP12-D4

4 (0.16)

No

4 (0.16)

Yes

8 (0.32)

No

5 (0.20)

Yes

8 (0.31)

No

8 (0.32)

Yes

12 (0.47)

No

61.7 (2.43)

15 (0.59)

No

63.2 (2.49)

29.2 (1.15)

872C-DH15NP30-D4

15 (0.59)

Yes

50.8 (2.00)

31.8 (1.25)

872C-MH15NP30-D4

20 (0.79)

No

63.2 (2.49)

29.2 (1.15)

872C-NH20NP30-D4

8 mm

12 mm

18 mm

30 mm

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency [Hz]

Housing Length Thread Length


[mm (in.)]
[mm (in.)]

Connection
Type

45.2 (1.78)

872C-DH2NP8-D4

49.3 (1.94)

2500

872C-DH3NP8-D4

20.1 (0.79)

45.2 (1.78)

56.3 (2.22)

1300

872C-MH3NP8-D4

872C-DH4NP12-D4

27.4 (1.08)

48.3 (1.90)

872C-MH4NP12-D4

56.3 (2.22)

N.O./PNP

Micro QD

49.5 (1.95)

Specifications

872C-DH8NP18-D4

26.4 (1.04)

49.5 (1.95)

1000

872C-NH8NP12-D4
872C-DH5NP18-D4

59.5 (2.34)

1500

Cat. No.

872C-MH8NP18-D4
872C-NH12NP18-D4

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise, reverse polarity,


short circuit, overload

Load Current

200 mA

Housing Material

Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT)

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2m (6.5ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 1

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 2

Add 8, 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
2
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
1

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-52

6-466-75

2-Wire DC
Barrel
Diameter

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded
3 (0.12)

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency [Hz]

Housing Length Thread Length


[mm (in.)]
[mm (in.)]

Connection
Type

65.0 (2.56)

12 mm

Cat. No.

Sensors

Product Selection

872C-D3NE12-D4

2000
4 (0.16)

72.4 (2.85)

872C-D4NE12-D4
38.1 (1.50)

5 (0.20)

65.0 (2.56)

18 mm

N.O.

872C-D5NE18-D4

1000

Micro QD

8 (0.31)

76.5 (3.01)

872C-D8NE18-D4

10 (0.39)

65.0 (2.56)

872C-D10NE30-D4

15 (0.59)

30 mm

500

46.7 (1.84)
76.5 (3.01)

872C-D15NE30-D4

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and distributors
offers exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support
your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise, reverse polarity,


overload

Load Current

100 mA

Housing Material

Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT)

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 1

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 2

Add 8, 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
2
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
1

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-53

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Product Selection
2-Wire AC
Barrel
Diameter

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]
2 (0.08)
4 (0.16)

12 mm

4 (0.16)
8 (0.31)
5 (0.20)

18 mm

8 (0.31)
10 (0.39)
12 (0.47)
10 (0.39)

30 mm

15 (0.59)
15 (0.59)
30 (1.18)

Output
Switching Housing Length Thread Length
Configuration Frequency (Hz) [mm (in.)]
[mm (in.)]

Shielded

15

15

Micro QD
52.0 (2.05)

20
15

Specifications

872C-F15N30-R3
872C-A15N30-R3

38.0 (1.50)

20

872C-A10N18-R3

872C-A10N30-R3

80.0 (3.15)

15

872C-F8N18-R3

872C-G12N18-R3

50.0 (1.96)

20

872C-A5N18-R3

80.0 (3.15)

15

872C-G8N12-R3

60.0 (2.36)

20

N.O.

872C-A4N12-R3

40.0 (1.57)

20

872C-F4N12-R3

75.0 (2.95)

15

Cat. No.
872C-A2N12-R3

45.0 (1.77)

20

Connection
Type

872C-G30N30-R3

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

20250V AC

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise

Load Current

300 mA

Housing Material

Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT)

Description

Cat. No.

AC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 3-pin,


2 m (6.5 ft)

889R-F3ECA-2

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 1

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 2

Add 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
2
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
1

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-54

6-466-75

2-Wire AC/DC
Barrel
Diameter

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]

Shielded

2 (0.08)

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency (Hz)

12 mm

Housing Length Thread Length


[mm (in.)]
[mm(in.)]

Connection
Type

Cat. No.

45.0 (1.77)

872C-J2N12-R3

40.0 (1.57)

872C-K4N12-R3

Sensors

Product Selection

75.0 (2.95)
4 (0.16)

5 (0.20)

60.0 (2.36)
N.O.

18 mm
8 (0.31)

10 (0.39)

30

80.0 (3.15)

30 mm

872C-J5N18-R3
Micro QD

52.0 (2.05)

872C-K8N18-R3

50.0 (1.96)

872C-J10N30-R3

38.0 (1.50)

872C-K15N30-R3

80.0 (3.15)
15 (0.59)

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

20250V AC/DC

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise,


short circuit, overload

Load Current

300 mA for 12 mm units, and 350 mA for 18 and


30 mm units

Housing Material

Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT)

Description

Cat. No.

AC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 3-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889R-F3ECA-2

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 1

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 2

Add 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
2
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
1

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-55

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Stainless Steel Weld Field Immune


871TM
Heavy duty stainless steel face and barrel
IP69K and 1200 psi washdown rated
Chemical and abrasion resistant
Long range models offer equal sensing distance
for all metals
Long range weld field immune up to 40mT (select models)
IO-Link enabled (select models)

For Your Toughest Applications


The 871TM stainless steel sensors are ideal for harsh or extremely demanding environments. These sensors resist impact,
abrasion and corrosion to keep things moving where ordinary sensors grind to a halt. This line features full mechanical
seals at all barrel openings and full epoxy encapsulation for optimal performance in the toughest environments.
Foam spring barrier

Leak proof front end

Stainless steel face


and barrel

Specially formulated
epoxy

Grommet and LED


lens

Grommet strain relief


Automotive application An 871TM detecting presence of an
engine block skid

ToughLink cable

Welding Applications

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Select weld field immune models are ideal for welding


environments and other applications where strong
magnetic fields are present.

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-56

6-466-75

3-Wire DC (weld field immune select models)


Barrel
Nominal Sensing
Diameter Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded

Weld
Field
Immune

3 (0.12)

Yes

No

700

66 (2.59)

46 (1.81)

Micro QD

871TM-M3NP8-D4

3 (0.12)

Yes

Yes

400

60 (2.36)

45 (1.77)

Pico QD

871TM-MW3NP8-P3

6 (0.23)

No

No

700

66 (2.59)

42 (1.65)

871TM-N6NP8-D4

75

61 (2.40)

26.4 (1.04)

871TM-DH2NP12-D4

400

60 (2.36)

41 (1.61)

871TM-M6NP12-D4

400

60 (2.36)

41 (1.61)

871TM-MW6NP12-D4

70

61 (2.40)

28 (1.10)

871TM-DH4NP12-D4

8 mm

2 (0.08)
6 (0.23)
12 mm

Yes

6 (0.23)
4 (0.16)
10 (0.39)

18 mm

No

20 (0.79)
10 (0.39)
30 mm

20 (0.79)
15 (0.59)
40 (1.57)

Yes

10 (0.39)
8 (0.31)

No
Yes

5 (0.20)
10 (0.39)

Switching
Output
Frequency
Configuration
[Hz]

No
No

N.O./PNP

Yes
No

No

Yes
No
No

Housing
Length
[mm (in.)]

Thread Length Connection


[mm (in.)]
Type

Cat. No.

400

60 (2.36)

36 (1.42)

871TM-N10NP12-D4

60

65 (2.55)

41.7 (1.64)

871TM-DH5NP18-D4

200

63.5(2.5)

42.5 (1.67)

400

63.5(2.5)

42.5 (1.67)

871TM-MW10NP18-D4

40

65 (2.55)

41.7 (1.64)

871TM-DH8NP18-D4

200

63.5 (2.5)

35.5 (1.40)

871TM-N20NP18-D4

40

66.3 (2.61)

41.9 (1.65)

871TM-DH10NP30-D4

80

63.5 (2.5)

42.5 (1.67)

871TM-M20NP30-D4

30

66.3 (2.61)

39.4 (1.55)

871TM-DH15NP30-D4

80

63.5 (2.5)

35.5 (1.40)

871TM-N40NP30-D4

Micro QD

Sensors

Product Selection

871TM-M10NP18-D4

IO-Link enabled.

Specifications
Certifications

Enclosure Type Rating

Required Cordsets and Accessories


CE Marked for all applicable directives (standard range
models also UL Listed and CSA Certified), long range also
cULus Listed)
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC 529) all
models; 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown; standard range
micro connector versions are also rated IP69K (IEC 529)
except for 8 mm versions

Operating Temperature
-25+70 (-13+158 )
[C(F)]

Operating Voltage

Protection Type
Load Current
Leakage Current, Max.
Housing Material

1030V DC
False pulse, transient noise, reverse polarity,
short-circuit (trigger at 340 mA typical), overload
200 mA
10 mA on standard range models, 0.1 mA on
extended range models
Stainless steel face and barrel

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

DC pico QD cordset, straight, 3-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)


Right angle mounting bracket
Snap clamp mounting bracket

889P-F3AB-2
871A-BRN 2
871A-SCPB 3

Point I/O IO-Link Master Module

1734-4IOL

Add 8, 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-57

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Product Selection
2-Wire DC
Barrel
Nominal Sensing
Output
Diameter Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration
2 (0.08)

Switching
Frequency (Hz)

Housing Length Thread Length


[mm (in.)]
[mm (in.)]

12 mm

75
4 (0.16)

5 (0.20)

18 mm
N

10 (0.39)

15 (0.59)

Cat. No.

26.4 (1.04)

871TM-DH2NE12-D4

19.6 (0.77)

871TM-DH4NE12-D4

61.0 (2.40)

871TM-DH5NE18-D4
N.O.

8 (0.31)

Connection
Type

60

65.0 (2.56)

41.7 (1.64)

Micro QD
871TM-DH8NE18-D4

30 mm

40

41.9 (1.65)

871TM-DH10NE30-D4

39.4 (1.55)

871TM-DH15NE30-D4

66.3 (2.61)

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC 529) all
models; 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown; ToughLink
and micro connector versions are also rated IP69K
(IEC529)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise, reverse polarity,


short-circuit, overload

Load Current

25 mA

Housing Material

Stainless steel face and barrel

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 1

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 2

Add 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
2
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor
barrel diameter in mm.
1

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-58

6-466-75

2-Wire AC/DC
Barrel Diameter

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]

Shielded

3 (0.12)

Yes

35

4 (0.16)

No

20

5 (0.20)

Yes

8 (0.31)

No

10 (0.39)

Yes

15

15 (0.59)

No

12

12 mm
18 mm
30 mm

Output
Configuration

N.O.

Switching
Frequency [Hz]

Housing Length
[mm (in.)]

Threaded Length
[mm (in.)]

Cat. No.

38.4 (1.51)

871TM-B3N12-R3

31.5 (1.24)

871TM-B4N12-R3

60 (2.36)

871TM-B5N18-R3

48.2 (1.90)

871TM-B8N18-R3

61.3 (2.41)

871TM-B10N30-R3

46.1 (1.81)

871TM-B15N30-R3

Threaded Length
[mm (in.)]

Cat. No.

26.4 (1.04)

871TM-BH2N12-R3

19.6 (0.77)

871TM-BH4N12-R3

41.7 (1.64)

871TM-BH5N18-R3

41.7 (1.64)

871TM-BH8N18-R3

83.4 (3.28)

20

84.3 (3.32)

15

85.7 (3.37)

Sensors

Product Selection

PLC Interfacer Models


Barrel Diameter
[mm]

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]

Shielded

2 (0.08)

Yes

75

4 (0.16)

No

35

5 (0.20)

Yes

8 (0.31)

No

10 (0.39)

Yes

45

66.3 (2.61)

41.9 (1.65)

871TM-BH10N30-R3

15 (0.59)

No

20

66.3 (2.61)

39.4 (1.55)

871TM-BH15N30-R3

12 mm
18 mm
30 mm

Output
Configuration

N.O.

Specifications

Switching
Frequency [Hz]

65
30

Housing Length
[mm (in.)]
61 (2.40)
65 (2.56)

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC


529) all models; 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown;
ToughLink and micro connector versions are also
rated IP69K (IEC529)

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

20250V AC/DC

Protection Type

False pulse, transient noise, short-circuit, overload

Load Current

12 mm models: 5200 mA; 18 & 30 mm models:


5250 mA; PLC Interfacer models: 225 mA

Leakage Current, Max.

1.9 mA @ 120V AC (PLC Interfacer models: 0.9


mA @ 24V DC, 1.7 mA @ 20...120V AC, 2.5 mA @
121250V AC)

Housing Material

Stainless steel face and barrel

Description

Cat. No.

AC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 3-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889R-F3ECA-2

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 1

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 2

Add 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-59

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Food and Beverage


871TS
Corrosion-resistant stainless steel housing with FDA
Certified PPS sensing face
IP67, IP68, and IP69K enclosure ratings
Extended sensing range
Extended temperature rating
ECOLAB and Johnson Diversey Certified
Smooth barrel models for sanitary applications
(18 mm models)
Laser etched product markings

Sensors for the Food & Beverage Industry


The Allen-Bradley 871TS food and beverage inductive proximity sensors are designed to address the most demanding
applications in the food and beverage industry. These sensors withstand high pressure and high temperature
washdown, while offering superior resistance to corrosion and damage caused by harsh cleansing agents.

871TS Sensor

871TS Smooth barrel


clamp bracket

+
=

Bottling application An 871TS ensures a bottle


cap is in place prior to a cartoning process

Sanitary application

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-60

6-466-75

4-Wire DC
Barrel
Diameter

Barrel
Type

12 mm

Threaded

Nominal Sensing
Output
Switching Housing Length Thread Length Connection
Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency (Hz)
[mm (in.)]
[mm (in.)]
Type
4 (0.16)

Y
2000

8 (0.31)

8 (0.31)

Threaded
12 (0.47)

38.1 (1.50)

871TS-M4BP12-D4

32.5 (1.28)

871TS-N8BP12-D4

65.0 (2.56)

34.5 (1.36)

N.O. and N.C.,


PNP

18 mm

Cat. No.

Sensors

Product Selection

63.0 (2.48)

871TS-M8BP18-D4
Micro QD

26.5 (1.04)

871TS-N12BP18-D4

1500
8 (0.31)

12 (0.47)

871TS-MM8BP18-D4

Smooth

63.0 (2.48)

871TS-NM12BP18-D4

Need Help?
The Rockwell Automation Support Center
is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives; ECOLAB and Johnson and
Diversey Certified

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67, IP68, and IP69K (IEC 529)

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-40+80 (-40+176 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise, reverse


polarity, short-circuit, overload

Load Current

200 mA

Housing Material

Stainless steel 316L barrel and PPS sensing face


(FDA Certified)

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 1

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 2

Smooth barrel clamp bracket, stainless steel, 18 mm

60-BCS-18B

Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel


diameter in mm.
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-61

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Weld Field Immune with Equal Sensing


871ZT
Equal sensing distance for all metals
Weld-field immune
Weld-slag resistant PTFE-coated brass barrel and face
Extended sensing range
IP67, IP69K, and 1200 psi washdown rated
360 visible LED status indicator

The Full-featured Line for Welding Applications


The 871ZT inductive proximity sensors are equal sensing models they sense all metals at nearly the same distance.
Plus, these special weld-field immune models are ideal for welding environments and other applications where large
magnetic fields are present.

Automotive application A pair of 871ZT weld-field immune


sensors detect truck frame presence prior to a welding operation

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-62

6-466-75

3-Wire DC
Barrel
Diameter

Nominal Sensing
Distance
[mm(in.)]

Shielded

3 (0.12)

Yes

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency
[Hz]

12 mm

Housing
Length
[mm(in.)]

Thread Length
[mm (in.)]

Connection
Type

Cat. No.

50.0 (1.97)

871ZT-MB3NP12-D4

40.0 (1.58)

871ZT-NB8NP12-D4

Sensors

Product Selection

2000
8 (0.31)

No

5 (0.20)

Yes

18 mm

50.0 (1.97)
N.O., PNP

12 (0.47)

No

10 (0.39)

Yes

20 (0.79)

No

2500

65.0 (2.56)

871ZT-MB5NP18-D4
Micro QD

40.0 (1.58)

871ZT-NB12NP18-D4

600

50.5 (1.99)

871ZT-MB10NP30-D4

1000

37.5 (1.48)

871ZT-NB20NP30-D4

30 mm

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and
distributors offers exceptional knowledge
and service to help you design, implement
and support your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable


directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC 529)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC

Protection Type

False pulse, transient noise, reverse polarity, shortcircuit (trigger at 340 mA typical), overload

Load Current

200 mA

Leakage Current, Max.

0.08 mA

Housing Material

PTFE-coated brass barrel and PTFE face

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) ToughWeld QD cordset, straight,


4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4WE-2

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 1

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 2

Add 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-63

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Weld Field Immune


871Z
Weld-field immune
PTFE-coated brass barrel
High-heat and weld slag resistant face
Three-wire DC or two-wire AC/DC models

Tough Sensors for Automotive Applications


The 871Z inductive proximity sensors are special weld-field immune models ideal for welding environments and
other applications where large magnetic fields are present.

Automotive application An 871Z checks for truck frame position in


preparation for a welding operation

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-64

6-466-75

3-Wire DC
Barrel
Diameter

Nominal Sensing
Distance
[mm(in.)]

12 mm

2 (0.08)

18 mm

5 (0.20)

30 mm

10 (0.39)

Shielded

Yes

Output
Configuration

N.O., PNP

Switching
Frequency
[Hz]

15

Housing
Length
[mm(in.)]

Thread Length
[mm (in.)]

70.0 (2.76)

50.0 (1.97)

80.0 (3.15)

60.0 (2.36)

80.0 (3.15)

60.0 (2.36)

Housing
Length
[mm (in.)]

Thread
Length
[mm (in.)]

Connection
Type

Cat. No.

Sensors

Product Selection

871Z-DW2NP12-D4
Micro QD

871Z-DW5NP18-D4
871Z-DW10NP30-D4

2-Wire AC/DC
Barrel
Diameter

Shielded

2 (0.07)

4 (0.15)

18 mm

5 (0.19)

83.5 (3.29)

61.6 (2.43)

30 mm

10 (0.39)

86.0 (3.38)

64.3 (2.53)

12 mm

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency
(Hz)

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]

90.1 (3.55)
N.O.

Specifications

46.7 (1.85)
39.7 (1.56)

30

Connection
Type

Cat. No.
871Z-BW2N12-R3

Micro QD
(1/2-20
UNF-2 A)

871Z-BW4N12-R3
871Z-BW5N18-R3
871Z-BW10N30-R3

Required Cordsets and Accessories


Description

Cat. No.

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC 529)

DC micro (M12) ToughWeld QD cordset, straight, 4-pin,


2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4WE-2

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

AC micro (M12) ToughWeld QD cordset, straight, 3-pin,


2 m (6.5 ft)

889R-F3WEA-2

Operating Voltage

1030V DC, 20250V AC/DC

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 1

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise,


short-circuit, overload

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 2

Load Current

200 mA DC, 5200 mA for 12 mm AC/DC,


5250 mA for 18 and 30 mm AC/DC

Housing Material

PTFE-coated brass

Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

Add 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
2
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
1

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-65

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Miniature Rectangular
871FM
Space-critical applications
Sensing ranges up to 8 mm (0.31 in.)
Cable, Pico quick-disconnect and
Pico quick-disconnect on 6-inch pigtail
Chrome-plated brass and plastic housings
IP67 rated
IO-Link enabled (select models)

Smaller Sensors for Your Hard-to-reach Applications


There are some applications that cant be solved with an industry standard-sized proximity sensor. Whether the
application youre trying to solve is part of the semiconductor industry, or youre an OEM who manufactures
machines which generate miniature parts, these sensors are able to go where traditional proximity sensor sizes
cannot. These miniature inductive proximity sensors are ideal for applications where limited space not sensing
distance is the driving factor.

871FM Miniature Rectangular sensors can be applied where


traditional tubular proximity sensors cannot, whether youre trying
to sense small parts, space is at a premium, or both.

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-66

6-466-75

3-Wire DC
Dimensions
w x h x d [mm (in.)]

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]

Shielded

0.8 (0.03)

5,000

1.5 (0.05)

3,000

5 x 25 x 5
(0.20 x 0.98 x 0.20)

0.8 (0.03)

5,000

Pico QD with
6" pigtail

871FM-M1NP5-AP3

5 x 25 x 5
(0.20 x 0.98 x 0.20)

1.5 (0.05)

3,000

Pico QD with
6" pigtail

871FM-M2NP5-AP3

2 (0.07)

3,000

3 (0.11)

8 x 50 x 8
(0.31 x 1.97 x 0.31)

2 (0.07)

3,000

28 x 16 x 11
(1.10 x 0.62 x 0.43)

2 (0.07)

600

5 (0.19)

500

8 (0.31)

200

5 (0.19)

200

5 x 22 x 5
(0.19 x 0.86 x 0.19)

8 x 35 x 8
(0.31 x 1.37 x 0.31)

25 x 50 x 10
(0.98 x 1.96 x 0.93)
31 x 18 x 10
(1.22 x 0.70 x 0.39)

Output
Configuration

N.O., PNP

Switching
Frequency (Hz)

1,000

Connector Type

Cat. No.

Sensors

Product Selection

871FM-M1NP5-E2

2 m cable

871FM-M2NP5-E2

2 m cable
Pico QD

871FM-M2NP8-E2
871FM-N3NP8-E2
871FM-M2NP8-P3
871FM-D2NP11-P3

Pico QD

871FM-D5NP25-P3
871FM-D8NP25-P3

2 m cable

871FM-D5NP10-E2

IO-Link enabled.

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67 (IEC 529)

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-25+70 C (-13.+158 F)

Operating Voltage

1030V DC

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise, reverse


polarity, short circuit, overload

Load Current

50mA at 12V and 100mA for 31 x 18 x10 sensors;


all others 200 mA

Housing Material

5 x 22 x 5 and 8 x 35 x 8 chrome-plated brass


with plastic face; all other products completely
constructed of plastic

Description

Cat. No.

DC pico (M8) QD cordset, straight, 3-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889P-F3AB-2

Point I/O IO-Link Master Module

1734-4IOL

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-67

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

VersaCube Equal Sensing


871P
Weld-field immune
Equal sensing for all metals
Five-position sensing face
Enhanced-visibility status LEDs
Optional slag resistant ToughCoat Finish
Unique jam nut and L-bracket mounting option

Equal Sensing, Versatility, and Durability


These 4-wire DC sensors integrate standard and specialty features into a 40 mm rectangular housing suited for
general purpose and welding applications. For the most demanding welding applications, the 871P VersaCube can
be ordered with ToughCoat Finish (our patented weld-slag resistant coating).

Changing the Sensing Head Position


To switch the sensing head between top and side
sensing positions, follow these steps:

Mounting
Automotive application A VersaCube detecting the presence of a
truck frame prior to initiating a weld

Standard Zinc
Mounting Bracket

Optional Stainless Steel


Mounting L-Bracket

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-68

6-466-75

4-Wire DC1
Dimensions
w x h x d [mm (in.)]

Weld Field
Immune

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)

Shielded

20 (0.78)

40 (1.57)

20 (0.78)

40 (1.57)

Y
40 x 68.2 x 40
(1.57 x 2.68 x 1.57)
Yes with ToughCoat
Weld Slag finish

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency (Hz)

Connector
Type

Cat. No.

Sensors

Product Selection

871P-D20BP40-D4
N.O. and N.C., PNP

40

Micro QD

871P-D40BP40-D4
871P-DV20BP40-D4
871P-DV40BP40-D4

All units ship with a standard zinc mounting bracket.

Connected Components
Simpler, faster, cost-effective
machine building.
www.rockwellautomation.com/go/cc

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type
Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13; IP67, IP68, and IP69K


(IEC529)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Operating Voltage

1030V DC

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise, short-circuit,


overload, reverse polarity

Load Current

200 mA from 2550 C (77122 F)


100 mA from 5070 C (122158 F)

Housing Material

PBT housing, acrylic lens covers and zinc base

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD ToughWeld cordset, straight, 4-pin,


2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4WE-2

Standard zinc mounting bracket

871A-PBR

Stainless steel L-bracket


(with 22 mm plastic mounting nut)

871A-BRS59

22 mm plastic mounting nut

871T-N9

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-69

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

VersaCube General Purpose


871P
General purpose and weld-field immune versions
Weld-slag resistant PEEK housing (WFI models)
One-piece housing and mounting bracket
Five-position sensing face

General Purpose Model

Long Range General-purpose Sensing


The VersaCube package is ideal for applications that require long-range sensing in a compact sensor. Their size is
approximately half that of a NEMA style limit switch. In fact, the mounting holes on the VersaCube base align with
the standard NEMA limit switch mounting holes allowing for an easy and convenient retrofit.

Shielded and
unshielded

Protected against
weld-field and
radio interference

Wide voltage
range
Two indicator LEDs

Mini and micro


QD models
Automotive application Two general purpose VersaCubes
detecting skid position in a body shop
Weld-field Immune Model

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-70

6-466-75

2-Wire AC/DC
Dimensions
w x h x d [mm (in.)]

Weld Field
Immune

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]

Shielded

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency (Hz)

20 (0.78)

30

40 (1.57)

20

Connector
Type

Cat. No.

Sensors

Product Selection

871P-B20N40-R3

N
40 x 68.7 x 40
(1.57 x 2.70 x 1.57)

871P-B40N40-R3
Micro QD
(1/2-20 UNF-2A)

N.O.
15 (0.59)

30

871P-BW15N40-R3

25 (0.98)

20

871P-BW25N40-R3

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Description

Cat. No.

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 and IP69K (IEC 529)

AC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 3-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889R-F3ECA-2

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Mounting kit 1

871A-PKIT

Operating Voltage

20250V AC/DC

Limit Switch style mounting kit


(w/22 mm plastic mounting nut)

871A-PKITLS

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise, short-circuit,


overload

PTFE cover short

871A-KCT40-F

PTFE cover long

871A-KCT40-T

Load Current

100 mA for standard versions and 300 mA for WFI


versions

Housing Material

Plastic body and zinc base

Each mounting kit includes a ground lug, a ground screw, and an


optional adaptor for competitive retrofits.

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-71

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Flat Pack
871F
General purpose and weld-field immune versions
Sensing ranges up to 65 mm (2.55 in.)
Through-hole or DIN Rail mounting
Complementary N.O. and N.C. outputs

Maximum Sensing Range


The 871F is ideal for applications that require long sensing range up to 65 mm (2.56 in.). This sensor is often used
in material handling and welding applications.

Mounting Requirements
Shielded units must be fully embedded in mild
steel to achieve maximum sensing distance.
Automotive application An 871F sensing car
door carriers to position them for final assembly

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-72

6-466-75

4-Wire DC
Dimensions
w x h x d [mm (in.)]

Weld Field
Immune

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]

Shielded

50 (1.96)

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency (Hz)

Connector
Type

Cat. No.

Sensors

Product Selection

871F-P50BP80-D4

100
65 (2.55)

83 x 94 x 40
(3.26 x 3.70 x 1.57)

40 (1.57)

871F-N65BP80-D4

N.O. and N.C.,


PNP

Micro QD
871F-PW40BP80-D4
15

50 (1.96)

871F-NW50BP80-D4

2-Wire AC/DC
Dimensions
w x h x d [mm (in.)]

Weld Field
Immune

Nominal Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]

Shielded

50 (1.96)

65 (2.55)

Output
Configuration

Switching
Frequency (Hz)

Connector
Type

Cat. No.
871F-R50N80-R3

N
83 x 94 x 40
(3.26 x 3.70 x 1.57)

N.O.
40 (1.57)

50 (1.96)

Micro QD
(1/2-20 UNF-2A)

10

871F-K65N80-R3
871F-JW40N80-R3

Specifications

871F-KW50N80-R3

Required Cordsets
Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

AC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 3-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889R-F3ECA-2

Certifications

UL Listed, cUL Certified,and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 and IP69K (IEC 529)

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 C (-13.+158 F)

Operating Voltage

1030V DC or 20250V AC/DC

Need Help?

Protection Type

False pulse on power, transient noise, short circuit,


overload, reverse polarity

Load Current

DC models: 200 mA
AC models: 100 mA

The Rockwell Automation Support Center


is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.

Housing Material

PBT

www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-73

Proximity Sensors
Sensors

Capacitive
875C and 875CP
Metal, nonmetal solid, and liquid sensing
Adjustable sensing distance
Ni-plated brass (875C) or plastic (875CP) housings
NEMA 12 and IP67 (IEC 529) enclosure
Cable or quick-disconnect styles

Reliably Detect a Variety of Materials


Unlike inductive proximity sensors, the 875C and 875CP capacitive sensors can detect non-metal solids and liquids
in addition to standard metal targets. They can even sense the presence of some targets through certain other
materials, making them an ideal choice in those applications where the inductive proximity and photoelectric
sensors cannot be used.

Pellet level detection An 875CP detects the level


of plastic pellets through a glass vessel

Proximity
IO-Link

Photoelectric

6-26-3

6-46-45

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-74

6-466-75

3-Wire DC
Barrel Diameter

Housing Material

Nominal Sensing Distance


[mm (in.)]

Shielded

12 mm

Ni-plated brass

2.5 (0.09)

Yes

Ni-plated brass

15 (0.040.20)

Yes

Plastic

28 (0.08...0.31)

No

Ni-plated brass

210 (0.080.39)

Yes

Plastic

5 20 (0.2...0.79)

No

Plastic

730 (0.28...1.18)

No

Output
Configuration

Connection
Type

Cat. No. 1

2 m cable

875C-M2NP12-A2

2 m cable

875C-M5NP18-A2

3-pin pico QD

875C-M5NP18-P3

2 m cable

875CP-N8NP18-A2

3-pin pico QD

875CP-N8NP18-P3

2 m cable

875C-M10NP30-A2

4-pin micro QD

875C-M10NP30-D4

2 m cable

875CP-N20NP30-A2

4-pin micro QD

875CP-N20NP30-D4

2 m cable

875CP-NM30NP34-A2

4-pin micro QD

875CP-NM30NP34-D4

18 mm

30 mm

34 mm

N.O./PNP

Sensors

Product Selection

The -A2 suffix describes a 2 m cable; -P3 suffix describes a pico (M8) QD connector; and -D4 suffix describes a micro (M12) QD connector.

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

875C: NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 13 and IP67;


875CP: NEMA 12, IP67

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+75 (-13+167 )

Operating Voltage

1048V DC

Protection Type

Transient noise, reverse polarity, short circuit, overload

Load Current

300 mA

Switching Frequency

100 Hz

Housing Material

Nickel-plated brass (875C) or plastic (875CP)

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

DC pico (M8) QD cordset, straight, 3-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889P-F3AB-2

Right angle mounting bracket

871A-BRN 2

Snap clamp mounting bracket

871A-SCPB 3

Sight glass mounting bracket

871A-BGD 2

Threaded sensor well (acetal resin)

871A-WTD 4

Threaded sensor well (PTFE)

871A-WTT 4

Bolt-on sensor well (30 mm only)

871A-WSPE30

Add 12, 18, or 30 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
3
Add 12 or 18 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
4
Add 12, 18, 30, or 34 to the end of the catalog number for sensor barrel
diameter in mm.
2

RFID

For more information on our complete family of inductive proximity products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-75

Ultrasonic Sensors
Sensors

18, 30 and 38.8 mm Plastic


Discrete and Analog
873P
Detect clear, shiny or non-reflective objects
Sensing range up to 6 m (19.6 ft)
Push button programming
Discrete output models (single set-point or window mode)
Scalable analog output models
Wide range of operating voltages
Synchronization on select models to prevent crosstalk
Four output modes

A Sound Solution
The 873P ultrasonic sensors use reflected sound waves to detect targets such as clear, shiny, or non-reflective
objects that can be challenging for other sensing technologies. The 873P sensors offer a wide range of operating
voltages, simple push-button setup and a synchronization feature to reduce cross-talk between adjacent sensors.

Roll diameter and tank level An 873P analog ultrasonic continuously measures roll diameter or tank level
and provides a proportional 420 mA or 010V DC output. If a dual discrete output sensor is used, one
switch point is set for low level indication and the other set for a full condition.

Ultrasonic
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-76

6-766-79

18 and 30 mm Plastic Discrete and Analog


Sensing Distance Beam
[mm (in.)] 1
Angle
Single Discrete
100900
(3.9335.43)
7
2002200
(7.8786.61)
3506000 mm
15 2
(13.8236.2 in.)
Analog
100900
7
(3.9335.43)
2002500
14 1
(7.8798.42)
3506000 mm
15 2
(13.8236.2 in.)
100900
(3.9335.43)
7
2002200
(7.8786.61)
3506000 mm
15 2
(13.8236.2 in.)
Dual Discrete and One Analog
200.2500
14 1
(7.8798.42)
2503500
15 2
(9.84137.79)
3506000 mm
(13.8236.2 in.)

Operating
Voltage

1530V DC

Switching
Operating
Frequency
Transducer Temperature
[Hz]
Output Type Resolution Response Time Frequency
[C(F)]
4 Hz
1 Hz

12.30V DC

(1) PNP

1 Hz

1530V DC
1230V DC
12.30V DC

420 mA

1530V DC
1230V DC

15 2 1230V DC

010VDC

2 Hz
1 Hz (digital
output)

125 ms

300 kHz

3 mm

500 ms

200 kHz

6 mm

500 ms

75 kHz

500 ms

300 kHz

600 ms

150 kHz

600 ms

75 kHz

2 mm
6 mm

N/A

1530V DC

2 mm

2 PNP & (1)


010VDC
2 PNP & (1)
420 mA

3 mm

500 ms

300 kHz
200 kHz

6 mm

600 ms

75 kHz

2 mm

Analog =
600ms, Discrete
=250 ms

150 kHz

4 mm
6 mm

500 ms (digital
output),600 ms
(analog output)

112 kHz
75 kHz

-20+60
(-4140 )
-20+70
(-4+158 )
-20+60
(-4140 )
-20+70
(-4158 )
-20+70
(-4158 )
-20+60
(-4140 )
-20+70
(-4158 )

-20+70
(-4158 )
-20+70
(-4+158 )

Cat. No. 2,3

Sensors

Product Selection

873P-D18P1-900-D4
873P-D18P1-2200-D4
873P-D30P1-6000-D4
873P-D18AI-900-D4
873P-D30AI-2500-D4
873P-D30AI-6000-D4
873P-D18AV-900-D4
873P-D18AV-2200-D4
873P-D30AV-6000-D4

873P-D30AVP2-2500-D5
873P-D30AIP2-3500-D5
873P-D30AIP2-6000-D5

Blind Zone = 0 mm to minimum sensing distance


The barrel diameter is indicated after the first D in the catalog number. For example, catalog number 873P-D18P1-400-D4 is an 18 mm barrel diameter and
873P-D30P1-2500-D4 is a 30 mm barrel diameter.
3
The D4 suffix indicates a 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD and the D5 suffix indicates a 5-pin DC micro (M12) QD.
1
2

Specifications
Certifications
Enclosure Type Rating
Current Consumption
Protection Type
Housing Material
Repeatability
Absolute Accuracy
Sensor Voltage Drop
Hysteresis

Required Cordsets and Accessories

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives


IP67
<50 mA
Short circuit, reverse polarity, transient noise, overload
PBT
0.1% up to 3.5 m, 0.2% from 3.5 m to 6 m
0.1% of sensing range (analog only)
<2.2V DC (discrete only)
1% of full scale value

Description
DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

Cat. No.
889D-F4AC-2

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 5-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F5AC-2

Swivel/tilt style mounting bracket (M18)

60-2649

Swivel/tilt style mounting bracket (M30)

60-2439

Zinc-plated steel right angle bracket (M18)

871A-BRN18

Stainless steel right angle bracket (M18)

871A-BRS18

Zinc-plated steel right angle bracket (M30)

871A-BRN30

Stainless steel right angle bracket (M30)

871A-BRS30

RFID

For more information on our complete family of ultrasonic products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-77

Ultrasonic Sensors
Sensors

18 mm Metal General Purpose


873M
Detect clear, shiny, or non-reflective objects
Sensing range up to 800 mm (31.5 in.)
Compact 18 mm (0.71 in.) housing
Scalable analog output models
Teachable discrete output models (single set-point or
window mode)
Remote teach or optional programming cable

Compact Clear Object Detection


The 873M general purpose ultrasonic sensors detect solid or liquid targets by using sound waves. These compact
sensors are a great solution for areas with limited space and are excellent for standard packaging and assembly
applications. They are ideal for sensing targets that are challenging for photoelectric sensors to detect, including
clear, shiny, or non-reflective objects.

Film position detection An 873M ultrasonic checks for


continual feed of a clear wrap while monitoring tension

Part counting A right angle 873M counts bottles that,


due to color, luster and clarity, might be difficult to sense
with photoelectric sensors

Ultrasonic
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-78

6-766-79

18 mm Metal General Purpose


Sensing Distance
[mm(in.)] 1

Sensing
Direction

Operating
Voltage

Straight
1030V DC
30300 (1.1811.8)

13

Right
angle

Straight
Right
angle

1030V DC

N/A

1530V DC
1030V DC

Repeatability

PNP, Selectable
N.O./N.C.

<1%

1030V DC

010V DC
420 mA

Transducer
Frequency

Response
Time

PNP, Selectable
N.O./N.C.

873M-D18RPO300-D4
390 kHz

30 ms

0.5% of fullscale value

1530V DC

010V DC
420 mA

873M-D18RAI300-D4
873M-D18RAV300-D4
873M-D18AI300-D4
873M-D18AV300-D4
873M-D18PO800-D4

<1%

873M-D18RPO800-D4

420 mA
N/A

Cat. No.
873M-D18PO300-D4

010V DC

1030V DC
1530V DC

Straight

Output Type

420 mA
1530V DC

Straight

50800 (1.9731.5)

Switching
Frequency
[Hz]

Sensors

Product Selection

255 kHz

100 ms

0.5% of fullscale value

873M-D18RAI800-D4
873M-D18RAV800-D4
873M-D18AI800-D4

010V DC

873M-D18AV800-D4

Blind Zone = 0 mm to minimum sensing distance

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Description

Cat. No.

Barrel Size

M18

DC micro (M12) QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Enclosure Type Rating

IP67

Zinc-plated steel right angle bracket

871A-BRN18

Programming cable

873M-ProgCable

Snap clamp mounting bracket (18 mm)

871A-SCBP18

Swivel/tilt style bracket (18 mm)

60-2649

Operating
Temperature [C(F)]

-25+70 (-13+158 )

Protection Type

Short circuit, overload, reverse polarity

Load Current

200 mA

Current Consumption

<20 mA

Housing Material

Nickel-plated brass

Sales Offices and Distributors

Resolution

0.4 mm at max. sensing range

Voltage Drop

<3V

Hysteresis

1% set operating distance

Our network of sales offices and


distributors offers exceptional knowledge
and service to help you design, implement
and support your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

RFID

For more information on our complete family of ultrasonic products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Presence-Sensing

6-1086-109

6-79

Limit Switches
Sensors

Oiltight Plug-in
802T
Heavy duty
Plug-in style
Front mount
Side rotary or side push styles
Quick mode change (CW/CCW)
Castle-lock head design

The Benchmark for Toughness and Reliability


The 802T limit switches are ideal for applications in which heavy-duty pilot ratings, small size, a high degree of
versatility and a rugged NEMA Type 4, 13, and 6P construction are desirable. These limit switches are extensively
applied in rugged and heavy-duty production environments.
Castle-lock head design

Pull and turn mode change


on lever style models

Patented 3-way shaft seal


design offers superior
fluid resistance

Front-mount design allows


mounting without exposing
electrical connections

Quad-ring between
operating head and
switch body

Body gasket guards the


switch cavity against entry of
oil, dust, water, and coolants

Rockwell Automation has a full range of


limit switch levers. See page 6-88 for levers.

Limit
Switches
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-80

6-806-93

Lever Type, Spring Return Standard and Low Operating Torque Models Switch without Lever
No. of Circuits

Lever Movement

Torque to Operate
[Nm(lbin.)]

Travel to Operate
Contacts

Maximum Travel

Travel to Reset
Contacts

Cat. No.

CW or CCW

0.29 (2.6) max.

13 max.

90

802T-AP

CW or CCW

0.29 (2.6) max.

18 max.

90

802T-A5P

CW or CCW

0.56 (5) max.

9 max.

90

802T-HP

CW

0.29 (2.6) max.

13 max.

90

802T-A1P

CW or CCW

0.106 (0.94) max.

13 max.

90

802T-ALP

CW or CCW

0.45 (4) max.

13 max.

90

802T-ATP

CW or CCW

0.79 (7) max.

9 max.

90

802T-HTP

Sensors

Product Selection Oiltight Plug-in

Specifications
Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 4, 6P, and IP67

Available online or for download, our tools help


you access info while in the office or on the go.

Ambient Temperature
[C(F)]

-18+110 (0230)
Wobble stick & cat whisker models: -18+54
(0130 )

www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

Product Selection Tools

RFID

For more information on our complete family of limit switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Limit-Switches

6-1086-109

6-81

Limit Switches
Sensors

Product Selection Oiltight Plug-in


Lever Type, Maintained Contact Models Switch without Lever
No. of Circuits

Lever Movement

Torque to Operate

Travel to Operate
Contacts

Maximum Travel

Travel to Reset
Contacts

Cat. No.

CW or CCW

0.31 Nm (2.75 lbin.) max.

70 max.

88

32 max.

802T-AMP

Lever Type, Spring Return Neutral Position Models Switch without Lever
No. of Circuits

Torque to Operate, Max.

Travel to Operate Contacts

Maximum Travel

Travel to Reset Contacts

Cat. No.

CW: 0.28 Nm (2.5 lbin.),


CCW: 0.47 Nm (4.2 lbin.)

13 max.

75

7 max.

802T-NPTP

Wobble Stick and Cat Whisker, Spring Return Complete Switch


No. of Circuits

Operator Type

Torque to Operate

Travel to Operate
Contacts

Maximum Travel

Travel to Reset
Contacts

Cat. No.

Nylon wobble stick

0.51 Nm (4.5 lbin.) max.

9 max.

10

5 max.

802T-WSP

Wire cat whisker

0.06 Nm (8 ozin.) max.

21 max.

28

14 max.

802T-CWP

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-946-99

6-1006-107

Rockwell Automation has a full range of


limit switch levers. See page 6-88 for levers.

Limit
Switches
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-82

6-806-93

Push Type, Spring Return Complete Switch


No. of
Circuits

Force to Operate
[N (lb)]

Operator Type

Travel to Operate
Contacts [mm(in.)]

Maximum Travel
[mm(in.]

Travel to Reset
Contacts [mm(in.]

Top push rod

Cat. No.

Sensors

Product Selection Oiltight Plug-in

802T-BP
13.8 (3.1)

1.4 (0.057) max.

6.0 (0.236)

0.9 (0.034) max.

Adjustable top push rod

Side push rod

802T-BAP

16.4 (3.7)

3.3 (0.131) max.

1.9 (0.074) max.

802T-CP

1.3(0.052) max.

802T-CGP 1

0.9 (0.034) max.

802T-DP

0.7 mm(0.028 in.)

802T-DGP 1

1.9 (0.074) max.

802T-KP

1.3(0.052) max.

802T-KGP 1

5.7 (0.226)

2
Top push rod

13.8 (3.1)

Side push vertical roller

16.4 (3.7)

1.4 (0.057) max.

3.3 (0.131) max.

6.0 (0.236)

5.7 (0.226)

802T-BTP
4

Top push rod

22.2 (5.0)

1.4 (0.057) max.

6.0 (0.236)

0.9 (0.034) max.


802T-DTP

Low energy models.

Specifications
Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Connected Components

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 4, 6P, and IP67

Ambient Temperature
[C(F)]

-18+110 (0230 )
Wobble stick &
cat whisker models: -18+54 (0130 )

Simpler, faster, cost-effective


machine building.
www.rockwellautomation.com/go/cc

RFID

For more information on our complete family of limit switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Limit-Switches

6-1086-109

6-83

Limit Switches
Sensors

Pre-wired, Factory Sealed


802M and 802MC
Harsh environment applications
NEMA 4, 4X, 6P, and IP69K enclosure ratings
Resistant to moisture and cleaning agents
Submersible (802MC)
Sealed, corrosion resistant versions with stainless steel
shaft and hardware (802MC)
Two- and four-circuit versions (only two-circuit for 802MC)
Oil resistant cable on pre-wired models

For the Most Demanding Environments


The 802M and 802MC compact pre-wired limit switches are factory-sealed to meet the demanding requirements for
NEMA Type 4, 4X, 6P, and IP67 enclosures. A large variety of operating heads and levers are available to suit a wide
range of applications, especially where the switch may be subject to washdowns, steams of coolant, or occasionally
submerged in fluids commonly found on machines or in industrial processes.
Field convertible head
to operate clockwise,
counter-clockwise, or both
Castle-lock head design
Patented Allen-Bradley
three-way fluoroelastomer
shaft seal
Diaphragm seal between
operating head and switch body
offers extra protection against
contaminants when operating
head is removed

Stainless steel shaft and


hardware (802MC models)

Pre-wiring
saves time
and eliminates
internal wiring

Highly resistant seals on cover,


cable entry, and wire strands
prevent ingress of dust or fluids

Rockwell Automation has a full range of


limit switch levers. See page 6-88 for levers.

Limit
Switches
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-84

6-806-93

Pre-wired, Factory Sealed


Torque/Force to
Operate, Max.

Description

Travel to Operate
Contacts, Max.

Maximum
Travel

Travel to Reset
Contacts, Max.

Connection Type

Cat. No.

1.5 m (5 ft) cable

802M-AY5

5-pin mini QD

802M-AJ1

1.5 m (5 ft) cable

802MC-AY5

5-pin mini QD

802MC-AJ1

1.5 m (5 ft) cable

802M-NPY5

Sensors

Product Selection

Lever type spring return


0.34 Nm (3 lbin.)

15

86

Lever type spring return


corrosion resistant
Lever type neutral position spring
return (4circuit)

CW: 0.79 Nm (7 lbin.),


CCW: 0.85 Nm (7.5 lbin.)

Push type spring return


top push rod

13.3 N (3 lb)

Push type spring return


top push roller

14.7 N (3.3 lb)

Push type spring return


side push vertical roller

20 N (4.5 lb)

16

75

1.45 mm (0.057 in.)

5.26 mm
(0.207 in.)

0.56 mm
(0.022 in.)

802M-BY5
1.5 m (5 ft) cable
802M-DY5

2.59 mm (0.102 in.)

5.1 mm
(0.203 in.)

1.14 mm
(0.045 in.)

1.5 m (5 ft) cable

802M-KY5

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 4, 6P, 13 and IP67 (802MC also NEMA 4X)

Ambient Temperature
[C(F)]

080 (32180 )

Description

Cat. No.

Mini plus QD cordset, straight, 5-pin, 1.8m (6ft)

889N-F5AFC-6F

RFID

For more information on our complete family of limit switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Limit-Switches

6-1086-109

6-85

Limit Switches
Sensors

IEC 30 mm Metal
802K
Rugged die-cast 30 mm housing
Large selection of actuator heads
Positive operation, forced disconnection of contacts
Snap-acting, slow make before break, or slow break
before make contact blocks
Two- or four-contact configurations
IP66 enclosure

Our Rugged, IEC-style Offering


The 802K limit switches have a range of options including snap action or slow break/make with two or four contact
configurations and a choice of actuator heads. You can rotate the head in 90 increments before installation for easy
mounting. Operation of these limit switches is achieved by the moving objects deflecting the plunger or lever.

Various actuator
style options

30 mm IEC mounting
configuration

Multiple contact
orientation
Rugged die-cast
metal alloy enclosure
Rockwell Automation has a full range of
limit switch levers. See page 6-89 for levers.

Conduit entry style options

Limit
Switches
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-86

6-806-93

IEC 30 mm Metal
Operator Type

Metal roller plunger

Metal short lever

Metal short lever, metal roller

Metal adjustable lever

Force/Torque to
Operate, Max.

Contacts

Aux Contacts

Contact Action

11 N (2.5 lb)

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

BBM

13 N (2.9 lb)

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

11 N (2.5 lb)

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

BBM

0.34 Nm (3.01lbin.)

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

0.20 Nm (1.77lbin.)

4 N.C.

0.34 Nm (3.01lbin.)

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

BBM

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

BBM

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

2 N.C.

2 N.O.

BBM

0.34 Nm (3.01lbin.)

0.34 Nm (3.01lbin.)

Metal rod lever

0.34 Nm (3.01lbin.)

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

Metal spring rod

0.20 Nm (1.77lbin.)

1 N.C.

1 N.O.

Snap acting

Specifications

Connection Type

Cat. No.
802K-MRPB22E

1/2 in. NPT conduit

Sensors

Product Selection

802K-MRPS11E
802K-MDPS11E

1/2 in. NPT conduit

802K-MDPB22E

M20 conduit

802K-MDPB22B

1/2 in. NPT conduit

802K-MSLS11E

M20 conduit

802K-MSLS11B

1/2 in. NPT conduit

802K-MSLB04E

1/2 in. NPT conduit

802K-MSLB22E

M20 conduit

802K-MSLB22B

1/2 in. NPT conduit

802K-MMHS11E

M20 conduit

802K-MMHS11B

1/2 in. NPT conduit

802K-MMHB22E

1/2 in. NPT conduit

802K-MALS11E

M20 conduit

802K-MALS11B

1/2 in. NPT conduit

802K-MALB22E

M20 conduit

802K-MALB22B

1/2 in. NPT conduit

802K-MARS11E

1/2 in. NPT conduit

802K-MSRS11E

M20 conduit

802K-MSRS11B

Need Help?

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

IP66

Ambient Temperature
[C(F)]

-25+80 (-18+176)

The Rockwell Automation Support Center


is your 24/7 support for the answers you
need now.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
support/overview.page

RFID

For more information on our complete family of limit switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Limit-Switches

6-1086-109

6-87

Limit Switches
Sensors

Operating Levers
802T and 802M
Use with 802T, 802M, and 802MC limit switches
Adjustable and non-adjustable levers
Fork levers
Offset levers
Rod levers

Roller Levers

Roller Levers

For use with the 802T, 802M, & 802X switches

For use with the 802T, 802M, & 802X switches

Description
Non-adjustable castlever 1.5 in. radius
roller on front
Non-adjustable castlever 1.5 in. radius
roller on rear

Adjustable lever
1.193 in. radius

Fork lever 1.5 in.


radius
Micrometer
adjustment lever
1.5 in. radius 1
Non-adjustable offset
lever 1.44 in. radius
roller on front

Roller
Material

Roller
Diameter

Roller
Width

Cat. No.

Material

Rod Diameter
[mm(in.)]

Cat. No.

Nylon

19 (0.748)

7.11 (0.28)

802T-W1

Stainless steel rod, 5 in. long

3.3 (0.13)

802T-W3 3

Nylon

19 (0.748)

25.4 (1.0)

802T-W1H

Stainless steel rod, 8.5 in. long

3.3 (0.13)

802T-W3B 3

Steel

19 (0.748)

6.35 (0.25)

802T-W1A

Stainless steel rod, 11.5 in. long

3.3 (0.13)

802T-W3A

Ball bearing

19 (0.748)

5.84 (0.229)

802T-W1B

Stainless steel rod, 11.5 in. long

2.03 (0.08)

802T-W3F 4

Nylon

19.05 (0.749)

25.4 (1)

802T-W1D

Steel

19.05 (0.749)

6.35 (0.25)

802T-W1F

Nylon rod, 12 in. long

6.35 (0.25)

802T-W3C

Steel

19.05 (0.749) 19.05 (0.749)

802T-W1C

Stainless steel, 5 in. long

1.52 (0.06)

802T-W5 3

Nylon

19.05 (0.749)

7.11 (0.28)

802T-W2

Nylatron looped rod, 6 in. long,


2 in. wide loop

4.57 (0.18)

802T-W14

Nylon

19.05 (0.749)

25.4 (1.0)

802T-W2D

Nylon

38.1 (1.5)

7.11 (0.28)

802T-W2A

Steel

19.05 (0.749)

6.35 (0.25)

802T-W2B

Ball bearing
Steel; both
rollers on front
Nylon R.H.
adjustable
Steel R.H.
adjustable

19.05 (0.749)

5.8 (0.228)

802T-W2C

19.05 (0.749)

6.35 (0.25)

802T-W4C

19.05 (0.749)

7.11 (0.28)

802T-W6

19.05 (0.749)

6.35 (0.25)

802T-W6A

19.05 (0.749)

6.35 (0.25)

802T-W12A 2

Steel

The micrometer adjustment roller lever is designed especially for


installations where the position of the roller is a critical factor. This lever
has a pivoted roller which can be turned laterally. After clamping the lever
to the switch shaft, the position of the roller can be precisely adjusted
through an arc of 7.5 on either side of the center or straight-line position.
2
When mounted on Plug-In devices, the offset lever provides
equivalent cam tracking to the Non-Plug-In devices using
catalog number 802T-W1 levers.
3
Recommended for use with low-operating-torque switches.
4
Not for use with catalog number 802M-NPY5 type switches.
1

Limit
Switches
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-88

6-806-93

Sensors

Replacement Operating Levers


802K and 440P
Use with all 440P safety and 802K non-safety lever
type limit switches
Adjustable and non-adjustable levers
Rod levers
Spring rod levers
Short levers with wide roller
Telescopic arm levers

Operating Levers, Rods, Spring Rods and Telescopic Arms


For use with 802K and 440P limit switches
Description

Cat. No.

Levers
Short lever with nylon roller for 440P-ASL 1 or -AWL 1

440P-WA1

Short lever with metal roller for 440P-ASL or -AWL

440P-WA1A

Short lever with wide roller for 440P-ASL or -AWL


1

440P-WA1B

Short lever with nylon roller for 440P-CSL 1 or -CHM 1

440P-WC1

Short lever with metal roller for 440P-CSL or -CHM

440P-WC1A

Short lever with nylon roller for 802K-/440P-MSL 1 or -MMH 1

440P-WM1

Short lever with metal roller for 802K-/440P-MSL or -MMH

440P-WM1A

Adjustable lever arm with nylon roller for 440P-AAL 1 or -AA1L 1

440P-WA2A

Adjustable lever arm with steel roller for 440P-AAL or -AA1L

440P-WA2B

Adjustable lever with nylon roller for 440P-CAL 1, -CRR 1, -MRR 1

440P-WC2

Adjustable lever with large rubber roller for 440P-CAL , -CRR , -MRR
1

Adjustable lever with metal roller for 440P-CAL 1 or -CRR 1


Adjustable lever with nylon roller for 802K-/440P-MAL or -MRR
1

440P-WC2A
440P-WC2B

Adjustable lever with metal roller for 802K-/440P-MAL 1 or -MRR 1

440P-WM2
440P-WM2A

Rods
Adjustable metal rod for 802K-/440P-MAR 1

440P-WM3

Spring Rods
Metal spring rod for 802K-/440P-MSR 1

440P-WM4

Telescopic Arms
440P-WM5

Telescopic arm for 802K-/440P-MTA 1


Use these levers only with this catalog number

RFID

For more information on our complete family of limit switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Limit-Switches

6-1086-109

6-89

Limit Switches
Sensors

Compact, Precision and Small Precision


802B
Rugged die-cast housings
Industry standard dimensions
Low trip and reset points
(precision and small precision models)
Wide range of options and operators

For When Bigger Switches Wont Fit


The 802B product line consists of different body styles: compact, precision, and small precision. Each style has been
designed to withstand the rugged environments that industrial applications demand. The 802B family of limit switches
can be mounted in areas that traditional NEMA limit switches can not, due to their size and mounting options.
Wide range of operating heads

Pre-wired or QD options

Booted style operator head

Side-mounting style

Limit
Switches
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-90

6-806-93

Compact
Head Type

Torque to Operate,
Max. [Nm (lbin.)]

Force to Operate
[N(lb)]

Travel to Operate
Contacts, Max.

Maximum Travel

Travel to Reset
Contacts

Cat. No.

Rotary arm

0.216 (2)

25

70

802B-CSAAXSXC3

Center rotary arm

0.216 (2)

10 3

65

802B-CSAA2XSXC3

Wobble stick

0.118 (1.04)

15

18 (Nominal Value)

11 (Nominal Value)

802B-CSACXSXC3

Top push booted head

17.65 (3.97)

1.8 mm (0.071 in.)

5 mm (0.197 in.)

0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

802B-CSABBSXC3

Top push roller booted head

17.65 (3.97)

1.8 mm (0.071 in.)

5 mm (0.197 in.)

0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

802B-CSADBSXC3

Top push cross


roller booted head

17.65 (3.97)

1.8 mm (0.071 in.)

5 mm (0.197 in.)

0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

802B-CSAD1BSXC3

Top push panel mount

11.77 (2.65)

1.8 mm (0.071 in.)

5 mm (0.197 in.)

0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

802B-CPABXSXC3

Top push roller panel mount

11.77 (2.65)

1.8 mm (0.071 in.)

5 mm (0.197 in.)

0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

802B-CPADXSXC3

Top push cross


roller panel mount

11.77 (2.65)

1.8 mm (0.071 in.)

5 mm (0.197 in.)

0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

802B-CPAD1XSXC3

Sensors

Product Selection

Specifications
Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 and IP67

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-10+70 (14158 )

Contact Type

SPDT form C

Mechanical Life

10 million operations

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and distributors
offers exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support
your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

RFID

For more information on our complete family of limit switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Limit-Switches

6-1086-109

6-91

Limit Switches
Sensors

Product Selection
Precision
Force to Operate
[N(lb)]

Head Type

Travel to Operate
Contacts, Max.
[mm(in.)]

Maximum Travel
[mm(in.)]

Travel to Reset
Contacts [mm(in.)]

Mounting

Cat. No.

Top push

2.453.43
(0.550.77)

0.4 (0.016)

5.9 (0.232)

0.05 (0.002)

Side

802B-PSABXSX

Top push roller

2.453.43
(0.550.77)

0.5 (0.020)

4.1 (0.161)

0.05 (0.002)

Side

802B-PSADXSX

Roller lever

5.59 (1.28)

4 (0.157)

10 (0.394)

0.4 (0.016)

Side

802B-PSARXSX

Top push booted

7.85 (1.76)

2 (0.079)

7 (0.276)

0.1 (0.004)

Side

802B-PSABBSX

Top push roller booted

4.9 (1.09)

1 (0.039)

4.5 (0.177)

0.12 (0.005)

Side

802B-PSADBSX

Top push cross roller booted

4.9 (1.09)

1 (0.039)

4.5 (0.177)

0.12 (0.005)

Side

802B-PSAD1BSX

Roller lever booted

6.28 (1.40)

5 (0.197)

11 (0.433)

0.4 (0.016)

Side

802B-PSARBSX

Specifications
Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

Non-booted models: NEMA 1 and IP60


Booted models: NEMA 1, 3, 4, and IP65

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-10+80 (14176 )

Contact Type

SPDT form C

Limit
Switches
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-92

6-806-93

Small Precision

Head Type

Force to Operate
[N(lb)]

Travel to Operate
Contacts, Max.
[mm(in.)]

Maximum Travel
[mm(in.)]

Travel to Reset
Contacts [mm(in.)]

Mounting

Cat. No.

Top push

11.8 (2.65)

1.5 (0.059)

3.9 (0.154)

0.2 (0.008)

Side

802B-SSABXSX

Top push panel mount

11.8 (2.65)

1.5 (0.059)

4.5 (0.177)

0.2 (0.008)

Side

802B-SPABXSX

Top push roller panel mount

11.8 (2.65)

1.5 (0.059)

4.5 (0.177)

0.2 (0.008)

Side

802B-SPADXSX

Top push roller booted

6.86 (1.54)

1.5 (0.059)

4 (0.157)

0.2 (0.008)

Side

802B-SSADBSX

Short hinge lever

3.92 (0.88)

6.2 (0.244) 1.2

12.2 (0.480)

1 (0.04)

Side

802B-SSAH1XSX

Hinge lever

2.75 (0.62)

8.2 (0.323) 1.2

16.6 (0.645)

1.4 (0.055)

Side

802B-SSAHXSX

Short roller lever

3.92 (0.88)

6.2 (0.244) 1.2

12.2 (0.480)

1 (0.04)

Side

802B-SSAR1XSX

Roller lever

2.75 (0.62)

8.3 (0.327) 1.2

16.7 (0.657)

1.4 (0.055)

Side

802B-SSARXSX

Sensors

Product Selection

Specifications
Certifications

UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type Rating

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 13 and IP67

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-10+80 (14176 )

Contact Type

SPDT form C

Product Selection Tools


Available online or for download, our tools help
you access info while in the office or on the go.
www.rockwellautomation.com/support/
selection.page

RFID

For more information on our complete family of limit switch products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Limit-Switches

6-1086-109

6-93

Encoders
Sensors

EtherNet/IP
842E
EtherNet/IP Interface
Single- and multi-turn
Status indication LEDs
Easy integration and setup in Logix Designer software
(Studio5000)
Fully compliant CIP sync and CIP motion support (874E-CM)
Endless shaft
Flash upgradable

Integrated Motion on EtherNet/IP


EtherNet/IP uses CIP Sync and CIP Motion technologies to provide real-time, closed loop motion on standard Ethernet.
This topology-independent network provides a simplified integration of the entire control solution on one network,
including HMI, PAC, IO, and Motion Control.

Which version meets your application?


Velocity or Position Control
842E-*

Use the EtherNet/IP Encoder


Provides position and velocity back to the Logix
controller on EtherNet/IP
Ideal applications: standard VFD drives

Position/Servo Control
842E-CM-*

Use the Integrated Motion on EtherNet/IP Encoder for


servo applications
Ideal applications: Kinetix 5500 Servo drive
applications that require auxiliary feedback or master
half axis for gearing/camming applications

* Please see Product Selection on page 6-95 for complete catalog numbers.

Encoders

IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

Condition
Sensing

6-94

6-946-99

6-1006-107

EtherNet/IP
Description

Single-/Multi-turn

Shaft Size/Type

Power Supply

Resolution

Connector Type

Solid shaft 10 mm with flat


Single-turn

Solid shaft 3/8 in. with flat

18 bit

842E-SIP2BA

Hollow shaft 15 mm

EtherNet/IP Encoder

842E-SIP12BA

Solid shaft 10 mm with flat


Multi-turn

Hollow shaft 1/2 in.


Single-turn

842E-MIP4BA

Solid shaft 3/8 in. with flat


Solid shaft 3/8 in. with flat
Solid shaft 3/8 in. with flat

30 bit

842E-MIP2BA

1030V DC

M12
18 bit

842E-CM-SIP10BA

Solid shaft 10 mm with flat


Multi-turn

Solid shaft 3/8 in. with flat

842E-CM-MIP4BA
30 bit

842E-CM-MIP2BA

Hollow shaft 1/2 in.

Specifications

842E-CM-MIP10BA

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Transmission Rate

10/100 MBit/s

Code Type

Binary

Operating Voltage
Range

1030V

No. of Revolutions,
Max.

4,096 (12 Bit)

Operating Speed

9,000 RPM (solid shaft), max.


6,000 RPM (blind hollow shaft), max.

Shaft Loading

Radial: 80 N max. (solid shaft)


Axial: 40 N max. (solid shaft)

Housing Material

Aluminum

Shaft Material

Stainless steel

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-30+85 (-22+185 )

Enclosure Type Rating 1

IP67

Certifications

CE Marked for all applicable directives

With mating connector inserted.

842E-MIP10BA
842E-CM-SIP2BA
842E-CM-SIP1BA

Hollow shaft 1/2 in.

CIP Motion Encoder EIP

Cat. No.
842E-SIP4BA

Sensors

Product Selection

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro QD cordset (flying leads), straight, 4-pin,


2m (6.5ft)

889D-F4AC-2

M12 D-code patchcord, straight, male/male,


2 m (6.5ft)

1585D-M4TBDM-2

M12 to RJ45 patchcord, male/male, 2 m (6.5ft)

1585D-M4TBJM-2

M12 D-code patchcord, straight, male/male


(shielded, 2 m (6.5ft))

1585D-M4UBDM-2

M12 to RJ45 patchcord (shielded), male/male,


2 m (6.5ft)

1585D-M4UBJM-2

Flexible coupling

845-FC-B-B

Flexible coupling

845-CA-C-25

Connected Components
Simpler, faster, cost-effective
machine building.
www.rockwellautomation.com/go/cc

RFID

For more information on our complete family of encoder products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motion-Control/Encoders

6-1086-109

6-95

Encoders
Sensors

Sine Cosine/Serial
842HR
High resolution auxiliary feedback
Absolute feedback for position control
High resolution incremental feedback for speed control
Sine/Cosine differential interface
Digital bi-directional RS-485 interface
Compatible with Hiperface interface
Internal diagnostic functions

Replace Multiple Encoders with a Single 842HR Encoder


Todays high performance digital servo drive systems require absolute feedback for position control and high
resolution incremental feedback for speed control. Conventional systems use multiple incremental and absolute
encoders to achieve this. The new Allen-Bradley 842HR Sine/Cosine encoder combines the advantages of
incremental and absolute encoder technologies in a single, standalone unit targeted for high performance
digital servo drive systems.

Ideal Applications

Single- Versus Multi-turn

Compatible with a variety of motor control products


including Kinetix drives and the Allen-Bradley
Guardmaster MSR57 safe speed monitoring relay,
the 842HR is a flexible solution for wide range of
industrial applications.

In a single-turn encoder, absolute position retention on


one full rotation of the encoder is provided. Multi-turn
encoders provide absolute position on multiple turns
of the encoder shaft (better for linear applications).

Encoders
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

Condition
Sensing

6-96

6-946-99

6-1006-107

Sine Cosine/Serial
Single-/Multi-turn

Shaft Size/Type

Power Supply

Resolution

Connector Type and Pinout

Cat. No.
842HR-SJDN115FWY2

Sensors

Product Selection

MS & 10-pin
Single-turn

Solid shaft 3/8 in. with flat

842HR-SJDZ115FWY2
842HR-SJDZ115FWYD
512V DC

15 bit

M23 & 17-pin

Solid shaft 3/8 in. with flat


Multi-turn

842HR-MJDZ115FWYD

Hub shaft 15 mm

MS & 10-pin

842HR-MJA1115FWY2

Solid shaft 3/8 in. with flat

M23 & 17-pin

842HR-MJDN115FWYD

Looking for More?


This catalog highlights only our most
essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Sine/Cosine

1024 cycles per revolution

Code Type

Binary

No. of Revolutions

4,096 (12 Bit), max.

Operating Speed

6,000 RPM, max.

Shaft Loading

Radial: 35 lb, max.


Axial: 40 lb, max.

Housing Material

Aluminum

Shaft Material

Stainless steel

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-20+85 (-4+185 )

Enclosure Type Rating 1

IP66

Certifications

CE Marked for all applicable directives

Description

Cat. No.

Pre-wired cable for 17-pin connector

2090-XXNFMF-Sxx 2

10-pin encoder cable assembly

845-CA-C-10

3/8 in. bore flex coupling

845-FC-B-B

Replace xx with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 12, 15, 20, 25, or 30 for available


lengths in meters.

With mating connector inserted.

RFID

For more information on our complete family of encoder products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motion-Control/Encoders

6-1086-109

6-97

Encoders
Sensors

General Purpose and


Compact Incremental
847H and 847T
847H: General purpose, 2.5 in. diameter
847T: Compact, 2 in. diameter
Revolution up to 65536
Various output configurations, mounting options, and
shaft sizes
Cable, M12, and military-style connections
Zero set input option

The General Purpose Encoder Family


Use the 847H incremental encoder for general purpose auxiliary feedback for a variety of configurable options.
Ideal for machine tools, packaging machinery, motion control, and robotics.

847T

847H

Square Flange

Easy servo flange mount

847T-PY

2.5 in. with Bell housing and


coupler, to protect encoder from
damage and contamination

Encoders
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

Condition
Sensing

6-98

6-946-99

6-1006-107

General Purpose and Compact Incremental


Mounting
Configuration
Standard square flange
Standard servo mount

Shaft Size

Power Supply

3/8 in. diameter shaft


with flat
10 mm diameter shaft
with flat

Standard square flange

5PY mounting

4.55.5V DC
830V DC

Output Configuration

Connector/
Cable Exit

Connector Type &


Pinout

Cat. No.

MS & 10-pin

847H-DN1A-RH01024

M12 & 8-pin with


mating connector 2

847H-HN2A-RA01024

4.55.5V DC Line
Driver Outputs(TTL)

4.55.5V DC

830V Line Driver


Outputs(HTL)

MS & 6-pin with


mating connector

847T-DL2C-RC01024

4.55.5V DC

4.55.5V DC Line
Driver Outputs(TTL)

MS & 10-pin with


mating connector

847T-DN1A-RG01024

MS & 10-pin

847T-DN2A-RH01024

MS & 6-pin

847T-DN2C-RD01024

M12 & 8-pin with


mating connector 2

847T-DN2C-RA01024

M12 & 8-pin with


mating connector 2

847T-PY2C-RA01024

3/8 in. diameter shaft


with flat

5/8 in. diameter extended


shaft with flat

4.55.5V DC Line
Driver Outputs(TTL)
830V DC

830V DC

Radial Exit

830V Line Driver


Outputs(HTL)
830V Line Driver
Outputs(HTL)

Sensors

Product Selection

Replace 01024 (revolution) with 165536 for optional revolutions.


8-pin M12 connector is now available for all models.

1
2

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Revolutions

165536 CPR (16 bit)

Code Type

Incremental, 2 channels with zero index

Angular Acceleration

500,000 radians/sec

Operating Speed

9,000 RPM, max.

Shaft Loading

80 N radial

Housing Material

Aluminum

Shaft Material

Stainless steel

Operating Temperature
[C(F)]

-30+80 (-22+176 )

Enclosure Type Rating 3

IP67 housing, shaft seal IP65

Certifications

CE Marked for all applicable directives

Cat. No.

DC micro M12 QD cordset, straight, 8-pin,


2m (6.5ft)

889D-F8FB-2 4

6-pin encoder cable assembly

845-CA-A-10

7-pin encoder cable assembly

845-CA-B-10

10-pin encoder cable assembly

845-CA-C-10 5

Flexible coupling

845-FC-B-B

Flexible coupling

845-CA-C-2 5

Replace 2 with 5 or 10 for other standard cable lengths in meters.


Replace 10 with 25, 50, 100, 200, or 330 for standard cable lengths
in feet.

4
5

With mating connector inserted.

Description

Sales Offices and Distributors


Our network of sales offices and distributors
offers exceptional knowledge and service
to help you design, implement and support
your automation investment.
www.rockwellautomation.com/
sales-partners/overview.page

RFID

For more information on our complete family of encoder products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Motion-Control/Encoders

6-1086-109

6-99

Condition Sensing
Sensors

Solid-State Pressure Switches and Transmitters


836E
Pressure ranges from 156000 psig
Rugged, corrosion-resistant stainless steel housing
Silicon based pressure sensor element
Display and non-display models
Independently programmable dual N.O./N.C.
programmable PNP outputs or 420 mA analog output
with single PNP output
Operation and visualization via PC using ReadWin 2000
software on display models

Accurate and Reliable with


Quick Response Time

Technology
The 836E silicon pressure sensor element provides
accurate pressure reading while maintaining response
time in milliseconds. The metallic diaphragm protects the
sensing element from exposure to caustic media.

Allen-Bradley pressure sensors are for process


and industrial automation applications such as
pump control, monitoring of pneumatic and
hydraulic systems, monitoring pressure inside an
air compressor, and also to measure lubricant and
coolant air pressures.

Silicon chip

The 836E pressure switch is an ideal alternative to


ceramic pressure sensor elements. With its silicon
pressure sensor element, the sensor provides accurate
pressure reading while maintaining response time
in milliseconds.

Channel filled
with fluid

Process connection
Metallic process
diaphragm
Process pressure
Silicon pressure sensor with protection membrane

Sanitary switch
and clamp

Condition
Sensing
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-100

6-1006-107

Solid-State Pressure Switches & Transmitters


Process Connection

Pressure Range [psi]

1/4 in. NPT (female)

SAE 7/16-20 UNF (female)

G1/4 BSPP (female)

1/2 in. NPT (male)


1/4 in. NPT (male)
1/2 in. NPT (male) & 1/4 in. NPT
(female)
G 1/2 (flush mount)
G 1/4 (male)

Display

060
0150
060
0150
060
0150
060
0150
010 (bar)
040 (bar)
010 (bar)
040 (bar)
0.500
01,500
0.50
0.150
0.50
0.150
0.50
0.150
0.50
0.150

Output
Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable

Yes
420 mA + 1 PNP
Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable
Yes
420 mA + 1 PNP
Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable
Yes
420 mA + 1 PNP

No

420 mA analog

No

420 mA analog

No

420 mA analog

Cat. No. 1
836E- DA1EL1-D4
836E- DA1EN1-D4
836E- DC1EL1-D4
836E- DC1EN1-D4
836E- DA1EL2-D4
836E- DA1EN2-D4
836E- DC1EL2-D4
836E- DC1EN2-D4
836E- DA1EN3-D4
836E- DA1EQ3-D4
836E- DC1EN3-D4
836E- DC1EQ3-D4
836E-TD1EQ8-D4
836E-TD1ER8-D4
836E-TD1EL4-D4
836E-TD1EN4-D4
836E-TD1EL9-D4
836E-TD1EN9-D4
836E-TD1EL62-D4
836E-TD1EN62-D4
836E-TD1EL6-D4
836E-TD1EN6-D4

Sensors

Product Selection

Sanitary connection options are also available. Contact your Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for more information.

Specifications
Certifications
Enclosure Type Rating
Operating Temperature
[C(F)]
Media Temperature [C (F)]
Operating Voltage
Load Current, Max.
Sensing Element
Housing Material

Required Cordsets and Accessories


CE Marked for all applicable directives
(Display models also cULus)
IP66
Display models: -40+85 (-40+185 )
Non-display models: -25+70 (-13+158 )
Display models: -40+100 (-40+212 )
Non-display models: -25+70 (-13+158 )
1230V DC
250 mA (per PNP output)
316L stainless steel
Display models: 316L stainless steel
Non-display models: 304 stainless steel

Description
DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2m (6.5ft)
Configuration kit (includes converter cable and
ReadWin 2000 software)
1/4 in. NPT (female) adaptor
7/16-20 UNF (female) adaptor
G 1/4 BSPP (female) adaptor
1/4 in. NPT (male) adaptor
7/16-20 UNF (male) adaptor
G 1/4 BSPP (male) adaptor
11.5 in. sanitary clamp
2 in. sanitary clamp
O-ring (EPDM)
O-ring (fluorinated elastomer seal)

Cat. No.
889D-F4AC-2
836E-NSR
836E-NP71
836E-NP72
836E-NP73
836E-NP74
836E-NP75
836E-NP76
836E-NH7B
836E-NH7C
836E-NV1
836E-NV2

RFID

For more information on our complete family of condition sensing products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Condition-Sensors

6-1086-109

6-101

Condition Sensing
Sensors

Solid-State Temperature
Switches and Transmitters
837E
Ranges from -50+150 C (-58+302 F)
Rugged, corrosion-resistant stainless steel housing and
sensing element
RTD sensor technology
Independently programmable dual N.O./N.C.
programmable PNP outputs or 420 mA analog output
with single PNP output
Operation and visualization via PC using
ReadWin 2000 software

Rugged, Reliable Temperature Sensing


Allen-Bradley temperature sensors are used for
process and industrial automation applications.
These sensors are capable of measuring the
temperature in liquids, gases, and vapors from
-50+150 C (-58302 F).

Technology

Conventional insert probes do not display accuracy or


quick response time because the probes have a sensing
element that floats inside the probe.
Allen-Bradley temperature transmitters with soldered
sensing element provides excellent thermal contact to
the thermometer allowing the sensor to accurately and
quickly sense the medium temperature.

Conventional
insert

Allen-Bradley
insert soldered
to probe

Condition
Sensing
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-102

6-1006-107

Solid-State Temperature Switches and Transmitters


Process Connection

Probe Length

Display

50 mm (1.96 in.)
50 mm (1.96 in.)
50 mm (1.96 in.)
50 mm (1.96 in.)
50 mm (1.96 in.)

837E-DC1BN2A2D4
837E-DA1BN3A1D4
837E-DA1BN3A2D4
837E-DC1BN3A1D4
837E-DC1BN3A2D4
837E-DA1BN4A1D4

Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable

100 mm (3.93 in.)


50 mm (1.96 in.)

837E-DA1BN4A2D4
837E-DC1BN4A1D4

420 mA + 1 PNP

100 mm (3.93 in.)

837E-DC1BN4A2D4

50 mm (1.96 in.)

837E-TD1BN1A1-D4

100 mm (3.93 in.)

837E-TD1BN1A2-D4

50 mm (1.96 in.)
100 mm (3.93 in.)

G 1/4 BSPP

837E-DC1BN2A1D4

420 mA + 1 PNP

50 mm (1.96 in.)

1/2 in. NPT (male)

837E-DA1BN2A2D4

Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable

100 mm (3.93 in.)

1/4 in. NPT (male)

837E-DC1BN1A2D4
837E-DA1BN2A1D4

Yes

50 mm (1.96 in.)

G 1/2 BSPP

837E-DC1BN1A1D4

420 mA + 1 PNP

100 mm (3.93 in.)

G 1/4 BSPP

837E-DA1BN1A2D4

Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable

100 mm (3.93 in.)


100 mm (3.93 in.)

837E-DA1BN1A1D4

420 mA + 1 PNP

100 mm (3.93 in.)

1/2 in. NPT (male)

Cat. No. 1

Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable

100 mm (3.93 in.)

1/4 in. NPT (male)

Output

No

420 mA analog

Sensors

Product Selection

837E-TD1BN2A1-D4
837E-TD1BN2A2-D4

50 mm (1.96 in.)

837E-TD1BN3A1-D4

100 mm (3.93 in.)

837E-TD1BN3A2-D4

Sanitary connection options are also available. Contact your Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for more information.

Specifications

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2m (6.5ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Enclosure Type Rating

Display models: IP66


Non-display models: IP67

Configuration Kit (includes converter cable and


ReadWin 2000 software)

836E-NSR

Operating Temperature [C(F)]

-40+85 (-40+185 )

11.5 in. sanitary clamp

836E-NH7B

Media Temperature [C (F)]

-50+150 (-58+302 )

2 in. sanitary clamp

836E-NH7C

Operating Voltage

Display models: 1230V DC


Non-display models: 1035V DC

Load Current, Max.

250 mA (per PNP output)

Wetted Parts

316L stainless steel

Housing Material

316L stainless steel

RFID

For more information on our complete family of condition sensing products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Condition-Sensors

6-1086-109

6-103

Condition Sensing
Sensors

Solid-State Flow Switches and Transmitters


839E
Flow rates from 0.033 m/s
Rugged, corrosion-resistant stainless steel housing,
and sensing element
RTD sensor technology
Calorimetric measurement principle
Independently programmable dual N.O./N.C. PNP outputs
or 420 mA analog output with single PNP output
Operation and visualization via PC using
ReadWin 2000 software

Flow Sensors for the


Harshest Environments

Technology

Allen-Bradley 839E solid-state flow sensors are used


for process and industrial automation applications.
RockwellAutomation sensors can be found in food
and beverage, pharmaceuticals, water and waste
water plants, and hydraulic applications.
These sensors are capable of measuring the liquid
flow rate from 0.03 m/s to 3 m/s. The flow rate is
displayed as a percentage of flow rate. For example
at no flow the display will read 0%. The sensor
probe is designed using 316L stainless steel probe
and is resistant to aggressive media and capable of
withstanding corrosive liquids.

Allen-Bradley flow switches are based on the calorimetric


principle. The 839E sensors incorporate a heated
temperature element; as media flows passed the sensor
heat is removed due to convection. The amount of heat
transfer is dependent on the flow velocity of the medium
and the temperature difference between the sensor and
the medium.

Heater

Sanitary switch

Insulation layer
Sensor element

Condition
Sensing
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-104

6-1006-107

Solid-State Flow Switches and Transmitters


Process Connection

Probe Length [mm (in.)]

Display

30 (1.18)

Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable

100 (3.93)

1/4 in. NPT (male)

30 (1.18)

420 mA + 1 PNP

100 (3.93)
30 (1.18)

Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable

100 (3.93)

1/2 in. NPT (male)

30 (1.18)
100 (3.93)
30 (1.18)
100 (3.93)

G 1/4 BSPP

30 (1.18)
100 (3.93)
30 (1.18)
100 (3.93)

G 1/2 BSPP

30 (1.18)
100 (3.93)

Output

420 mA + 1 PNP
Yes
Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable

420 mA + 1 PNP

Dual PNP N.O./N.C. programmable

420 mA + 1 PNP

Cat. No. 1
839E-DA1BN1A3D4

Sensors

Product Selection

839E-DA1BN1A2D4
839E-DC1BN1A3D4
839E-DC1BN1A2D4
839E-DA1BN2A3D4
839E-DA1BN2A2D4
839E-DC1BN2A3D4
839E-DC1BN2A2D4
839E-DA1BN3A3D4
839E-DA1BN3A2D4
839E-DC1BN3A3D4
839E-DC1BN3A2D4
839E-DA1BN4A3D4
839E-DA1BN4A2D4
839E-DC1BN4A3D4
839E-DC1BN4A2D4

Sanitary connection options are also available. Contact your Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for more information.

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Specifications
Certifications

cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable


directives, and 3 A authorized only with
sanitary adaptor

Enclosure Type Rating

IP66

Operating Range

Liquids from 0.033 m/s (0.1 9.84 ft/s)


Mass flow as a relative value between 0 and 100%

Media Temperature [C (F)]

-20+85 (-4+185 )

Operating Voltage

1830V DC, < 100 mA

Load Current, Max.

250 mA

Housing Material

316L stainless steel

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2m (6.5ft)

889D-F4AC-2

Configuration Kit (includes converter cable and


ReadWin 2000 software)

836E-NSR

11.5 in. sanitary clamp

836E-NH7B

2 in. sanitary clamp

836E-NH7C

RFID

For more information on our complete family of condition sensing products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Condition-Sensors

6-1086-109

6-105

Condition Sensing
Sensors

Solid-State Level Switches


840E
Piezoelectric effect technology
Rugged, corrosion-resistant stainless steel housing and
sensing element
DC micro (M12) and DIN valve connection types
Highly-visible status LED for process monitoring
Complementary N.O./N.C. outputs
Operation independent of the medium properties
build up, changing media, turbulence, air bubbles,
foam, and vibration

Reliable Level Detection


Regardless of Media Characteristics
Allen-Bradley level sensors are a quick and easy
solution for applications requiring point level
detection. These sensors have been applied in
applications such as liquid level monitoring in tanks,
containers, and pipes.

Technology
The 840E switch uses piezoelectric effect technology
to see the difference in vibration when the medium is
sensed on the forks. The use of alternating voltage current
causes the piezo to expand and contract. The difference in
vibration oscillation detected by the medium indicates the
presence of the medium.

The 840E stainless steel liquid level sensors are


capable of detecting corrosive liquid media and
operate independently of the media properties such
as liquid build up on the forks, change of media
structure, turbulence, foam or air bubbles as well as
plant vibrations.

Condition
Sensing
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-106

6-1006-107

Sensors

Product Selection
Solid-State Level Switches
Connector Type

Process Connection

Power Supply

Cat. No.

1/2 in. NPT (male)

DC-PNP

840E-TB1B1A1D4

3/4 in. NPT (male)

DC-PNP

840E-TB1B2A1D4

1/2 in. NPT (male)

AC

840E-TB2B1A1E4

3/4 in. NPT (male)

AC

840E-TB2B2A1E4

DC-PNP with M12 connector

AC with NPT 1/2 valve connector

Connected Components
Simpler, faster, cost-effective
machine building.
www.rockwellautomation.com/go/cc

Specifications
Certifications

cCSAus Certified and CE Marked for all


applicable directives

Enclosure Type
Rating

DC-PNP with M12 connector: NEMA 4X (IP66/67)


AC with NPT 1/2 valve connector: NEMA 4 (IP65)

Operating
Temperature [C (F)]

-40+70 (-40+158 )

Process Temperature
[C (F)]

-40+100 (-40+212 )

Operating Voltage

DC-PNP with M12 connector: 1035V DC, 15 mA max.


AC with NPT 1/2 valve connector: 19253V AC,
3.8 mA max.

Load Current, Min.

250 mA

Repeatability

0.5 mm (0.02 in.)

Settling Time

<2s

Resolution [mm (in.)]

< 0.5 (0.02)

Hysteresis [mm (in.)]

3.0 0.5 (0.12 0.02)

Housing Material

316L stainless steel

Required Cordsets and Accessories


Description

Cat. No.

DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2m (6.5ft)

889D-F4AC-2

AC DIN valve cordset

889V-RZ3ABE-2

Configuration Kit (includes converter cable and


ReadWin 2000 software)

836E-NSR

11.5 in. sanitary clamp

836E-NH7B

2 in. sanitary clamp

836E-NH7C

RFID

For more information on our complete family of condition sensing products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/Condition-Sensors

6-1086-109

6-107

RFID
Sensors

High Frequency 13.56 MHz ICODE with


EtherNet/IP Interface
56RF
One- and two-channel EtherNet/IP interface available
Embedded switch with Device Level Ring (DLR)
Rugged transceiver styles for industrial locations
Thirteen 56 MHz high-frequency technology for light
industrial applications
Tag memory options: 64 B, 128 B, 256 B, and 2 KB
Read/write speeds up to 625 Bs
Different tag styles with sensing distances up to
185mm (7.3 in.)

Track and Trace Materials Through Your Process


Industrial Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) systems are a rugged and reliable way to track and document
products as they move through the manufacturing process. Unlike the bar code systems used for similar, less
demanding applications, industrial RFID systems are designed to withstand harsh environments. Plus, reusable read/
write tags allow for flexibility in information and application.

Manufacturing Application
Each tool, person, and machine has an RFID tag for validation and usage count.

Inventory control by
tagging each tool
Validate user checking
out tool

Validate tool with machine


Read/write tool usage count

Schedule tool maintenance


during downtime
Total tool usage count
stored on tool RFID tag

Other Applications



To see the entire video and others, go to:

Automotive
Packaging
AGV
Pharmaceutical

http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches/RFID/
High-Frequency-RFID

IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-108

High Frequency 13.56 MHz ICODE with EtherNet/IP Interface


Transceivers
Recommended Sensing
Distance [mm (in.)]
100 (3.94)
50 (1.97)
35 (1.38)
18 (7.09)

Dimensions [mm (in.)]


Rectangular 80 x 90 (3.15 x 3.54)
Square 40 x 40 (1.57 x 1.57)
Cylindrical M30
Cylindrical M18

Max. Sensing Distance [mm (in.)]


168 (6.61)
85 (3.35)
60 (2.36)
30 (1.18)

Cat. No.
56RF-TR-8090
56RF-TR-4040
56RF-TR-M30
56RF-TR-M18

Sensors

Product Selection

Tags
Description
Disc
Disc
Disc
Disc - Mount on Metal
Disc - FRAM
Disc - FRAM
Disc - FRAM
Square - Hi Temp (240 C (464 F) max.)

Type
SLI
SLI
SLI
SLI
FRAM
FRAM
FRAM
SLI

Memory Size
128 Bytes
128 Bytes
128 Bytes
128 Bytes
2K Bytes
2K Bytes
2K Bytes
128 Bytes

Dimensions [mm (in.)]


16 (0.63)
30 (1.18)
50 (1.97)
50 (1.97)
20 (0.79)
30 (1.18)
50 (1.97)
50 x 50 (1.97 x 1.97)

Cat. No.
56RF-TG-16
56RF-TG-30
56RF-TG-50
56RF-TG-50MOM
56RF-TG-20-2KB
56RF-TG-30-2KB
56RF-TG-50-2KB
56RF-TG-50HT

EtherNet/IP Interface Blocks


RFID Ports
2
2

Inputs
1
2

Specifications
Certifications

Outputs
1

Cat. No.
56RF-IN-IPD22
56RF-IN-IPD22A

Required Cordsets and Accessories

Interfaces & rectangular transceivers: , cULus Listed, C-Tick, CE


Marked for all applicable directives
Cylindrical transceivers: CE Marked for all applicable directives

Enclosure Type
Rating

Interfaces & transceivers: IP67; Tags: IP68, IP69K

Operating
Temperature
[C(F)]

Interfaces: -20+60 (-4+140 )


Transceivers, Disc Tags < 20mm: -25+70 (-13+158 )
Disc Tags 20mm: -25+85 (-13+185 )
Hi Temp Tags: -55+240 (-67+464 )

Description

Cat. No.

DC micro (M12) female straight to male straight QD


patchcord, 5-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F5FCDM-J2

DC micro (M12) female straight to male straight QD


patchcord, 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

889D-F4ACDM-2

M12 D-code patchcords

1585D-M4TBDM-2

Operating Voltage 24V DC


Output Current,
max.

100 mA per transceiver

Looking for More?

Frequency

13.56 MHz

Read/write Speed

625 B/s max.

This catalog highlights only our most


essential components; for a complete
product selection, visit us at:

Sensing Distance

185 mm (7.3 in.) max.

Tag Memory

Up to 2 KB, ICODE types SL1, SL2

http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/
allenbradley/productdirectory.page

RFID

For more information on our complete family of Sensor products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches

6-1086-109

6-109

Additional Sensor Products


Sensors

42KL MiniSight General Purpose


Bulletin 42KL Minisight general purpose sensors are
an exact match for one of the industrys most popular
form factors, but with additional features. 871D cylinder
position models for in-port end-of-stroke detection on
hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders.
Universal 18 mm and through-hole mounting
Durable 1200 psi washdown-rated housing
360 visible status indicators

45CLR ColorSight
The 45CLR ColorSight is a compact color sensing
solution that offers high-end performance and
advanced features to address a broad range of
color-based inspection challenges.
Concurrent sensing of three different colors
Easy-to-use teach button (3 channels) and remote
teach (single channel)
IP67 housing with 270 rotatable connector

45BPD/BRD Laser Measurement


The Allen-Bradley 45BPD and 45BRD are laser sensors
intended for industrial applications requiring reliable small
part detection, positioning and precision measurement.
Visible red Class 2 laser for small beam spot
and easy alignment
Teach-in and fixed range models
IP67 housing with 270 rotatable connector

IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-110

Our cylinder position inductive proximity sensors are


specialty models used to indicate position of pneumatic
and hydraulic cylinders or power clamps and grippers.

Sensors

Cylinder Position Sensors

871D cylinder position models for in-port end-of-stroke


detection on hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders
871D WorldClamp sensors for open/closed position
indication in power clamp and gripper applications
Rugged, low-profile housings
Weld-field immune

Rectangular Inductive
Proximity Sensors
Our rectangular inductive proximity sensors offer sensing
ranges longer than those found in traditional cylindrical
housings. Choose from our many styles of rectangular sensors
for your welding applications and other environments.
802PR heavy duty limit switch style sensors (including
hazardous location models)
871L/872L limit switch style sensors
871F aluminum block sensors
871P can sensors

871C Specialty Proximity Sensors


We offer a complete line of 871C specialty inductive
proximity sensors to address your toughest industrial
applications in the harshest environments. Models include:
Extended temperature
Analog output
Intrinsically safe
Miniature

RFID

For more information on our complete family of Sensor products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches

6-1086-109

6-111

Additional Sensor Products


Sensors

801 General Purpose Limit Switches


801 general purpose limit switches are ideal for a wide
variety of applications.
Multiple contact arrangements
Slow and snap action contacts
High snap-through force

802T Direct Action Limit Switches


802T direct action NEMA-style limit switches are used
for safety applications per ISO 14119. Direct opening
action assures that the normally closed contacts open
when the limit switch is actuated.
Direct opening action
Snap acting contacts
Rugged metal construction
NEMA 6P/IP67 plug-in design

802R/X/XR Hazardous Location


Limit Switches
Our hazardous location switches are designed for use
in applications such as refineries, distilleries, grain
elevators, and flour mills where dangerous gases or
other materials may be present.
802R sealed contact (Class 1, Division 2)
802X NEMA Type 4 watertight (Class 1, groups B, C
and D or Class 2, groups E, F and G or Class 3)
802XR sealed contact (Class 1, Groups B, C, and D or
Class 2, Groups E, F and G)

IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-112

Sensors

Notes

RFID

For more information on our complete family of Sensor products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches

6-1086-109

6-113

Notes
Sensors
IO-Link

Photoelectric

Proximity

Ultrasonic

Limit
Switches

Encoders

Condition
Sensing

6-26-3

6-46-45

6-466-75

6-766-79

6-806-93

6-946-99

6-1006-107

6-114

Sensors
RFID

For more information on our complete family of Sensor products, please visit:
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Sensors-Switches

6-1086-109

6-115

Index
Product Overview
Bulletin Number
Page
22F PowerFlex 4M................................... 1-62
25A PowerFlex 523.................................. 1-64
25B PowerFlex 525.................................. 1-66
42BC..................................................................6-28
42BT...................................................................6-28
42CA..................................................................6-20
42CM....................................................6-22, 6-24
42CS..................................................................6-26
42EF....................................................... 6-12, 6-14
42G.........................................................6-16, 6-18
42JS......................................................................6-8
42JT.........................................................6-8, 6-10
42KD....................................................................6-6
43GR.................................................................6-44
43GT.................................................................6-44
43PR.................................................................. 6-45
45AST.............................................................. 6-38
45CRM..............................................................6-32
45DLA............................................................. 6-36
45FPL............................................................... 6-42
45LMS.............................................................. 6-30
45LSP...............................................................6-40
45LUM............................................................. 6-34
45MLA............................................................. 6-36
45PVA.............................................................. 6-38
56RF...............................................................6-108
100-C................................................................1-26
100-D................................................................1-30
100-K................................................................1-24
100S-C..............................................................1-32
100S-D.............................................................1-32
104-C................................................................1-26
104-D................................................................1-30
104-K.................................................................1-24
104S-C..............................................................1-32
105-C............................................................... 1-40
109-C............................................................... 1-40
112......................................................................1-42
113......................................................................1-42
140G.....................................................................1-3
140M....................................................................1-3
140MG................................................................1-3
150 SMC Flex................................................1-58
150 SMC-3......................................................1-56
150 SMC-50................................................... 1-60
156......................................................................1-54
188-J..................................................................2-28
190E...................................................................1-38
191E...................................................................1-38
193-E E300.....................................................1-52
193-ED E1 Plus.............................................1-50
193-EE E1 Plus..............................................1-50
193-K................................................................ 1-48
193-T1.............................................................. 1-48
194E...................................................................1-22
194L...................................................................1-20
194R................................................................... 1-14
400.....................................................................1-34
440C................................................................. 5-36
440E................................................................. 5-42

Bulletin Number
Page
440F..................................................................5-16
440G.........................................5-26, 5-28, 5-30
440J..................................................................5-44
440K..................................................................5-22
440L...............................................5-2, 5-8, 5-10
440N.....................................................5-18, 5-20
440P.................................................................5-46
440R.....................................................5-38, 5-40
440T..................................................................5-32
442G................................................................. 5-34
442L....................................................... 5-12, 5-14
445L......................................5-4, 5-6, 5-8, 5-10
509.................................................................... 1-44
512..................................................................... 1-46
513..................................................................... 1-46
600.....................................................................1-36
609.....................................................................1-36
609TU...............................................................1-36
609U.................................................................1-36
700-CF.............................................................2-16
700-FE.............................................................. 2-12
700-FS.............................................................. 2-12
700-HA...............................................................2-2
700-HC..............................................................2-4
700-HK...............................................................2-8
700-HL...............................................................2-6
700-HPS..........................................................2-18
700-HR.............................................................2-10
700-K................................................................2-16
700-P................................................................2-14
700S-CF...........................................................2-18
700S-P..............................................................2-18
700S-PK...........................................................2-18
800B..................................................................3-20
800F...........................................................3-2, 3-6
800FD....................................................... 3-6, 3-8
800K..................................................................3-18
800T/H................................................. 3-10, 3-16
802B.................................................................6-90
802K..................................................................6-86
802M................................................................6-84
802M................................................................6-88
802MC.............................................................6-84
802T..................................................................6-80
802T..................................................................6-88
836E................................................................6-100
837E................................................................ 6-102
839E................................................................6-104
840E...............................................................6-106
842E..................................................................6-94
842HR..............................................................6-96
847H.................................................................6-98
847T.................................................................6-98
854J...................................................................3-24
854K..................................................................3-24
855B...................................................................3-30
855H..................................................................3-28
855HM..............................................................3-28
855P...................................................................3-22
855W.................................................................3-26

Bulletin Number

Page

871A...................................................................4-35
871C..................................................................6-48
871F.................................................................. 6-72
871FM..............................................................6-66
871P......................................................6-68, 6-70
871TM.............................................................. 6-56
871TS...............................................................6-60
871Z..................................................................6-64
871ZT...............................................................6-62
872C................................................................. 6-50
873M.................................................................6-78
873P...................................................................6-76
875C..................................................................6-74
875CP...............................................................6-74
888D................................................................ 4-36
888N.................................................................4-37
888P..................................................................4-37
888R................................................................. 4-36
889D.................................................... 4-30, 4-35
889N.................................................................4-32
889P......................................................4-33, 4-35
889R..................................................................4-31
898D........................................4-34, 4-40, 4-41
898P................................................................. 4-34
898R.....................................................4-40, 4-41
931......................................................................4-24
937......................................................................4-26
1408..................................................................2-44
1426..................................................................2-44
1489...................................................................2-26
1492...................................................................4-22
1492-FB............................................................2-32
1492-J.................................................................. 4-2
1492-L................................................................. 4-3
1492-PDE........................................................4-20
1492-RCDA....................................................2-30
1492-SP............................................................2-24
1494C............................................................... 1-18
1494U............................................................... 1-16
1494V................................................................ 1-18
1585..................................................................4-44
1585A............................................................... 4-47
1585D......................................4-45, 4-47, 4-48
1585J........................................4-46, 4-47, 4-48
1606...................................................................2-41
1606-XLE.........................................................2-36
1606-XLP........................................................2-36
1606-XLS.........................................................2-36
1609-B............................................................. 2-42
1609-D............................................................ 2-42
1692...................................................................2-34
2080...................................................... 2-20, 2-21
2711R.................................................................3-32
4983-DC......................................................... 2-48
4983-DS.........................................................2-46
4983-PF.......................................................... 2-48

Join Us
Take advantage of upcoming events to learn more about how you can use
technology as a competitive advantage to get your products and services to
market faster, reduce costs, better utilize power and plant-floor assets, and minimize
the risks in your manufacturing environment.

Rockwell Automation offers a variety of global industry


events for partners and customers to learn more about
our products and technologies.

Rockwell Automation offers a breadth of quality Allen-Bradley components to fit your


specific needs. In order to assist you with your component selection, we offer a variety of
configuration and selection tools.

Local Distributor
Visit our website to find your local Distributor.
www.rockwellautomation.com/distributor

On-Line Product Directory


Our extensive product portfolio is designed to improve your
processes through every stage of your manufacturing cycle.
www.rockwellautomation.com/products

FSC 10 MIX GW L.pdf

FSC 100 Rec

FSC 100 Recycled.cmyk....

FSC MIX 10 B

Product Selection Toolbox


Our powerful range of product selection and system configuration
tools assist you in choosing and applying our products.
www.rockwellautomation.com/en/e-tools

Allen-Bradley, AppView, ArcShield, ArmorBlock, ArmorBlock Guard I/O, ArmorPower, ArmorStart, ArmorStratix, Atlas, Cadet, CENTERLINE, ClearSight, ColorSight, CompactBlock Guard I/O, CompactLogix,
Connected Components Workbench software, Control Tower, ControlLogix, CustomView, Dysc, E300, ElectroGuard, Elf, FactoryTalk Energy Metrix, Ferrogard, Flex, Guard I/O, GuardLogix,
Guardmaster,
FSC MIX
10 GW L.eps
GuardPLC, i-Grid, i-Sense, Kinetix, KwikLink, LaserSight, Lifeline, MachineAlert, MCS, Micro 800, Micro 810, Micro 820, Micor 830, Micro 850, MiniSight, On-Machine, PanleView, PowerFlex, PowerMonitor,
ProSafe, QuadConnect, RightSight, Rockwell Automation, Rotocam, RSEnergyMetrix, Safedge, SafeZone, SensaGuard, Series 9000, SmartGuard, SMC, Stratix, Stratix 5700, Stratix 8000, Stratix 8300,
Studio 5000, Studio 5000 Logix Designer, ToughCoat Finish, ToughLink, ToughWeld, Trojan, VersaCube, VisiSight and WorldProx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation. Trademarks not belonging to
Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.

FSC MIX 10 W

Printed in USA on 10% recycled paper made using renewable energy sources.

FSC MIX 10 WG P.cmyk...

Publication EC-CA100B-EN-P August 2015

Supersedes Publication EC-CA100A-EN-P June 2014

FSC MIX 1

Copyright 2015 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA.

FSC MIX 70 WB L.cmyk....

FSC MIX 70 W

You might also like